VOL. 120, PARTS 1 & 2

31 MAY, 1996

Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia

Incorporated

Contents

Bayly, I. A. E. _Inland-water calanoid copepods of Kangaroo, King and Eee Islands:

Biogeography and Ecology - - - - -

Robertson, G. B., Prescott, J. R. & Hutton, J. T. Thermoluminescence dating of volcanic

activity at Mount Gambier, South Australia - -

Davies, K. A. & Lloyd, J. Nematodes associated with Diptera in South Australia: a new

species of Fergusobia Currie from a fergusoninid and a new record

of Syrphonema Laumond & Lyon from a syrphid - - -

Campbell, E. M., Twidale, C. R., Hutton, J. T. & Prescott, J. R. Preliminary

investigations of dunes of the Gawler Ranges province, South Australia

Harvey, M. S. A revised systematic placement for sucerORT Rae Southcott (Acarina:

Hydryphantidae) - - - - - - - -

Barker, S. Seventeen new species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) —-

Kolesik, P. A new genus and three new species of Srrmongies (Diptera) from

Olearia spp. (Asteraceae) in Australia - - - - -

Brief Communications:

Tyler, M. J., Barrie, D. J. & Walkley, R. W. First fossil record of the hylid pS: Litoria

raniformis (Keferstein) - - - - -

Hero, J.-M., Fickling, S. & Retallick, R. The tadpole of Litoria revelata Ingram, Corben

& Hosmer, 1982 (Anura: Hylidae) = - - - - - -

Obituaries:

Ladbrook, Nelly Hooper MBE, MA, PhD, DIC, FGS. - - - - - -

Edmonds, Stanley Joe BA, BSc, MSc, PhD, Dip Ed. - - - - - -

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 120, PART 1

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INC.

CONTENTS, VOL. 120, 1996

PARTS 1 & 2, 31 MAY, 1996

Bayley, I. A. E. Inland-water calanoid copepods of Kangaroo, King and Flinders Islands:

Biogeography and Ecology —- - - - : - - 4

Robertson, G. B., Prescott, J. R. & Hutton, J. T. Thermoluminescence aating of volcanic

activity at Mount Gambier, South Australia = - - © =

Davies, K. A. & Lloyd, J. Nematodes associated with Diptera in South Australia: a new

species of Fergusobia Currie from a fergusoninid and a new record of

Syrphonema Laumond & Lyon from a syrphid - - - -

Campbell, E. M., Twidale, C. R., Hutton, J. T. & Prescott, J. R. Preliminary fnivestieations

of dunes of the Gawler Ranges province, South Australia - “

Harvey, M. S, A revised systematic placement for Austrotrombella Southcott (Acarina:

Hydryphantidae) = - - = - ~ - - - - -

Barker, S. Seventeen new species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) - -

Kolesik, P. A new genus and three new species of Cecidomyiidae (Diptera) from

Olearia spp. (Asteraceae) in Australia = - - - - ~ -

Brief Communications:

Tyler, M. J., Barrie, D. J. & Walkley, R. W. First fossil record of the tybe frog L Litoria

raniformis (Keferstein) - - -

Hero, J.-M., Fickling, S. & Retallick, R. The tadpole of Litoria revelata Ingram, Corben

& Hosmer, 1982 (Anura: Hylidae) - - - - - - -

Obituaries:

Ludbrook, Nelly Hooper MBE, MA, PhD, DIC, FGS, - - - - - -

Edmonds, Stanley Joe BA, BSc, MSc, PhD, Dip Ed. - - - - - -

PARTS 3 & 4, 29 NOVEMBER, 1996

Anstis, M. & Littlejohn, M. J. The breeding biology of Litoria subglanduiosa and L. citropa

(Anura: Hylidae), and a re-evaluation of their geographic distribution -

Dyson, I, A. Stratigraphy of the jeans ad Aruhna and Repet wing subgeups,

Adelaide geosyncline = -

Dyson, I. A. Stratigraphy of the Rocgarsacnede 4 Tent Hill Formation and Simmens

quartzite at South Tent Hill on the Stuart Shelf, South Australia-

Taylor, G. S., Austin, A. D, & Davies, K. A. Biology of the eucalypt ante aee fly,

Fergusonina flavicornis Malloch (Diptera: Fergusoninidae) and its

associated hymenopterans in South Australia, with a description of a new

species of Bracon (Hymenoptera; Braconidae) - : , ,

Bird, A. F Studies on the soil-inhabiting macigrete, secrpiirms ef, pseudohufelad,

from South Australia = - - - =

Kolesik, P. Rhopalomyia goodeniae, a new species of Cecidomyiidae (Diptera)

damaging Goodenia lunata (Goodeniaceae) in inland Australia - -

Nicholas, W.L. RKobustnema fosteri sp. nov., gen. nav. (Xyalidae, Monhysterida, hoe,

a common nematode of mangrove mudflats in Australia = - -

Smales, L. R, A redescription of Aspersentis zanchlarkynchi (Johnston & Best, 837

comb. nov. (Heteracanthocephalidae: Acanthocephala) - -

Brief Communications:

Baker, G. H. Seasonal activity of the earthworm, Gemascolex lateralis CengRerSe raat

in a Eucalyptus woodland in South Australia - -

O'Callaghan, M. G. & Beveridge, 1. Gastro-intestinal penaints of fel cats in i Norther

Territory - - - -s

Terrace, T. E. & Baker, G. H. Predation of earthworms by the land lal pune

sanguinea (Moseley) var. alba haem sensu at. 1981 (Tricladida:

Geoplanidac) - > - - - - -

Tyler, M, J. & Williams, C. R. Mass frog mortality at two localities in South Australia

trsent 15 Thansactions of rie Royal Sociery af South Austrafia, it 12!, pans | A 2, 30 May, 197

101

155

INLAND-WATER CALANOID COPEPODS

OF KANGAROO, KING AND FLINDERS ISLANDS:

BIOGEOGRAPHY AND ECOLOGY

By I. A. E. BAYLY*

Summary

Bayly, I. A. E. (1996) Inland-water calanoid copepods of Kangaroo, King and

Flinders Islands: Biogeography and Ecology. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(1), 1-6, 31

May, 1996.

Calanoid copepod identifications are provided for samples from 16 localities on

Kangaroo Island, 18 on King Island and 11 on Flinders Island. The number of species

found was five, three and seven, respectively. Conductivity data are given for most

localities. Species richness in relation to land area is tabulated and discussed.

Boeckella major is recorded from South Australian territory for the first time. The

occurrence of Hemiboeckella searli in temporary pools and amongst dense

macrophytes in lakes may be due to the absence of predators in young pools and the

difficulty encountered by predators in searching dense weed-beds in lakes. The

disjunct distribution of Calamoecia gibbosa is explicable on the basis of east to west

dispersal along a lowland plain during the Pleistocene when sea levels were low,

followed by marine inundation.

Key Words: Copepoda, Calanoida, biogeography, ecology.

Transactions of the Royal Society of 8, Aust. (1996), 120(1), 16,

INLAND-WATER CALANOID COPEPODS OF

KANGAROO, KING AND FLINDERS ISLANDS: BIOGEOGRAPHY AND ECOLOGY

by I. A. E. BAYLY*

Summary

BayLy, I. A, E. (1996) Inland-water calanoid copepods of Kangaroo, King and Flinders Islands: Biogeography

and Ecology. Trans, R. Sne. 8S. Aust. 12001), 1-6, 31 May, 1996.

Calanvid copepod identifications are provided for samples trom 16 localities on Kangaroo Ishind, 18 on King

Island and 1 on Flinders Island. The numbet.of species found was five, three and seven, respectively. Conductivity

data are given for most localilics, Species richness in relation to land area is tabulated and discussed, Beeckella

Major is recorded from South Australian territory for the first time. The oecurrence of Hemiboeckella searli

in temporary pools and amongst dense macrophytes in lakes may be due to the absence of predators in young

pools and the difficulty encountered by predators in searching dense weed-beds in lakes, The disjunct distribution

Of Calamoecia gibhosa ts explicable on the basis of east to west dispersal along a lowland plain during the Pleisingene

When sea levels were low, followed by marine ‘nundation,

Key Worps: Copepoda, Calanoida, biogeography, ecology:

Introduction

Following the glacial (and aridity) maximuny that

occurred in the Late Pleistocene at about 18 ka B.P.,

deglaciation, and the consequent rise in sea fevel

(Chappell 1978: Galloway & Kemp 1981), converted

several areas of land along the southern margin Of the

Australian continent into islands. The nature and fate

of the samples of the fauna of yreater Australia provided

by these islands 1s a matter of considerable interest.

Rawlinson (1974) studied this issue with reference to

the reptiles of Bass Strair islands and Tasmania and

showed that a whole series of islands in Bass Strait

and off South Australia became isolated during the

period 16.5 - 4.3 ka BP

Despite their small size and the ability of many of

therm to produce desiccation-resistani eggs, freshwater

calanoid copepods are widely acknowledged to exhibit

poor dispersal ability (Bayly & Maly 199]; Bandrescu

1990, Bayly 1995), As a consequence. the

biogeography of calaroid copepods is of considerable

interest, with dispersal playing a smaller role than has

hee suppased by (he mummerous workers who

simiplistically equate the possession of resting egas with

good pawers of dispersal (Bayly & Morton (978),

This paper aims to exanyine the relationship of the

calanoid fauna of three offshore islands (Fig. 1) with

that of mainland Australia and Tasmania and to

consider the role of historical and ecological factors

ih Observed differences and similarities.

+ Dupartinent ol Beolopy and Evolulioniry Biology, Monash

University Clayton Vie~ 3168,

Current address; Hd Belyraye: Hallam Road Belpre South

View Si)

Methods

Rach body of water was thoroughly sampled with

a zooplankton net oF mesh size 150 jan. Collections

were preserved in 10% formalin. Conductivity of a

water sample taken from the field in a polyethylene

bottle was determined in the laboratory with a

Radiometer CDM2e conductivity meter, Where the

K,, exceeded 5.0 mS em!, the conductivity value was

converted to a salinity value using the method of

Williams (1986). For the Ring Island localities, pH was

measured with a Metrohm E599 portable pA-meter.

With two exceptions, the Flinders Iskind tnealities

were sampled by the author alone at various Limes

between 1985 — 198, and by the author working with

a limnological team from 10-12 February 1993, The

Ring Island samples. with dne exception, were taken

by a team of workers including the author during the

period 2-5 December 1991, Wilh two exceptions, the

Kangaroo (simd samples were collected by the author

alone during the period 24 June - 3 July 1994,

Results

Physico-chemical and biological resulty are sumitiar-

ised in Tables 1 - 3. Five calanoid species were record-

ed from Kangaroo [sland, with only two species,

Boeckella triarticulaia and Calameecia elitellara,

occurring at those lovalities with a sulinity of 3.4 g 1!

or more. At the less saline localities, B major was

resuicted to Temporary Waters. Only three species were

fuund on King Island, and one of these, B pseudo-

chelae, occurred in the sole temporary water body that

was sampled, C° fesranica Was the only. species found

in Waters with a recorded pH ol less than 6.0. None

of the King Island waters included in the survey was

sdline. Seven species were recorded from Flinders

Island with C asmaniod most common, B sywmetrica

was the unly species common to all three islands.

2 I. A. E. BAYLY

TaBLe 1. Occurrence of calanoid copepods on Kangaroo Island.

Locality Sampling Permanency* Conductivity Salinity Species?

date [K,.] (gl) Bm Bs Bt Ca Cec

(mS cm?)

Dam 1 near Penneshaw" 20.viii.1991 P x x

Dam 2 near Penneshaw* 20viii.1991 P x

Waterhole edge Edwards Lagoon 30.vi.1994 T 0.21 Xx

Pond Roper Road 1.vii.1994 T 0,22 xX x

Lake at Karatta 28.yi.1994 SP 0.31 x x

Pond nr rush Lagoon 27.vi.1994 T 0.44 x

Pond south end Roper Road Lvii,1994 SP 1.23 x

Ditch east Kingscote Airport 27.vi.1994 T L71 x x

Small Grassdale Lagoon 28.vi.1994 SP 3.00 x

Big Grassdale Lagoon 28.vi.1994 P 3.65 Xx

Kaiwarra Cottage Pond 2.vii.1994 T 58 3.2 x Xx

Duck Lagoon Lvii.1994 P 6.0 3.3 x

Discovery Lagoon 27.vi.1994 T 9.0 5.1 x

Lake Ada 3.yii.1994 P 12.8 75 x

Murray Lagoon 3vii.1994 P 15.3 9.1 x

White Lagoon 27.vi 1994 SP 75.3 513 x

a. P = permanent; SP = semi-permanent; T = temporary

b. Bm - Boeckella major Searle; Bs = B. symmetrica Sars; Bt = B. triarticulata (Thomson),

Ca = Calamoecia ampulla (Searle); Ce = C. clitellata Bayly.

c. collevied by N. Frick

Kangaroo Is.

King Is. (}

\ Flinders Is.

Fig. 1. Map showing location of Kangaroo, King and Flinders Islands.

CALANOIDS OF KANGAROO, KING AND FLINDERS ISLANDS 3

TABLE 2. Occurrence of calanoid copepods on King Island.

Locality Sampling Permanency" Conductivity pH Species”

date 5 Bp Bs Ct

(mS crv!)

Poo! or Currie“ 8.xi.1963 T - - x

Meatsafe Lagoon 5,xi7.1991 P 0.56 3.8 x

Dead Sea 2. xi) 199] P 0.56 47 x

Lake Martha Lavinia 3.401.199] P 0.75 §2 x

Seal Rock Lagoon (North) 4,xi\ 199] P 0,96 7.9 x

Pearshape. Lagoon 2.xii 199] P 1.04 78 %

Lake nr Surprise Bay Homestead 4. xii 1991 SP 1.10 14 x

Lake opp. Pearshape Lagoon 2.xi1 1991 P 113 8.2 x

Pennys Lagoon 3. xii 1991 P 1.15 77 x

Granite Lagoon 5.xii 199] P 1,26 64 x

Pioneer Lagoon 4. xii 1991 P 1.46 78 x

Lake btn Denbys & Pioneer Lagoon 2.xii 1991 P 1.47 72 x

Denbys Lagoon 2.xi1.199L P 1.57 6.6 x x

Lake east end Pioneer Lagoon 4, xi).199] SP L80 8.5 x

Seal Rock Lagoon (Middle) 4.xi1.1991 SP 1.90 45 x Xx

Cask Lake 3. 11.199] P 1.96 82 x

Lake Wickham 3.xii 1991 SP 2.15 8.9 x

Lake Flannigan 3. xii 1991 SP 2.28 99 x

a. P = permanent; SP = semi-permanent, T = temporary

b. Bp - Boeckella pseudochelae Searle; Bs = B, symmetrica Sars; Ct

c. collected by M. J. Littlejohn.

Calamoecia tasmanica (Smith);

Locality Sampling Permanency® Conductivity Salinity Species”

date [K,«] (gl!) BmBp Bs Bt Hs Cg Ct

(mS cm")

Brodies Lagoon* May 1962 T x

Scotts Lagoon” May 1962 T x

Pond nr Sticks Lagoon 15,1985 T x

Pond (1) ar Killiecrankie Syi l988 T x

Pond (2) nr Killiecrankie 5,vi, 1988 T x

Reedy Lagoon 9x) 1988 P x x

Shag Lagoon 12.11.1993 T 1.7 x

Lake btn N & S Patriarchs 19.-v,1985 SP 2.2 x x

Small lake (1)

nr Singleton’s Lagoon 10.11.1993 T 24 Xx

Small lake (2)

nr Singleton’s Lagoon 10.11,1993 T 5.1 27 x

Sticks Lagoon 15.1985 T 123 71 x

a. P = permanent; SP = semi-permanent; T = temporary

b. Bm - Boeckella major Searle; Bp = B. propinqua Sars, Bs = B, symmetrica Sars; Bt = B. triarticulata (Thomson),

Hs = Hemiboeckella searli Sars; Cz = Calamoesia gibbosa (Brehm); Ct = C fasmanica (Smith).

c. calleeted hy W. D. Williams

Discussion

It is probably not valid on the basis of Tables 1-3

to attempt straightforward and unqualified comparisons

between the faunas of any two of the three islands;

complications could conceivably arise from differences

in season of sampling, year of sampling, ratio of

permanent and semi-permanent to temporary waters

and number of localities sampled. However, it is

important to note that in Australasia, calanoid copepods

are nearly always present perennially in permanent

standing waters (a few glacial or high altitude lakes

are the only exceptions) despite wide fluctuations in

population density (Bayly & Williams 1973). In any

large sample at least some males and egg - or sperma-

tophore-bearing females are present and the species

determinable. This means that yearly or seasonal

differences in sampling dates should not unduly

influence the assessment of the fauna of the permanent

waters, This leaves a residuum of problems. for

comparisons which, hawever, are not so great as to

preclude the examination of a number of general

features and trends.

The much cited island biogeography theory of

4 I. AE. BAYLY

MacArthur & Wilson (1967) would predict that a

positive correlation should exis| between the number

Ol species found within a discrete area and the size of

that area. With respect to non-marine calanoids in the

Australasian region, Table 4 indicates that across the

whole spectrum of six land masses there is only a very

(ough correlation of the sort predicted. Several

unamalies call for consideration and explanation

King Island and Flinders Island ditfer only slightly

in area bur che former apparently has less than half

the number of species found of; the latter, This

Jifference, 1Fa1 1s nof an artefact. is diffigult to explain

bul it may be significunt that native habitat destrucnon,

including the removal of vegetation, has preceded to

a gredier extent an King (sland than Blindery stand

Kangaroo [sland is about three and a half limes larger

than Flinders island but has fewer calanoids (if the

halobiont species C) clitellanz is omitted tt has unly

fuur species). [tas difficult nowailays to find a large

natural body of fresh water on Kangaroo Island,

Extensive Vegetation remoyal in the period 1945 - [955

and the consequent rise in water tables and mabilisation

of salt has resulted in the salinisation af several lowland

jakes thal were formerly fresh. Murray Lagoon

originally contained fresh water but today it is saline

(salinity 9.1 g 1! on 3 July 1994; Table 1). Several of

the likes on Kangaroo Island visited during the winter

of (994 were found ta be highly saline and were not

sumpled for that reason. Half of che natural fresh waters

that were located were very small and temporary in

character It is concejyable that species like Calamoecia

gibbosa and ©, lasmanica, which oceur in sett

eastern and soulh-wester Australia and typically

inhabit permanent fresh waters. no longer oeeur on

Kangaroo Island as a result of recent salinisatiin

New Zealand is about foor times large’ than

Tasmania but has fewer calanoids, However, during

the Oligocene, some two-thirds af the area of modern

New Zealand was covered by sea (Stevetis 1YX0)

feeckella symenetrica, which becurred on all thee

islands. und A trianiealara, which was found on

Kangaroo and Flinders Islands. are both common and

TAwhn 4, daar area und species nehness

Naone ot land mass Ata Number of

(hie) calanoid species”

King Csland 1200 3

Flinders Island 1,330 7

Kangaroer taland 4,400 4

Tasinania 67.300 8s

New Zealand 269.000 10

ANustralia T6RLOOD cs)

a, Belonging to the family Centropagidae and ecatrieted i

the penera Boevkella, Hemiboeckella and Culamvecia.

widely distributed species (Buyly 19924). The

occurrence of BL propingua on Flinders Island only

(Table 3) is consistent with the existing evidence (hal.

within Australia, this species is restricted to the fir

castern [ringe of the continent, previous Australian

records are from the east coast of ‘Tasmania and coastal

New South Wales. 8. major (Kangaroo and Flinders

Islands; Tables. | and 3) is characteristic of temporary

waters and has heen recorded previously trom New

South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania (Bayly !992a).

The present record from Kangaroo Island ts the first

from South Australian territory but it is likely that tlic

merely retiects.a lack of ifvestiyation in (his Stale of

the copepods of temporary ponds and pools. A

psendochelae (King Vsland; Table 2) is another

lemporary Water speciilisr previously noted trom

southern New South Wales, Victuria and Tasmania,

Calumorvia taxmanica (King and Flinders Islands) and

C aripulld (Kangarou [sland) are widely distributed

species known [rom south-easteth and suuth-westert

Australia (Bayly 1992a)-

Remiboeckella searli typically occurs in temporary

ponds and pools, but, as with the present record fren

Flinders {sland (Table 3), it also occurs ip littoral weed

beds in permanent ar semi-permanent waters. This

cammonality of occurrence is nel as incongruous as

it Fifst appears. Water permeating dense vegetation in

the littoral regaon of a permanent lake his an ecological

similarity io that in a shallow, temparary pool

(including those entirely devoid of vegetation) that is

not commoanly appreciated pamely the exclusion of

predator: It is well appreciated thal, ina newly formed

pool, flying insect predators such as notonectids may

tke Same time to arrive and, until this occurs, the

habitat may be largely predator-free. The fact that

Hemiboeckella characteristically occurs very carly in

pool successions (Bayly 19926) suggests a high degree

of predator susceptibility. However. as painted put by

Connell (1975) some prey species have evalved the

ability tr live in refuges. that the predator cannit invade

because the Aabitat structure is toe difficult tO search,

It is presumably for this reason that dense littoral

vegetation offers 4. sear/ia refuge from limnctic fish

and insect predators in lakes, H searli is widely

distributed, occurring in south-eastern and sourh-

western Ausiralia.

Calamoevia gibbosa has the most intriguing

distribution of all the Australian freshwater calanoids,

it o¢eUrS in Tasmania, on Flinders Tsland. along the

coastal fringe of south-eastern South Australia betwee

Mt Gambier and Salt Creek and on two granne

outcrops near Balludonia in Western Australia (Bayly

1984. 1992a)_ A previnusly unpublished record js froin

near Mt Rough to the south-east of Salt Creek in South

Australia. The two Western Australian populations

were (reated (Bayly 1979, 1992a) as belonging to a

scparate subspecies from the easiern form.

CALANOIDS OF KANGAROO, KING AND FLINDERS ISLANDS ‘

The most rcasonable explanation for current

disjunctions im the distribution of C gibbosa is that,

at the time of one of the three glacial minima during

the Late Pleistocene (Chappell 1978), probably the last

one at LS ka BP, it was continuously distributed atong

a coastal lowland plain to the south of the present

southern coastline of Australia. It may be supposed

to have extended from easter Bass Strait to the western

limit of the Great Australian Bight (cf. Nelson 1981,

fig, 2). A subsequent-rise in sea level of more than

IO) TChappell 1978) would then have been

responsible tor the present day disjunetions. The

morphological evidence suggests lhal the Westem

Australian form is a derived rather than ancestral form,

Thus it js proposed that, some time within the

Wisconsin glagiation when sea tevels had been lowered

by about 10m, gradital east (o West dispersal of C.

elbbaxa occurred along a broad coastal plain that fs

nvw submerged. This proposal of east to wesi

dispersal, followed by subspeciation in the west as a

result of vicariaat isolation, parallels the pattern of

specialion in Western Australian frogs first proposed

by Main er o/, (1958) and subsequently adopted by

Main (1968) and Littlejohn (1981), ft should be noted,

however, that nore recent molecular data an frogs is

said fot (a support multiple east to west invasions

dunn the Pleistocene as being the explanation lor

speciation in Western Australia (Roberts & Maxson

U5)

If we accept submergence of the southern plain as

the explanation for the disjunctions in the distribution

of © gibbosa, then three explanations may be offered

for the apparent absence of this spevies from Kangaroo

Island and King Island. First. the species does occur

ou these islands bul the present samplings were not

miensive enough to reveal it. Second, C. grhhose was

originally present on these islands but subsequen|

ecological changes (@.g, sdlinisation oa Kangaroo

Island) have brought about its local extinction. Third,

although the original distribution of C gibbasa alony

the now submerged plain was continuous in 4 browd

sense, i) was never(heless somewhat patchy. and the

persistent land samiples provided by these two islands

were nol sufficiently large to include his cutanoidl.

Ackiowledgments

During the fieldwork on King island in December

1991. | was accompanied by Russell Shiel, Grace and

Peter Tyler and Robert Walsh. On Flinders Island in

February 1993 | had the company of Peter Kew, Colin

Magilton, Russell Shiel, Peter Tyler and Robert Walsh

] thank al! of these people for their companionsinp and

assistance, The field work carried out on King Island

and Flinders [sland was supported by a Natonal Estat

Grant to P_ A. Tyler. Additionally, Monash University

contributed funds towards the King Island expedition

References

BANakescu. P, 1990) ZAR enna of fresh waters, Vol,

1. General distebution and dispersal of freshwater animals”

(AULA-Verlag, Wiesbaden).

Bary, AB. 19795 Further conmiburons ty a krowledge

of the centropugut genera Rueckella, Hemibocekella and

Citamoecia (athalassic calandid copepods), Avast. & Mar

Freshy, Res, Ml, (03-127.

__ {19%4) A new species of Calamoedia (Copepoita:

Cylanoida) from South Australia, and comments on three

congeners. Trany. R. Soe, & Aust 18, 147-154.

1992) “The Non-marine Centtopagidae (Copepoda:

Calanoida) of the World” [Guides to the identification of

the microinvertebraies of the continental walters of tie World

No, 2) (SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague).

(19926) The shiced-Crustacea and physicu-chemical

features of igmporary ponds near Northcliffe Western

Australia, d Ro See. Wo Aust, 7S, 94-106,

____ (1995) Distinctive aspects of the zooplankton of lange

Jakes in Austtulasia, Amarctica and South Ameney- Mur

Freshwater Res. 46, \MY9-1120,

& Many, E. 3 (1991) Copepod conundrums: cephy

to Jefferson T Turner, J. Bivgeuee 18, 468-469,

& Moaron. D. W. (1978) Aspects: al the

yoopengraphy of Australian microcrusticeans. Werf. nt.

lerem. Theor, Aneew. Limordal 20, 2597-254,

_ & WILLIAMS, W. D. (1973) “Inland Waters and their

Ecology” (Longman, Melbourne).

Cuapveit., J. (1978) Chronological methods and the ranges

and rates of Quaternary physical changes pp, [34 fn Walker,

0. & Guppy, J. C. (Eds) “Biology and Quaternary

Environments” (Aust. Acad, Sci., Canberra).

Connect, J He (1875) Some mechanisms producing

Structure in natural communtiies; a mode} and evidence

from field experiments pp, 460-490 Jn Cody. M, Lb, &

Diamond, Jo M. (Eds) “Eeology and Evolinon ot

Communities” (Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge).

Gatioway, Ro W. & Kemp, G, M. (198)) Liste Cairo

environments in Australia pp. 52-0 Jn Keast, A, (Ed)

“Ecologial Btugengraphy af Austral” Vel | Gunk, The

Hague).

LivtLeioHn, M. J, (1981) The Amphibia of mente southern

Austen; 4 zoogeographic perspective pp 1305-1340, (nd,

Vel ou

Macarriiok, RoW. & Wirsen, BE. ©. (1967) “The Theory

ut Island Biugoogtaphy” |Menographs in population halo

No, |) (Princeton Univ: Press, Princeton).

Main, A, R. (968) Beology, systematics and evolution of

Australian frogs, ddewnc. bool Rey. 5. 37-Bb.

, Les, AK. & Lrrreaoun. M. J. 11958) Evolution

in three genera a! Australian frogs. Evolution LZ, 224-233,

Nrisow, £. C. (1983) Phytogeography of southern Australia

pp. 735-759 fn Keast. A, (Ed.) “Keological Biogeography

of Australia” Vol. I (unk, The Hague).

Raw inson, PA. (1974) Binzeopraphy and ecology of ihe

repliles of Tasmania and the Bass Strait area pp. 291-334

Jn Williams, W. 0, (Ed.) “Biogeography and Ecolnpy of

‘fasmunin” (Junk, The Hague},

6 I. A. E. BAYLY

Roserts, J. D. & Maxson, L. R. (1985) The biogeography STEVENS, G. R. (1980) “New Zealand Adrift” (A. H. & A.

of southern Australian frogs: molecular data reject multiple W. Reed, Wellington).

invasion and Pleistocene divergence models pp. 83-89 In

Grigg, G., Shine, R. & Ehmann, H. (Eds) “Biology of | WILLIAMS, W. D. (1986) Conductivity and salinity of

Australian Frogs and Reptiles” (Surrey Beatty, Sydney). Australian salt lakes. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 37, 177-182.

THERMOLUMINESCENCE DATING OF VOLCANIC ACTIVITY

AT MOUNT GAMBIER, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By G. B. ROBERTSON*, J. R. PRESCOTT* & J. T. HUTTONT

Summary

Robertson, G. B., Prescott, J. R. & Hutton, J. T. (1996) Thermoluminescence dating

of volcanic activity at Mount Gambier, South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

120(1), 7-12, 31 May, 1996.

There are several products of volcanic activity which have the potential to be dated by

thermoluminescence (TL) such as lava, volcanic ash and glass, and layers of tuff and

sand lying beneath a lava flow. One of the most important factors in obtaining a

reliable date is the search for materials which have been sufficiently heated or

bleached by sunlight to reset the TL clock at the time of the eruption. We report the

investigation of a number of such materials from the Mount Gambier volcanic

complex. A date of 4.2+0.5 ka was obtained for the baked tuff underlying the lava

flow at Valley Lake. Other results suggest that an additional event may have occurred.

about 7 ka ago (1.e. during the Holocene). Lava and glass samples from nearby sites

had insufficient amounts of datable quartz and other samples had not been sufficiently

heated but the investigation has been valuable in providing evidence of the extent to

which TL dating can be applied to a context like the one at Mount Gambier.

Key Words: Thermoluminescence dating, volcanism, Holocene, Mount Gambier.

Transactions wf the Reval Society of 8. Aust, (1996), 12001), 7-12.

THERMOLUMINESCENCE DATING OF VOLCANIC ACTIVITY

AT MOUNT GAMBIER, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by G, B. ROBERTSON’, J. R, PRESCOTT* & J. 'T, HUTTONT

Summary

Rosertson, G. B,, Prescorr, J. R. & Hutton. J. T. (1996) Thermoluminescence dating of volcanic activity

a Mount Gambier, South Australia. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 120(1), 7-12. 3) May, 1996.

There are several products of volcanic activity which have the potential to be dated by thermoluminescence

(TL) such as lava. volcanic ash and glass, and layers of tuff and sand lying beneath a lava flaw. One of the most

important factors m obtaining a reliable date is ihe search for materials which have been sufficiently heated ur

bleached by sunlight to reset the TL clock at the time of the eruption, We report the investigation of u number

of such materials (rom the Mount Gambier volcanic complex. A date of 4.2 40.5 ka was obtained lor the baked

tuff onderlying the Java flow at Valley Lake, Other results suggest that an additional cyent may hive occurred

about 7 ka ago (i.e, during the Holocene), Lava and glass samples from nearby sites had insufficient amounts

of datable quartz and other samples had not been sufficiently heated bul the investigation has been valuable in

providing evidence of the extent to which TL dating ean be applied 10-2 context like the one at Mount Gambier.

Key Worbs: Thermoluminescence dating, yalcamsm., Holocenc, Mount Gambier.

Introduction

There has been a number of attempts at determining

the sequence of events and the time scale involved in

the formation of the voleanic complex al Mount

Gambier in South Australia's South-east. The findings

indicate that the volcano as we seo it today is the resull

of a very complicated series of events, possibly spread

over several thousand years. The earliest radiocarbon

dates obtained by Fergusson and Rafter (1957) indicated

two tain periods of eruption, one at 4700+ 70 years

B.P.. the other at 1410+ 90 years B.P. These dates were

incorporated into.a geological history of the eruptions

by Sheard (1978). Subsequently Blackbum er al, (1982)

concluded that the most likely C-14 age was about 4

thousand years (ka) although charcoal samples were

found covering the range 3.5 10 & ka. Barton and

McElhinney (1980) suggested that Mount Gambier must

pre-date 5-6 ka B.P. Recently published work by Leaney:

et al. (1995) on C-14 in the inorganic and organic

carbon fractions of Blue Lake sediment cores point ta

volcanic activiry at about 7 ka. On the other band

Sheurd (1995) now interprets the various C-14 ages as

indicating a penod of activity commencing 5-4.3 ka

B.P. and extending over perhaps 300 years. Nearby

Mount Schank has been dated by thermoluminescence

at 4.9 40.5 ka (Smith & Prescott 1987) in agreement

with @ palaconiapnetic measurement of Barbetti and

Shear (981) who placed the eruptions of Mount Schank

and Mount Gambier either between 1 and 5 ka or older

than 7 ka.

dn 1987, in collaboration with CSIRO, we enrbarked

* Department of Physics and Mathematical

University of Adetaide 5, Aust, 5005,

t Deceased

Physics,

On a programme to date the cruptions at Mount

Gambier using thermoluminescence. This technique

depends on the measurement of the energy imparted

toa mineral crystal over time by the ionizing tadiation

generated by radioactive elements in the environment

and by cosmic rays; this energy is released as light

when the mineral is heated in the laboratory. Its success

as a dating method depends on the fact that the TL

was set to zero by the event being dated, in this case

either by the heat generated by the volcanic eruption

or by the bleaching by sunlight of ejected material.

In the first tnstance samples were obtained from sites

where it was considered likely that sufficient heating

had taken place to reset the TL clock, and Where there

were likely to be sufficient quantities of quartz for an

analysis. The quartz is derived from country rock

sediments through which the volcanic conduit passed-

The sites chosen were at Valley Lake, at Brownes Lake

and at the Blue Lake crater, where there were layers

of heated material underlying the lava flaw. Later the

scope was extended to include maierial which may have

been blown into the air during the event, heated and/or

bleached during transport and deposited in positions

more or less remote from the central crater. Tulf

samples were collected from several sites in the Mount

Gambier and Mount Schank areas where it was thought

that they might have been associated with the lormulion

of ether of the volcanoes.

Details of Samples

Details of the samples collected from the Mount

Gambier complex are given in Table 1. The mineral

quoted refers to the material that was extracted for the

TL. measurements, The quinz simples. were collected

and prepared according to standard practice (Huntley

8 G. B. ROBERTSON, J. R. PRESCOTT & J. T. HUTTON

Taare |, Details of the samples collected in the Mount Gambier area.

TL Date

Sample Site Lithology sampled Mineral Y/N

MGth/3 Brmwnes Lake Spatter lava Quartz N

MG2t/I Blue Lake pump house Heated tuff deposits Quartz ¥

MG2S/| Blue Lake pump house Bridgewater Fm. sand below tuff and lava Quartz Y

MG2b/10 Rlue Lake pump house Hard ruff 10 cm below lava Quartz Y

Fine grains = N

MG2e/12 Blue Lake cliff behind pump house = Upper tuff (c¢. 20 m above level of MG2S/1) Quartz y

Fine grains oN

MG2id/l2 Blue Lake carpark Banded upper tuff (same level a5 MG2e/12) Quartz Y

Fine grains oN

MG4 Devil's Punchbow| Sediment/tull Quartz N

MG5S/U.1 Valley Lake, Nurses Landing Baked tuff below basalt (0.1 m) Quurty, ¥

MGSS/0.5 Valley Lake, Nurses Landing Baked tall below basalt (0.3 1) Onartz y

Glass N

MGSS/1.5 Valley Luke, Nurses Landing Baked tuff below basalt (1.5 mi) Quurtz Y

MG5 lava —- Valley Lake, Nurses Landing Basalt Quartz N

MO6S8/60 2 kro south af Mount Gambier Tulf, sunlight bleached Quartz, Y

MG? Potters Point Lookout Ropey lava from path below tank Quurtz N

SC10S/0.6 = Mount Schank Hard tuff layer Quartz Y

SCI2S/a Mount Schank Hard layer of bedded tuff Quartz Y

etal. 1993), leading to extraction of 90-125 pm quartz

grains, the yield amounting to | to 2% of the bulk dry

weight. Fine grains containing a mixture of minerals

were extracted from the 4-11 yam fraction. _

The location of the sites is shown in Fig. 1. { af | GARDLTIE PENT

The spatter lava at MGIb/3 is described by Sheard Ra\ So eS THE MEF | LT UASALT Lv

(1978) as representing the last evidence of volcanic NH \ SE |

activity, Unfortunately no material suitable for TL ‘ah Te \ he ‘|

daling was extracted from it. The same outcome Ns | chet :

resulted from attempts to extract quartz from the ropey ( ARP ALTA

lava at MG7, Yh a

The MG2 site at the Blue Lake was extensively SPO ote) ude |

sampled from the sides of the crater just below the Pe. ? scen u

pump house where there are heated tuff layers covering <9 ‘ =

sunds of the Bridgewater Formation and from the cliff

face above and behind the pump house where the tuff

layers were deposited as a result of fall out from the

eruptions.

The group of samples (MG4) collected near the

Devil's Punchbowl! contained terrestrial sediments of

the Wangerrip Group from below the Gambier

Limestone, dispersed in the volcanic tuff where it had

been carried by the eruption, They were found not to

have been sufficiently heated to make TL

measurements.

The MGS5S samples from Valley Luke were collected

from the baked tuff at 0.1, 0.3 and L5 m below the

base of the lava flow. It was not expected that the lowest

level would have been sufficiently heated but i! was

included to check this point. A small quantity of

volcanic glass Was extracted from the MG58/0.3

sample but this was highly magnetic and produced an

insignificant TL signal, Basalt was also collected [rom

this site, It contained very small quantities of extracted

— f q

e aw ‘ |

| my Part ‘Mar Tbiewet

Histor ~y yee

ae ed

| lage Nort Audives hue

1 : Fane tn Th!

HOSES

AMCHHLs

CENIENen

myers

— Mb

. HeyIUS

TOMO M EOL

marros

Fig. 1, Lower South-east of South Australia showing the

locations of the voleanic deposits and details of the sampling

sites. Adapted from Sheard (1978, 1983).

TL DATING AT MOUNT GAMBIER 9

quartz, and 300 jim sections cut from the bulk sample,

which might contain other minerals, yielded only low

levels of TL,

Other samples of tuff and sand were collected from

a site some distance to the south of the lake (MG6S/60)

and from sites in the Mount Schank area (SC series),

| km east of Mount Schank.

TL Analysis

The measurements required in order to caleulate an

age are the intensity of the ‘TL in the natural sample

and the TL sensitivity, as shown by the TL generated

by a known amount of radiation. These two values are

combined ta determine the amount of radiation dose

received by the natural sample, the equivalent dose,

ILis also necessary to measure the environmental dose

rate received by the sample in the local environment

The age 1s then given by

Equivalent dase (Gy)

Dose rale (Gy ka!)

where the unit of radiation dose ts the gray (Gy).

The TL, analysis protocal was selected accard|ng la

whether the samples were thought to have been zeroed

by beat (samples in the MG2 and MGS series) ur by

sunlight (samples from MG6 and the SC series). In

the case of the heated samples. the usual procedure for

pottery dating was followed (Aitken 1985). tn the case

of the sunlight bleached samples the selective bieach

method was used (Prescott & Mojarrabi 1993): the

analysis to give the equivalent dose followed the

“Australian slide" method (Prescott et a/. 1993).

Age tha) =

Dose Rate

The sample dose rates were determined by thick

source alpha counting (TSAC), by neutron activation

analysis (NAA), by X-ray fluorescenve spectrometry

(XRS) and/or by ganuiya-ray s¢intillometry (seint), as

appropriate lor (he esumation of the elements uranium,

thorium and potassium (Prescott& Hutton 1995), The

concentrations of these elements are given in Table Z

together with the calculated dose rates. The samples

are grouped according to type and location and it is

noticeable that the baked tuff below the layer of lava

has higher concentrations of all the elements than the

tuff found in other locations and also the Sand from

the Bridgewater Formation, Consequently the dose

rales in the baked tull-are about twice those in other

tuff samples and higher levels of TL might be expected

in these,

For each sample the quoted concentrations of U and

Th agree reasonably well (within 2 sigma limits for

most of the samples) among the various methods of

analysis used, implying that the members of the U amd

Th decay chains are in equilibrium in these samples.

The worst case ts MG2S/1 which shows evidence of

higher yalues for “*U obtained by TSAC and

scintillometry compared with the values obtained by

DNA and by XRS_ This situation has been shown ty

arise in cases of disequilibrium between the parent

“NU and its immediate decay products dows to 4U

and the remainder of the decay chain from 7°TIr ty

"Po occurring in samples collected jn a similar

environment at Mount Schank (Smith & Prescott

(987). The dose rates have been calculated to allow.

for the deficit in the early part of the chain, taking the

extreme possibility of a value of G80 pg g! for

AL24U and 1.49 jyrg! for Th onwards.

The dose rates were derived from the element

concentrations using the conversion factors of Nambi

and Aitken (1986), The values quoted in Table 2 include

a cosmic ray contribution of O10 to O12 Gy kat

depending on the site (Preseott & Hutton 1994). The

weighted means of the various estimates ot dose rate

were used in the calculation ol the aves of the samples.

Age Determinations

As is'usual for heat-zcroed samples. first- and

second-glow growth curves were obtamed and the two

infereepts on the dose axis combined to obtain the

equivalent dose (Aitken 1985), The growth curves were

fitted to a linear relationship and used to generate the

equivalent dose plateau which is shown superimposed

on the natural glow curve of MG2S/l in Fig, 2. Valid

Equivalent dose (Gy)

Temperature (°C)

Fig. 2, Equivalent dose plateau for the MG2S/) sample with

4 TL glow curve superimposed -

= 10

* ao

nal

= + +e eee

5. mie wu ee Ee yz

ir 275 300) W5 350 375 400

Temperature (®C}

Fig. 3. Equivalent dose plateau for the MG5§/0,3 sample with

its TL glow curve superimposed. The double plateau

indicates Iwo penods of heating.

10 G, B, ROBERTSON, J. R. PRESCOTT & J. T. HUTTON

TABLE 2, Concentrations of uranium, thorium and potassium in the samples, determined by thick-source alpha counting

(TSAC), X-ray fluorescence spectrometry (XRS), neutron activation analysis (NAA), delayed neutron analysis (DNA) and

Sample Method Uranium Thorium Potassium Dose Rate

we ee" % Gy ka!

Baked tuff below tava

MG2t/1 TSAC 2.344048 6.434161 2.45 +014

XRS 2.604 0.40 8.50 40.50 1.254001 2.67 £0.10

MG5S/0.1 TSAC 2.71 40,27 8.04 + 0,92 3.08201

XRS 3.00 + 0,40 10.20 +0.50 182+ 0.01 3.32+40.1

MGS5S8/0.3 TSAC 2.464 0.41 10,79 + 1,38 3,52 +012

DNA, NAA 2.2020.1 9.00 + 0,45 3.38 + 0.06

XRS 2.304040 10.40+ 0.50 2.19+ 001 3,51 40.08

Scint. 2.62+0,35 8.524005 2.03 + 005 3.47 +009

MGSS/1.5 TSAC 20403 6941.4 2.6) +0)

DNA 1.87 +0,08

XRS 1.594001

MG5/Lava TSAC 1.93+0,35 4.594115 2.52 + 0.08

DNA, NAA 1.10 + 0.40 570+ 0,50 240+ 0,08

XRS 1.50+0.01

MG2b/10 TSAC 2.58 40,38 8.49 + 1,05

DNA 2.4340,09

XRS 2.09 +002 3.26 + 0,22

Bridgewater Formation sand

MG2S/ TSAC (a) 1444 0.21 4,5940.69 1,.58+0.07

(b) 1,07 +0,20 6,06 + 0.65 164 40.07

DNA, NAA 0804010 5.50 + 0,40 1.564 0,05

XRS 0.90 +040 7.40 +£0.50 0.60 +001 1.48 + 0.08

Scint 1.494 0.18 577 40,24 0.78 +002 1.73 + 0.05

Tuff various locations

MG2¢/12 TSAC 141 +0.26 3.03 + 0.68

XRS 01.66 4 0.01 1.274008

Scint. 150+0.12 4.3240.20 071 40,02 151 +005

MG2d/I2 TSAC 1.05 + 0.40 6.3241.36

XRS 0.74+ 0,02 1.504014

MG6S/60 TSAC 1.904.0.46 4.70£1.70 1.66 +0.13

DNA, NAA 1.84+0.19 6.244019 1.76 + 0,07

XRS 074+ 0.05

SCIOS/06 TSAC 2,04 + 0.33 S.fl 41.15 1.934014

DNA, NAA 2.32 + 0.60 733 +4017 2154015

XRS 1.70+017 TWL077 0,9440,10 2.03 40.12

SCI2S8/a TSAC 1.8040,39 4.0641.33 171 0,12

DNA, NAA 0.89 + 0,42 3.264015 1584010

XRS 1.60 +: 0.16 6.704067 0.87+0,10 1.8640.09

dating requires that there should be a distinct plateau Discussion

over a range of temperature from about 300°C ta

400°C (Wintle & Huntley 1982). This conditron is well

met in the case of sample MG2S/1. Sample MGS5S/0.3

on the other hand, has two plateaux (Fig. 3). The

double plateau suggests that this sample experienced

two heating events, the second one of Which did not

reach a sufficiently high temperature to zero the TL

above 350°C, Il therefore yields two ages, for differing

events. Analysis of the phenomenon of the double

plateau is given in more detail in Robertson e7 al.

(1996). The calculated ages are given in Table 3

together with the equivalent doses and the dose rates.

The analysis of MG2b/10 was not completed because

there was not enough pure coarse-grained quartz.

The ages obtained show a spread of values which

are not easy to interpret but it is interesting to note that

in the MG samples there is evidence of events haying

occurred at about 4 ka and at about 7-8 ka, coincident

with other methods of dating. The figures for MG5S

show the single age for the 0.1 m sample and the twa

ages resulting from the double plateau for the 0.3 m

sample, H was expected that, as the last heating raised

the temperature of the 0.3 m level to no more than

350°C, the age of the 1.5 m level would be at least

7 ka, but the very much older age (98+15 ka) does

not fit in with the observations and the geological inter-

pretations (Sheard 1978, 1995). li suggests that at least

tl, DATING AT MOUNT GAMBIER i

TABLE 3, Age estimates of the samples maained from the equivalent doses and dose rates skown.

Saniple AdTL Analysis Equiyalent Dose Rate Age (ka)

Code Dose (Gy) (Gy ka!)

M21 95042 Heated 9.464047 2604003 3.64 + 0,25

MG25/1 95043 Heated 913 +0,32 1.454003 6.294025

MG2e/12 95044 Heated A45 435 1.394004 25) +30

MGid/12 95045 Hesiod 8210 1,50+0,14 55417

MG5S/U.4 95039 Hewiel 18.7 41.3 3.2040.17 4.9) +£0.48

MG5S/0,3 YS Heuted 4 at 3,4640,05 4.084038

95040 Heated 23.9425 3,4640,05 TAS 2075

MG5S/1.5 95041 Hewted 241 4 40 2.46+0.06 OR + 15

MG6S/60 95046 Selective nleach 14.16 +060 1.744006 §.14+0.44

SCIDS/O 98047 Selective bleach 3,21 40,20 2.032008 1.584012

SCI25/a FMB Selective bleach 2.234084 1.76 2006 1.274048

the quartz present inthis sample was actually in place

well before the eruptions occurred.

The 7 ka age found here is to be compared with that

reported by Leaney er al. (1995) for a major change

in the sedimentology of the floor of the Blue Lake.

However it is difficult to reconcile the time sevle of

the history of the Blue Lake as set by Leaney er al,

with the violent eruptive events traced by Sheard (1978,

1990). One possibility is that Leaney eral, have net

sufficiently allowed for the incorporation of old carbon

into their inorganic samples.

The very large ages for the tuff MG2c/l2 and

MG2d/12, collected from the cliff face at the Bluc Lake

pump house suggest that this material dud nol in fact

become sufficiently heated during the eruptions The

very recent ages for the Mount Schank samples suggest

thal there was some bleaching mechanism occurring

1-2 ka ago, another date which has previously been

associated with events at Mount Gambier, although it

ix now thoughe that the C-14 date on which this is based

may he due tn intrusive tree root charcoal (pers. comm.

Blackburn to Sheard 1995),

Because of Lhe problem in TL dating of determining

whether the event that is being dated removed all the

existing stored energy, all the dates should be carefully

considered with regard to other avidence. For example,

do the two apparent groups of ages obtained, ie. c.4

ka and c.7 ka really indicate two eruptions sepurated

by 3 ka? During this time interval there should have

been considerable weathering of any tuff ejected.

However, the chemistry of the tuff samples MGS5S/0.1,

MG5S/0.3 and MG28/1 tuff (grouped together in Table

2) shows that the ratio of the mote soluble and mobile

clements, sodium, magnesium and phosphorus to the

insoluble element, titanium, is the same as that found

for the solid Inve, Thus the lava must have proteeted

the tiff very soon after it was deposited. There are

also ny known palacosols developed within this tulf

or on top af the lava (Sheard 1990), The exposed tuff

MG6S/60 does show considerable weathering, wall the

loss of about 50% of tbe soluble elements in relation

to titanium. Incidently the loss of elements from

MG6S8/60 is about the same as the Joss of the sanic

elements from the similar site SCIOS/0.6 near Mount

Schank, The age of the Mount Schank eruption was

found to be 4.96.5 ka by Smith and Prescott (1987)

using well baked tuff/sand under the lava flow and the

age of MG6S/6l) should be similar. ‘These chemical

considerations support the suggestion that neither

healing nor exposure to sunlight has been sufficient

in some of the samples to remove all of the pre-existing

TL.

M, J. Sheard (pers. comm.) states, “The phreatic

style of eruption so evident at Mount Gambier (i.e.

associated wilt copious H,O) means that many

eruptive products incorporating exotic quariz may nol

have heen raised much above 100°C. . . . In addition,

under high volume tephra explosions some or most of

the exotic quartz could escape light bleaching (ie. re

setting) due lo ash cloud or surge cloud density and

subsequent rapid fallout and burial. Thus, it is possible

to have exotic quartz grains, only partially reset or left

with their “older” 'TL signature, incorporated into much

younger tephra.” Sheard's remarks seem to indicate the

possibility of finding samples containing partially

heated quartz grains mixed with thorougiiy bleached

tephra. und so possibly being able to detect different

dates for differem sized prain fractions, With this end

in view, un altempt was made to date the fine grain

fraction of the samples from which quartz prains had

been extracted, but it was found in the three samples

tested (MG2b/10, MG20/12 and MG2d/12) that either

there were insufficient fine wralos or that the fine prains

showed no TL and no sensitivily to radiation.

The TL dates in conjunction with other geochrono

logical evidence have reinforced the belief that then:

was volcanic activity at Mount Gambier at about 4 ki

ago, and that there may have been activity at 1.3 and

7 ka, but that the latter dates should he accepted with

caution. The investigations have glse illusjrited that

12 G. B. ROBERTSON, J. R. PRESCOTT & J. T, HUTTON

it is often difficult to select appropriate samples for

TL dating from a complex system like the one at Mount

Gambier.

Acknowledgments

The late John Hutton was associated with all of the

work described here. It is a matter of regret that he

did not see the final publication. The project was begun

in collaboration with CSTRO and the work was

supported by CSIRO and the Research Fund of the

University of Adelaide, and by AINSE. Kym Lawry.

Adrian Murphy and Phillip Stamatelopoulos assisted

with the work. M. Sheard and D. Leaney gave much

useful advice.

References

Arrken, M. J, (1985) “Thermoluminescence Dating"

(Academic Press, London)

Barnettl, M. & SHEARD, M, J, (1981) Palacomagnetic

results from Mounts Gambier and Schank, South Australia.

J, Geal. Soc. §. Aust. 28, 385-394,

Barton, C. E. & McELuinney, M. W, (1980) Ages and

ashes in lake floor sediment cores from Valley Lake, Mt

Gambier, South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. §. Aust. 104,

161-165,

BLACKBURN, G., Altison, G, B. & Leanpy, FW. J. (1982)

Further evidence on the age of tuff at Mt Gambier, South

Australia, /bid, 106, 163-167. (With correction /bid. 1984,

108, 130).

Prrausson, G. J, & Rarer, T. A. 957) New Zealand C4

age measurements. N.Z. J. Set. Tech. 38(b), 732-733.

Huntley, BD. J., Huron, - T & Preseorr, I. R. (1993)

The stranded bouach-dune sequence of south-east South

Australia: atest of thermolumnescence dating, 0-800 ka.

Quat. Sei. Rev, 12, 1-20,

Leaney, FW. J, Atuison, GB; Dicuton, JC &

‘TRUMBORE, 5, (1995) The age and hydrological history of

Blue Lake, South Australia, Palaeogeag., Palacnclim. ,

Palaeoecol TB, WI1-130,

Nabil, K. 8. V, & AiTneN, M. 1b (1986) Annual dose

conversion tactors for TL and ESR daling, Archaeomerry

28, 202-205.

Preseoi, J. R.. Husireey, BJ & Horton, J.T. (1993)

Estimation of equivalent dose in thermoluminescence dating

~ (he Australian slide method, Aneient TL UW, 1-5,

& Hurrron, J. T, (1994) Coamic ray contributions to

dose rates for luminescence and ESR dating: large depths

and long-term time variations, Rudiat. Meas, 23, 497-500.

& (1995) Environmental dose rates and

radioactive disequilibrium from some Australian

luminescence dating sites. Quar. Sci, Rev, (Quat. Geovhron)

439-448,

& Moijarrasi. B. (1993) Selective bleach: an

improved partial bleach technique for finding equivalent

doses for TL dating of quartz sediments. Ancient TL 1,

27-30.

Ropertson, G. B., Prescot, J, R. & Hutton, J. T. (1996)

Thermoluminescence date for lava. flow ut Mount Gambier,

South Australia, Proc. Fifth Aust. Archaeometry Conf,.

Armidale, 1994 in press.

Suearp, M. J. (1978) Geological history of the Mount

Gambier volcanic complex, southeast South Australia.

Trans. R. Sov, Aus}. 102, 125-139,

(1983) Volcanoes’ pp. 714 Jn Tyler, M. J., Twidale,

C.R., Ling, J. L,, & Holmes,.J, W. (Eds) “Natural History

of the South-East.” (Royal Society of South Australia,

Adelaide).

(1990) A guide to Quaternary volcanoes in the lower

South-east of South Australia pp. 40-50 fn Drexel, J. F.

(Ed.) “Mines and Energy. Review South Australia.” No. 157,

(Department of Mines and Energy).

(1995) Quaternary volcanic activity and volcanic

hazards pp. 264-268 /n Drexel. J, F & Preiss, W. V. (Eds)

“The geology of South Australia, Vol. 2° South Australia

Geological Survey Bulletin, 54.

SmivH, B. W, & Prescot, J, R. (1987) Thermnluminescence

dating of the eruption at MtSchank, South Australia, dase,

J, Earth Sei. 34, 935-342

Winthk, A, G & HUNTLEY, DLJ. (1982) Thermolumines-

cence dating of sediments, Quan Sei, Rev b, 34-53.

NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH DIPTERA IN

SOUTH AUSTRALIA: A NEW SPECIES OF FERGUSOBIA

CURRIE FROM A FERGUSONINID AND A NEW RECORD OF

SYRPHONEMA LAUMOND & LYON FROM A SYRPHID

By KERRIE A. DAVIES* & JANINE LLOYD*

Summary

Davies, K. A. & Lloyd, J. (1996) Nematodes associated with Diptera in South

Australia: a new species of Fergusobia Currie from a fergusoninid and a new record

of Syrphonema Laumond & Lyon from a syrphid. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(1), 13-

20, 31 May, 1996.

Fergusobia fisheri sp. nov., associated with a fly Fergusonina sp., is described from

leaf galls on a hybrid of Eucalyptus leucoxylon. Like other species of Fergusobia,

these nematodes are semi-obese and have a generation parasitic in the fly followed by

a generation parasitic in the plant. The new species is distinguished from F.

tumifaciens by its smaller size, larger manubrium on the spicule of the male, and

smaller cephalic region and tail in the parthenogenetic female, with vulva and anus

opening into cuticular depressions. Syrphonema sp., a nematode parasite of syrphid

flies, is described and recorded for the first time outside France.

Key Words: Taxonomy, Nematoda, Fergusobia, Diptera, Syrphonema, new species,

new record.

Transactions of the Royal Society af S. Aust. (1996), 1200), 13-20.

NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH DIPTERA IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA: A NEW

SPECIES OF FERGUSOBIA CURRIE FROM A FERGUSONINID AND A NEW

RECORD OF SYRPHONEMA LAUMOND & LYON FROM A SYRPHID

by Kerrie A. Davies* & JANINE LLOYD*

Summary

Davies, K. A. & Luoyp, J, (1996) Nematodes assuciated with Diptera in South Australia! a new species of

Forgusobia Currie from a fergusoninid and a new record of Syrphanema Laumond & Lyon from a syrphid. Trans.

R. Soe. 8. dust. 1200), 13-20, 31 May, 1996.

Fergusobia fisher’ sp. nov., associated with a ly Fereusenina sp,. is described from Jeaf galls on a hybrid

of Bucalypruy lewcexylon. Like other species of F-rgusobia, these nematodes are semi-obese and have a generation

parasitic in the fly followed by a generation parasitic in the plant, The new species ix distinguished from J? ramifaciens

by its smaller size. larger manubrium on the spicule of the male, and smaller cephalic region and fail mn the

purthenogenetic female, with yulva and anus opening into culicular depressions, Syrphonema sp., 4 nematode

parasite of syrphid Nes, ts described and recorded for the first time outside France

Key Worps: Taxonomy, Nematoda, Fereusobia, Diptera, Syrphonema, new species, new record,

Introduction

This paper describes a new species of the tylenchid

nematode Fergusobia, the only zenus of nematode

known fo parasitize both a plant and an insect

(Maggenti 1981). Jt has a bipartite life cycle, with a

generation parasitic in galls on Myrtaceae followed hy

one parasitizing the fergusoninid fly Fergusenina

Malloch. Also reported ts the first collection outside

France of the rhabditid nematode genus, Syphonem.

Both nematodes were collected in Adelaide, South

Australis.

Materials and Methods

Nemutodes were collected from galls cut open in tap

water, relaxed and fixed in hot FA 4:1. Insects were

dissected in 0.85% saline, and nematodes tram these

were fixed as above. Nematodes wene transferred from

fixative to [1% pglyceral in 30% ethanol in glass blocks

and placed in a desiccator containing 96% ethanol for

2 days. For the following J4-days nematodes were kep|

ut 40°C and the Mocks were partially covered with

glass lids. During the first three days, one ar cwa drops

ofa solution of 5% glycerol in 95 ml ethanol were

added four times daily. Slow evaporation was continued

thereafler, For light microscopy, processed nemavodes

were mounted in glycerol on glass slides and exarntned

using, interfetence microscopy. Scanning electron

Tnicroscopy studies were made. Nematodes were taken

from glycerol, passed through a series of

ethanol/glyveral solutions with increasing proportions

* Deparment of Crop. Protection University of Adejanle

PMH J Glen Osmond S. Aust. S064

of ethanol and washed three times with 100% ethanol,

They were then dried using CO, in a critical point

drier, mounted on stubs, sputter coated with

approximately 30 nm of gold and viewed at 20 kV

Measurements aré in zm, Drawings and measure-

ments were made from material mounted in glycerol

using a camera lucida. Body width was measured at

mid-length, Spicules were messured along the mid-

line in lateral view, De Maa’s ratios, je, Y = anter

ior end to vulva as percentage of body length, T =

length of testis tram) cloaca to flexure as percentage

of body length, 4 = length divided by greatest body

width, b’ = length divided by distance trom anterior

end to base of oesophageal glands, c = length divided

by tail length, & = tail length divided by width at anus

were determined. Compuariscins were made with

described species using published descriptions.

specimens of parthenogenetic females of Fergusobia

widgha Siddiqi (Queensland Museum (QM)

G200512-200519) and specimens of all stages except

parasilic females of F lumitacieny Curne isolated by

the authors from flower bud galls on Eucalyptus

cumeldulensis Dehn, at Urrbrac, South Australia

(Waite Institute Nematode Collection (WINC) 943)

The holotype of the new species is deposited in the

South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM).

Taxonomic descriptions

Fergusobia fisher sp. nov.

(FIGS 1-2)

Holearype: Parthenogenetic Q, Black Forest, South

Australia (34°57 'S, 138°34'E), 3.vini.t993, W. Frost.

collected trom a leaf gall on a hybrid of Fucalyprie

leucaxvlon Fo Muell,, ARC207051 (SAM),

Paratypes: WINC 81S, slides [-28, including 20

parthenogenetic 9 9, 25 preparasitic infective 9 9,

39 parasitic 9 O, 32 ao, 59 juveniles, collected

from leaf galls on a hybrid of E. levcaxylon at Black

Forest between August and October 1993, by W. Frost.

Measurements: Table 1.

Description af parthenogenetic female (Figs 1A, H,

2A)

Occurs in leaf gall. Dorsally curved when relaxed

by heat, with ventral side convex. to form open. C-

shape, Smaller than amphimictic preparasitic female.

Cuticle weakly annulated, striated; lateral fields

obscure, Cephalic region small relative to width of

body atanterior end, off-set, lightly sclerotized; region

appears roughly circular, unstriated, with 8 sectors;

dorsal and ventral sectors less than half width of each

of others; in side view sectors with rounded outline

and no central elevation around stylet opening.

Amphidial openings pore-like, situated near dorsal

edge of lateral sector. Stylet slender; conus forming

half length; small fusiform basal knobs. Orifice of

dorsal oesophageal giand approximately 3 pm posterior

ip stylet knobs. Digestive tract with swollen anterior

TasLe 1. Measurements of Fergusobia fisheri sp. nov.

K, A, DAVIES & J, LLOYD

part with valve-like structure. followed by short narrow

“isthmus” which widens abruptly to broader part

associated with the oesophageal glands; oesophago-

intestinal junction obscure. Lumen of tract broadens

posterior to “valve” and again at level of secretory-

excretory pore. Oesophageal glands large, occupying

about three quarters of body width, extending over

intestine to about 55% of total body length; dorsal

gland with large nucleus. Secretory-excretory pore

50-92 ym from anterior end with short duct leading

directly to excretory cell. Nerve ring at base of swollen

anterior part of digestive tract, Hemizonid not seen.

Reproductive tract with simgle gonad, prodelphic,

extending to nerve ring; oviduct flexed in some

females; uterus with quadricolumellar, often contains

single egg, curves to join vagina, which js directed

slightly forwards. Vulva usually conspicuous depressed

transverse slit, but in some specimens, vulval lips

protrude slightly. Cuticle wrinkled on ventral side just

anterior to vulva in half specimens examined. Rectum

simple tube, without obvious musculature: anus

inconspicuous pore, usually associated with distinct

indentation in the cuticle. Tail conoid, narrowing

sharply w rounded tip, 1,0-1.4 times as long as anal

body width, Phasmids not seen.

Measurements in jim; n jor each measurement in brackets below mean.

Holotype Paratypes

(parthenogenetic Parthenogenetic females Males Pre-parasitic females —- Parasitic females

female) mean S.D. range mean §.D, range mean §.D. range mean S.D range

Length 250, 25300 «23.2 «6228 = 336 39.5 292- 349 358 24) TRH STR 690-

(12) 305 (16) 453 (25) 395 (20 905

Width 5) 3 21 3340 37 37) 0-32-4638 62 2849 U2 79 105-

(12) (16) (25) (20) 128

Styler length 9) 94 038 9-10 Q LO 8-1 8 L4 6-11 nil 7 =

(8) (13) (ti)

Anterior end to BO zh) 5.4 S092 7 122 61-93 75 0.6 66-91 -

SeC-EX, pore (9) (6) (5)

Tail length 5 la 13-16 A 23-42 30 21-49 nil -

(12) (16) (25)

Vv 87 85 14-83-88 - 80 30 76-88 = 83 27 TReBY

(12) (25) (18)

T - - - 75, 72 59-84 ~ - - -

(16)

Spicule length - - Ik 18 620 - - - - - -

(17)

a 5 68 O7 60-85 92 14 63-113 95 17 88125 70 06 5.98)

(12) (16) (25) (20)

b 18 19 IS LB-2T 2R OAL 2.334 32 042 28-40

(12) (10) (9)

c 15.6 Bl 44 1025 1229 15 I? 29 44 7-23

{12) (16) (25)

¢ 1.2 LZ O13) (9-13 ‘ - - -

NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH DIPTERA 1S

Description of infective pre-parasitic female (Fig. 1B,

F, G)

Occurs in leaf gall, infects mature larval stage of fly.

Anterior part of nematode straight when relaxed by

heat; posterior part curved dorsally. Maximum body

width at mid-length. Cuticle with inconspicuous annu-

lations; strongly striated; lateral fields arising about

one body width behind head, with irregular, broken

striae, obscure when viewed with light microscope.

Cephalic region continuous with body, weakly sclero-

tized. Stylet slender, weakly sclerotized with smaller

basal knobs than in parthenogenetic female. Amphids

not seen, Orifice of dorsal oesophageal gland

approximately 3 ym posterior to stylet knobs. Secret-

ory-excretory pore approximately half the distance

along the oesophageal glands (65-90 ym from anterior

end), Nerve ring at base of swollen anterior part of

digestive tract. Hemizonid not seen. Oesophageal

glands often obscure, elongate, occupying about half

body width, extend over intestine to about 30% total

body length. Anterior part of digestive tract swollen,

+——.

Fig, 1, Fergusobia fisheri sp. noy, A, Entire parthenogentic female. B. Head of pre-parasitic female, C. Entire male (bursa

nol seen due to angle at which tail viewed). D. Detail of tale tail, ventro-lateral view, showing bursa and angulated spicule

E, Entire parasitic female. F. Entire pre-parusilic female. G, H, 1. Stylets of pre-parasitic female, parthenogenetic female

and mule, respectively. J, K. Lateral and dorsal view, respectively, of spicule, Scale bars = 10 pm G HIS K, 20 pm

ABCDE, 80 pm E.

16 K. A, DAVIES & J. LLOYD

non-muscular with valve-like structure. Intestine may

contain many dense granules or lumen may be broad

and empty, possibly reflecting nutritional status. Cells

of intestinal walls have prominent nuclei with large

nucleoli. Uterus extends almost to base of oesophageal

glands, acting as spermatheca and packed with sperm:

no post-vulval sac; vagina directed anteriorly, plugged

with refractile material; oviduct short, often with

flexure; ovary extending to nerve ring. Vulva transverse

slit, inconspicuous; lips may be raised. Anus pore-like;

rectum very small, non-muscular. Tail almost

hemispherical. Numerous large nuclei scattered along

length of nematode in epidermis.

Description of parasitic female (Fig. VE)

Occurs in haemocoel in abdomen of fly. Epidermis

thickened. Cephalic region may or may not be offset.

Body swollen, sausage-shaped, obese, filled with

hypertrophied reproductive organs. No stylet seen.

Oesophagus and intestine degenerate, anus not seen.

Ovary convoluted. Several eggs in uterus at one time.

Vulva depressed transverse slit.

Description of male (Figs 1C, D, 1, J, K; 2B, C)

Occurs in leaf gall. Body shape variable when

relaxed by heat, posterior portion of body may be

arched dorsally, tail curved ventrally. Cuticle with

longitudinal striations, without annulations; lateral

fields indistinct under light microscope, appear to be

3.or 4 incisures or several irregular striae. Cephalic

region off-set, with lightly sclerotized framework.

Stylet, oesophagus, intestine and secretory-excretory

pore all as for parthenogenetic female. Oesophageal

glands extend over intestine to about 35% of total body

length. Reproductive tract with single testis, extending

to nerve ring; extensive vas deferens, with amoeboid

sperm. Bursa membranous, smooth, often difficult to

: — see; extends to tail tip, appears to be peloderan;

» “ collapsed in specimens prepared for SEM, seen as

wrinkled membrane lying on cuticle of tail region;

variable length, usually arises 1.5-2 tail lengths anterior

to cloaca, but in one specimen arose in anterior half

of nematode. No genital papillae seen. Spicules robust,

paired, angular near their middle so that manubrium

and shaft appear to be perpendicular to each other in

ventral view; manubrium large. No gubernaculum, Tail

bluntly rounded.

Fig. 2. Fergusobia fisheri sp. nov. A. Parthenogenetic female

head to show buccal region and stylet (arrow). B, Male

tail showing bursa (arrow). C. Amoeboid spermatozoa from

squashed male. Scale bars = 10 pm.

NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH DIPTERA i

Diagnosis and reletionships

F fishert sp. noy. is characterized by having a

panhenogenetic lemale with ibe cephalic region sal

relative to the body width, with 4 flat terminal profile,

the volval slit in a conspicuous depression oF the

cuticle, the anal opening in a similar but smmller

depression and a short tail (0.9-1.3 times anal hody

width) with a narmow cone shape, The male fas sasrular

spicules with a large manubrivm.,

F fishert sp. nov, differs Fram F jambaphila Siddiqi

in haying a flat cephalic region without a central conical

elevation and angular spicules and fron F inidica

(Jairaypuri) and F magna because the parthenogenetic

female has a short tail. The aous opens into an oby ious

cuticular depression in the parthenogenetic female ot

£ fisheri sp. nov, bul not in the other described species.

FE fisheri sp. now, assuines a similar shape to F

tumifacicay when heat-killed bul is smaller (average

length of parthenogenetic females 253 and 318 pm

respectively and of males 336 and 420) «p-

Measurements for & curried (=tumifuctens) from

Fisher and Nickle 1968), The parthenogenetic female

of F fivheri sp, nov. has a smaller cephalic region

relative to bocly width than FO tuwifaciens and may have

wrinkled cutiele on the ventral side of the body anterior

to the vulva, absent in A fantifaeiens, The vulval slit

is situated ina distinct cuticular depression in FE fishert

sp. oy. as in jambophila and F indica, but not in

F tumifaciens or in BE magna. The volume of the tail

of the parthenogenetic female is snaller in F fisheri

sp. nov. than in FE rantifaciens, having a narrower cone

shape. The point of origin of the caudal alae ts vartable

it A fishert sp. ney, males, in contrast to F nwpifaciens.

Frymolopy

Named afler Dr J. M. Fisher, formerly of the

Department of Crop Protection University of Adelaide.

Biology, life evele and general comments

The nemalode & fiskeri sp. noy. was found on leaf

galls ot the southern blue gum. &. leacoxylen, in

association with an unknown species of the

fergusoninid fly Ferevsoitia sp, Galls were first

collected ii carly August M993, followed by successive

collections until October 892 when no nemaludes (yt

fics were found. tn the early August collection, gulls

contained many nematodes (arveniles. parthenogenetic

und infective females aid inales) and fly larvae. OF

32 larvae dissected, the abdomen oF two contained i

toral of three ferpilized infective females and one male

nematode. A week Juter, 14 ily larvae andl 1S paiparia

were collected from valls and dissected. Six of the

larvae contained two to four fertilized inlicleve te rele

nematodes. Ne pentatodes were found in poparia, In

early September, galls contained # lew uclult rrogle: sane!

infective female nematodes, Puparia cemtamned pharaic

adult flies. Nineteen pharate adult flies were dissectedl.

eight of which were male and had no nematodes,

However, 10 of the I female flies contained from |-H

(averaye 6.4) mature parasitic female nematodes per

fly. In six of these, eggs had been laid in the

haemolymph and i most cases, the eggs were in the

carly stages of embryonic developmen. One fly,

however, contained eggs in which the juvenile

nematodes were Well-formed.,

These observations on the life cycle peucrally agree

with (hose reported by Fisher & Nickle (1968) for &

curici (=tunifirciens), No nematodes have been found

in mate flies. Eggs are Jaid in the haemolymph of the

abdomen of the tly bur at is not known bow the fly

deposits both insect eggs and nematode juveniles into

Eucalypiusy ussde. Presumably, these nematode

juveniles develop jnta parthenogenetic females. which

luy eggs. It is possible that juveniles developing from

the early eggs beconte miles, as in ramnifactens,

While the first collection of F fisheri sp. nay. Trons

leat galls yielded all plant parasitic stiges Of the

nematode, the fourth stage juveniles found were all

fernale {distinguished from males by a mure bluntly

rounded tail and development of the uterus), suggesting

that male development had occurred earlier, Fisher &

Nickle (1968) stated that only fertilized infective-stage

fétnales of F curriei (=tumifaciens) penetrated fly

jurvae but female and male & fisher? sp. nov, have been

found in fly larvae. F mmifacicas may deposit eges

in the haemolymph of the fly before it emerges as an

adult female (Currie 1937) or this may be delayed uncl

after emergence of the fly from the pall (Fisher &

Nickle 1968), Here, & fisheri sp. nov. had produced

eggs before the purasitised fly had emerged from the

puparium.

Currie (1937) described one species, F tarmifaciens,

associated with Fr. carter? Tonn.. from leaf galls on

£, Stuartiana (sie) Ev. M. He alsa observed minor

morphological differences. between nematodes

callccted from leaf bud, axi bud, stem tip and flower

Dud galls associated with a number of other fly species

on more than a dozen species of cucalypt. He suggested

“further work will show that the nematodes associated

with the diffrent Mies have differences in structure

which ¢otitle them to be considered as different species”

(Curt\e 1937), These differences inelikled turn£ot un

the point of origin of the caudal alae and the size and

position of the oesophageal glands. Observations of

material held in the WINC conlinn thal these

cbanicters will be important in species differeniahon

Fisher & Nickle (1968) redescribed Fo rvrnes

(=luniifaciens) from flower hud galls an b.

Camaldulensis Dehn. associnted wath An filled

Tonn. Of the other deseribed species (a fenguvensia,

Siddiqi (1986) descrihed A ruigna from Efecalypeus

stem galls associated with an unknywn Ny bost ape

from soil under host trees, & imdiew trom suil ii lndia

and F) jambophila from flower bud galls on Syzygium

cumini (L.) Skeels associated with Fr. syzygii Harris,

The Waite Institute Nematode Collection contains

specimens of Fergusobia collected from stem, bud and

Jeaf galls on Excalyptus fram Adelaide and Mt

Gambier, respectively, which appear to be undescribed

Species, Fisher (pers. comm,) found an undescribed

species of Fergusohia in leaf galls on &. camaldulensis

associated with #n, lockharti Tonn, lt is apparent, given

the different forms of galls, that each of these

undescribed species of nematode is associated with a

different species of Fergusonina. Bach, however, is not

Necessarily restricted to one species of Aucalyptas.

Presumably the nematode has evolyed mechanisms,

which are probably host-specific, to escape the fly's

immunological system during the generation i which

it is an insect parasite. Thus, fergusobia, like the wenus

Anguina Scopoli (Krall 1991) may have a high degree

of host specificity, in this case, for the insect host, Jf

so, Currie (1937) and Fisher & Nickle (1968) may not

have deseribed the same species of nematode, given

that they were associated with different species of

Fergusonina. Indeed, Currie refers to the margins of

the caudal alae of males of his specimens of F

tumnifaciens as being slightly crenate, a character not

observed by Fisher & Nickle (1968) nor in specimens

isolated from &, camaldulensis by the present authors.

Also, the oesophageal glands of the parthenogenetic

female of the specimens from £. camaldulensis are

longer than in Currie’s description and drawing of FL

rumufactens.

The structure of the digestive tract of Fereuvobia

remains unclear. Given the small size of these

nematodes, and their typical dark colouration, it is very

difficult to disuaguish the anterior parts of (he tract,

Fisher & Nickle (1968) described the anterior part of

the besuphagus as swollen, narrowing abruptly to form

a short tsthmus at the level of the nerve ring, then

broadening again to contain the large plinds, They

believed that the oesophago-intestinal junction occurred

at about the level of the secretory-excretory pore.

Siddig) (1986) interpreted the anterior swelling of the

digestive tract as a “pseudo-pharynx” and believed chat

ihe yalve-liKe #leuctnre it contuins marked the

TABLE 2. Measuremenis for urtulr femates uf Syrphonema ap.

All Theasurementy i jar

Length Width Aglerior Tul

end ti hase length

of bulb

mica a7U AY 0.5 6.0

n 12 2 0 0

Str 16 68 20.5 16.

ninge 1240-1890 29-5h W171 431u)

kK, A, DAVIES & IL LLOYD

junction of the oesophagus. and intestine. An electron

microscope study of the anterior part of the digestive

iract of Fergusobia is needed to decide which of these

interpretations Js correct

Syrphonema sp,

(FIG, 3h

Measurements: Table 2,

Descriprion of female (Pig. 3C, D, B, KG)

Nematodes straight or slightly C-shaped when

relaxed by gentle heat. Cuticle has longitudinal proaves

with many fine transverse markings; offen appears

loose at head and/or tail; lateral lines large (31 yan wide,

27-33 wim), with smooth ribbon-tike appearance and

single central ridge, Lip region often indistinct; six

separate lips, each wilh small papilla. Stoma cup-

shaped: cheilostom reduced; promesustom about 4 wnt

long, and about same width; thickening of cuticle an

ventral side of metastom, which makes stoma

asymmetrical, and may form a rhabdion; lelostom

present. Amphid openings at base of lateral lips.

Oesophagus rectilinear; no true bulb; vestigial valve

present. Nerve ring situated in postenur third of

oesophagus. Secretory-excretory pore opening just

behind perve ring: prominent excretory cell just behind

oesophago-intestinal junction. Deirids not seen,

Hemizonid just posterior to netve ring. Intestinal lumen

lined with refractive material from oesophago-intestinal

junction to rectal valve; lumen wide in young females

but narrower in older, Three rectal glands.

Reproductive tract with single gonad, amphidelphic,

will genital tube running anteriorly; ovoviviparaus.

long uterus, extending almost to point of Hexure of

genital tube just behind ocsuphago- intestinal junction,

oviduet extending back down dorsal side of body; small

posi-uterime sac present; no true spermatheca, sperm

not seen; vulva with iransverse opening. well-

developed associated musculature; posterior vulval lipr

often more praminent than anterior; vagina not direcred

ameriorly or posteriorly. Phasmids not secn. Tail

conical, terminus varizhle (Fig. 3)

isolated Jrom Adelaide.

Anterior Vv 4 b v

end 40

vulva.

(200 BLG 29:3 {0.6 38

12 12 12 ip iN}

22) 37 36 17 is

25-36 RX a Nay

YU-R20 -AES-RES

NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH DIPTERA 19

Description of juveniles (Fig. 3A, B)

Second stage juveniles 573 pm (473-624; n=8),

third stage juveniles 830 um (806-873; n=3): fourth

stage juveniles 1062 wm (920-1260; n=7).

As for adult females, except that the lateral lines

consist of a single central ridge only. Gonad primor-

dium well-developed in third and fourth stage juveniles,

developing uterus particularly obvious in fourth stage

nematodes, enabling rapid determination of the various

juvenile stages.

Collector, hest and localiry

The nematodes were dissected from the intestine of

two females of the syrphid fly Simosyrphus

grandicorinis (Macquart), collected on sow thistle,

Sonchus L, sp., atthe Waite Campus of the University

of Adelaide, Glen Osmond in January and December

1993 by Mr E. Soleyman, Nematode specimens are

held in the WINC 687.

Biology and general comments

A search of Helminthological Abstracts suggests that

this is only the second record of the genus Syrphonema,

erected by Laumond & Lyon (1971), and the first

outside France. Its occurrence in South Australia

suggests that the genus may have a cosmopolitan

distribution. Laumond & Lyon (1971) collected S,

intestinalis from the digestive tracts of 12 species of

syrphid flies. The infected flies found here were part

of collections made in a study of the biology of the

syrphid flies, 5. grandicorinis and Melangyna

viridiceps (Macquart). No nematodes were seen in

dissections of 305 M. viridiceps and only two of 105

8S. grandicoriniy dissected contained nematodes

(Soleyman pers. comm.) suggesting that the infection

rate is naturally low, It is not known what effect, il

any, infection has on the survival and reproductive

capacity of the fly.

The nematodes described here from South Australia

were classified as Syrphonema on the basis of the host

fly, rectilinear oesophagus without a bulb and with a

vestigial valve and because the female is ovoviviparous

arid has a posterior vulva. In the absence of males, it

is not possible to decide if the nematode is S.

intestinalis or a new species. The body lengths of the

South Australian and French forms suggest that the

former were smaller, but the De Man ratios are very

Fig, 3. Syrphonema sp. A, Entire fourth stage juvenile. B.

Anterior of fourth stage juvenile. C. Anterior of adult

female. D, Entire adult female. E. Variable tail shapes of

adult females. F. Vulva and tail of female, G, Stoma of adult

female. Scale bars = 10 um BCE FG, 20 um A, 50 pm D.

20 K. A. DAVIES & J. LLOYD

close (Table 2). Some apparent morphological

differences have been observed. Laumond & Lyon

described the stoma of their specimens as reduced and

“vestibule-formed”; in the nematodes described here

the stoma was cup-shaped but asymmetric with

cuticular thickening (possibly a rhabdion) of the ventral

metastom. The nerve ring seems to be located more

posteriorly in the South Australian than in the French

specimens. Again, the drawing of the female in

Laumond & Lyon (1971) does not show a post-uterine

sac Or a protuberant posterior vulval lip, both present

in the specimens examined here. While Laumond &

Lyon state that §. intestinalis does not have a

spermatheca, they have drawn a structure, also seen

in South Australian females, which could function as

a spermatheca. This is an apparent modification of the

reproductive tube, just on the uterine side of the flexure

of the oviduct; however, no sperm were seen. An

attempt to obtain material from France for comparative

studies was unsuccessful.

Acknowledgments

We thank Dr D. N, McAlpine, Australian Museum,

Sydney for identification of adult Fergusonina collected

from Black Forest, Dr J. Gardiner, University of

Adelaide, for indentification of FE. leucoxlyon, Dr W.

Frost for collecting leaf galls, Mr E. Soleyman for

specimens of Syrphonema and information on infection

rates and Mrs F. Reay and Mr G., Taylor for helpful

criticism of the manuscript. This work was supported

by a grant from the Australian Biological Resources

Study,

References

Curriz, G. A. (1937) Galls on Eucalyptus trees. A new type

of association between flies and nematodes. Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. 62, 147-174.

FisHer, J. M. & Nickie, W. R. (1968) On the classification

and life history of Fergusobia curriei (Sphaerulariidae:

Nematoda). Proc, Helminthol. Soc. Wash. 35, 40-46.

KRALL. E. L. (1991) Wheat and grass nematodes: Anguina,

Subanguina and related genera pp, 721-760 In Nickle, W.

R. (Ed.) “Manual of agricultural nematology” (Marcel

Dekker, New York).

Laumonp, C. & Lyon, J. P. (1971) Le parasitisme de

Syrphonema intestinalis n.g., n.sp., aux depens des

syrphides (insectes dipteres) et la nouvelle famille des

Syrphonematidae (Nematoda: Rhabditida). C. r hebd.

Sean. Acad. Sci., Paris, Ser. D 272(13), 1789-1792.

Maccent!, A. (1981) “General Nematology” (Springer-

Verlag, New York).

Sippigi, M. R. (1986) A review of the nematode genus

Fergusobia Currie (Hexatylina) with descriptions of F,

Jambophila n.sp. and FE) magna n.sp. pp. 264-278 In

Swarup, G. & Dasgupta, D. R. (Eds) “Plant parasitic

nematodes of India, problems and progress” (Indian

Agricultural Research Institute, New Delhi),

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS OF DUNES OF THE

GAWLER RANGES PROVINCE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By E. M. CAMPBELL*, C. R. TWIDALE*, J. T. HUTTON} & J. R. PRESCOTTE

Summary

Campbell, E. M., Twidale, C. R., Hutton, J. T. & Prescott, J. R. (1996) Preliminary

investigations of dunes of the Gawler Ranges province, South Australia. Trans. R.

Soc. S. Aust. 120(1), 21-36, 31 May, 1996.

Three fields of dunes have developed in the recent past within the Gawler Ranges in

the arid-semiarid interior of South Australia. The dunes (lunettes, parabolic dunes,

transverse dunes, linear dunes, climbing dunes and falling dunes) are essentially relic

forms, were active about 4000 years BP and are now stabilised by vegetation though

strong winds still cause occasional sand movement. Some of the dunes demonstrate

sand transport over distances of at least 25 km. The origin of the various

morphological dune types is discussed. Supply of sand, the moisture content of the

substrate, the vegetation cover and wind speed and direction are all important.

Topography influences the morphology of the dunes in various ways and is

fundamental to any explanation of climbing and falling dunes.

Key Words: Gawler Ranges, lunettes, parabolic dunes, transverse dunes, linear dunes,

climbing dunes, falling dunes, thermoluminescence dating.

Transactions of the Royal Sactety of §. Aust, (1996), LAO), 21-36,

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS OF DUNES OF THE GAWLER

RANGES PROVINCE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by E. M. CAMPBELL, C. R, TWIDALE* J. T. HuTTONT & JR, PRESCOTT

Summary

CAMPBELL, E, Mo, Twpalr, C. RL, Huron, J. 1 & Prescorr, J. R. (1996) Preliminary investigations of dunes

of the Gawler Ranges province, South Australia. Trans. R. Sov. S. Aust, 120(1), 21-36, 31 May. 1996,

Three fields of dunes have developed inthe recent past within the Gawler Ranges in the arid-semiarid interior

of South Australia, The dunes (lunettes, parabolic dunes, transverse dunes. linear dunes, climbing dunes and

(illing dunes) are essentially relie forms. were active about $000 years BP and are now stabilised by vegetation

though strong winds still cause occasional sand movernent. Some of the dunes denioastrate sand transport over

distances of ut least 25 km.,. The origin of the various morphological dune types is discussed, Supply of sand.

(he moisture content of the substrate, the vegetation cover and wind speed and direction are al! important. Topography

influences the morphology of the dunes in various ways and is fundamental to any explanation of climbing and

falling dunes.

Key Words: Gawler Ranges, lunettes, parabolic dunes, transverse dunes, linear dunes, climbing dines, falling

dunes, thermoluminescence dating,

Introduction

In the mid-latitude deserts extensive fields of sand

dunes are restricted to plains. Sand dunes have,

however, been reported from desert uplands where

topographic obstacles deflect or funnel ihe regional

airflow and produce depositional forms and patierns

different from the essentially regular and repeated

formations found in the dunefields of the adjacent

plains (Wilson 1973; Smith 1982). They include sand

shadows of various types, sand sheets, obstacle dunes

and climbing and falling dunes (Planhol & Rognon

1970; McKee 1979; Mainguet 1984; Greeley & Iverson

1985). The Gawler Ranges, located in the arid-semiarid

interior of South Australia, 1s a desert upland within

which three fields of sand dunes have penetrated the

valleys between the bornhardt massifs and in some

areas have overridden the low domical hills (Fig. lu, b).

Geologic Background

The bornhardts of the Gawler Runges are developed

ina Jayered sequence of silicic yoleanic rocks (mainly

rhyolites, rhyodacites and dacites) of Mesaproterozoic

age (1592 + 2 Ma- Fanning ef al. 1986). The volcanic

rocks consist predominantly of subaerially erupted

ignimbrites (nuées ardentes deposits), welded to

varying degrees, and with local occurrences of basaltic

lava. and agglomerate. They were intruded by granites

of the Hiltaba Suite (1485 + 16 Ma - Creaser 1989

* Department of Geology and Geophysics, University of

Adelaide S, Aust. 5005,

+ Deceased.

+ Department of Physics, University of Adelaide S, Aust.

5005

cited by Blissett e7 al. 1989; see also Flint 1993) which

now occur extensively in the western part oF the upland,

in the Kondoolka and Hiltaba areas, as well as in small

isolated Outerops near Kokatha Homestead (H.S.) and

Lake Everard H.S. They are also exposed to the W,

SW and 5 of the Ranges.

Where exposed, both the volcanic and granitic

crystalline rocks are massive and compact but a well

developed system of orthogonal fractures trending

NNW and NE, and including also latitudinal and

tae AGoraeera

@& can harms | ~ ~ =

hanno | .

at _ a

2b hatyet ain 4 é a )

es it cer

Quiles x 4 |

\sertake kvernidy ¢ |

Pte ape he

gi = £" S S 4, (daira

eh 4 ‘ 4) 5 ots i

"= | ATs mn

“Meant Nt |

esti

Heataull 1 > \

PALAU Hm are’ |

<b oe E taenrt . \ ,

ena) = =) tee

an — i Ai ots . ° | ie Frrelane

reiting J ; \

% /

hike t - (

Jona

4 ’ WN

woh Sy

. &

r mnt

= sie e |

Wrwlla

tin (arn \

Oe M, tani

= bigitey - -

SJukey Blutl

u = Bul hin ti iy

LT oe ~

NW Stivy

Fig. la. The Gawler Ranges province, showing location of

the study site in South Australia (inset), localities mentioned

in the text and average annual isohyets (mm), The

Corrobinnie Depression dune samples analysed by Gostin

were collected from dunes adjacent to the road from

Wirulla to Hiltaba HS.

22 &, M. CAMPBELL, C, R, TWIDALE, J. T. HUTTON & J, R. PRESCOTT

meridional sets, has been explomted by weathering and

erosion to form the major valley systems of the Ranges

(Campbell & Twidale 1991), The summit and upper

slopes of the bornhardts are essentially devoid of any

Weathered materials, though isolated patches of regolith

T] Satin

Py] Gririte

es Gewler Range

Hd Vetor piles

i a,

————

Fig. lb. The geology, including dunefields, of (he Gawler

Ranges province (after Williams 1994). A, Hier Dunefield,

B. Precadilly Dunefield. C, Moonaree Dunefield. B

Beacon Dunefield. E; Mkina Dunefield F. Serubby Peak

Dunefield,

iin ym

3 A

‘se aks | iukn

wo \) tote Farrer

ae) 1 %

ee % I

Ad “ne \ Lf 4 hee fa ‘

. Laer fs anae if” 4

, wQ Meraamare a 94) et us ~ fi

mL 5

Mee)

; ow al

\ “rit

4 oe

i ~ — bien

_ uf hinger dune

a) hardboll) dupe

= Traisverse bide

= 3 A L y tall

r Shem

_— 45 ™~. CC | Quneteld

Fig. Ic. Schematic diagram showing location of lunettes, linear

dunes and parabolic dunes of the Gawler Ranges province,

South Australia, The orientation of the linear dunes is also

indicated. Not all dunes are shawn.

"CAMPBELL, EB. M. (1990) Structure and surlace in the

Gawler Ranges, South Australia. PhD thesis, University

of Adelaide (Unpub.)

are preserved on the lower slopes, as for example 7

km east of Nonning H S., and in the valley floors drill

cores and dam sections indicate that the volcanic:

material is weathered to depths of up to 50 m.

Individual bornhardts attain heights of over 460 m in

the S, but they decline in elevation to the N (e.g. Nukey

Bluff ¢, 460 m, Mt Nott 430 nm, Bond Aill 336 m,

Chitanilga Hill 317 m, Nueckulla Aull 256m, Mortimer

Hill 232 m ~ see Fig. ta). The upland is hounded on

its SW and § sides by an escarpment which, though

dissected and tisiiy wooly 150-200 m above the

surrounding plain, is nevertheless, and viewed

renionally, linear and imposing, so much so that the

explorer BE. J. Eyre was Jed to describe the Gawler

Ranges us “a vast MOUNTAIN Mass rising abruptly ow

of the low scrubby country” (Eyre 1845). To the N_

W.and E the relict amplitude diminishes and the hills

peter oul as the plains become more and more

extensive.

The bornhardts. of the Gawler Range province have

evolved in (Wo major stages, The first involved

planation and fracture-controlled differential subsurface

weathering m Jurassic ot earher Gmes, the second, the

stripping of the regolith in the Early Cretaceous to

expose bevelled domical forms. Remnants of the etch

planation surface represented by the summit bevels are

particularly: Well preserved in the south, There has been

only minor erosion of jhe ranges sinve the Mesuzoiv

(Campbell 1990'; Campbell & Twidale 1991).

Numerous yalinas, including Jakes Gairdner, Harris,

Everard and Acraman and many small saline playis.

occupy low lying areas in valleys and plains. The

depression occupied by Lake Acraman 1s the site of

an ancient meieorite impact (Williams 1994). The large

lakes stand about 120 m above sea level, They are the

termini of elosed drainage basins. most of which are

not much larger than the lakes themselves.

Climate

At present the area is semiarid in the § grading to

arid in the N (Fig. Ja). Jn the south there is. a pro-

nounced winter rainfall maximum, produced predom-

inanuly by the easterly passage of cold fronts, but a

significant proportion of the rainfall is derived from

occasional influxes of moist tropical air. In the north

the rainfall is derived from. both these sources and the

annual distribution is more uniform (Fig. 2a; Bureau

of Meteorology 1993a). Sammers are hot and winters

cool. Annual evaporation is about 2700 mm, with a

mean monthly evaporation ranging from about 80 mm

in June to 390 nun in January.

The only records for modern wind regimes in the

area are from Nonning (Fig, 2b). In summer, sand-

moving winds (stronger than about 20 km per hour)

blow predominantly from SE, § and SW. In winter,

strong winds blow from several quarters but N. NW

DUNES OF THE GAWLER RANGES

and SW winds are important (Bureau of Meteorology

1993b). Woomera, located more than 100 km ‘to the

NE of the Ranges, experiences predominantly SE-S

(total) winds in summer although in winter, winds are

more variable, but with a strong N and NW-SW

component. At Ceduna, 100 km to the W, in surrumer

SE, S and SW winds predominate, whilst in winter

NE through NW-SW winds are most common (Bureau

of Meteorology 1988) Fig. 2c).

The Dunefields

The Australian dunefields form a huge whorl of

linear dunes around the centre of the continent (Brook-

field 1970; Wasson et al, 1988), though it is not estab-

lished whether all the sectors of the pattern were

formed by winds related to one and the same

atmospheric system or that they were ever active al

the same time. The Australian desert dunes are

characteristically long, parallel sand ridges extending

unbroketi over tens and even a few hundreds of

kilometres. Many are asymmetrical in cross-section

and display tuning fork or Y junctions. They are

generally restricted to the desert plains (Madigan 1936,

1946, Wopfner & Twidale 1967),

Although the precise mechanism of formation is

debated, and it is likely that the dunes originate in

various ways (McKee & Tibbetts 1964; Woptner &

Twidale 1967; Brookfield 1970; Tsvar 1989; Tseo

1993), some are apparently initiated in the lee of

lunettes or other accumulations of sand (Twidale 1972)

and extend in a downwind direction. There is a mild

controversy as to whether the sand of which the dunes

are built is of local derivation (Folk 1971; Wasson 1983)

or Whether it is essentially exotic and far-travelled

(Wopiner & Twidale 1967), The Gawler Ranges

dunefields yield evidence germane to this problem.

Immediately to the W of the Gawler Ranges the

linear sand ridges of the Great Victoria Desert, the

southern part of the great Australian dune pattern, trend

WNW to ESE and there are zones of parabolic dunes.

Within the Gawler Ranges province the sand dunes are

more varied and Junettes, transverse dunes, and

climbing and falling dunes, as well as linear and

MOONAHEE NONNING

ao 30

Mean munthl r Mean nirinthily

taintall ¥ Th tal tall

+ ¥, ¥

E40 | 30

5 -

2 | | Mean no

ai rain days

197) Mean no. ox Ti 1”

rain uays S

TEM AMT ASOND

Months:

Fig. 24. Mean monthly rainfall and mean number of rain days

for Moonaree and Nonning (Bureau of Meteorology 1993a).

Length of record: Moonaree - 108 years. Nonning - 90

years,

Months

NONNING

January July

) 4-29 >20 km/hr

Fig. 2b. Nonning wind data (Bureau of Meteorology 1993b)

The percentage of calm observations is indicated in the

centre of the rose. Length of record 23 years.

WOOMERA

January

CEDUNA

January

i) 41011-30790 kiv/hr

Fig. 2c. Wind roses for Woomera and Ceduna (Bureau of

Meteorology 1988),. The percentage of calm observations

is indicated in the centre of the rose.

24 E, M, CAMPBELL, C. R. TWIDALE, L T. HUTTON & J. R. PRESCOTT

parabolic dunes, are developed. Some are stable, but

others are occasionally mobile.

Three fields of dunes penetrate the uplands (Fig. Ib).

In the N, the Hiern Dunefield extends WNW to ESE

between the Kokatha hills and Lake Everard to the

western shore of Lake Gairdner. The dunes are

predominantly linear forms. Dunes also occur N of

the Ranges and also on some of the islands within Lake

Gairdner. In the same latitude, and to the lee of a major

lunette developed on the E shore of Lake Gairdner,

the Piccadilly Dunefield extends eastwards for 35 km

across the plains located between Lake Gairdner and

Island Lagoon. Here linear sand ridges and parabolic

forms are well developed and some lunettes occur on

the eastern margin of small salinas.

The Moonaree Dunefield occupies the plain between

the volcanic Everard hills to the N and the granitic

Kondoolka hills to the § and extends eastwards to Lake

Acraman. In this part of the Moonaree Dunefield there

is a Sharp boundary between parabolic dunes to the

S and linear sand ridges to the N. Dunes occur on

islands within Lake Acraman and on its eastern shore.

To the NE of Lake Acraman the plain carries a veneer

of sand but dune forms are absent. Further to the E,

however, linear sand ridges are again developed and

extend as far as the shore of Lake Gairdner.

Immediately to the W of this salina, some of the dunes

“smitH, D. M. (1976) The denudation chronology of the

southern Gawler Ranges and adjacent areas, MA thesis,

University of Adelaide (Unpub.)

override the low volcanic hills forming climbing and

falling dunes. The Beacon Dunefield (the Black Oak

dunefield of Smith 1976") extends eastwards from the

E shore of Lake Gairdner, again in the lee of a major

lunette. This field consists mainly of linear sand ridges

but there are some lunettes and parabolic forms.

The most southerly dunefield, the [kina Dunefield,

is part of the Kododo Dunefield of Smith (19767).

Both the field and individual dunes trend NW to SE

between the Corrobinnie Depression (Bourne e7 al.

1974, Binks & Hooper 1984) and the SW margin of

the Gawler Ranges from near Yarranna Hill to the

vicinity of Mt Sturt. Within the Corrobinnie

Depression, complex parabolic forms are well

developed. In the vicinity of Mt Centre, lincar sand

ridges trom the Ilkina Dunefield diverge ESE and

extend across narrow plains and valleys between the

volcanic uplands and extend into the hilly areas to form

the Scrubby Peak Dunefield (Fig. 1b). In both the N

and S arms of this dunefield there are departures from

the general ESE trend as a result of topographic

interference with the airflow. Both crestal transverse

dunes and climbing and falling dunes result from such

topographic effects.

Dune morphology

Linear dunes

Linear sand ridges dominate the dunefields within

the Gawler Ranges (Fig. 3). These linear forms trend

WNW to ESE in the W and latitudinally further to the

Fig. 3. Linear sand ridges of the Scrubby Peak Dunefield funnelied along broad valleys between the bornhardts of the southern

Gawler Ranges, South Australia, Field of view in foreground approximately 5 km.

DUNES OF THE GAWLER RANGES 25

E, In places, e.g. near Mt Granite (Fig, 4). funnelling

of the Wind has produced dunes aligned at various

angles to the regional trend. ‘The linear dunes vary in

height, length and linear frequency, i.e, the number

of sand ridges per unit distance measured normal to

the dune trend, The maximunt height of the dunes

varies from 5-15 m above the interdane corridors. They

vary in length from a few tens of metres up to 20 km,

none extends unbroken for many scores or hundreds

of kilometres as do some of the sand ridges of desert

plains such as the Simpson Desert (Wopiner & Twidale

(967, 1990; Twidale |981). The lincar frequency of the

dunes varies between two and six per km The

interdune corridors are sand covered. Most of the dunes

are symmetrical, with smooth crests which rise and

fall to form peaks and saddles, The slopes are gentle,

considerably less than the angle of repose of the sand.

No deposinonal structures and no slip faces have been

noted. The dunes carry a covering of low shrubs and

amall trees, though little or no soil development is

apparent and there is, today; only occasional and minor

reworking of the sand by wind and water, The dunes

are relic according to the classification of Livingstone

& Thomas (1995),

Parabolic dunes

Groups of parabolic or U-dines occur within the

linear dunefields. Most of the parabolic dunes occur

outside the Ranges, and notably in. the Corrohianie

Depression (Bourne er a/. 1974), though there is a W-

E zone within the Moonaree Dunefield and patches

N \ wu

‘

"OME tinatite, !

} Se

)

I 2 ‘

\ \

ra | |

iv. \, MN 7 2 yn ;

Playas "y \ of,

aN ae On| ' oS

> Duras ac i thoy

'0U. Com itours it |

wr (ey é

ae \ rl |

— fm \ : |

—_ H i} «| a |

kn a “\ _

Fig. 4. Schematie diagram of linear dunes oriented NW tu

SE, and irregular patterns of linear and transverse dunes

due to topographic interference to the wind near Mt Granite,

Gawler Ranges, South Australia (from aerial photographs,

Department of Lands, South Australia and 1100 000

National topographic map series). Not all dunes are shown

of parabolic forms occur within the Piccadilly and

Beacon dunefields. Although many of these dunes are

complex.in plan form, with transverse, rake-hke and

circular patterns well developed, the basic unit is a U-

shaped dune about § m high and with the open end

of the U pointing to the W (Fig. 5).

Climbing and falling dunes

In the Gawler Ranges most of the dunes are

developed on broad valley floors between the

bornhardts. In some areas. however, linear dunes

penetrate into the hilly terrain and suffer modification

asa result of funnelling and diversion of the wind (Fig-

4). In other areas, the dunes extend over the bormhardts

On the reasonable assumption thal the sand migrated

southeastwards, dunes piled against the windward

(northwestern) slope of a hill are termed climbing, or

rising, dunes; Where sand has overridden the crest ot

a hill and extended on to the leeward (southeastern)

slope, falling, or hanging, dunes are formed (Fig. 6a).

i) a Playas

~ Dunes

~~ _

== Roads

< & Contours my

{ }

VLA

Fig, 5. Linear and parabolic dunes of the Moonaree Dunefield

15 km south of Lake Everard H.S. (from aerial photographs

Department of Lands, South Australia and 1100 000

National topegraphic map series),

Fig, 6a. Echo, climbing and falling dunes (after Mabbutt

1977). Arrow indicates direction of the wind, A. Linear

dune not anchored by topography. B. Linear dune rising

over topographic obstacle, C, Climbing (1) and falling (27

dune. D. Echo dune.

16 E, M. CAMPBELL, C, R. TWIDALE. J. T. HUTTON & J, R, PRESCOTT

These dunes have oot been studied in detail in the arid

mountains of Australia, although dunes which arguably

ascend cliffs have been studied in the coastal context

(Jennings 1957: Langford-Smith & Thom 1969).

Climbing and falling dunes are known from various

parts of the world, for example from periglacial Finnish

Lapland (Seppila 1993), coastal west Galicia, Spain

and NE Spain (Cros & Serra 1993), but mose

previously published reports pectain ta warm desert

environments, é.g, Califorma (Evans 1962; Smith 1967

cited by Bender 1982; Anders 1974 cited by Bender

1982; Lancaster 1994), Colorado (Johnson 1968),

Idaho (Koscielniak 1973°), Arizona (Greely & Iverson

1985) und Utah (Alhbrandt 1979), all in the United

States, where most are inactive, veneered by gravel and

dissveted by ephemeral streams (Smith 1982), nerthern

Mexico (Stone 1967), Brazil (Biyarella 1975, 1979),

Egypt and Jordan (McKee 1979), the Sinai Peringuls

(Ahibrandt (979), the Sahara (Smith 1954) and the

central Namib Desert (Goudie 1972). They are also

found in the eastern Flinders Ranges, South Australia

(Green 1994*), near Port Stephens and in the

Shoalhaven River area in New South Wales (Thorn e7

gl, 1994), on the Eridunda Range 160 km south of Alice

Springs and on the northern margin of the Simpson

Desert where dunes override some of the fatitudinal

ranges. Greeley (1985, Fig. 7.39) illustrates a field ot

climbing dunes drifting over the rim of @ 16 km

diameter crater on Mars.

In the Gawler Ranges climbing and falling dunes

occur in three areas. Firsi, examples were noted by

Smith in the Senubby Peak Dunefield (19767; Fig, 6b,

c), Second, Giles (980) remarked that sand dunes

encroach On to the slopes af Mt Sturt. Sand from the

kina Dunefield has accumulated on the NW slopes

of Mt Sturt (the western peak) and forms an irregular

mound along the base on its SE side. Third, climbing

and falling dunes aré common in the Moonaree

Dunefield E of Lake Acraman, Where stall dunes

trending W-E are essentially restricted to the plains,

though they partially override many of the bornhardts

(Fig. 6d)-

In the Scrubby Peak Dunefield, some linear dunes

have been diverted around the major volcanic bills (Figs

4, 6b,c) but elsewhere, especially where the relief is

lower, the dunes traverse hill and valley alike. The

dunes ascend the lower hills (in general terms those

that stand less than some 40 m above the adjacent valley

floors) without significant interruption of form and are

Roscigumiak, D. B. (1973) Eolian deposits an a voleanic

terrain pear Saint Anthony, tdahe. MA thesis, University

of New York (Unpub,)

4Greene, 8. J. (1994). A geomorphological and sedimento-

logical study of a climbing dune, northern Flinders Ranges,

South Australia. BA (Hons) thesis, University of Adelaide

(Unpub.)

AGiLes, C. W. (1980) Spring Hill, southern Gawler Ranges.

Geol. Soc. Aust. SA. Div Geological Monument Ill, File

E 20 (Unpub,)

classed as climbing dunes. In some instances the dune

is diverted around the flanks of the hill and continues

downwind (Fig. 6b), Elsewhere, the dune forni 1s

interrupted, for although there are many grains and

even small pockets of sand in fissures and shallow rock

basing on the crests and upper slopes of the hills, there

is no dune form; a short distance downslope fram the

crest, however, the dune form is resumed an falling

dunes 3-4 m high (Fig. 6c).

Transverse dunes

In the Serubby Peak Dunefield funnelling of the wind

has produced dunes of varied orientation, In this part

of the Gawler Ranges elongate bornhardts are aligned

exsentially N-S. Sand ridges also aligned N-S are

located in the valleys between the bornhurdts. There

are some W-B dunes which override the bornhardts

and, in addition. N-S trending elongate dunes are

located just below the crest on the lee side of these

hills (Pigs 4, 7). These crestal dunes ure tentatively

classified a5 OF Iransverse type,

Lunettes

Lunettes are developed along at least part of the E

side of most of the lange Salinas and many of the smaller

playas in the region (Fig. ic). Lunettes are transverse

dunes located on the lee shores of lake basins. The

name “lunectie™ was first applied to the form by Hills

sh “AN Ss ; ‘|

oN Re oA Divertaa

“ON, WW \ nn, tow (1) |

A. Si Lay x

_ — ae, .

te eR! =F

Climbing Loe

ue (C) \ .

1? Sthnly ote :

Cd Hil tiewior Bani vetttorier:

[J Sand dune y

Tailing «

chirws (F}

Oe ae

en aes

ee ncomer this ~—e _

Ww Pa

cress]

ps Can

a Saf

¥ z

Fig. 6b, Scrubby Peak area, Gawler Ranges, South Australia.

showing diverted dune (D), climbing dune (C) and falling

dune (F) (from 100 000 National topographic map series).

The dune-forming wirids were from the northwest sector:

DUNES OF THE GAWLER RANGES

Fig. 6c. Diverted dune (D), climbing dune (C) and falling dune (F), Scrubby Peak area, Gawler Ranges, South Australia.

View to the north. The hill stands about 25 m above the surrounding plain.

Fig. 6d. Climbing and falling dunes, Moonaree Dunefield, Gawler Ranges. South Australia, Note that the falling dune,

on the near side of the bornhardt, resumes in a topographic embayment. Field of view approximately 2 km.

2s E. M, CAMPBELL, CR. TWIDALE, J.T. HUTTON & I. R. PRESCOTT

(1940) who deseribed lunettes of silty-clay

compositions from NW Victoria. Subsequently,

Juneties OF various sizes und mineralogies have heen

reported from all states of Australia. They range in

composition from quartz-rich to clay-rich to almost

pure gypsuin. The sandy guartz-rich dunes were

formed hy deflation from beaches on the lake margin,

The clay-rich diines were derived by. deflation of clay

ageregates fram {he saline lake floors. The gypsum.

dunes are composed either of rounded crystals deflated

from the dry jake bed or of fine ‘knpi, some of Which

may be due to Weathering of saliated particles since

depositiin (Stephens & Crocker 1946; Campbell 1968;

Bowler 1968, 1983; Chen ef al, 1991).

In the Gawler Ranges area lunenes of gypseaus

composition oeeur an the eastern margin of lukes

hyverard, Hatris, Aeraman and of many of the smailer

salinas. Both gypseoug and sihceous lunettes are found

om (he eastern side of Lake Gairdner. The most

prominent silictous lunettes are located opposite the

dunefields which impinge on the W side of the lake.

Both dunefields found E of Lake Gairdner, the

Picvadilly and the Beacon, are developed in (he lee

of these prominent siliceous lunetles, The lunette on

the NE margin of Lake Gairdner rises about 35 m

above the Jake bed. Much of the surface is bare and

erosion by wind and water hus created a series ol

darnical remnants. standing 3-4 m above gentle swales,

ln addition. tunettes consisting predoniinantly of

fragments of Gawler Range Volcanics of sand sive

occur discontinously along the margin of Lake

Gairdner (Fig. te).

Sedimentology

A total of 16 sand saniples, each from the crest of”

a dune, and including at least one from each of the

dunefields in the Gawler Ranges province, was

examined to determine cumipasition and grain

morphology (Table 1) and grain size and related

parameters were determined using 0,5 phi standard

sieves,

The saril samples are all various shades of yellow-

red (2.5 to 10 YR Munsell Suil Colours). All samples

consist of at least 90%, and most more than ¥8%,

quartz grains. The biiner constituents are quartz tock.

feldspar, Gawler Range Voleanies fraginents. ?iron

oxide and organic matter, In most samples the grains

arc predominantly frosted, but sume are polished

Saniples from two dunes in the Serubhy Peak Dunefield

show higher percentages of polished prams. Grains

{rom all samples show lerruginous coatings of yellow,

Fig. 7. Transverse crestal dune, Scrubby Penk Dunefield. Gawler Ranges, South Australia. View to the south to the Corrohinnie

Depression. The crestal dune is abour & m high.

DUNES OF THE GAWLER RANGES

Sample Dune type — Colour! Composition? — Surface Surface Roundness> —_—-Sphericity

texture? coating®

Beacon Dunefield

! linear 2SYR 5/6 quartz 95% 85% ME Y,O,R,B. SRSA, high,

(1,2,3,4,5) Is% P few R same eclongute

Piccadilly Dunefield

2 linear SYR 4/6 quartz, 99% 98% MF YO SA-SR, high,

(1,2,4.5) few P few R some elongate

3 parabolic SYR 5/6 quartz 99% Ono ME ,O SA-SR, high.

(4,5) few P few R, WR some elongate

4 linear 25YR 4/8 quartz 99% 95%. MF Y,O,R SA-SR, high,

(4,5) few LF fow R some clongate

few P

5 linear 2.5YR 4/8 — quartz 98% OR% MF YR. B SA-SR, high,

(1,5) 2% P few R some elongate

Hiern: Duinesiets |

6 linear SYR 5/6 quartz 99% 98% F Y, 0 SA-SR, high,

(1.4.5) 2% P few WR some elongate

7 irregular SYR 5/6 quartz. 99% 95% F Y,0 SA-SR. high,

(4.5) 5% P few R some elongate

8 linear TSYR 6/6 = quartz 999), 95% MF Y,O SA-SR, high,

(1,4,5) 5%P few R, WR some elongate

9 linear SYR 5/8 quartz 90% 90% F Y,O A-SR moderate,

(1,3.4,5) 10% P some R some high

Moonaree Dunefield

10 linear TSYR 5/6 quartz 98% 90% LF y, O SA-SR, high,

(1.4,5) 10% P some A, R some elongate

ul irregular 7SYR 5/6 = quartz 99% 95% F Y, 0 SA-R, high,

(4,5) 5% P few WR some elongate

Scrubby Peak Dunefield

12 linear 7SYR 5/6 quartz 95% 95% MPF YR, B SA-SR. high,

(1,4,5) 5% P few R, WR some elongate

3 linear 1OYR 5/4 quartz 99 % W% MP Y,O,B SA-SR, high-moderate,

(1,4,5) 30% SF some R some elongate

I4 linear 1OYR 6/4 quartz 99% 50% P Y, 0 SA-SR, high-moderate,

(1,4,5) 50% F few R some elongate

15 linear TSYR 4/6 quartz, 9% % 98% F Y, 0 SA-SR, high-moderate,

(1,4,5) 2% P few ALR some elongate

Ikina Dunefield

16 linear TSYR 6/6 — quartz 98% 70% LF Y,O.R SA-SR, moderate-high,

(13,4) 30% P few R sume elongate

‘Munsell Soil colours,

“Minor constituents in brackets: [: quartz rock. 2: feldspar. 3

‘F: frosted. P: polished. M: moderately. L: lightly.

*Y: yellow. O: orange. R: red. B: brown.

> Gawler Range Volcanics. 4: ?iran oxide. 4; organic material.

“SA: subangular. SR; subrounded, A; angular, R: rounded, WR: well rounded

and less commonly orange, ted and brown, material,

The grains in all samples are predominantly subangular

to subrounded, with small amounts of angular and well-

rounded grains. High to moderate sphericity is char-

acterisuc, with most samples containing same elongate

grains.

The dune samples are all fine to medium grained

sands (mainly 0.125 to 0.5 mm diameter - Folk 1968).

They are well-sorted to poorly sorted, with most

samples moderately well-sorted.

Age of the dunes

The sand of the Gawler Ranges dunes is typically

a yellow-red colour (Table 1), suggesting sufficient time

for initial weathering of clay, release of iron, and

development of a faint ferniginous patina. The sand

is not the brilliant red of the deserts of central Australia,

nor the dusky red (IOR 3/4 Munsell Soil Colour) of

the sand derived from the local Gawler Range

Volcanics. Some authors would attribute the contrasting

40 EE. M. CAMPBELL, C. R. TWIDALE, J. T. HUTTON & J. R. PRESCOTT

colour to different source materials (Wasson 1983:

Nanson eta/. 1992). Others. e.g, Wopiner & Twidale

(1967) and Walker (1979) consider that the intensity of

the red colour increases with time and hence is an

indication of the age of the dunce.

In ain attempt to attain a more precise estimate of

age, sand from the Scrubby Peak Dunefield was lested

for thermoluminescence (TL). Samples were taken

from a falling dune on an unnamed hill (National

Topographic Map Series Minnipa 5932, 12100 000,

Grid Reference NE3I6018) 1.5 km E of Scrubby Peak

(Fig. 6b). The method wasa variation on the “partial

bleach” method developed for the TL daling of

sediments by Wintle and Huntley (1982). ‘The age a4

estimated by measuring the TL energy stored in the

lative of @ suitable mineral, in this case, quartz. The

time interval measured is he time since the stored

energy Was last resel to zero Or near Zero by exposure

to solar ulfra-violet radiation. After such a re-setting,

energy accuinulates again ala known rate by exposure

fo midiation in the environment from the naturally

radioactive elements K, U, Thand from cosmic rtys

The aye ts found from the so-called age equation:

age = natural TL

TL per unil dose * dose rate.

Samples were recovered from depths of 35 and 70

cm within the dune by means of an aliger, taking care

to shicld the sample from light during and after

collection. After digestion with 20% HCI 1a remove

carbonates and NaOH to remove clay, the 90-125 am

Iruction Was recoverd hy sieving. A 40 minute etch with

40% HP removed feddspars and a $urlace layer of the

yuitrly, Plolation on aquenus sodium polytungstate al

w relative density of 2.67 followed; the end product

was very pure quarts and it is an this sample chat the

measurements were carried our

One of ie problems wath TL dating of sediments

is Unceralty obeur the degree to which the TIL wis

feset al the beyianing of the time of interest. 11 is mere

for the TL to be removed completely, even by

prolonged exposute to sunlight. Morewver, the amount

Of rele TL varies trom sample to sample and muy vary

with the age of the sample(BeTger 1990), In the present

investigation, i was land that the wecumulated TL

was smull so (hal any uncertainty in the degree uf

reseiting would result in signifewnt uncertuiary om the

age. The level ot resetting Was found from 2 surtace

sumple collected hy pressing packing type against the

exposed dine Surface This showed that the TL clack

had not been coinplerely reset ty zero in spite of Lhe

long time likely to have been spent in the sun by the

sample in reaching WS present posilion. Under these

circumslances Special procedures are nevessary. ws

deseribed by Preseott and Mojarnabs (1893). They make

use Of the tact that many quartz samples have a sc-

called “rapidly bleaching” peak (RBP) at 325°C in the

thermoluminescence glow curves, which bleaches le

near zero Within a wiatter of Minutes When exposed

to light of wavelength longer than about 500 nm

(Spoaner ef al, 198%), This means that exposures uf

the order of minutes fo fatural sunlight in the

environment will have ensured that the trap concerned

had been emptied completely and that, at least-so far

as the 325°C peak is concerned, the TL clock af the

sediment was completely reset at the time of

deposition. Inaddition, this peak emits ina wavelengts

band centred near 420 nm, so that an oplical filter

transmitting this band will be selective for the peak

in question (Prescot & Fux 1990; Scholefield ef ai,

1994), The 325°C peak rides on an unbleached

background, hich is measured and allowed for by ue

procedures, The surface samople menuoned above hat

zero TL when measured with the revised procedures.

The TLuis expressed in terms of an equivalent dose

measured in grays (Gy). The equivalent doses are: fir

the 35 cm sample 1,24 + (1.20 Gy; and far |he 70 cm

sample 1.53 4+ 0.25 Gy, The dose rate has been

measured by three essentially independent methods

(Hutton & Prescott 1992). They are, with the relevant

dose rates in brackets: in sitn gamma ray spectrometry

(0.153 + 0.028 Gy ka!); thick source alpha counting

for U and Th with X-ray spectrometry (XRS) for K

(U.142 + 0,029 Gy ka"): and delayed neutron analysis

(DNA) for U. neutron activation analysis (NAA) for

Th with XRS for K (0.168 + 0.041 Gy ka!) The

weighted average is 0.152 + 0.010 Gy kat for both the

35 em and 70 cin saaiples.

Contributions for cosmic rays must be included.

These are 0,21 + O02 and (M18 + (02 Gy kw? for

the 35 and 70 cm samples respectively (Prescoit &

Hulton 1988, 1994). fis worth noting that cosmic rays

dominate the dose rate because the levels a! K, U and

Th are so extremely low (K- 0.04 + 001%; LE O22

question, changes in Cosme ray antensilicy are

negligible (Prescott & Hatton 1994),

The dose rates are (135 + (103 Gy ka! at 34 cm

and 0.33 + 093 Gy ka! ar 70 cm, A contribanen

from systematic errory fas been added, Hence, the age

of the 35 em sample is 3.7 + 07 ka and of the 70 em

sample 4,6 + 0.9 ka. Although the deeper sample has

the preater TL age, the (we ages aro nor statistically

difterent and probably all that can be concluded is thue

the dune has beenin place for abont 4 ku

This ave is based on a single series of dates frum

ane dune, Obviously, more age determuiiations are

required, Neverttteless, the pale colour of the sund,

to Whith previous reference hus been made, and the

lack of any carbonnte accumulations in the dunes

(despite its avadlab|lipy) ate sugeestive of a youthful age,

DUNES OF THE GAWLER RANGES uM

The general appearances are consistent with the TL

dating in Suggesting that the Gawler Ranges dunes are

younger than the putative Late Pleistocene relic forms

of NW Eyre Peninsula (Twidale er al, 1976) and are

comparable to the Holocene forms of that area (Rankin

& Flint 199)) and of the Simpsou Desert (Woplner &

Twidale 1988, 1990). Nevertheless, whe age

determination obtained is for the uppermost layers of

a dune and there is no evidence of the age ol the sand

at the base ot the dune,

Origin of the dune sand

As mentioned previously, the provenance of the sand

in dunefields, whether it is of local derivation or far-

travelled, 18 controversial. The question can be clantied

by a consideration of the sedimentologic characteristics

of the dune and other sands, In the Gawler Ranges

provinee, a local origi of the dune sands ts preeluded

by their composition and granulometry as set out in

Table | For exarnple, the Scrubhy Peak Dunetield

overlies outcrops of Bucarro Dacite, and Yardea Dacite,

with small areas of Yannabie Rhyodacite, Paney

Rhyolits and, at the base ot the Yardea Dacite, “black”

dacite (Blissert er al. 1988, Pig, 8). The microscopic

groundmass of the volcanic rocks is rich in quartz, but

the grains are much smaller than those of the dune

sands. There ure no quartz phennerysts in the dacite

(Blissett 1986), No quartz of a size equal la, or preater

than, that of which the Scrubby Peak dunes are

composed (and hence susceptible to attritian to produce

sund-sized grains) could be derived from the Yardea

and Bucarro dacites which are the country racks overt

which, overwhelmingly, the dunefields have extended.

No lakes or streams which might constitute 4 possible

source of sand in the dunes are known trom within

the province,

If it is accepted that the dunes of the Scrubby Peak

and other dunefields of the western Gawler Ranges

extended trom the W or NW, then there are three other

possible sources of the quartz sand.

First, there are outcrops inwthe western Gawler

Ranges of Yannabte Rhyodacite and of Paney Rhyoliie

(Fig. 8), both of which contain phenocrysts of quartz

of a size equal to, or greater than, the dune sand (0.2

to 2.0 mm in diainéter - Blissett (986). Similarly, and

second, granite with abundant coarse quartz crystals

crops out to the west of the Ranges (Blissett et al.

1988). But difficulties attach to these outcrops us

sources of the dune sand: they are of limited extent

(about 60 km? compared with the 300 km? of the

Scrubby Peak Dunefield}; and it can be questioned

whether they could produce a volume of quartz. sand

compatible with that represented by the total of the

dunes, Also the outcrops da not extend across the width

of the dunefieldl, so that the spread of sand from them

calls for varied strong winds, and lor distribution in

topographically difficult terrain. Moreover, the

dunefield extends westwards, i.e, windwards, of the

outcrops in question (Fig. 8). Against these arguments,

the Gawler Range Volcanics form a tegional basin

structure so that before erosion to their present

occurrences, the quartz-bearimg members could have

extended further to the W, In addition, the former shape

and size of these members could have been very.

different from their present representatives. But, on

the evidence, the rhyodacite, rhyolite and granite

outcrops of the Western ranges and adjacent areas do

not seem likely sources of suitable quartz sand.

The third possibility ts that the dune sand has been

derived from the Corrobinnie Depression, This runs

in a NW-SE direction west, and therefore windward.

of the dunefield and contains detritus derived from the

pranite dreas to the S. W and N as well as from the

Gawler Ranges. It contains quartz. comparable in size

and character to the dune sand of the Scrubby Peak

Dunefield (fine-grained, moderately well sorted,

typically subrounded, frosted und coated with iron

oxide - Gostin pers. comm, 1993). [tis concluded that

the dune sands of the Scrubby Peak Dunefield cannat

have been derived from the disintegration of the Gawler

Range Voleanies, but rather have been transported an

the wind from the Corrobinnie Depression. 3 distance

of at least 30 kot. Even if derived from the thyolite,

rhyodacite and granitic ouicrops, the sand must have

travelled 25 knv to crogs the zone uf dacitic bedrock.

Given the wind regime, the northern ann of the

Scrubby Peak Duneficld (X in Pig. 8) could only have

Fig. 8, Scrubby Peak Dunetield, western Gawler Ranges,

South Australia, illustrating bedrock type and possible

sources of the dune sant, X, Northem arm of the

Dunefteld, Y Nearest upwind wutcmp of rhyolne/rhyo-

dacrte, ED. HKuearto Dacite, YD. Yardea Dacite R-

Rhyohle, RD, Rhyodacite, See text for explanation. After

Blisseth.ef al. 1908,

52 OM, CAMPBELL, CR, TWIDALE, J ly BUTTON & JR. PRESCOTT

onginated in the rhyolitic/granitic outcrops indicated

by Y in Pig. 8, of from qutcrops further westward

Whether this would be considered far-travelled {sa

matter of definition, bul the sand is certamly not of

local denvation,

Mechanism of dune formation

Prevailing winds

It is suggested (see below) that the dunefields of the

Gawler Ranges have been shaped hy winds fron) the

western sector, This is consistent with |e pulusive

source of the sand of which the dunes are constructed

(see below). The relic linear dunes to the south of the

Gawler Ranges, which possibly formed jn are

Pleistocene times, extended fram NW to SE across lhe

northern. base: of Byre Peninsula, for they extend an

to the western shores of salinas such as Lake Awars,

but not on jo the eastern shores (Twidale & Campbell

1985). These NW-SE dunes also extend well below

low tide level between Cowell and Whiyalia (Van Deur

1983") but only in minor degree on the eastern side

of the Guifon northweslem Yorke Peninsula, where

the aeolian forns. were deposited duriny, a phase of

rising sea level and Where the dunes sre truncated by

wave action at the coast (Jessup 1967, 1968). This is

consistent with a wind regime domynaled by north-

westerlies.

In addition. at Lake Gaindner, the Junettes of the

eastern shore are much more substandal chan those of

the western and, as the lunettes are comparable to

coastal foredunes (Campbell 1968), this supports a

westerly Wind regime. Also, the huge Late Pleistovene

calcareous aeolianite toredunes of weat-facing shores

in South Australia (e.y. on Eyre Peninsula) dwarf their

east coast coumerparts. Thus, there is evidence ofa

predominantly westerly wind regime in the Gawler

Ranges and surrounding arcas during the pend, or

periods, of dune formation,

There is, however, an anomaly berween the presear

wind regime, as illustrated by the wind nse for

Nonning (Fig. 2b) and the presumed westerly wind

of dune formation, since the winter sandareoving winds

blow from the westerly sector, whereas the summer

sand-moving Winds are [rom the SW, S and SE, It is

presumed that most of the sand moyement would jake

place in Summer under hot and dry conditions. with

only minor transport in the matst. coal and vegetated

winter conditions. But, if there were only a slight

jaurudina! migration of clunatic zones during the period

of formation of the dines, a8 siggested for example

by Mabbutt (1977) and Sprigg, (1979), then the region

® Van Deur, W. 7, (1983) Submerged dunes of northeastern

Eyre Peninsula, MA thesis, University of Adelie

(Unpub,)

would have heen influenced by sumer rainfall

maxima Which would reduce sand movement during

thal season, On the other hand. dry winter conditions

would be saitable for the evidenced transport of sani

by westerly winds. The lack of compatibility between

Uuine orientation and wind direction remains a problem.

But assuming a Westerly wind regime, what factors

are important in the formation of linear dunes? Why

do parabolic dunes develop? How do the climbing and

falling dunes forin, and why do some of these forms

comlinue across the crests of the hills, whereas others

terminate on the upwind side only to resume on the

lee slope? How are the transverse dunes formed?

Linear dienes

The anigin of linear dunes as sGll debated (Cooke

e! af. 1993), Where the denes have been. closely

caamitned, as inthe Simpson Desert. these sand ridges

appear to display the same range of marphology, and

jnternal Structures and temporal variations in

asymmetry, indicstive of formation under a

bidirectional wind regime (McKee & Tibbetts 1964;

Wopfrer & Twidale |967; Brookfield 1970; Tsen 1990,

1993) The lincar dunes of the Gawler Ranges,

however, developed in an upland setting rather than

on desert plains. The vanfined valleys ought, in theary,

to funnel the wind and hence to be conducive to #

unidirectional Wind regime, buat bidirectional winds

could be either dominant or be superimposed on

unidirectional effects. No structures have been observer!

Within the dunes and, though this may reflect absence

of deep expositres as much as any diagnostic factor,

it *< not possible to state whether the dunes have been

shaped under a unidirectiunal or 2 bidirectional wind

regime.

Judging [oor the ofientation of the linear dunes in

the Gawler Ranges, the airflow was apparently

disturbed by the hills of ihe province and was funnelled

along valleys. The hills induce zones of increased and

of decreased sir flow and of enhanced turbulence. The

dunes chat are diverted around flanks of bills alse reflect

topographic control of the wind. The changes in dune

oniemation and morphology between, on the one hand,

the Great Victoria Desert. and, on the other, the

Gawler Ranges, are due to several tactors, First, the

westerly winds are diverted along the valleys. The

linear dunes are not everywhere parallel with the

regional air flow, a6 is characteristic of dunefields on

plains but their oriemtation is, 10 purt. determined by

the local wind regime. Second, sand supply decreases

within che upland where jhe silicic voleanic rocks

weather Jess readily than do the granites to the wes!

and, im particular, the supply of quartz grains is

reduced. Third, sand movement is impeded as a result

of the preserice of near surface moisture, held either

in valley alluviano or in rock fractures, and consequent

Vegetation growtls.

DUNES OF THE GAWLER RANGES x

Because of the lack of observed struvmres in the

dunes, the uncenainty aboul the relationship between

dune morphology and wind reginie ancl ihe tact that

the dunes aré relic and possibly related co different

wind velocities, wind directions jini! miinftll amounts

and distributions, the classification of the dunes as

linear, ic. elongate forms aligned in the direction ot

the dominant sand moving winds, is tenbtive.

Parabolic dunes

‘The occurrence of parnsolic rather chan linear dimes,

can be explained as follows, In the Curtobinnie

Depression to the § of the Gawler Kariwes (Bourne et

al. 1974) and elsewhere (McKee 166; Wasson ef al

1983) parabolic dunes are locaied in low lying areiss

characterised by an abundant supply of sand and by

proximity to proundwaters, which leads to the luwet

parts of the dune being stabilised by moisture and

vegetation. This allows the higher zones of sand to be

transported downwind to give blowouts or L-dunes,

In the Gawler Ranges area the peraholic dunes ocour

only in wide open yalleys and on plains. for example

in the western Moonaree Dunefield and in patches in

the Piceadilly Dunefield. However, they are no}

necessarily restricted to ihe towesl parts of these

valleys, On the available evidence and as indintied on

the 1.100 000 topographic map with a contow tsierval

of 20 m, the W-E belt of parabolic dupes in the

Moonaree Dunefield is sharply delimited on the

northern side by a belt of linear dunes and, less sharply,

on the southern side by dune-free plains, The panehole

dunes override low N-S tises in the valley and linear

dunes occupy some low-|¥ing areas in the mortherit part

of the dunefield. Thus, in addition bo stabilisation by

vegetation and an abundant supply of sarml, parabolic

dune. formation may require a eritical wind velocily

such as is attained only in wide valleys and on plains.

Climbing and falling dienes

‘The climbing and falling dunes are a parmicabar

variety of linear dune which mise arn descent

topeyraphic obstructions wher: the local wind is strong

enough to carry Uie available sand grins up and over

the topographic rises. The wind velociry is apparently

reduced on approaching the pdstacle and depositin

of sand occurs, Many of the bounding slopes of the

bornhardts are gentle (abut 512") and reverse eddy

flow is generally not developed, and hence celur duties

(Tsoar 1983; see also Fix. 6a) are not found winkbward

of cliffed obstacles. Where lie supply is sufficient,

sand accumulates until the dune reaches the height of

the obstruction, Where the bormmlardt ¢s low (in the

Gawler Ranges <40 mj the dune extends on co and

over the crest as a climbing arc! Gilling dune. Where

the bormhardt is high (> 40) m), the dune form tnay

be discontinous though sand is carried into the orest,

as evidenced by grains trapped in basins and crevices.

Downwind of the obstucte, however, there ts a zone

of reduced wind velocity and sand deposition and dune

formation occurs. There may be further tunnelling ot

ihe sand to the lee of Ihe obstacle where the falling

dune is resumed in a topographic embayment (Fig. 6d).

The contrast between those linear forms that continue

unbroken over crests of bedrock hills and those m

which the climbing and falling components are

separated, evidently reflects the Bernouilli effect (Pye

& Tsoar 199).

Transwerse dunes

The wansverse dunes of the Scrubby Peak Dunefield

occur immediately downwind of the Corrobinnie

Depression, the presumed source of the sand, and

where the sand supply is abundant, The bornhardts

in this area stand about 100 m above the level of the

plain, form N-S trending ridges and the bounding

slopes are generally 5-10° with same as steep as 18°.

‘The plain is sand covered, with linear dunes of varied

orientation, hut generally NW-SE where there are nu

topographic obstacles, N-S in the valleys and W-E on

the bornhardts rises (Fig, 4). Some of the N-S linear

dunes override topographic obstacles and hence are

classed as climbing and falling dunes. The W-E

transport of sand across the bornhardt rises alse

explains the presence of sand in thé valleys. However,

some of the dunes are limiled to the upper slopes of

the barnhardts and ure located immediately to the lee

of the crest of the bornhardts (Fig. 7). Although they

inay be linear dunes formed by winds from a northerly

or southerly direction, in which case they do not

conform to the pattern of dunes throughout the region,

itis more likely that these crestal dunes are transverse

lo the originating wind. Ir is suggested than the sand

in these transverse dunes was driven up the windward

slope of the bornbardts and lithe or no deposition

occurred here due to acceleration of the air flow.

However, immediatly downwind of the crest,

separation of the air flow and deceleration occurred

so that deposition of sand sventuated. However, further

downwind, air flow accelerated and no dune formed.

lt is suggested that in this area the dunes are a resul)

of two different wind regimes; one a NW-SE wind that

was deflected by the tspography and one a NW-SE.

wind that was of sufficient strength to transport sand

aver the obstacles.

Significance of lanettes and salinas in sand supply

The Juneties located on the eastern shore of Lake

Gairdner evidently spawn fields of linear dunes in their

lee in a manner similar t that described from the

Simpson and other deserts (Twidale 1972, 1981). The

iransport of sand to the salinas by rivers and the

formation of the luneites are important influences on

sand supply and dune formation, Whether sand is

carried by the wind froa the W to the E shore of Lake

34 E, M, CAMPBELL, C. R. TWIDALE. § T. HUTTON & JR, PRESCOTT

Gairdner (some 30 km) fas not been determined. No

dunes have been observed an the bed of the lake (J.

Andrews, pers, comm. 1994), though small burchanoid

lorias have been reported on the bed of Lake Harris

(R. Major, pers. comm. 1992). Sand could be carried

by sultation across the salina Given the hygroscopic

character of the halite crust this may be difficull te

conceive, though Clarke (1994) deseribed saltation on

some salinas in Western Australia and 8. Wells (pers.

comm, 1994) has observed grains saltsting across a

salt surface in Califia. Alternatively, sand reaching

the W shore of the wind could be carried by wave

action to the E shore during the occasional periods

when there is water in the lake (Campbell 1968),

though not from the lake bed unless the salt crust is

dissolved or otherwise removed. Small! ephemeral salt

dunes, noted on the eastern shore of Lake Gairdner,

indicate the temporary redistribution of some of the

salt by deflation.

Conclusion

More data on the dunes of the Gawler Ranges

province are required before firm conclusions can be

drawn concerning the origin and age of the various

dune forms. The available information suggests that

the variations in marphology depend, at least in part,

on supply of sand, morsture content of the substrate,

vegetation coyer, wind speed and direcrion, and

topographic interference to the wind. The suggestion

that the lormation of parabolic as opposed ro linear

dunes 15 dependent on an abundant supply of sand and

fixing of the dune by vegetation only partially explains

the distribution of these dune types in the Gawler

Ranges province; other factors are apparently involved.

Climbing dunes are a vanant of linear dunes and torm

inthe zone of reduced wind velocity upwind of an

obstacle where the slope of the obstacle is gentle and

does not generate reverse eddy flow, Falling dones are

associated with climbing dunes provided the sand

supply 1s sufficient They develop in the zone of

reduced wind velocity to the lee of the obstacle, The

Cresial transverse dunes are also due Ww deposition in

the zone of reduced wind velocity. Though the dunes

of the Gawler Ranges area are essemially relic and ure

now stabilised by vegetation, there is sand movement

during very high winds. The duncs were active about

400) years BP The dunes of the Serubby Peak

Donefield in the southern Gawler Ranges demonstrate

that here the sand has been transported by the wind

al least 25 km from its source.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank J. A. Bourne for assistance in the

field, V. A. Gostin for advice on sedimentology, K.

Moxham for advice concerning air flow around

obstacles and R. Rice, R. Barrett and S Proferes for

technical assistance. Two referees gaye helptal

Suggestions On an earlier draft of the paper.

References

Anteranpr, T, $, (1979) Textual parameters of eolian

deposits /n Mckee, B.D. Ud.) “A Study of global sand

seas” CL S.G.8. Pref. Pap. S82, 21-31.

Benpar, G, L. (1982) “Reference handbook on the deserts

of North Amenca" (Greenwood Press. Westpon).

Beroer, G. W, (1990) The effectiveness of na(ural zeroing

of the thermoluminescence in sediments J Geophy: Res.

95, 12375-12397,

BicarRetta. J. J. (975) Lagoa dune field (State of Santa

Catarina, Brazil), a model of eolian and pitivial activity.

Bol. Patanuense Geocténctis 33, eit

(1979) The Lagoa dune field, Brazil Ja McKee, E.

D. (Ed,) "A study of global sand seas. USG 8. Prof Pap.

1052, 114.134

Binks, Pi, & Hooper, G. J. (984) Uranium in Tertiary

palaeochanmels, “West Coast” area, South Australia, Auavzsee.

Insi, Min. Metall. Prog 289, 271-285.

Bussktr. A. H. (1986) Subdivisions ot the Gawler Range

Volcanics in the Gawier Ranges. Geol. Sun: 8 Aust Quart.

Geol, Notes 97, 2-11.

, Parker, A, J, & Croaxs, A, F (1988) YARDEA

map sheet, Gealogical Atlas of South Australia. 1250 000

senes (Geol, Sury, 3, Aust., Adelaide).

_ & SCHEFFLER, J (1989) Gawler Ranges

Excursion October 6-9th, 989. 5.4, Dept. Miner & Enerey

Rept Bk 89/70,

Bourne, | A., Twipace, C. R. & Swvru, D. M. (1974) The

Corrobinnie Depression, Byre Peninsula, South Australia

Trans. Ro Soe. S. Aust. 98, 139-152.

Bow Lek, JM. (1968) Austrian Lundlorm example: Junette,

Aust. Groer 10, 402-404_

——— (1983) Lunertes as indices of hydrologic change; a

review of Australian evidence. Proc Ro Siu Viet. 95,

197-168.

Brookein.o, M. (1970) Dune trends and wind regime in

ventral Australia. Z, Geomorph. Suppl. 10, 121-153,

Bureal) OF MeTRoAULOGy (1988) “Climane Atlas of

Australia. Map Set 87 (Australian Government Publicanon

Service, Canberra).

______ (|993a) “Rainfall statisties Region 16" (miicrofiche)

(Natrona! Climate Centre, Bureau of Meteorology,

Melbourne).

—~— (1993b) “Surface wind analysis” (Naponal Climate

Centre, Bureau of Mevsoratogy, Melbourne)

CAmMpsti1. E. M. (1968) Lunettés in southern South

Australia. Trans. 8. Soe S$. Aus?, ¥2_ 85-109,

& Twipare, C. R. (199)) The evolution of

bornhardts in silicic volcanic rocks in the Gawler Ranges.

Aust. J. Earth Sef. 38, 79-93,

Crem, X. Y., Bower, J. M, & MaAces, 1. W: (1991) Aeolian

landscapes in central Australia: gypsiftrous and quartz,

dunes covironments Fram Lake Amadeus. Sedimeni, 38,

SIS-S3K

Ciarke, J D. A. 11994) Evolution of the Lefroy and Cowan

palaeodrainige channels. Aust. J Earth Sci. 41, 55-69.

Cooke, R., WarkeN, A, & Gouniz, A, (1993) “Desert

Geomorphology” (University College London Press,

London),

DUNES OF THE GAWLER RANGES as

Cw, td Sta, J. (1999) A complex dune system an Bai

Binporda (Catalonia, Spain) dn Pye, Ky ted) ~ Iie

Dynumics und Enyironmental Context af Aeolian

Salintentary Systems” Geel, Soe. Spee Pabl 72, 108

baans, J. R. (1962) Falling und climbing sand dunes in

Crmtese (°Clat") Mowntains, San Bernardion Doanary,

California. J, Geel, 70, 107-113,

toyen, B,J. (845) “Journals. of expeditions into Central

Australia, Vol. 1” (Borie, London).

Fannisa, C. M., Boissert A. H.. Punt. A, B.. Lunwis,

KR. & Parken, A, J. (1985) A refined gedlogical history

no the Crawler Craton through U-Pb zireoo dating of acid

voleunivs, Geol. Suc, Ausi, Abst. 1S, 67-68.

Fiinr, KR, B, (1993) Hiltaba Suite, fn “The CGrenlogy of South

Australia, Vol, 1, The Precantbrian” S.A, Geol Surv Aull,

$4, 127-13).

FOLK, Ro 1. (96%) “Petrology of sedimentary rocks"

(Hemptill’s, Austin).

—___ (1971) Longitudinal dunes of the northwestern edge

of the Simpson Desert, Northern Territory, Australia, 1:

rs a logy and gran size relationships, Sediment. 1,

Geom, A, (1972) Climate, Weatherag, crust formation.

dings and Muvial features of the central Nwrib Desert. near

Gobubeb, South West Afmica, Madegua (series 292, 15-31

GREELBY, R (1985) “Planetary Tandsenpes” (George Allen

& Unwin, London),

& iverson, J. D. (YRS) “Wind os 3 genkrpicel

process on Barth, Mars, Venus and Titan” (Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge).

Hiius, ES (1940) The lunetie, a new landform of aeniian

origin. dust. Greer 3 1s 2h,

Hurtin, £1 & Prascarr, J. &. (992) Field und labonsory

measurements of low level thorium, uramum and

potassiilim. Muciear eatin Radiat, Meas 2, 367-370,

Jennings, JN, 1957) On the orientation of parubolic or 0

dunes, Grown J 122 (4), 474-480.

Jessup, RW (M967) The tate-Quatcrnary eustatic anu

geological histary of northern Yorke Peninsula, South

Australia da Morrison, R. B, & Wnght, H. E. (Eds) "Means

of Correlation of Quaternary Sucecssions” Proceedings VI

Congress, International -Assoclation Jor Quaterrutty

Research 8, 495-406,

—_—_ (1968) Soil development in coastal South Australia

in relation to glacio-eustatic changes of seatevel [Xe

International Congress of Sait Science Transactions IV,

64b-od9,

TOHNSON, R. B. (1968) The Great Sand) Dues of suulleore

Colorado. Mountain Geol. 5, 23-29,

LAntAsTER. N. (1994) Controls on weoliai acnivity: sone

new perspectives from the Kelso Dunes, Majewe Desert,

Calitornia. J. Arid Environments 27, 3-124.

LaNGrorb-SmitH, T. & THOM, # (1969) New Sowth Wales

coastal morphology... Geol. See daxi 16, 572-RD

LIvInNGsronn, | & THOMAS, DS Cy, (1999) Mowkes of Dincar

dungaetivity and their palacoupvironmental sienificanees:

an evaluation wilh reference to southern African examples

dn Pye, K. (Fd.) " The Dynamics and Knvironmental

Context of Acolian Sedimentary Systoma” Geal, Sac, Spec.

Publ. 72. 91-101.

Mansur, J. A. (977) "Desert landforms” {Australian

National University: Press, Canberra)

MAbIGAN, CT. (1936) The Australian sanderilge dewerts.

Geogel Rev. 26, 25-227.

(1946) The Simpson Desert Expeditay, N39,

Scientific Report No. 6, Geolvgy: ~ the sand furmations,

Trans, R. Soc. & Aust. 70, 45-63,

Marque, M. (984) A clasailicution af canes Basin on

avolian dynes and the sand budpet pp: 31-58 fe El-Baz,

F (Ed ) “Dreseris and acid dands” (Miurunus Nijhoff,

Dentiieg }

MoKee, B. D. (1966) Structures of dunes ao White Sands

National Monument, New Mexico, and compansan with

aa of dunes from other selected areas, Sediment.

, bb

(Ed) (1979) A study of global sand seas. U.S.G.5-

Prof) Pap, W052.

& Trees, GC 1964) Primary structures of a

ag cm and aysociated deposits in Libya. J. Seelim. Petrol.

Nawson, G. C., Chun, ALY. & Pace, DB. M, (1992) Lateral

mignition, thertnpluminescence chronology and colour

varation of fongitudinal dines ear Birdsville on the

Simpson Desert, Central Australia. Earth Surface Proe.

Landforms U7, SOTSY-

Phasior, X Ly & Reociwon, Po (970) “Les Zones

Tropicaies Arides ci Subropientes” (Armand Colin, Payis),

Paeseorr J. R. & Fox, P 1. (1990) Dating quarmz sediments

using the 323°C TL. peak; new spectral dati, Ancient Th

§, 32-35.

___& Histon, J. T. (1988) Cosmie ray and gamma ra

Uesimetry for TL and ESR. Nuclear Tracks 14, 24-29)

& (1894) Cosmic may contributions to dose

rates for tumunescence and ESR dating: Jarge depths and

long-rerm time variations, Radian Meus 23, 497-500

& MoOurranut, B (M94) Selective Bleach - An

Hnproved “partial bleach” method of finding equivalent

doses: for thermoluminescence dating of quartz. Ancient

TL, 2730.

Py, K. & Tsuan. 19, (1990) “Aeolian sand and sand dunes”

(WVawin Hyman, London),

Rankin, LR. & Fiint, R. Bo (98) “Streaky Bay. 1:250

OO) Geological Series Explanatery Notes" (Geol, Surv,

5S. Aust, Adelnde)

JSCHOLnrIOND, R.A, Priscore, dR. FRANKIN, A, De &

Fox, P. J, (1994) Observations on some thermolumines-

cence emission centres in geological quartz, Radiat, Meas,

23, 409-42,

Semmaca, M. (1993) Climbing end talling dunes in Finnish

Lapland /n Pye, K. (Lid.) “Uynamics and Environmental

Context of Avotian Sedimertary Systems’ Geol, Soc, Spec.

Prebl. 72, 269-274,

Sarr. H, 1. UW. (954) Holian sand on desert rmourntains,

Geol, Sov Arter, Ball. 65, 1036-1037.

Sarnn, RS. Uf, (O82) Sand dunes i the North Aymerican

deserts pp. 461-524 /a Bender, G, L. (Ed,) “Reference

handbook onthe deserts of North America” (Greenwood

Preas, Westport

Sroonnr, N. A. Priscorr, J RO & Horo, § 1 uaa)

The ebfect of Wumination wavelengtt oe the beuching uf

the thermoluminescence of quarts, Qwar Sed, Rey, 7,

425 329,

Snua, RK. C. (1979) Stranded and submerged sea-peach

systems of southeastern South Ausreitio ere Ihe seston

desert cycle, Sed. Geal. 22, 397

Syernéns, C. GO, & Crocken, BR. L. 1946) Composition and

B@enesis of hunetievs. Trays, Ro Soe, So Aust, 302.312,

Sront, R. OL (1967) A desort glossary. Earth Set. Rev. 3,

ZIR268,

THom, B.. Hese, Po & Biase, B. (1994) Last glacial

“constal® dones in Bastern Ausirala and implications fir

fandscape stability dunng the Last Glacial Maximum.

Palacogeagr Palaeaclimatal, Palaenecol. Wh, 229-248.

Tseo. G. (1990). Reconnaissance of the dynamic

characteristics of an active Serzelecki longitudinal dune,

swath central Australia. 2. Geamorph, 34, 19-36,

(1993) Two types of longitudinal dune fields and

possible mechanisins for their development, Marth Surface

Proc, Latelfarmns UW, 627-643,

Tsusk, H. 11993) Wind tunnel modelling of echo and

climbing dumes da Brookfleld ME & Ahiprandr, TS.

36 E. M, CAMPBELL, C, R. TWIDALE, J. T, HUTTON & J, R. PRESCOTT

(Eds) “Eolian Sediments and Processes” Developments in

Sedimentology 38, 247-259.

(1989) Linear dunes - forms and formation. Prag.

Phys. Geog. 13, 507-528.

Twipace, C. R. (1972) Evolution of sand dunes in the

Simpson Desert, Central Australia. Trans. Inst. Brit, Geogr.

56, 77-109.

_____ (1981) Age and origin of longitudinal dunes in the

aie and other sand ridge deserts. Die Erde 112,

. Bourne, J. A. & SmitH, D. M. (1976) Age and

origin of palaeosurfaces on Eyre Peninsula and the southern

Gawler Ranges, South Australia, Z. Geomorph. 20, 28-55.

& CAMPBELL, E. M. (1985) The form of the land

surface pp. 57-76 In Twidale, C, R,, Tyler, M. J. & Davies,

M. (Eds) “Natural History of Eyre Peninsula” (Royal Society

of South Australia, Adelaide).

Wacker, T. R. (1979) Red color in dune sand pp. 52-81 /n

McKee, E. D. (Ed.) “A study of global sand seas” US.G.S,

Prof. Pap. 1052.

Wasson, R. (1983) Dune sediment types, sand colour,

sediment provenance and hydrology in the Strzelecki-

Simpson Dunefield, Australia Jn Brookfield, M. E. &

Ahlbrandt, T. S. (Eds) “Eolian Sediments and Processes”

Developments in Sedimentolagy 38, 165-195

, Rasacuru. S. N., Misra, V. N., AGRawAL, D. P.,

Dur, R. P., SINGHVI, A. K. & KAMESWARO Rao, K-

(1983) Geomorphology, Late Quaternary stratigraphy and

palaeoclimatology of the Thar dunefield. Z. Geomorph.

Suppl.-Bd. 45, 117-151,

, FircHeTt, K., MACKEY, B, & AHLBRANDT, T. S.

(1988) Large-scale patterns of dune type, spacing and

orientation in the Australian continental dunefield. Aust.

Geogr 19: 89-104.

WILLIAMS, G, E. (1994) Acraman, South Australia: Austra-

lia’s largest meteorite impact structure. Proc. R. Soc, Vict.

106, 105-127.

Wiison, I. G. (1973) Ergs, Sed. Geol. 10, 77-106.

WinTLe, A, G. & Huntvey, D, J. (1982) Thermolumines-

cence dating of sediments. Quar. Sci. Rev, 1, 31-53.

Woprener, H. & TwibAce, C. R. (1967) Geomorphological

history of the Lake Eyre Basin pp. 119-143 Jn Jennings, J.

N. & Mabbutt, J. A. (Eds) “Landform studies from

Australia and New Guinea” (Cambridge University Press,

Cambridge).

& (1988) Formation and age of desert dunes

in the Lake Eyre depocentres in central Australia. Geol.

Rundschau 77, 815-834.

& (1990) Dunefields pp, 45-60 /n Tyler, M.

J., Twidale, C. R.. Davies, M. & Wells, C. B. (Eds)

“Natural History of the North East Deserts” (Royal Society

of South Australia, Adelaide).

A REVISED SYSTEMATIC PLACEMENT FOR

AUSTROTROMBELLA SOUTHCOTT

(ACARINA: HYDRYPHANTIDAE)

By MarK S. HARVEY*

Summary

Harvey, M. S. (1996) A revised systematic placement for Austrotrombella Southcott

(Acarina: Hydryphantidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(1), 37-40, 31 May, 1996.

Austrotrombella leprosa Southcott, 1991, is transferred from the Trombellidae

(Trombidioidea) to the Hydryphantidae (Hydryphantoidea) and compared with other

thyasines of the Panisellus group.

Key Words: Taxonomy, Acarina, Hydryphantidae, Austrotrombella, Trombellidae,

South Australia.

Transactions of the Raval Sociery af S Aust. (1996), 1201). 37-40.

A REVISED SYSTEMATIC PLACEMENT FOR AUSTROTROMBELLA

SOUTHCOTT (ACARINA: HYDRYPHANTIDAE)

by Mark 8S, HARVEY*

Summary

Harvey.M. S. (1996) A revised systematic placement for Austrotrombella Southeou (Acarina: Aydryphantidac),

Trans, R. Soc, 8. Aust, 120K), 37-40, 31 May, 1996.

Austrotrambella leprase Southeott, 1991, is transferred from the Trombellidae (frombidiwidea) w the

Hydryphantidae (Hydryphantoidea) and compared with other thyasines of the Panisellus group.

Key Worps: Taxonomy, Acarina, Hydryphuntidae, Austretrombella. Trombellidae. South Australia,

Introduction

The monotypic genus Austrerrombella Southcott,

1991, was recently described from four unusual

specimens collected from wet shellgrit and soil beside

the cdye of a swamp neur Robe, South Australia. The

sole species, 4. /eprosa, was extensively described and

illustrated by Southcott (199]) and placed in the

trombidioid family Trombellidae. However,

exanunation of the type specimens lodged in the South

Australian Museum (SAM), reveals that the genus Is

misplaced and more closely resembles water mites of

the family Hydryphantidae than mites of the family

Trombellidac. A redescription of the genus is presented

here, along with an examination of its systematic

position within the Hydryphantidae,

Terminology mostly follows Cook (1974).

Family Hydryphantidae Piersig, [896

Genus Austrotrombella Southcott, 1991

Austrotrembella Suutheolt, 991; 207-208,

Type species: Austrotrombella leprosa Southeott, (91,

by monotypy.

Diagnosis

Differs from all other mites by the lollowing

combination of characters: pedipalpal tibia with distal

Sela; swimaming hairs absent: lateral eyes m capsitles.

idiosoma with numerous large plates: median eye

present and Situated near posterior margin of

prefrontalia, three pairs of acetabula in anterior group:

Remarks

Although regarded by Southcott (1991) asa member

of the trembidioid family Trombellidae, Arstrorram-

bella has more in common with the water mite family

Hydryphantidae, [n. particular, the chelate morphulogy

of the pedipalp, with a prominent dorso-distal libial

seta and a subdistally positioned tarsus, is virtually

* Western Australian Museum Francis Street Perth W. Aust.

diagnostic for the family (Cook 1974) and is completely

unlike trombellids and other trombidioids which haye

the tarsus inserted subbasally on the tibia (eg

Womersicy 1934). In addition, the idiosoma lacks the

dense vestiture of setae characteristic of most adult and

nymphal trombidioids which is, instead. represented

by longitudinal series of glandularia [termed ‘cupolae”

by Suuthcott (199))].

The presence of lateral eyes in capsules and the lack

of swimming hairs places the genus within the

Thyasinae (Cook 1974) and the large dorsalia and

ventralia Suggest a strong similarity with the Panisellus

group as detined by Bader (1985). This group contains

Fanisellus K. Viets (with P. thiertnemarni (K. Viets)

from northern Europe), Placothyas Lundblad (with P.

octopora (K, Viets) from South Africa), Octethyas

Lindblad (with Q. hewiritaé Lundblad from South

Africa), Porathyas Lundblad (with P theracata Piersig

and P primitive Lundblad from Europe and North

Africa) and Thyavella K. Viets (with T. mandibalaris

(Lundblad) from northern Europe). Therefore,

Austratrombella and its sole species, A. leprosa, is here

transferred to the hydryphantid subfamily Thyasinae.

Austrotrombella leprasa differs trom these other

penera in a number of small but significant ways: It

closely resembles Panisellus and Placethyas in the

location of the postocularia within the prefrontalia and

it differs from alt members of the group by the

possession of three pairs of acetabula in the anterior

group {1-2 pair$ in all others) and by the inclusion of

the acetabula on to the genital flaps (published illustra

tions of all other genera appear to indicate that they

are separate). it further differs from Panisellus by the

presence of a median eye (absent in Panisellus) and

from Placarhyas by the posterior position of the median

eye on the prefrontalia (situated near anterior margin

in Placothyas) and the presence of 6-8 pairs of

acetabula in the posterior group (2 pairs in Placorlyas).

This species is only the sécond thyasine reported

from Australia. The first, Netopanisus vinnulus Harvey

from Tasmania, differs by the lack of large dorsalia

and yentralia (Harvey 1988).

38 M, S. HARVEY

Austratrombella leprosa Southcotl, 1991

(FIGS 1-8)

Austrotrombella leprosa Southcott, 1991: 208-211, Figs

1, 2, 3a-e, 4a-c.

Material Examined

Holotype: 9, map reference (Penola I: 250 000)

283411, Robe district, S. Aust, [37°12'S 139°47’E],

in wet, alkaline, shellgrit-containing soil near swamp

edge, under a stand of Leptospermum lanigerum

(Aiton) Smith, 22.11.1990, R. V. Southcott (SAM

N1991112)_

Paratypes: 1 9, 1 o, 1 deutonymph, same data as

holotype (SAM N1991113-115).

Diagnosis

As for genus.

ag) |pro

—— << /

Iga /

4 ae / |

Description of adult

Integument slightly papillate. Lateral eyes on ocular

capsules; anterior-lateral eye (not visible in Fig. 1)

slightly larger than posterior-lateral eye; postocularia

slightly posterior to median eye, situated near posterior

margin of prefrontalia (Fig. 1). Idiosoma with

numerous porose platelets arranged as follows: large

prefrontalia; 1 pair of postfrontalia; 4 pairs of

dorsocentralia, posterior pair larger than others; 4 pairs

of dorsolateralia; 4 pairs of auxiliary platelets: 9 ventral

platelets, 1 between coxal plates, 2 behind genital

region, 2 pairs flanking anus, 1 pair situated

posteriorly. Six pairs of dorsoglandularia, 5 pairs of

lateroglandularia, 5 pairs of ventroglandularia (Figs

1, 2); sclerites associated with glandularia not forming

full circle (Figs 1, 2); vg2 situated near postero-lateral

margin of genital flaps and directed posterior-laterally;

Figs 1-2, Austrotrombella leprosa Southcott, holotype 9. 1. Idiosoma, dorsal. 2. Idiosoma, ventral (setae omitted from

one side). Abbreviations: dgl-6, dorsoglandularia; |g1-5, lateroglandularia; me, median eye; poo, postocularia; pro, preocularia;

vgl-5, ventroglandularia. Scale bar = 500 um.

REVISED PLACEMENT FOR AUSTROTROMBELLA 49

vg3 situated on level mid-way between genital flaps

and anus; vg4 situated on same level as anus; vg5

situated much closer to anus than to posterior margin

of body (Fig. 2), Genital region (Fig. 3): genital flaps

with setae on mesa] edge and scattered over posterior

third; 9-LL pairs of acetabula, 3 pairs situated in anterior

third, remainder (varying from 6-8 per side) situated.

on posterior third, all acetabula circular. Chelicera

(Fig. 7) of normal proportions, cheliceral claw curved,

with several teeth; cheliceral lamella about two-thirds

as long as claw, serrate. Capitulum without long, down-

turned anterior extension. Pedipalp (Fig. 6): tibia with

a thickened sub-medial seta on medial surface and with

stoul distal seta. Pedal coxae covered with long, thick

setae (Fig. 2). Legs (Figs 4, 5) without swimming setae

but most segments with numerous thick setae. Pedal

claws completely smooth (Figs 4, 5). Anus surrounded

by thick sclerotized ring (Fig. 2).

Ditnensions (um): holotype 9: body length 1464,

A Nf

op yey

L } } f ee

4 pane f- {

A — it

wa \ —— a ae _ \

2 —_-

width 1098; capitulum length 390; chelicera length

367, genital field length 333, width 314, pedipalp:

trochanter 63, femur 139, patella 112, tibia 195, tarsus

51; leg I: trochanter U1, femur 250, patella 182, tibia

236, metatarsus 269, tarsus length 255, width 64; leg

IV: trochanter 250, femur 276, patella 179, tibia 378,

nietatarsus 380, tarsus length 300, width 52.

Paratype 9: body 1488/1104; capitulum length 435,

chelicera length 385; genital field 381/346; pedipalp:

not measurable; leg I: trochanter 109, femur 287,

patella 173, tibia 262, metatarsus 302, tarsus 280/72;

leg IV: trochanter 303, femur 321, patella 210, tibia 443,

metatarsus 443, tarsus 350/58.

Paratype O°: body 1408/1024; capitulum length 358;

chelicera length 318; genital field 288/276; pedipalp-

not measurable; leg I: trochanter 106, femur 251, patella

140, tibia 218, metatarsus 255, tarsus 266/59; leg IV:

trochanter 230, femur 243, patella 163, tibia 336,

metatarsus 362, tarsus 288/45.

l : |

_ 7 | | \ { |

Sf ry I

\. TWiT Os, a {

oe y ‘< df “

YY Ho

Figs 3-8, Austrotrombella leprosa Southcott, 3-7, holotype 9. 3. Genital field. 4. Right leg I. 5. Right leg IV. 6. Right

pedipalp. 7. Left chelicera. 8 Provisional genital field, paratype deutonymph. Scale bars = 200 ym 3, 6, 7; 500 pm

4, 5; 100 um 8.

40 M. S. HARVEY

Description of deutonymph

Much as in adult except as follows: genital flaps with

2 pairs of acetabula situated at anterior and posterior

ends of flaps (Fig. 8).

Dimensions (um): body length 582, width 406;

genital field length 102, width 83.

Acknowledgments

I wish to thank David Hirst (South Australian

Museum) for the opportunity to examine the type

specimens of Austrotrombella leprosa.

References

Baber, C. (1985) Panisus-Studien: 6. Die Gattungen der

Panisellus-Gruppe (Acari, Actinedida, Hydrachnellae). Ent.

Basil. 10, 7-17.

Cook, D. R. (1974) Water mite genera and subgenera. Mem.

Am, Ent. Inst. 21, 1-860.

Harvey, M. S. (1988) Three new unusual water mites from

Australia (Chelicerata: Acarina: Hydryphantidae,

Hygrobatidae and Athienemanniidae). Mem. Mus. Vict. 49,

355-361.

SoutucortT, R. V. (1991) A new trombellid mite (Acarina:

Trombellidae) from South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust,

115, 207-212.

WoMERSLEY, H. (1934) A revision of the trombiid and

erthyraeid mites of Australia with descriptions of new

genera and species. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 5, 179-254.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 120, PART 2

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA

(COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)

By §. BARKER*

Summary

Barker, S. (1996) Seventeen new species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(2), 41-59, 31 May, 1996.

Seventeen new species of Castiarina namely C. adusta sp. nov., C. antarctica sp. nov.,

C. aura sp. nov., C. azurea sp. nov., C. charientessa sp. nov., C. daranj sp. nov., C.

demarzi sp. nov., C. enigma sp. nov., C. ferruginea sp. nov., C. hemizostera sp. nov.,

C. jackhasenpuschi sp. nov., C. nonyma sp. nov., C. nullarborica sp. nov., C.

paulhasenpuschi sp. nov., C. phaeopus sp. nov., C. subcincta sp. nov., C. ustulata sp.

nov., are described and three established species namely C. cincta (Blackburn), C.

femorata (LaPorte & Gory), C. octospilota (LaPorte & Gory) are redescribed.

Key Words: Coleoptera, Buprestidae, new species, Castiarina.

Transactions of the Royal Saciety of 8, Aust. (1996), 120(2),. 41-59,

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE),

by S. BARKER“

Summary

Barker, S, (1996) Seventeen new species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae), Trans, R, Soc, 8. Aust, 120(2),

41-59, 31 May, 1996.

Seventeen new species of Castiarina namely C. udusta sp, noy.. C. antarclica sp. nov., C aura sp. nov., C.

azureasp, noy,, C. charientessa sp. noy., C, darany sp. noy,, ©. demarzi sp. nov., C. enigena sp. now, C. ferruginea

sp. fov., © hemizostera sp. nov., C. jackhasenpuschi sp, nov,, C. nenyma sp, noy., C nullarborica sp. nov, ,

C paulhasenpusehi sp, nov., C phacupus sp. noy., C. sdheineta sp. nov. €. ustilar sp. nov., ure deseribed

and three established species namely C. citer (Blagkburm), C, /emoraia (LaPorte & Gory), C. avtoypilota (LaPorte

é& Gory) are redeseribed.

Key Worps; Coleoptera, Buprestidae. new species, Custiarina.

Introduction

The genus Cayriarina (LaPorie & Gory)

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) 1s widely distributed in

Australia and also occurs in New Guinea where tis

distribution and abundance are virtually unknown. The

udults are often found on the flowers of native

Myrtaceae species and the larvae which are root and

stem feeders are largely unknown, A]though twenty

two new Australian species have beer identified

recently (Barker 1993, 1995) a further close

exumination of material collected over many years has

revealed even more new species. Ten of these are

associated with the Cudtiarina parallela (White)

complex and all occur only in WA; two are associated

wilh C. uctesprlota (LaPorte & Gory) and one euch

of these occurs only i. NSW and WA, The specific

status of a further species in this complex C. femorata

(LaPorte & Gory) is restored from synonymy: this

species also occurs in NSW Five new species

belonging to neither of these complexes ure described

from recently collected material

The complex to WA. has previously been mis-

iWentified as C parallela (White) but in fact this species

oecurs only in the eastern states. All members of the

group are elongate and have dark pronotini and elytral

volours, most offen rusty-bpown but dark blue in Lwo

species, a yellow margin-and a single raw of yellow

spoly along the middle of each elytran with a maximum

of four in each row and minimally one, when all of

the spots are fused. All species in the complex have

a dense layer of silver, flattened. feathery hair lining

the entire ventral surface and encroaching on to the

lateral surfaces nf the pronotum, This distinguishes

them from all other Castiarina which haye thin, round

hair on the yenlral surface. Most of the new. species

* Department al Zoology, University of Adelaide S AusI:

SOK)S:

also have sculptured proctivers in both sexes and this

feature is unique among Custiarina as all species

outside this complex have rounded, unsculptured

proctigers, The lwo species previously desenbed trom

the complex in WA are C. cracicolar (LaPorte & Gory)

and C. veropanctara (Barker 1995). Because this is the

most difficult group of Custiarina to identify, 1 have

included a key to the twelve known WA species.

©. oetaspilora (LaPorte & Gory) has.a dark head

with a yellow frontal spot, dark pronatum with yellow

Tateral margins and dark elytral markings with yellow

spots. The ventral surface is yellow with blue sutural

murkings and blue legs. A species occurring on the

eastern edge of the Darling Scarp, WA and on the

coastal plains has long been misidentified as C

vctospilota, [t resembles C cincta (Blackburn) which

occurs inland but is-casily distinguished by differences

in colour, being blue and yellow with blue legs whilst

C. cineta has some red markings on the elytra and red

legs with red sutural markings. The aedewgi are

different, There appear lo be twa species, ©, cincia

whieh is redeseribed und a new spevies which is

deseribed,

None of the remaining five species js close fn each

other and all ate distinctive. They have all been

collected recently, one of jhem by use of a Ture, a

technique not used before for the capture of Castiarina.

Materials and Methods

Male genitalia were prepared and jilustrated by the

method described by Barker (1987). The holotype is

illustrated in all new species except ane in which the

allotype is illustrated. Measurements given are mesn

total boxy Jength and width with standard error, except

where there dre insufficient specimens to make the last

calculation. Codens used jn the text for museum and

private collections followin the four letter system of

42 8. BARKER

Watt (1979) and Arnett et al, (1993) are: ANIC: Castiarina femorata (LaPorte & Gory) 1838

Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra; (FIGS 1B, 2B)

BMNH: British Museum (Natural History), London;

MNHN: Museum Nationale Histoire Naturelle, Paris; — Stigmodera femorata LaPorte & Gory 1838: 37. PI.

NMVA: National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, 8, Fig. 42.

SAMA: South Australian Museum, Adelaide; WAMA: Stigmodera (Castiarina) octospilota var. roseipes

Western Australian Museum, Perth; HDWA Mr H, Deuquet, 1956 (new syn.).

Demarz, Guilderton; JHQA: Mr J Hasenpusch,

Innisfail; MHSA: Mr T. M. S. Hanlon, Sydney; Halarype: Sex unknown, S. femarata LaPorte & Gory,

MPWA: Mr M. Powell, Melville. Aust. MNHN (not seen)

Fig. |.. Photomicrographs of aedeagi and male and female proctigers of the following Castiarina species. A. Castiarina

daranj sp. noy. B. €. femorata (L & G), C. C. cincta (Blackburn), D. C. subcincta sp, noy, BE. C. actaspilota (L & G)-

EC, pawhasenpuschi sp. nov, G, C. bucolica (Kerremans). H. C. demarzi sp. nov. |. C. placida (Thomson), J. C. nullarborica

sp. nov. K. C. eyelistee (Rainbow). L. C. jackhasenpuschi sp. nov. M_ C aglaia Barker. N.C. hémizostera sp. nov. O.

female. Q. C._ferruginea sp. nov. 1. proctiger male. 2. proctiger fernale, R. C. adusia sp, nov, |. proctiger male. 2. proctiger

female. S.C. aura sp. noy, |, proctiger male 2, proctiger female. T. C. charientessa sp. noy. |. proctiger male, 2. proctiger

female, U. C. azurea sp. nov. |. proctiger male. 2. proctiger female, V. C. ustulara sp. nov. |, proctiger male 2. proctiger

female. W, C. phaeopus sp. nov. 1. proctiger male. 2. proctiger female. X. C. wonyma sp. nov. |. proctiger male. 2. proctiger

female. Y. C. enigma sp. nov. |. proctiger male. 2. proctiger female. Z. C crocievlor (L & G), |, proctiger male. 2.

proctiger female.

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTLARINA 43

Colour

Head dark blue with green and purple reflections,

elongate yellow frontal spot, muzzle blue. Antennae

blue. Pronotum dark blue with yellow lateral margins

width increasing basally. Scutellum dark blue. Elytra

yellow with following dark blue markings; narrow

basal margin, elongate sinuous villa oo each side

meeting basal margin over humeral callus, meeting

post-medial fascia at margin enclosing spot on margin.

apical mark enclosing elongate yellow mark between

it and post-inedial fascia, srnall yellow apical spot on

each side of suture, marks all connected along sulure.

Ventral surface yellow with testaceous-ted sutures and

testaceous-red edges to abdominal segments, except

S_, Legs: coxae and trochanters testaccous-red and

dark blue: femora mainly testaceaus-red, apically dark

blue; tibiae a dark blue with ventral testacequs-red

mark near ventral apex; tarsi blue, Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpiure:

Head shallowly punctured, median sulcuy narrow,

muzale short, Antennomeres 1-3 obeonic, 4 halt:

toothed, 5-1] toothed, Pronoturm shallawly punctured,

apical margin straight, basal margin barely bisinuate,

Fig.2. Habitus illustrations of the following Castiarina species.

A. Custiarina actospilota (L.& GQ), B,C. femorata (L &

G). C. © subcincia sp. nov. holotype. D, C, darany sp.

nov. holotype. E. C cincta (Blackburn).

median basal fovea projecting almost to middle as

glabrous line; laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded

to apex. Scutellum scutiform, unpunctured, Elytra

punctate-striate, intervals convex, more so apically than

basally, lightly punctured; laterally angled outwards

from base, rounded at humeral callus, rounded post-

medially and narrowed to trispinose apex, marginal

spine small, interval to small median spine straight,

margin rounded and indented to small sutural spine;

apices slightly divergent. Ventral surface shallowly

punctured, edges. of abdominal segments glabrous,

elsewhere with sparse lorig hair, S,° male rounded,

female round, indented medially.

Size

Males, 124 + 0.35x4.9 4 0.14 mm (20). Females,

13.4 + 0.22 x 55 + 0.09 mm (5),

Aedeagus (Fig. \B)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece.

rounded premedially then narrowed, rounded apivally,

Penis sharp, sides acutely angled away. Hypophysis of

basal piece medium width, apices rounded,

Distribution

NSW: Armidale district. central coastal.

Remarks

This species was synonymised with C. eetaspilora

by Saunders (1868) wha was followed by all subsequent

authors, Deuquet (1956) gave the varietal name roseipes

joa specimen he Wentified as 8. netespiluta. A single

male specimen in the South Australian Museum iden:

ified as Srig.8-spilora L. & G yar, roseipex. Deug. in

Deuquet’s handwriting, 1s clearly # separale specics

from €. octaspilora. The holotypes of C. acrospilate

and C. femorata are both sodged in the MNHN but

cannot be identified because their labels, along with

those of all other LaPorte & Gory type labels, have

heen removed, Deuquer’s description of the red femorit

and ted vermiculation on the ventral surface of his 5,

vetospilma vat, reseipes concurs with the origimal

description of §. femorala. The figure of S. femorata

(LaPorte & Gory 1838, P|.8, Fig. 42) also conforms

in general, except that the illustration shows the base

of the head to be yellow instead of the yellow frontal

spot in the Deuquet specimen. J assume that this is

artistic licence on the part of the illustrator because

none of the species in this species group has a head

with a yellow base. In the figure the pre-medial fascia

is complete. A similar pattern is presemt in only two

of the fourteen specimens examined. All other

specimens have the pre-medial fascia incomplete, thus

twa spots on each side of the suture coalesce to form

a sinuous yellow vitta. S. ectospilota vat. roseipes

Deuquet is undoubtedly a synonym of C. femorata (L

& G).

ad S. BARKER

Castiarina actospilota (LaPorte & Gory)

(FIGS 1B, 2A)

Stigmodera ocrespilora LaPorte & Gory 1838: 28, Fig,

29, PL fs

Holotype: Sex wniknown, Australie, MNHN (not seen)

Colour

Head; muzzle blue: base dull green-purple; yellow

frontal mark, Antennae blue. Pronotum: medially dull

#reen-purple; laterally yellow, base wider than apex,

Seutellum black with dark blue reflections. Elywa

yellow with following dark blue markings: narrow

basal margin, small and narrow pre-medial faseia

absent in many specimens, connected to lang oblique

vita from lower end reaching lateral margin, enclosing

very large basal yellow. spot and smaller ong.ontnargin;

broad post-medial fascia reaching lateral margin,

shighily angled posteriorly, enclosing large yellow mark

between i and first fascia; mark covering whole apex.

cnelosing small yellow mark between it and second

fuscia. Ventral surface yellow with blue sutures. Legs

blue. Fairs silver

Shape and seulmure

Head closely punctured, median sulcus small,

muzzle short, Antennomeres 123 obcunic, 4 half-

toothed, 5-IL wathed. Pronotum closely popetured,

minute basal fovea, extending forwards to middle as

glabrous line, basul notches represented by glabrous

areas, more marginal than medial; apicul margin

straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally rounded out

from base, widest pre-medially, rounded and narrowed

to apex. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate at

busal edge. Elytra punctate-striate, intervals convex and

punethred, less sa tiedially than elsewhere, laterally

angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus,

concave, rounded post-medially and parrowed to

trispinose apex; small marginal and medial spines,

margin between straight, widely separated, small

sutural spine, close to medial spine, apives divergent,

Ventral surface with shallow punctures. edges of

abdominal segments glabrous, elsewhere moderately

hairy, hairs medium length. S.- truncate and indented

medially jn both sexes,

Size

Males, 12.5 + 0.28% 51 + 0.20: mm (33). Females,

13.6 + 0.23 x 56 + O.U mm (40).

Aedeagus (Fig. 1E)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded pre-medially, parallel-sided, rounded at apex

Penis sharp, sides obtusely angled away. Apophysis of

basal piece medium width, apically rounded.

Distribution

NSW: Blue Mis, Sydney, central to north coastal,

Qld: Southern and central coastal. Blaekdowi

Tableland, Shrove Is,

Castiarina eincia (Blackburn) 1890

(FIGS IC, 2)

Stigmedera cincta Blackburn t890: 13, 187

(replacement name for 3, eubrocineta Kerremans

1890: 46, primary homonyin §. rubrecincia Gehin

1855),

Holotype: 9, S milrecinera Kerromans, Bouvard

Australie. BMNH.

Colour

Head: muzzle blue-green; base. purple-green; large

yellow frontal mark, Antennae blue-green, Pronotum

laterally yellow, medially purple-green, Scutellum blue.

Elytra yellow with the following dark blue markings:

basal margin, pre-medial fascia not reaching margin

with ends projecting anteriorly to basal margin as vitta

enclosing large yellow basal spot, clongate yellow mark

on margin at humeral callus, narrow red apical margin:

post-medial fascia not reaching margin, enclosing

yellow band between it and first fasvia; pre-apical mark

in shape of short fascia enclosing elongate yellow band

between it and second fascia, all marks Connected alony

suture. Lateral red margin on ihe two intervals from

humeral callus, broader at pre-apex and apex, Ventral

surface yellow; sternum lateral blue-green sutural

marks, ted medially and along edges of abdominal

segments. Legs: femorg blue-green apically, red

medially, tibiae and tarsomeres blue-green, Hairs

silver,

Shape and sculpture

Head with shallow punctures, flat, muzzle short.

Antennomeres 1-3 obcanic, 4 half-toothed, 5-11

wothed, Pronotum with shallow punctures, basal fovea

represented by shallow depression, very small basal

notches more marginal than medial; apical margin

straight, basal margin almost straight, Scutellum

scutiform, without punctures, excavate along basal

edge, Elytra punctate-striate, intervals flal medially,

convex apically and laterally, punctured, less so

medially; laterally angled out slightly from base.

rounded a( humeral callus. concave, rounded post-

medially and narrowed to Laspmnose apex; marginal

Spine small and sharp, median spine larger and blunr,

sutural spine small and sharp, margin rounded between

spines. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, sparse

short hair, $); truncate both sexes.

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA 45

Size

Males, 1.3 + 0.22.x.4.3 + 0.10 mm (24). Females,

12,2 40.34 5 47 + O15 mm (20).

Acideagus (Fig. (2)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece.

rounded. pre-medially then angled outwards, rounded

apically. Penis sharp, sides. acutely angled away.

Hypophysis of basal piece narrow, apically rounded.

Disirthuttor

Occurs in intund squth-western WA.

Castiarina daranj sp. nev.

(FIGS 1A, 2D)

Holotype: or, 4km NE Rocky Glen, NSW, 3.411981,

S. Barker. SAMA J 21 300.

Allorype: Q.. same data as holotype. SAMA 12} 301.

Paratypes: NSW: 19, 43-km 8 Narrabri, 27.x,1975,

S. Barker, SAMA; 14 oo, 829, Binnaway,

2.x) 198], S. Barker, SAMA, 19. 6 km SW Rocky

Glen, 3,xi,1981, S. Barker, SAMA; 20° oO", 29 G4

kin SW Rocky Glen, 3.47.1981, 8, Barker, SAMA, 19,

3 km SW Rocky Glen, 3.¥7.1981, S, Barker, SAMA;

lor.) 9,2 km SW Rocky Glen, 3.¥i,1981, S, Barker,

SAMA; Soo. 49 @ , same data as holotype, SAMA;

Zo, 29 9. Garrawilla 10, 6 km NE Rocky Glen.

3,x1,1981, 5, Barker, SAMA; 29 @, Garrawilla T.0.,

8.«j.198], R. Anderson, SAMA; | 9, Garrawilla T.O.,

17.x1.1981. S. Barker, SAMA: Lot. 4@ ko NE

Coonabarrabran, 6.x1.1983, A. M. Sundholm, MHSA:

300, 19, 40 km & Coonabarrabran, 9.xi.1990, T.

M.S Hanlon, MHSA; 10°, 60 kin N Coonabarmbran,

9.xi.1990, T. M. S. Hanlon, MASA, 200,299,

40 km E Coonabarrabran, 8.xi-199], T. M.S, Hanlon,

MHSA; lo", Round Hill, 21. xi.1991, T. M. 8, Hanlon,

MHSA; 10°, 30 km E Parkes, 29.xi.1993, TM. &.

Hanlon, MHSA,

Colour

Head black with green reflections, muzzle blue, large

orange-yellow ltontal spot, Antennae blue. Pronotum

medially dark blue, laterally orange-yellow increasing

in width basally, Scutellum dark blue. Elytra orange-

yellow with the following black markings wath blue

reflections: narrow basal margin. sinuous yitta from

basal margin over humeral callus mecting margin-and

sutural mark enclosing yellow-orange elongate mark

an margin and basal spot; broad post-medial fascia

reaching margin enclosing large orange-yellow mark

between it and firstmark; mark covering apex meting

post-medial fascia on margin and enclosing a large

vrange-yellow mark; small orange-yellow apical spot

on each side, Ventral surface orange-yellow with blue

marks along sutures: and along edges of abdominal

segments. Legs: fernora and tibiae blue, tarsi bright

blue. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head shallowly punctured, median sulcus shallow.

muzzle short Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4 hall-

toothed, 5-11 toothed. Pronotam shallowly punctured.

uarrow basal foyea extending forwards to middle as

glabrous line; apical margin projecting medially, basal

inargin barely bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided al base,

rounded to apex. Seutellum seuuform, glabrous.

excavale, Elytra punetate-striate, intervals convex,

lightly wrinkled and punctured: laterally angled out

from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded post-medially and narrowed to tispinose

apex; spines small, margin straight between marginal

and median spine, rounded between median and sutural

spines, apices divergent, Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

elsewhere moderately hairy. sparse medium length

hair S,! male truncate, slightly indented medially;

female trincate, deeply indented medially, margin

overhanging apex which is covered with bristles.

Size

Males, 10.4 + 0.15 % 4.0 + 0,06 mimi (34), Females,

hl + @20 x 44 4 0,09 mm (26),

Aedeagus (Pig. 1A)

Short. Parameres angled outwards fram basal piece,

rounded pre-medially, parallel-sided, apically rounded,

Penis sharp, sides acutely angled away. Hypophysis of

basal piece medium width, apically rounded.

Remarks

The basal colour of this species fades rapidly. in death

from orange-yellow to pale yellow, Both C octospilou

and C. femorata have a yellow basal colour in life, Alsu

it is smaller than the other rwo species and the male

genilalia are smaller and a different shape (Figs 1A.

1B, LE),

Etymology

Name derived from Arabic daranj, orange.

Castiarina subcincta sp. nov.

(Figs 1D, 2C)

Holorype: ct, Bold Park, City Beach, WA, 3.0 -1976,

RP. McMillan, SAMA [ 21 302-

Allotype; Q, City Beach, WA, 3.xii-1955, J. A. L.

Watson, SAMA I 21 303.

46 5. BARKER

Pararypes! WA: 19, Cannington, 12,x1i.1954, S,

Barker, SAMA; 30°", City Beach, 24.x,1954, S.

Barker, SAMA; I2oo, 399, City Beach,

26.x1.-25,xi1.1955, J. A. L, Watson, SAMA; 19, 9.5

km SW Jarrahdale. 11 xi 1956, S. Barker, SAMA; Lor.

City Beach, 6.97.1957, 5S. Barker, SAMA; Lo, City

Beach, 2.1964, S. Barker, SAMA; 30° co, Wembly,

3.%.J970, S, Barker, SAMA; 4a°@, 19, same data

as holotype, SAMA, 2o°o, 19, Glen Eagles,

7,1,1983, S, Barker & K. T. Richards. SAMA; 20° 0”,

3.9 9, Walyunga N.P., 4.xi.1984, T. M.S. Hanlon,

MASA; Sara, 19, Wembly, 4.xi.1985, T. M. S.

Hanlon, MHSA; Jo, Swanbourne, 23.4,1991, T. M,

S. Hanlon, MHSA; 6ccr, 19, Swan R., H.W.

Brown, SAMA.

Colour

Head basally dark blue with green and purpic

reflecuions, muzzle blue, large yellow frontal sper,

Antennae dark blue, Pronotum medially dark blue with

green and purple reflections, laterally yellow, Scutellum

dark blue, Elytra yellow with following black markings

with blue reflections: narrow basal margin; sinugus

vitta from basal margin over humeral callus mecting

narrow pre-medial fascia close to margin enclosing a

yellow spot on margin and latge yellow basal spot;

broad post-medial fascia reaching margin enclosing

yellow spot between it and pre-medial faseia. mark

covering apex enclosing elongate yellow mark between

it und post-medial faseia and variable apical yellow

spot, all marks connected along suture and along

margin except at humeral callus; outer margin of apical

spot variably red, Ventral surface yellow, sutures blue

and lateral blue spots on S,, S,, S.- Legs blue. Hairs

silver,

Shape and sculpture

Head shallowly punctured, median sulcus small and

shallow, muzzle short. Anfennomereé 1-3 obeonic, 4

half-toothed, 5-l1 toothed. Pronotum shallowly

punctured, narrow basal fovea extending forwards to

middle as glabrous line, basal notches represented by

glabrous area on cach side closer lo marvin than

middle, apical margin projecting medially, basal

margin almost straight, laterally parallel-sided at base,

rounded from base to apex. Scutellum scutiform,

glabrous, Nat. Elytra punctate-striate, intervals convex,

wrinkled; laterally angled out from base, rounded at

humeral callus, concaye, rounded post-medially,

narrowed {to trispinose apex; small marginal spine,

larger medial spine, smaller sutural spine, margin

rounded between spines, apices diverging. Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges af abdominal

segments glabrous, elsewhere sparse medium Jength

hairs. S$: truncate both sexes.

Size

Males, 12.8 + 0.13% 4.9 + 0,06 mm (41), Females,

3.5 + 0,22 x 5.2 + 009 mm (24).

Aedeagus (Fig. |D)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded pre-medially. parallel-sided, rounded apically.

Penis sharp, sides acutely angled away. Hypophysis of

basal piece narrow, apically rounded_

Remarks

This species, previously confused with ©

octospllota, forms a species pair with CL cincta

(Blackburn). [t occurs on the coastal plam of WA and

on the western edge of the Darling Searp whereas C°

cincta occurs in the more arid inland areas.of the south-

west. It differs from that species having only very small

red markings on the elytra and not op the legs or

abdominal segments. C cincta has red markings on

the elytra, red femora and red sutures on the ventral

surface. Also the elytral spines are mure obvious in

C. subeiner than in ©, cinera and the male genitalia

are a different shape (Figs IC, 1D).

Etymolesry

The name is derived from CF osaé, under, 1 cirectarn,

girdle.

Castiarina adusta sp. noy,

(Figs JR, | RI, | R2, 3)

Holotype: Oo, 5 km W Mt Dale, WA, 13.%.1980_ S.

Barker, SAMA [ 21 304.

Allorype’ 9, Lake Grace, WA. 19.*.1970, K, & E,

Carnaby, ANIC

Pararypes: WA: Sora, 49 9, same data as allotype,

ANIC, 19, 80 kin B Hyden, 29.%.1984, M_ Powell,

MPWA, Lov! km WNW Bonnie Rock, 20.1% 1990,

S$. Barker, SAMA

Colour

Head, antennae and pronotum bronze, Seutelluiy

dark blue. Elytra yellow with the following brown

markings! marks coalesced leaving a continuous yellow

margin from base lo near apex, a row of four elongate

spots down each elyiron, the first two variably

connected. Ventral surface and legs bronze. Hairs

silver

Shape and sculpture

Head shallowly punctured, median sulcus shallow,

sides variably glabrous basally, muzzle short. Antenno-

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA 47

Fig, 3. Habitus illustrations of the following Castiarina

species. A. Castiarina nonyma sp. nov, holotype. B. C.

cracicolor (L & G), C. C. enigma sp. noy. holotype_ D,

C. antarctica sp. nov, holotype. E. C, phaeepus sp. nov,

holotype. F.C. ustulata sp. nov. holotype. G. C. azurea

sp. nov. holotype. H. C. ferruginea sp. nov. holotype. .

C. aura sp. nov. holotype. J. C. adusta sp, nov, holotype.

K. C. charientessa sp. nov. holotype.

meres 1-3 obconic, 4-11 toothed. Pronotum shallowly

punctured medially, larger and deeper punctures

Jaterally, narrow basal fovea extending anteriorly to

middle as glabrous line, basal notches represented by

glabrous area on each side closer to margin than

middle; apical margin projecting medially, basal

margin barely bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base,

rounded and narrowed to apex, laterally hairy.

Scutellum scutiform, punctured, flat. Elytra punctate-

striate, mtervals convex, wrinkled and punctured,

Jaterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral

callus, concave, rounded post-medially and narrowed

1 bispinose apex; spines small and blunt, margin

yariably rounded and indented or straight between

spines, apices hardly diverging. Ventral surface with

shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments

glabrous, elsewhere hairy, hairs flattened and feathery.

Legs: femora hairy with flattened hair, S,: males

truncate; females rounded,

Nee

Males, 14.5 + 012 x 50 + 0.06 mm (7), Females,

59 + 045 . 54 + 0.12 mm (5),

Aedeagus (Fig. IR)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded pre-apically then parallel-sided, rounded

apically. Penis sharp. sides acutely angled away,

Hypophysis of basal piece medium width, rounded

apically, Proctiger, medial apical edge shallowly

concave, rounded Juterally (Fig. 1 Rl).

female terminalia (Fig. 1 R2)

Proctiger with apical edge flattened, rounded

Jaterally.

Remarks

C. adusta sp. nov. is the largest member of this group

in WA, It can be separated from C._ferruginea sp. nov.

the next largest brownish species, by its size, the

conformation of the elytral markings - there are our

spots in C. ferruginea and three in C. adusta, its

relatively unsculptured proctiger in both male and

female. whereas both sexes of C\ ferruginea haye

bilobed proctigers and in females they are spined. The

aedeagus in C. ferruginea is broader at the apex than

that of C. adusra (Figs JQ, IR).

Erymalogy

The name is derived from L adustus, brown.

Castiarina azurea sp.. Nov,

(FIGS 1U, 1 Ul, 1 U2, 3G)

Holotype: & , 2 km E Tallering Station, Pindar, WA,

22.ix.1989, S. Barker, SAMA | 21 305.

48 5. BARKER

Allotype: 9 , same data as holotype, SAMA [21 306.

Paratypes’ WA: lor, Goomalling, .ix1953, RB

McMillan, WAMA; Lo, 22 9, Moorine Roek,

16,x, 1953, FH. Uther Baker, SAMA; 19, Wialka,

Yun 1957, §. Barker, SAMA; 10°, Toohbin. 18.» 1958,

F_H. Uther Baker, SAMA; 20-9", Burracoppin-

16,*,1963, F H, Uther Baker, WAMA;: Jota", 29 O.

78 km NE Wubi, 17.1%.1970, 8. Barker, SAMA: 1,

9% km NE Wubin, |7ix 1970, §, Barker, SAMA;

tom, 19,55 ki S Payne's Find, 18.14, 1970, SAMA;

[ct 19,57 km S$ Payne's Find. 187.1970, S. Barker,

SAMA; 2¢ 9. 10 km B Blachburting Rock, Wialki,

2Uax.1970, 3. Barker, SAMA: Scere, 29, Wiulki,

2Lix,197), S. Barker, SAMA; 2am, 299,

Walgoolan, Six 1871, FH. Uther Baker, SAMA, 19,

Tallering Station, Pindar. 3,i2,]976, R. PR McMillan.

SAMA, Sara, 39 9, 18.9 kor WSW Coolgardie,

Ik rx 1976, RJ. Chinnock, SAMA! Lo, 50 km N

Kalbarri, 20viii-1978, M. Powell, WAMA; 1c, Balline

Station, 24/25.yi979, A, M. & M, J. Douglas.

WAMA; 1a. 22 2. Muckinbadin, (0.1979, R. P

MeMillan, WAMA; cr, J6 km E Mt Magnet,

20.ix. 1980, S. Barker & D. J. Williams, SAMA: lor.

1% kot N Carnarvon, 22.ix 1980, S. Barker & DL J,

Williams, SAMA; 10, 22 G, 89 km N Carnarvon.

27. ix 980, & Barker & DJ. Williams, SAMA: 1 cr.

29, 44 4m 6 Kalbarri. 2.1%. 1980, S. Barker & BD.

!. Wiliams, SAMA; 3a 07 46 kin E Kalbarry,

261% 1980, 8 Barker & D, J, Williams, SAMA) 20°C,

12, 8 Rem paddock, Taliering Station, Pindar,

27x 1980, S, Barker & D. F Williams, SAMA; 20 &,

LQ. I7 km W Mullewa, 29.7%.1980, S. Barker & D,

4. Williains, SAMA, 29 2, Mt Walker, 25.«.1980, R.

FP MeMillan, WAMA;: Io, Gubhin, 29.6198], R, P

MeMillan, WAMA; 29 9. Southern Orass, «1981,

R, FP. MoMillany WAMA: Ic, 394, 2 km N

Evanston, 237%,.1982. B. Hanich & T. P. Houston,

WAMA, 19, 64 km NE Esperance, 18,1982, S,

Barker, SAMA: Lor, Bullfinch, 2.x 1983, EB Jones,

MPWA; 19. 35 lon W Salmon Gums, 8.x%.1983, G.

Rrawning & G. Mutze, SAMA, 3° 3, 1 9, Southern

Cross, §,4,1983, R, P. MeMillan, WAMA, 6orc,

Q¢ @, Esperance to Norseman Hwy, 35 km W TG

to Peake Charles, 95 1983, G. Browning & G. Mute,

SAMA. 29 9. 35 km E Merredin. 24.1983, G.

Browning, SAMA; lor, 229, 50 kin E Merredin,

24.%.1983. SAMA, Lor, Uberin Rock, I6.ix. 1984, R-

P McMillan, WAMA,; Ler, 136 km NE Payne's Pind.

30.in O84, M_ Powell, MPWA; lo. 3 km W

Dowerin, 22,x, 1984, R, P McMillan, WAMA,; Ter,

Eneabbu, 4,x,1985, R. PB. McMillan, WAMA; lo, N

Tarin Rock teserve, 15/l6.x.!985. T. F Houston.

WAMA: 1o. 75 km E Hyden, 24/27.4.1985, T.

Houston. WAMA; 60° co’, W of Coorow, 2.x. 1986, A.

G. Wells, WAMA; 1 cr, 16 km NE Merredin, 9.x 1986,

R. P. MeMillun, WAMA; 2er co, Encabba, x./986, R.

P. McMillan, WAMA; |o. Bindoo Hill reserve.

12.1%.1987. TF. Houston, WAMA; 20°, 1.9, 7 km

SSW Jingemarra Station, 24/26iii,1988, R. P.

MeMillan & T, RK Houston, WAMA; 1 2, Shark Bay,

291.1988, A, Hay, MASA: Io, HO km N

Carnarvon, (8 ix 1989. 8. Barker, SAMA: 20° 0", 19),

Pindar paddock, Tallering Station, Pindar, 21.1x.(989,

S Barker, SAMA; 7o'o", same data as holotype,

SAMA; Lo, 19, 3 km N Tallering Station, Pindar,

22, 1x. 1989, 8. Barker, SAMA; 2c ot, & km N Tallering

Stalion. Pindar, 22.ix 1989, S. Barker. SAMA: Soo,

19 kro N Tallering Station, Pindar, 22,ix1989, S,

Barker, SAMA; |, pravel bay, Bonnie Rock,

20.ix 1990, S. Barker, SAMA, 26°, Merredin,

21,x.199], TM, §. Hanlon. MHSA; BC &, Ghooli,

21,1991. T M, 8, Hanlon, MHSA;, 2a o_ 3 km S$

Yellodine_21.%.1991, 'T. M_S. Hanlon, MHSA: 3.7 o,

N7T, 32 km E Southern Cross, 21-199). T) M.S

Hanlon, MHSA, Lo, Quees Victoria Springs,

21/22.41,1992, D. Knowles, MHSA; loro. 19.

Northam, SAMA; 20° co. Ankertell H. W. Brown,

SAMA.

Colour

Head dark blue with purple reflections Antennae

bronze. Preonotum dark blue with purple reflections.

Seutelum purple. Elytra with yellow background

colour and dark blue elytral markings, coalesced

farming four yellow spats an cachelytron. basal more

or less rounded, pre-medial elongate, pust- medial

founded, pre-apical elongate, basal and pre-medial

opalesced in about half specimens examined forming

an elongate mark, post-medial and pre-apical coalesced

in only ohe specimen examined, yellow margin from

base (6 near apex. Ventral surfice bronze with coppery-

purple reflections, Hairs silver

Shape and sculpiare

Head closely punctured, medtan. sulcus present,

oluzele short. Antennomeres 1-3 obcorie, 4-1 toothed.

Pronolum closely punctured, narrow basal foven

extending forwards to middle as glabrous line. basal

notches represented by glabrous area on each Side

closer to margin than middle; apical margin projecting

medially, basal margin almoxt straight; laterally angled

inwards from base for short distance then angled

outwards and rounded to widest part post-medially,

rounded and narrowed Io apex Seutellum scutitonn,

punctured. flat Elytra punciate-stnate, intervals

convex, wrinkled and punctured, more heavily laterally

than medially; jaterally angled out from base, roundes!

al humeral callus, concaye, rounded. post-medially,

narrowed to bispinese apex; marginal spine small and

sharp. sutural spine minure, margin indented and

rounded between spines, apices hardly diverging.

Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges ul

abdominal segments glabrous, elsewhere hairy, hairs

medium length, flaltened and feathery. 85: truncate in

rnales, rounded in females,

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA 49

Size

Males, 10,1 + 0.15 x 3.2 + 0.05 mm (110). Females.

10.7 + 0.24 x 3.4 + 0.08 mm (36),

Aedeagus (Fig. 1)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded at upex- Penis sharp, sides obtusely angled

away. Apophysis of hasal piece medium width, apex

rounded. Proctiger faintly bilobed, lobes rounded (Fig.

bub.

Female terminalia (Fig, 1 U2)

Proctiger faintly bilabed, lobes firintly rounded,

Remarks

C azurea can be distingdished from al] other

members of the C. parallela species group except C.

octapunctara by the dark blue colour of the elytra. C.

gelupunctaia has round yellow elytral markings

whereas they are elongate in C. azurea. In ©, azured

the aedeagus is short and broad and in C. ectopunctaia

iLts elongate (Figs IP, 1U). The proetigers in both sexes

of C. ectopunctata have pointed lobes whereas in both

sexes af C. azurea the proctiger lobes are small and

rounded (Figs | Pl, 1 P2, 1 Ul, | U2). There appears

to be a cline insize within © azurea, Specimens trom

north of Carnarvon and fram ihe NE wheatbelt areas

of WA are larger than thase fram further east and south.

A minority of specimens has the first two yellow marks

on the elytra fused (6 form an elongate basal mark.

Enology

The species name is derived from F azur. blue.

Castiarina charientessa sp. nov.

(FIGS IT, | Tl, | T2, 3K)

Holotype: o , 10 km $ Dongara, WA, 44x.1995, 5.

Barker. SAMA J 21 307.

Allorype: 9. 20 kin S Lancelin, WA, 4.51990, 3

Barker, SAMA [ 21 308.

Pararypes: WAc 2a, Cervantes, 23.1*%.1977. M.

Powell. MPWA; 2o°.c°, 69 9, 45 km N Eneabha,

20,ix.1980, S, Barker & D: J Williams, SAMA; 2° 9,

200 m N Ledge Pi T.0,, Lancelin Rd, 8.x.1980, 5,

Barker, SAMA, 10%, 299, McDermid Rock,

11.1981, G.I. Keighery, WAMA; 20° ot, | 9, Green

Head, 27.viit. 1981, Ro P- MeMillan, WAMA: lor, 19,

2 km N Badgingarra, M. Powell, 15.ix.1984, MPWA,;

Lor, Greenough, 26/29.viii 1989, R. P. McMillan,

SAMA; 20°", sume data as holotype SAMA; Ic,

10 kin S Dongara, 4.ix 1995, S. Barker, SAMA,

Colour

Head coppery, Antennae bronze. Pronotuin coppery.

Scutellum bronze with blue-green reflections, Elytra

yellow with coppery markings coalesced forining a

yellow margin two interstices wide; a yellow vita on

each side from base to pre-apical area, Ventral surface

cuppery. Legs: femora and tibiae cappery; tarsomeres

bronze. Hairs silver.

Shape and seulprure

Head closely punctured, median sulcus present,

muzzle-short. Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4-11 toothed,

Pronotum closely punctured, stnall basal fovea

extending anteriorly to middle as glabrous line, apical

margin projecting medially, basal margin almost

straight; laterally parallel-sided at base, angled

oatwards, rounded to widest at middle. rounded and

narrowed to apex, Scutellum seutiform, glabrous, flat.

flyrra punctate-striate, mtervals convex, wrinkled and

punctured more heavily laterally than medially;

laterally angled out (rom base, rounded at humeral

callus, concave, rounded post-medially and narrowed

to bispinose apex; bath spines minute, margin rounded

and indented between spines, apives diverging. Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segmemts glabrous, elsewhere dense, flat, feathery

hairs. S,; males truncate: temales rounded.

Size

Males 12.9 +: 0:24.x,4,3 + 0.08 jam (12), Females,

135 + 017 x 4.3 + 0.13 mm (14).

Aedeagus (Fig, | TU

Parainetes angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded apically. Penis sharp, sides acutely angled

away, Apophysis of basal piece mediurn Width, rounded

apically. Proctiger bilobed, lobes near mid-line, blunt.

apical edge straight, rounded laterally (Fig. | Tl).

Female terminalia (Fig. 1 T2)

Proctiger as in male. lobes more pronounced,

Remarks

This species can be distiaguashed from any others

in the group by the elytral markings. ft is the only

species occurring in WA which has all of the yellow

elytral spots fused to form an elongate yellow yitta on

each elytron. Some specimens have darker red

murkings on the elytra than others and these tend tr

fade to dark brown in old specimens. Six specimens

of the type series have a long, separate pre-apical

yellow mark, All specimens except those collected at

McDertnid Recks were taken on the flowers of

Chamaelaucium sp.

Ervmalogy

The specific name is derived from Gk charientas.

beautiful.

50 S. BARKER

Castiarina ferruginea sp. nov.

(FIGS 10, 1 Ql, 1 Q2, 3H)

Holorypes o, Wialki, WA, 18.ix.1957, S. Barker,

SAMA ] 21 309,

Allatype. 9, same data as holotype, SAMA If 21 310.

Paratypes: WA. 20 ov, Wialki, ix.1959, FH. Uther

Baker, WAMA; | c*, 88 km NE Wubin, 17.ix.1970, S.

Barker, SAMA, 10", Walyahoioning Rock (30° 38'S

18° 45'B), 9.41972, A. Baynes & R. Humphries.

WAMA. 3 cror 29 9, Muckinbudin, I0.%1979, R-

P. McMillan, WAMA; 29 ©, 8 km E Woolgangic,

22.x,1980, 5. Barker & PG. Kernpster, SAMA, 2c7 5,

Southern Cross, .J981, R. PB. McMillan, WAMA; 1.

Johnson Lake, 8,41, 1981, D. Knowles, MP WA; Joo.

19, Southern Cross, 8.x1983. Ro PB McMillan,

WAMA; 2cr 0", Eneabba, 15.%,1985, R. P. McMillan,

WAMA; Lor, 19, Dedari, 20.%,1986, M, Powell,

MPWA, Ler, 30 km E Lake King, I8xi,1988, M.

Powell, MPWA,; 2070", 29 9, N7T Transinitter, 32

km E Southern Cross, 71.%.1991, 'T. M.S. Hanlon,

MHSA; 200,49 9, Dedari, 21.4./991, T M.S

Hanlon, MHSA; 19, Karlgarin, Bessy Tolland,

WAMA.

Colour

Head dark coppery with blue-green rellections,

Antennae bronze, Pronotunr dark coppery with hlue-

ween reflections. Scutelluntdark purple. Elytra yellow

with dark maroon markings coalesced farming a

narrow yellow margin fram base to pre-apieal area,

tne intersticé wide fram base, two interstices wide at

humeral callus. two wide pre-medially continuously

two wide from post-nedially: row of four yellow spots

om each side, basal. round the remaining three elongate

Ventral surface coppery. Legs: femora and tibiac dark

copper, tarsi bronze. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head punctured, median sulcus present, muzzle

short. Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4-11 toothed,

Prangtum closely punctured, small basal fovex

extending anteriorly to middle as glabrous line: apical

margin projecting medially, basal margin almose

straight. laterally parallel-sided at base, angled

outwards then ratinded to widest medially, rounded and

narrowed to apex, Scutellum scutiform, clongate,

glabrous, excavate. Elytra punctate-striate, intervals

convex, puhetuced and wrinkled, more so laterally than

medially; laterally angled out fram base, rounded al

humeral callus, concave, rounded post-medially and

narrowed fo unispinose apex; blunt marginal spine,

margin indented und straight to suture, apices hardly

diverging. Ventral surface with shallaw punctures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, elsewhere with

dense, flattened, feathery hair. S,: males, truncate;

females rounded,

Size

Males, 12,3, + 0.2% 4.0 + 0.07 mm (21). Females.

13.2 + 0.22 x 4.3 4 0.09 mm (15).

Aedéagus (Fig. 1Q)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece, pre-

medially rounded then shallowly concave, rounded

apically. Penis sharp, sides obtusely angled away,

Hypophysis of basal piece broad, rounded apicilly.

Proctiger bilobed, bluntly pointed near mid-line,

laterally straight (Pig. 1 Q)).

Female terminalia (Fig. | Q2)

Proctiger bilobed, strongly pointed near (nid-line,

jaterally straight.

Remarks

The range of this species overlaps with thal of C

watulata sp, nov. which is approximately the same

colour but smaller. They can be distinguished on the

basis of the yellow elytral markings: in © ferneginea

there are four yellow spots on each elyinan and in CG

usiuiata three, as the first two ure fused forming an

elongate basal spot and the last two are separate. C.

ferruginea has a single, large marginal spine at the apex

olthe elytra and C. ustndata has (wo small spines. ‘The

sedeapi are different (Figs IQ, IV), both male and

female proctigers in both species are strongly lobed,

(hose of males are quile similarin size and shape bus

proctigers of female C ferruginea are more pointed

than in C. astalera which have black pigment spats

al the up ef each lobe; these spots are absent in the

other species (Pigs | Q2, 1 V2).

Etymelary

The specific name os derived from L ferniinens,

rust-coloured_

Castiaring ustulata sp. nov

(FIGS IV, 1 Vt. | V2, 3F)

Holatype. & , 8 km E Woolgangie, WA, 22-x. 980, S.

Barker & P G Kempster, SAMA § 21 Hi

Allotype: 9, same dala as holotype, SAMA 1 21 312,

Puratypes: WA; (ot, Dumbleyung, 5.x.1963, H, Udell,

WAMA; ic, 19. same data as holotype, SAMA;

3.9 9, Wiualki, 21.ix.1970, §. Barker, SAMA) 2c cr,

9 km SW Walyahmoning Rock, 9.x.1972, A. Baynes

& R. Humpbries, WAMA; 1a, 18.9 km WSW

Coolgardie, 18.ix.1976, R. J. Chinnock, SAMA; 19,

Dedan, 8.x.1978, T. M. 8. Hanlon, WAMA, Ic,

Muckinbudin, 10.x.1979, R. P. McMillan, WAMA;

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTTARING Sl

19, Southern Cross, x.1981, R, P. MeMillan, WAMA;

lo, Bullfinch, 2.x.1983, B. Jones, MPWA; 1c’,

Southern Cross, 8.x.1983, R, P- McMillan, WAMA;

19. 28.km NE Peak Charles, 9.x,1983, G. Browning

& G. Mutze, SAMA; Io. 1.9, 45 km SW McDermid

Rock, 24.x.1985, T. F Houston & R. W. Thorp,

WAMA; 299, Dedari, 20.x.1986, M. Powell,

MPWA: 1c’, Bindoo Hill Nature Resetve, 27 km W

Mullewa, 12.1x.1987, T, F. Houston, WAMA, 4c cr,

299. N7T Transmitter, 37 km E Yellowiline,

21.x.1991, T. M. S. Hanlon, MHSA; 20. 49 >.

Dedari 22.x 1991, T. M. S. Hanlon, MHSA; 3cr ct,

19, Karlgann, Bessy Tolland, WAMA.

Colour

Head coppery. Antennae bronze. Pronotum coppery

Scutellum blue. Elytra yellow with brown markings

with coppery reflections coalesced and forming a

yellow margin from base to pre-apical area, one

interval thick medially, two intervals thick elsewhere;

three medial yellow marks on each side with an

clongate basal mark formed from the fusion of the basal

and pre-medial marks, round post-medial mark and

elongate pre-apical mark. Ventral surface either all

coppery or with coppery sternum and coppery-brawn

abdomen with blue reflections. Legs: femora coppery ;

libiae and tarsi bronze. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, median sulcus present,

muzzle short. Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4-1L toothed.

Pronotum closely punctured, small basal fovea

extending anteriorly to middle as impressed line; apical

margin projecting medially, basal margin almost

straight; Jaterally parallel-sided at base, rounded to

widest pre-medially, rounded and narrowed to upen,

Seutellum seutiform, glabrous, excavate. Elytra

punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured and

wrinkled. more so laterally than medially; laterally

angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus,

concave, rounded poast-medially and narrowed to

bispiiose apex: sharp marginal spine, minote sutural

sping, margin rounded and indested between spines,

apices hardly diverging. Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

elsewhere dense flattened, feathery hairs. S_. inales

tnineate; females rounded,

Size

Males, 12.1 + 0.15 x 3.9 + 0.05 min (20). Females,

12.7.+ 0.19 x 4.0 + 0.07 tum (18).

Aedeagus (Fig. IV)

Purameres parallel-sided from basal piece, angled

outwards pre-medially, rounded apically, Penis sharp,

sides acutely angled away, Hypophysis of basal piece

medium width, apically rounded. Proctiger bilobed,

lobes near mid-line, blunt, apical edge straight.

laterally rounded (Fig. | V1).

Female terminalia (Fig. L ¥2)

Proctiger bilobed, lobes near mid-line, blunt, cacti

with a dark pigment spot at tip, apical edge straight,

jJaterally rounded, hairless.

Remarks.

See remarks under C. férruginea. Elyiral markings

ure the same in this species as in C. antarctica sp. noy

but they have non-overlapping ranges. The aedeagus

in C. aniurctica is shorter and broader than that in C

ustalata (Figs. 10, 1V). The proctigers of both sexes

in C. pstulata are bilobed with more highly developed

Jobes than those in C. attarctica (Figs | Ol, 1 O2,

} VI, - V2).

Erymology

The specific name is derived from L ustulares,

scorched,

Castiarina phagopus sp. nov.

(FIGS IW, | WL, 1 W2, 3B)

Holotxpe: o, 3 km E Gusnells, WA, 4.x1.1956, S,

Barker, SAMA [ 2) 313.

Allotype; 2 , Red Hill, WA, 2.ix, 1949, R. P. McMillan,

SAMA I 21 314.

Pararnpes: WA: 30° oO, 1, na data. SAMA; 20°",

Swan R., Lea, SAMA; 1 9, Bunbury. W. M. Mack,

1.3898, SAMA: 29 9, Perth, xi.1906, SAMA; 20°C".

LQ, Perth, .1913, SAMA; 40°, Perth, xi-1920, J.

W. Mellor, SAMA: 1o", 19, same data as allotype,

SAMA; |or, Mimmegarra, Dandaragan, 30.x.1955, 5.

Barker, SAMA; 20° c*, 2 km E Gosnells, 4.xi.1956.

§. Barker, SAMA; 15a", same data as holotype,

SAMA, 20°, summil Mt Cooke, 10.xi.1956, S

Barker, SAMA; Lor, 19. 70 km SE Perth on Albany

Hwy, 10.%1.3956, S. Barker, SAMA; Lo, foothills

Kelmscott, 21.«.1958, J. Baldwin, SAMA; 34c¢c,

29 9, Wilga, 26.x.1972, K. & E. Carnaby. SAMA;

2oo, Lesmurdie, 28.ix1955, 1 A. Watson, SAMA;

19, Julimar Forest, 24-x.J971, FH. Uther Baker.

SAMA: Goct, 39 9, Cataby Bk, 18«.1983, G.

Browning & G. Muize, SAMA; Lo, Gosnells,

7.x.1980, S. Barker. SAMA; 1o@, Mundaring Weir,

30.ix. 1980, T. M. S. Hanlon, MHSA;1¢, ML Dale,

29.1. 1980, T. M. S. Hanlon, MBSA,

C ‘vlour

Head brown with coppery reflections. Antennac

bronze. Pronoiunt brown with coppery reflections.

52 S. BARKER

Scutellum coppery With blue reflections. Elytra yellow

with the following markings: nartow blue basal

margin, other markings blue with coppery reflections

coalesced leaving a yellow margin frotit base to apex

from one to two intervals wide and two yellow marks

in the middle of each elytron in the form of an clongate

basal vitta tormed by the Fusion of the first three spots

and an elongate pre-apical mark. Ventral surface

coppery. Legs: femora coppery; tibiae and tarsi bronze,

Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, median sulcus present,

muzzle short. Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4-L toothed.

Pronotui clagely punctured basal fovea extending

forwards to jmddle as impressed line: apical margin

Projecting medially, basal margin almost straight;

laterally parallel-sided at base, angled outwards.

rounded medially at widest part, rounded and narrowed

to apex, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, flat, Elytra

Punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured and

wrinkled laterally, punctured and smooth medially:

laterally angled out. from base, rounded at humeral

callus, concave, rounded post-medially, uarrowed to

bispinose apex; very stnall sharp spines, margin

rounded and indented between spines, apives hardly

diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, elsewhere

dense flattened, feathery hairs. S,: males truncate;

females rounded.

Size

Males, Wt + O11 3.7 + 0.05 mm (Sl), Females,

ILS + O35 x38 + 012 pam (12).

Aedeagws (Fig. WW)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

apically rounded. Penis sharp, sides achtely angled

away. Hypophysis of basal piece medium width,

apicully rounded Progtiger with small medial notch

in apical edge, laterally rounded (Fig. | WI).

Female terminalia (Fig, 1 W2)

Proctizger bilobed, apical edge straight, laterally

rounded.

Remarks

C phaeopus sp. Qov, cat be distinguished franz all

others in this complex By being the only species which

hag the fest three elytral yellow spots fused to form

an elongate basal mark with the fourth au clangate pre-

apical yellow mark

Etymalagy:

The speeitic name ws derived from Gk pbaes,

brown

Castiarina antarctica sp. nov.

(FIGS 10, 1 GI, 1 02, 3D)

Halorype: & , 64 km NE Esperance, WA, 18.x.1982,

5. Barker, P. G. Kempster & H. Vanderwoude, SAMA

12) 315,

Allotype! Q , same data as holotype, SAMA 1 21 316.

Paratypes: WA: Lo, Mt Ragged, 24.x, 1980, S. Barker

& PG. Kempster, SAMA; Lot, 13 km N Israelite Bay,

24.x%.|980, S, Barker & P. G. Kempster. SAMA. | or.

29 9, 24 km N Israelite Bay, 24.x, 1980, S. Barker

& PG. Kempster, SAMA; 1c, same data as holotype,

SAMA; Soa, 7 km N Dempster Rd Scadden Rd

crossing, Esperance district, 18.x.1982, S, Barker. P

G, Kempster & H. Vanderwoude, SAMA: 20° cr,

29 2. Parmangoes Rd 2 km NE Clyde Hill TO,

Esperance district, 8. Barker, PG. Kempster & H-

Vanderwoude, SAMA; | @, Israclite Bay, 21.x.1982,

§. Barker, PG Kempster & A. Vanderwoude, SAMA-

270, 19, 17 km NW Israelite Bay. 21.56.1982. S.

Barker, PG, Kempster & H. Vanderwoude, SAMA

Colaur

Head coppery. Antennae bronze, Pronotum dark

bronze medially, with coppery reflections laterally:

Scutellum coppery-purple. Elytra yellow with the

following dark brown markings with coppery

reflections coalesced leaving yellow margin, twe

intervals wide at apex and at humeral callus, one

interval wide medially; a row of yellow spats medially

on each elytron. basal and pre-medial cowesced

forming an elongate mark, post-medial more or less

reund, apical smaller and elongate. Ventral surtace

coppery. Legs: femora dull purple with coppery

reflections; tibiae and tarsi bronze. Hailes silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, median sulcus nurrow,

muzzle short. Antenndmeres 1-3 obconie, 4-1 toothed,

Pronotum closely punctured, ‘small basal fovea

extending forward to middle as glabrous line; apical

Inarein projecting medivlly, basal margin almost

Straight; faterally parallel-sided at base, rounded to

widest pre-medially, narrowed to apex. Seutellum

sculiform, tlat, glabrous. Elytra punetate-striate,

intervals convex, punctured and wrinkled laterally and

upically, smooth medially: laterally soyled out from

base. rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

postanedially and narrowed to bispingse apex, very

small marginal spine, minate medial spine. roargin

rounded and thdented between spines. apioes divergent

Ventral sutlace with slullow punciures, edges of

abdominal segments glabrous. elsewhere densely huiry,

hairs flat and feathery. S- males troneste: femules

rounded -

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA 53

a ize

Males, 12.0 + 0.19 x 3.9 + 0.06 mm (14). Females,

12.0 + 0.22 5 4.0 + 0.09 mm (7),

Aedeauus (Fig. 10)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded pre-medially, parallel-sided post-medially,

rounded at apex. Penis sharp, sides acutely angled

away. Hypophysis of basal piece medium width.

apically rounded. Proctiger bilobed, lobes bluntly

pointed near miid-line. laterally straight (Fig. 1 Ol).

Female terminalia (Fig. | 02)

Proctiger bilobed, lobes blunt near mid-line, laterally

straight.

Remarks

The remarks. made under those tor C. ustulare sp.

noy. apply equally ty this species as these are the only

two species in this complex which have this elytral

pattern. They can be easily distinguished by differences

ih aedeagi (Figs 10, 1V) and in male and female

proctigers (Figs | Ol, 1 02, 1 VI, 1 V2). Alsa they

are allopatne,

Etymalogy

The name is derived from Gk anturktikos, southern

Castiarina nonyma sp. nov.

(FIGS IX, | Xi, 1 X2, 3A)

Holarype: o . Summit Mt Cooke, WA, 10,x(.1956, 5

Barker, SAMA. I 21 Al7.

Allolype> 9, Julimar Forest, WA, 24.%.1971, fH.

Uther Baker, SAMA I 21 Sib.

Pararypes’ WA: Jorg, 29 9, Beverley, E. F du

Boulay, SAMA) 2c o, Perth, SAMA: Ic’, Swan R..

SAMA, | @, xii.1913, SAMA; Zo" cr, same data as

holotype, SAMA; Lor, Mi Walker (32°05S' § 18°45"

fe) 16-x.1979, R, PR McMillan, WAMA, 1, Gosnells,

7.x 1980. S. Barker, SAMA, 19. Forresifield,

271.1978, T M.S. Hanlon, WAMA: 1, Eneabba,

17.*.1985, Ro P McMillan, WAMA,

Colour

Head and anlennae dark maroon, Pronotum dark

maroon with blue reflections medially, Scutetlum dark

maroon. Elytra yellow with maroon markings

coalesced to form yellow margins. wo intervals wide

al humeral callus and apically, one interval wide

medially; a medial row of four yellow spots on cach

elytron, basal and post-medial more or less round, pre-

inedial and pre-apical elongate, m about a quarter of the

specimens examined the first two coalesced forming

an elongate basal yellow mark. Ventral surface maroon.

Legs: femora maroon; tihiae maroon proximally,

bronze medially; tarsi bronze. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpiure

Head closely punctured, median sulcus shallow,

muzzle short. Antennomieres 1-3 obconic, 41) toothed.

Pronotum closely punctured, small basal fovea

extending forwards to middle as impressed line; apical

margin projecting medially, basal margin almost

straight; laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded to

widest medially, rounded and narrowed to apex.

Seutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate. Elytri

punctate-striate, intervals convex punctured and

wrinkled laterally and apically, smooth medially,

laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral

callus, concayeé, rounded post-medially and narrowed

to unispinose apex; small, blunt marginal spine, margin

straight and indented ta suture, apices diverging.

Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of

abdominal segments glabrous, elsewhere with dense

flat. feathery hair. S,: males. truncate; femiules

rounded.

Size

Males, 1.0 4 0.28 x 3.5 + 0.09 min (10). Females,

Ut + 0.24 x 3.7 + 0.07 mm (4),

Aedeagus (Fig, UX)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece, slightly

rounded post-medially then angled outwards, apically

rounded. Penis sharp, sides uculely angled away.

Hypophysis of basal piece medium width. apically

rounded. Proctiger with medial apical edge straight.

then angled forming (wo small broadly pointed lobes,

laterally rounded (Fig. | X41),

Female terminalia (Fig, 1 X2)

Proctiger bilobed, medial apical margin faintly

concave, lobes small and broadly pointed, laterally

rounded.

Remarks

No female speciniens associated with males at the

same collection locality were available This and the

following species © enigma sp. nov, have elytni

predominently eight spotted, althougt.a small number

of’ each has the first two spots coalesced, The two

species can be distinguished by differences in aedeays

which are short and broad 1 C. enigma and elungale

in & nertynid (Figs 1X, 1V) and in male and female

procigers. which are virtually unsculptured in C.

cnigma and bilobed with pointed |ohes in C. nomynue

(Fips | XU, 1X2, 1 YL, 1 ¥2), The distribution af

nunynid appears to be mainty to lhe east of the Darling

Searp fault line, while that of © enigma is to the west

of the Darling Scarp on the coastal Plain,

54 5. BARKER

Erymolozy

The name is derived from Gk anenymes, unknown

Castiarina enigma sp. nov.

(FIGS 1Y, 1 YL, 1 ¥2, 3C)

Holotype: o& , Regans Ford, WA, 9.x.1970, K. & E,

Carnaby, SAMA | 2) 319.

Allorype: 9. 6 knit S Gin Gin, WA, 30.ix.1956, 8.

Barker, SAMA J 21 320.

Paratypes: WA: lo, 19, no data, SAMA; 10, E

Ashby, SAMA; | 2, Perth, SAMA; 19, Perth s7.1905,

SAMA; 2a o, Perth, x.1913, SAMA: 20°, 19,

same dala as allatype, SAMA, 80° or, 1.9, same data

us holotype. SAMA.

Colour

Head and antennae dark maroon with blue

reflections. Pronotum dark maroon, with blue

reflections medially. Scutellum dark maroon with blac

reflections. Elytra yellow with brown markings with

coppery reflections coalesced leaving a yellow margin

two intervals Wide at humeral callus and apically, one

interval wide medially; row of four medial yellow spots

on each elytron, basal and post-medial more or less

round, pre-medial and pre-apical elongate. Ventral

surface and legs coppery. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, median sulcus shallow,

muzzle short, Antennomeres J-3 obconic, 4-11 toothed

Pronotum closely punctured, narrow basal fovea

extending forwards to middle as glabrous line: apici!

margin projecting medially, basal margin rounded from

base to widest medially, rounded and narrowed to apex.

Seutellum scutiform, glabrous, lat, Elytra punctate-

striate, intervals convex, punctured and wrnkled

laterally smooth medially; laterally angled ouc from

base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

post- medially and narrowed to bispinose apex; small,

blunt marginal spine, minute sutural spine. margin

rounded and indented between spines, apives diverging.

Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges ol

abdominal segments glabrous, clsewhere densely hairy,

hairs flat and feathery. 8,: males truncate; females

rounded,

Size

Males, 10.7 + 0.17 x 3.4 + 0.06 mm (15), Females.

8 +4 0.37 x 4.0 + 0.13 mm (6)

Aedeavus (Fig. 1V)

Broad. Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded apically, Penis sharp, sides obtusely angled

away. Apophysis of basal piece medium width, apically

rounded. Proctiger broadly rounded at apex. sides

rounded (Fig. 1 YI),

female terminalia (Fig. | ¥2)

Proctiger rounded.

Remarks

The remarks under C. nonyma apply equally to this

species.

Etymology

The name is derived from L. aenigma, mystery.

Castiarina aura sp. nov,

(FIGS IS. 1 S1, | $2. 31)

Holotype: Oo, 131 kn S Exmouth, WA, 12.1x,1984, M,

Powell, WAMA.

Allatype: 9 , same data as holotype. WAMA.

Paratypes: WA. 12, 50 km N Kalbarri ‘T.0.,

20.viii.1978, T. M.S. Hanlon, WAMA; 10", Yardie Ck,

I8.vili. 1983, M, Powell. MPWA: |ar_ Coral Bay,

10,1x.]984, M. Powell, MPWA; Lor, 1°, Carnarvon,

28viii, 1987, A. Hay, SAMA; 1 2, 94 km S Learmonth,

2.1x.1995, Powell & Kershaw, MPWA: 19, 62 km S

Learmonth, 4.ix,1995, MPWA; Io’, 19, 26 km §

Learmonth, 3.ix.1995, Powell & Kershaw, MPWA,

Cnlour

Head coppery: Antennae bronze with coppery

reflections. Pronotum coppery, with medial blue-green

reflections. Scutellum blue-green. Elytra yellow with

the following elytral markings: markings coalesced.

coppery apically, with blue-green reflections along the

suture and over the humeral callus forming a yellow

margin two intervals wide, medial row of four yellow

spots on each elyiron, basal and post-medial more or

less round, pre-medial and pre-apiea! elongate. Ventral

surface and legs coppery: Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, median sulcus shallow,

muzzle short, Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4-1] toothed.

Pronotum closely punctured. basal fovea extending

forwards to middle as glabrous line; apical margin

projecting medially, basal margin almost straight:

laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded to widest before

middle, rounded and narrowed to apex. Seuteilum

sculilorm, wrinkled, excavate. Elytra puncutte- striate,

intervals convex, punctured and wrinkled laterally,

smooth medially; laterally angled outwards from base

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA

rounded at humeral callus, concaye, rounded after

middle, tapered to unispinose apex; marginal spine

rounded, margin rounded and indented to suture, apices

diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, elsewhere

dense, flat, feathery hairs, S,: males truncate; females

rounded.

Size

Male, 1.9 + 0.42 x 4.0 + 0,15 mm (5). Females,

12.9 + 044 44.3 4 0.18 mnm (6).

dcdeagus (Fiz. 1S)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded post-medially, parallel-sided, rounded at

apices. Penis sharp, sides acutely angled away.

Apophysis of basal piece wide, apically rounded.

Proctiger bilobed, lobes blunt (Fig. | Sl),

Female terminalia (Fig. 1 $2)

Proctiger bilobed,

mid-line.

lobes strongly pointed near

Remarks

C. aura sp. nov, and C. ferruginea sp. noy. arc

similar in that both have four separate yellow spots on

each elytron and a large single marginal spine on the

apices of the elytra although the elytral colour is

different, C, aura being red with green reflections

while C. ferruginea is brownish. Aedeagi differ as they

are shorter and narrower in C. aura than they are in

C. ferruginea (Figs 1Q, 1S). The proctigers of C

Jerruginea males are strongly bilobed while those of

C. aura are faintly bilobed (Figs | QI, | SI). The

proctigers of females of both species are bilobed and

pointed but the lobes are further apart in C. aura than

they are in C. ferruginea (Figs 1 Q2, 1 S82).

Etymology

The name is derived from L aura, glow.

Key to WA species of C. parallela complex

|, Elytra background colour dark blue 2

Ulytea background colour brown,

red or green 3

2, Elytra with 8 round, yelluw marks oelopunctala

Barker

Elytra with 2

yellow marks

3. Bilytra bright red or partially

or wholly brassy green 4

Elytra brown ar red-brown 6

4. Elyta bright red, elytral apices: witty (wo

amall spines, elyinal spots coalesced into

single elongate yellow mark

on each side

Elytra bright ced or partially or wholly

brassy green, elyira with 4 yellow spots 4

found. 6 elongate

azure SP. NOY.

chariemessa Sp. Noy

5. Elytral apices with | large spine aura sp, n0v.

Elytral apices with 2 small,

blunt spines cracivalar (L & G)

6, Some elytral marks coalesced forming

6 or fewer yellow marks 7

Elytra with 8 yellow marks 10

7. First 3 yellow marks on each elytron

coulesced, forming | elongate anterior

mark and } small elongale mark

posteriorly on each side

First 2 yellow marks on cach elytron

coalesced, forming | clongate anterior

mark and 2 small elongate marks

posteriorly on each side by

4. Pronotum bronze, elytra dull brown,

male procliger slightly sculptured,

female proctiger unsculptured, Largest

member of group.

Pronotum,, elytra with coppery reflections

9. Proctiger bilobed, lobes pointed, in

females With pigment spot al up

Procliger medially notched, lobes blunt

without pigment in females

Elyiral apices with single large spine

Elytral apices bispinose

Il, Aedeagus broad, proctiger unsculptured

in both sexes

Aedeagus narrow, proctiger sculptured

in both sexes

phacopus sp, nov.

adusia sp. nov.

ustulaia sp, nav,

antarvticd sp, NOV,

10, Jerruginea sp. nov.

eHigM Sp. NOY,

nonyma 8p. nov.

Castiarina nullarborica sp. nov.

(FIGS U, 4D)

Holotype: o, 5 km E Eucla, WA, 28.x,1989, K. L.

Walker, NMVA.-

Allotype: 2, Nullarbor Plain, SA, SAMA J 2i 321,

—s5 TA B =

fe y ’ 4 . f) *

! ' rit \ e if

= 4 ; —

qh ha)

: th f Jem pe \

Fig. 4. Habitus illustrations of the following Castiarina

species. A, Castiarina Jackhasenpusch sp. nov, holotype.

B.C hemizostera sp. nov. holotype. C. C. paulhasenpuscht

sp.nov. holotype. D. CG aullarbarica sp. nov. holotype.

B.C. demtarci sp. nov. allotype.

56 5. BARKER

Pararypes: SA: (o>, 32 km E Eucla, 1).xii.1984, M.

Powell, MPWA. WA; Ic, same data as holotype,

SAMA.

Colour

Head dark blue. Antennae blue-green. Pranotum

hronze medially, dark blue laterally. Seutellum dark

blue Elytra yellow with red margin and the following

black markings. with blue reflections: narrow basal

margin: broad pre-medial fascia not reaching margin,

distally angled anteriorly: broad post-medial fascia

reaching margin, spade-shaped apical mark coverins

apex and spines, last Iwo marks connected broadly

along suture, Ventral surface bronze. Legs dark bluc-

Hairs silver,

Shape and sculpiuré

Head closely punctured, median sulcus broad,

muzzle short. Amennomeres 1-4 obconic, 5-11 toothed

Pranotont closely punctured, ginal! basal fovea; apical

mately straight, basal margin histuare, laterally

parallel-sided al base, rounded to widest pre-medially,

counded and narrowed to apex, Scutellum scutiform,

glabrous, flat. Elytra punctate-stnate. intervals convex,

punctured; laterally angled out from base, rounded al

humeral callus, concave, rounded. post-medially and

narrowed (0 bispinose apex. sharp marginal spine,

small, sharp sutural spine, margin rounded and deeply

indented between spines, apical margin subsernite,

Ventral surface with shallow punctures. edges of

abdominal segments glabrous, elsewhere moderately

hairy, hairs medium length. S,: truncate in both sexes,

Male legs 2-3; pulvilli absent on tarsomeres 1-3

replaced with a small double, median spine,

Size

Males, 9.2 x.3.5 mm (3), Female, 10.6 x 4.5 mm (1).

Aedeagus (Fiz WU)

Wedge-shaped.

Remarks

This species is closest to the morph of © placida

(Thomson) which has a red margin and occurs on (he

west cous of WA and on Rottnest Is.. WA. C.

nullarborica is a smaller species than ©. placida and

the male genitalia differ in size and shape (Figs IL, LI)

Etymology

The name is derived from Nullarbor Plain, the area

where this species occurs.

Castiarina demarzi sp. nv.

(FIGS 1H, 46)

Holorype;> o , Burardy HS (27°34'S, 4°40'E) WA.

19.vii.1980, C. A. Howard & T. F. Houston. WAMA.

Allorvype. 9, 36 km NE Tamala Station, Shark Bay,

WA, 28.1x.1988, D. Knowles, WAMA.

Paratypes; WA, 19, same data as allotype, MPWA,

19, 26 km NE Tamala Station, 6.x.1988, D. Knowles,

SAMA: 19, found in seed collection fram NW coast.

29.vili, 1986, H. Demarz, HDWA.

Colour

Head, untennae and pronotum bronze with or

without coppery reflections. Scutellum blue or bronze

Elytra yellow with the following black markings with

blue reflections: narrow basal iuargin; pre-med

fascia not reaching margin, distally angled anteriorly,

post-medial fascia reaching margin, projecting

anteriorly in middle of cach elytron, mark covering

whole apex, marks connected along suture in holotype

but not allotype. Ventral surface and legs eoppery-

Hairs silver.

Shape und sculpture

Head closely punetured, median sulcus broad,

muzzle very short. Antennomeres compressed, 13

obeonic, 4-11 toothed, Pronotum closely punctured,

basal fovea extending anterlorly to middle as glabrous

line, basal notches represented by glabrous area on eayh

side closer to margin than middle: apical margin

projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuale;

laterally angled outwards from base, rounded to widest

after pmddle, rounded and narrowed to apex. Scutellum

scutiform, glabrous, flat. Elytra punetate-striate,

intervals convex, punctured: laterally angled out from

base, roanded at humeral callus, coneaye. rounded

post-mediully and narrowed to bispinose apex; sharp

marginal spine, small, sharp sutural spine, apices

diverging, apical margin sabserrate. Ventral surface

with shallow punctures, edges af abdominal segments

glabrous, clsewhere short sparse hair $,: male

truncate, females rounded.

Size

Male. 10.0 % 3.7 mm (1). Females, 1L7 + 0.22 x 4.6

+ ON mm 14).

Aedeagus (Pig. 1H)

Parameres parallel-sided from basal piece, roundes

pre-nedially then narrowed to apex. Penis blunt, sides

acutely angled away. Hypophysis of basal piece

medium width, apically rounded.

Remarks

The Structure and. elytral markings of this species

resemble C. buecolica (Kerremans).. However C.

bucelica has head, pronotum. and ventral surface green

and there are size differences between aedeagi, that

ot C, demurzi being smaller than that of C buedlica

(Figs IG, 1H)

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CAST/ARINA 7

Erymoloey

The name honours Mr Herbert Demarz, Guilderton.

who has generously assisted my research by loaning

specimens for many years.

Castiarina jackhasenpuschi sp. wv.

(PIGS IL, 4A)

Holotype: ot, Cardwell Ra., Qld. 22.x01995) J.

Hasenpuseh, SAMA L 21 322.

Allowpe: , Cardwell Ra,, Qld, 22.x17.1995, P.

Hasenpusch, SAMA T 21 323,

Colour

Head reddish-hronze, muzzle green-bronze,

Antennae green. Pronotum reddish-bronze with a

curved blue bar. concave inwards, on each side of the

mid-line fron base to apex, Seutellum green wath

yellow reflections. Blytra yellow with the following

black markings: broad basal margin; broad pre-medial

fascia with ends expanded anteriorly reaching basal

nlargin and posteriorly reaching margin enclosing a

yellow basal spot and a yellow spot on margin at

humeral callus; broad post-medial fascia reaching

Margit and mark covering whole apex: yellow medial

fascit not reaching margin: yellow post-medial fascia

Hol reaching suture or margin; ventral surface green

with yellow reflections, legs blue-green. Hairs silver,

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, median sulcus present,

murzle short, Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4 half-

toothed, 5-11 toothed, Pronotum closely punctured,

small basal fovea; apical margin straight, basal margin

hisinuate: laterally angled inwards from base. rounded,

widest before middle, rounded and narrowed to apex,

Scutellum scutiform, punctured, flat, Elytra punciate-

striate, intervals convex, punctured; laterally anvled

out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded post-medially, narrowed to bispinose apex;

large sharp marginal spine, minute sutural spine,

thargin indented and straight between spines. apices

hardly diverging. Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdorainal segments glabrous,

elsewhere sparse very short hairs. §,: male rounded:

female slightly rounded and turned under.

Size

Male, 6.4 x 2.5 mm (1). Female, 69 x 2.6 mm fl).

Aedeagus (Fig. 1L)

Narrow and elongate. Parameres angled inwards

from basal piece, parallel-sided, rounded at apex. Penis

sharp. sides acutely angled away. Apophysis of basal

piece wide, apically rounded.

Remarks

This species superficially resembles C. cvdista

(Rainbow). [t js however, smaller, the structure of the

aniennomeres differs as the 41h antennomere of C.

ceydista is fully toothed and male genitalia are dissimilar

(Figs (kK, IL).

Etymology

This species is named to honour Mr J, Hasenpusch,

Innisfail, who has generously supported my research

by loguning specimens and providing information.

Castiarina paulhasenpuschi sp. nov.

(FIGS IF, 4C)

Holotype; &, Marsupial Ck vear Croydon. Qld,

241.1995. P. Hasenpusch, SAMA [ 21 324.

Allotype: ©, sate data as holotype, SAMA 1 21 325,

Faratypes: QW: 19, same data as holotype JAQA,

20°70, Marsupial Ck, 1-15 iv.1995, PB Hasenpuseh,

JHQA,; Io, 19, Marsupial Ck, 2.yi.1995, J,

Hasenpusch, JHQA,

Colour

Head, bronze, Antennae bronze with green

reflections. Pronoiuin bronze. laterally with green

reflections. Scutellam. green. Elytra yellow with the

following black markings with blue reflections: narrow

basal margin, in the holotype a mark covering most

of apical half in torm of a post-medial fascia connected

to the apical mark leaving a pre-apical yellow spot on

each margin; in one specimen the fuscia is reduced

to two small black spots on the margin. Ventral surface

and legs green. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, glabrous, median sulcus

present, muzzle yery short. Antennomeres

compressed. 1-3 obconic, 4-IL toothed. Pronotum

closely punctured, glabrous, basal fovea extending

forwards but not reaching middle, basal notches on

each side closer to margin than middle; apical margin

projecting medially, basal margin bisinuate; laterally

parallel-sided at base, rounded to widest at middle,

rounded to apex. Sculellum scutiform, glabrous,

excavate. Elytra punctate-stnate, intervals conyex, more

so apically; laterally angled out from base, rounded

alt humeral callus, concave, rounded post-mediually,

narrowed to bispinose apex; sharp marginal spine,

small sharp sutural spine, margin indented and rounded

between spines, apices diverging, apical margin

strongly sub-serrate. Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

58 5. BARKER

elsewhere moderately hairy, hairs medium length. 3:

males truncate; females bilohed, each lobe with four

claws.

Size

Males, 13.2 + 0.16x 4.5 + 0.07 mm (4). Females,

13.5 4 0.45 x 4,7 + 0.18 mm (3).

Aedeagus (Fig. LF)

Parameres parallel-sided from basal piece, rounded

medially, parallel-sided, rounded to apex Penis sharp,

sides. obtusely angled away. Apophysis of basal piece

medium width, apically rounded.

Remarks

The distinct colour and pattern of this species

distinguish it from all other species, as does the

structure of the last visible abdominal segment in

females, in which the claws are unique. The specimens

examined were all caught by use of a colour lure in

an area. where no plants were flowering.

Erymology

The species name honours Master Paul Hasenpusch

its discoverer.

Castiarina hemizostera sp. nov.

(FIGS IN, 4B)

Holotype: of, Cardwell Ra., Qld, 22-xi.1995, J.

Hasenpusch, SAMA 1 2! 326.

Allorype: 9, Cardwell Ra., Qld,

Hasenpusch, SAMA T 21 327.

Paratypes: Qld: 1o, Cardwell Ra., 19.x1i,J995, 1.

Hasenpusch, JHQA; 20°C", same data av holotype.

JHQA: lor, 9. 22.xi1.1995, P. Hasenpuseh, FHOA;

3a oO, 30,xij, 1995, J. Hasenpusch, JHQA.

Colour

Head black with blue-green reflections, muzzle blue-

Aniemnae green. Pronotum with purple-green

reflections medially, blue-green laterally. Scutellum

preen. Elytra yellow: with black markings with bluc-

green and/or purple reflections coalesced leaving the

following yellow marks; pre-medial yellow fascia

reaching margin but not sutare, broad pre-apical yellow

fascia reaching. margin but nat suture. Ventral surface

black with bronze reflections. Legs blue. Hairs silver.

24. xi1.1993, J.

Shape and sculpture

Head closely punctured, median suleus broad.

muzzle short, Antennomeres 1-3 obconic, 4-11 toothed.

Pronotum heavily punctured, basal fovea extending

forwards to apical margin as impressed line: apical

margin straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally

parallel-sided at base, rounded to widest pre-medially,

rounded and narrowed to apex, Scuieslum scutiform,

punctured, flat. Elytra punctate-stnate, intervals

convex, heavily punetured: laterally angled out from

base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

post-medially and narrowed to bispinose apex, sharp

marginal spine, minute sutural spine. margin rounded

and indented between spines, apices diverging Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

seginents glabrous, elsewhere moderately hairy, hairs

short, S,: males truncate; females rounded.

Size

Males, 70 + 0.2 x 2.5 + 0.09 mm (8). Females.

7.9 x 3,0 mm (2).

Aedeagus (Fig.. IN)

Parameres angled outwards from basal piece,

rounded and widened post-medially, rounded at apex

Penis sharp, sides acutely angled away. Apophysis of

basal piece wide, apically rounded.

Remarks

This species is allied to C.. bella (Saunders) and 1s

closest to C. aglaia (Barker). However, the post-medial

fascia in C. avlaia is red and the male genitalia differ,

(Figs IM, IN)

Etymalogy

The name is derived from Gk hemisys, hall, Gk

zoster, bell.

Acknowledgments

I am endebted to the following for assistance: Dr

T. FE. Houston, WAMA; Dr K. Walker, NMYVA, Mr

T. Weir, ANIC; Dr E, G, Matthews, SAMA, Mr D

J. Williams, Mr P. G. Kempster and Ms H

Vanderwoude, Department of Zoology, University of

Adelaide. Iam endebted to the following collectors tur

the loan and gift of specimens: Dr. F H- Uther Baker,

Cottesloe; Mr H. Demarz, Guilderton; Mr T. M. &.

Hanlon, Hunters Hill; MrJ. Hasenpuseh, Innisfail: Mr

R. P. McMillan, Kallaroo; Mr M Powell, Melville,

Mr S Watkins, Caparra.

References

Amneyy, R, Hy Jp, SAMUELSON OG. A. & Nisiwipa, G. M

(1993) "The Insect and Spider collections af the world”

2nd ed (Sandhill) Crane Press, Gainsville),

Banker, 8, (1Y87) Eighteen new species of Siipmodera

(Castiarina) (Coleuptera: Buprestidae), Trans, R. Sec, ¥

Aust. TE, 133-146,

(1993) Seventeen new species of Australian

Buprestidae (Insceta; Coleoptera) and a host plant ov

Castiarina uplani (Barker). [hid. (V7, (i-26.

SEVENTEEN NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA 59

____ (1995) Eight new species of Australian Buprestidae

(Insecta: Coleoptera). Ibid. 119, 149-156.

BLACKBURN, T. (1890) Further notes on Australian

Coleoptera, with descriptions of new genera and species,

Ibid. 13, 121-160

Devaquet, C. M. (1956) Notes on Australian Buprestidae,

with descriptions of three new species and two subspecies

of the genus Stigmodera, Subgenus Castiarina. Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. 81, 153-156.

Genin, J. J. B. (1855) Coléoptéres nouveaux ou peu Connus

Decade 1. Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Metz. 7, 53-65.

KERREMANS, C. (1890) Espéces inédites du genre Stigmodera

Eschscholtz. Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1890, 40-49.

Laporte, F. L. & Gory, H. (1838) “Histoire naturelle et

iconographie des inséctes coléoptéres, publiée par

monographies séparées.” Vol 2 Suite aux Buprestidae (P.

Dumenil, Paris).

SAUNDERS, E. (1868) A revision of the Australian Buprestidae

described by the Rev. F. W. Hope. Trans. Roy. entomol.

Soc. Lond. 6, 1-67.

Wart, J. C. (1979) Abbreviations for entomological

collections. N.Z. Zool. 6, 519-520.

A NEW GENUS AND THREE NEW SPECIES OF

CECIDOMYIIDAE

(DIPTERA) FROM OLEARIA SPP. (ASTERACEAE)

IN AUSTRALIA

By PETER KOLESIK*

Summary

Kolesik, P. (1996) A new genus and three new species of Cecidomyiidae (Diptera)

from Olearia spp. (Asteraceae) in Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(2), 61-67, 31

May, 1996.

A new gall midge genus, Trigonomyia, and three new species, T. ananas from Olearia

ramulosa (Labill.) Benth., T. cristata and T. tulipa both from O. axillaris (DC.) F.

Muell. Ex Benth., are described. Detailed descriptions of the adults, larvae, pupae and

galls are given. The species are distinguished from each other by both their

morphology and the appearance of their galls. The new genus is diagnosed and placed

in the tribe Oligotrophini within the supertribe Lasiopteridi of the subfamily

Cecidomylinae.

Key Words: Cecidomyiidae, Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov., Trigonomyia cristata sp.

nov., Trigonomyia tulipa sp. nov., Olearia ramulosa, Olearia axillaris, South

Australia.

Transactions of the Reval Society uf S, Aust, (1996), 120(2), 6167.

A NEW GENUS AND THREE NEW SPECIES OF CECIDOMYTIDAE (DIPTERA} FROM

OLEARIA SPP. (ASTERACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA

by PETER KOLESIK*

Summary

Kotesix, P. (1996) A new genus and three new species of Cecidomyiidae (Diptera) from (learid spp, (Asteraceae)

in Australia, Trany. R. Sec. 8. Aust. 120(2), 61-67, 31 May, 1996

A new gall midge genus, Trigonomyia, and three new species, 7. ananas trom Olearia ranudosa (Labill.) Benth..

T evistata and T. sulipa both from O. axillaris (DC.) F, Muell, ex Benth,, are described. Detailed descriptions

of the adults, larvae, pupae apd gal!s are given, The species are distinguished from cach other by both their

morphology and the appearance of their yalls. The new genus is diagnosed and placed in the tribe Oligotrophini

within the supertribe Lasiapteridi of the subfamily Cecidomyiinar.

Key Worps; Cecidomyiidae, Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov, Trigonomyia eristate sp, nav., Trigoremiyia tulipa

sp. nov., Qlearia ramulosa, Olearia axillaris, South Australia.

Introduction

Three new pall midge species are described here that

were found galling flowers of two species of ihe daisy-

bush, Olearia Moench (Asteraceae). Trigonemyia

anantas sp. nov. was found in Black Hill Conservation

Park, near Adelaide, infesting the twiggy daisy-hush,

Q. ramulosa (Labill.) Benth. Trigenori\ia cristara sp-

nov, and 7 fulipa sp. nov. were discovered at

Beachport, in the Lower South-East of South Australia,

both attacking the coastal daisy-bush, OQ: axilariy

(D.C.) FR Muell, ex Benth,

Olearia includes some 75 species in Australia and

25 in New Zealand and New Guinea (Cooke 1986).

Olearia ramulasa is an aromatic shrub, about 1,5

metres high, much-branched, witha woody stem anil

numerous, small, yellaw-white flawers which occurs

throughout Australia in mallee, woodland and coastal

scrub (Cooke 1986). It is common in Black Hill

Conservation Park where it often forms dense localised

populations on poor stony soils. Clearia axillaris is

a 2-3 metres high shrub, morphologically distinguished

from ©. ramulosa by larger leaves and minute ligules.

Olearia axillaris forms a dense scrub on coastal sand

dunes of moderate and temperate Australia (Cooke

1986) and is a dominant plant along the Beachport sea

shore.

A new genus is proposed for the three new gall

midye species. [t is placed in the subfamily Cecido-

myiinae and supertribe Lasiopteridi. It ts compared

to Rhopalomyia of the tribe Oligotrophini from which it

* Department ef Borticulure, Viticulture and Oenology

University of Adelaide PMB | Glen Oxmond 8. Aust. 5064,

is morphologically. distinguished by the male genitalia

and the larval neck segment. The three new species

differ from each other in morphology of the male

ponostyli, the ovipositors, the pupal prothoracie

spiracles, and the galls.

Material and Methods

Three distinct kinds of flower galls were sampled.

One was collected trom Q rarmu/osa in Black Hill

Conservation Park near Adelaide (17,ix.1994) and twu

from O. axillaris on coastal sand dunes at Beachport

(6,x.1994) The two types of galls collected. from 0.

axillaris were kept in separate bags and all galls were

processed in two ways according to the method

previously described (Kolesik 1995). Microscope

mounts of the type specimens were prepared by

maceration in 20% KOH, followed by processing

through distilled water, 70% and 99% ethanol, xylene

and were mounted jn Canada balsam for examination

by phase-contrast and bright-field microscopy. Larvae,

pupae and pupal skins were mounted dorso-ventrally,

Adults were dissected into four (females) or five

(males) pieces and their particular parts mounted

separately: wing, head frontally, thorax Jaterally, female

abdomen dorso-ventrally or laterally and male genitalia

and abdomen dorso-ventrally. Measurements were

made with an eyepiece graticule. Drawings were done

with the aid of a camera lucida. The type series ane

other materials retained in 70% ethanal are deposited

in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide [SAM], the

Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra

[ANIC] and the United States National Museum,

Washington DC [USNM]. Adult terminology follows

usage in Gagné (1981). Both larval and pupal

ierminglogy follows Gagné (1994),

ot P. KOLESIK

Gers Tngenemypia sen. mire,

Type species: Thigarremvnivia arnanar

Adults

Wings with Ry joining Caf wing apex, Re uhseng.

Ri joining C near wing mid-length, Ma absem, Cu

forked, Maxillary palpus with 3 segments, palpiger

well developed, Eye facets rounded, eye bridge 2-4

facets medially, Antenna with variable number of

flageiomeres, usually 16-18, first and second only

Weakly separated. Flagellomeres cylindrical with neck

longer in malethan in female, with long and stout setae

ay up ty three whorls; cirournfilar koaps short, forming

sparse network, similar in both sexes. Empodia longer

than claws, pulvilli stout, about half claw length. Claws

simple, broadly curved. Abdomen: lengite U sclerotized

in both sexes, with posterror setal row only, tergites

T- VIL in male and If - Vita female sclerotized,

with single posterior setal row inierrupted mesally, pair

of sparse setal fields laterally and one seta in both

anterior corners, female tergite VIL] not sclerotized,

with triangular field of scattered setae at posterior end;

stermtes IL - YIN in male and I - VIF in female

sclerotized, witl) dense, uninterrupied posterior band

of Selue, scattered setae anteriorly and isolated paw of

setae Of posterior end. Male genitalia: gonocoxites

cylindrical, unlobed, setose and setulose; gonastylis

situated caudally on gonocoxite, cylindrical, shehtly

tupenmng towards apex, with short apical tooth

comprising one elaw and several firm bristles, setose,

setulose throughout; cerci bilobed, with several stout

sclae on each lobe, setulose; hypoproct bilobed, with

one long sets on each lobe, setulose, parameres drveded

into LWe parts, basal lobe simple, asetose. setulose,

apical lobe asetulose, bearing 5-6 paralle) running

Janieliae, asetulose, bearing altogether 6-8 lange, serose

papillae, aedeagus robust, strongly sclerotized venarally

and apically, with apical end triangular. Oviposator;

protrusible; cerci fused into single, terminal lamella,

triangular in dorso-ventral view, with numerous strong

sclae, Setulose; hypoproct trapezoid in dorsa-ventral

yiew, short, bearing 2 setae posteriorly, setulose.

Pupra

Integument of abdominal segments cavered by

spiculue, Prothorax and abdominal segments |-VUIt

wilh spiracles. Antennal horns short, angular. Cephalic

pair of papillae with strong, long setae. Frons with one

pair of upper frontal weakly sclerotized depressions

and one of 2 lower facial papillae on each side with

short seta. Abdonunal segments I-VI with | pair of

ventral papillae, 2 pairs of pleural papillae and 3 puns

of dorsal papillae, Abdominal segments VIM and LX

with | pair of ventral, 2 pairs of plearal papillae and

| pair of dorsal papillae. All papillae setase.

Larva

Integument completely covered with dense spiculac.

Head: strongly sclerotized, posterolateral apodemes

shorter than one fourth of head capsule length,

untennge about three times longer than wide at bise.

<onical. Neck segment with | pair of setase pleural

papillae. Thoracic seginents without spatula but with

depression where spatula would normally appear, |

pair of Ventral papillae, 2 pairs of lateral papillae, 2

pairs of pleural papillae, 3 pairs of dorsal papillae.

Abdominal segments T-VIE with two. sternal

depressions, | pair-of ventral papillae, 2 pairs of pleural

papillae, 3 pairs of dorsal papillae, Abdominal segment

VIM with 2 puirs of ventral papillae, 2 pairs of pleural

papillac, { pair of dorsal papillae. Abdominal segment

LX with 4 pairs of terminal papillae, All papillae setose

excep! thoracic jateral ones. Setao long and clearly

apparent on all papillae with exception of ventral

papillae which are only slighty longer than integv-

mental spiculac.

Enrmolagy

Thganonwea combines “trgenge’, Gk lor trisnygle

Wluch refers to the shype ofthe apical end of aedeagus

and “myia”. Gk for fly. commonly used as suffix for

genera of Cecktomtyiidac.

Remarks

Thigonortyta belongs to the tribe Lasiopterid) because

it has male parameres and an irregular number of

antennal flagellomeres. The new genus belongs to the

Oligotrophini and within that tribe to 2 group of genera

that includes Rhepalomyia, and for which the tribal

name Oligotrophini (in the strict sense, not including

Dasineurini), is available. These genera share the

following derived characters: reduction of the palpus

to three or dewer segments, relatively short parameres

that do mot clasp the aedeagus along its full length,

\arvae each Iiving im @ separate cell in galls with

fupation occurring inside the larval cell. Other,

probably primitive characters shared by all members

of Rhopalomyia and telatives are the completely

setulose male gonostylus and the never divided female

cighth abdominal tergite, even when the ovipositer is

elongate (Gagné et al. in press). Trigonomyia differs

from Rhopalomyie in several ways, In Trigenomyia the

parameres are divided into two distinct lobes, the

uedeagus is sclerotized apically and the larva has setose

collar papillae. None of these characters has been noted

in Rhepalemyia or related genera, although presumably

separately derived, indistint to distinct divisions can

be found in the purameres in Dasineura (sl),

Lasioptera and Ledomyia (Gagné 1994).

Trigonomyia ananas sp. ner,

(PIGS 1, 2, 4-8, 1-17, 19, 21, 22)

Holotype: @. Black Hill Conservation Park, Sour

NEW CECIDOMYIIDAE FROM OLEARIA

6: ! in 4

Fig. 1. Sixth flagellomere of male Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. Fig. 2. Head of male Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. in frontal

view. Fig, 3, Gonostylus of male Trigonomyia tulipa sp. nov. in dorsal view. Fig. 4. Gonostylus of male Trigonomyia

cristata sp, nov. in dorsal view. Fig. 5. Wing of male Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. Fig. 6. Genitalia of male Trigonomyia

ananas sp. nov. in dorsal view. Fig. 7. Last three flagellomeres of male Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. Scale bars = 100

pm 1-4, 6, 7; 1 mm 5.

P. KOLESIK

rey

i pape

16:

17:-——

Fig. 8. End of ovipositor of female Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. in ventral view. Fig. 9. End of ovipositor of female Trigonomyia

cristata sp. noy. in ventral view. Fig. 10. End of ovipositor of female Trigonomyia tulipa sp. nov. in ventral view. Fig.

11. End of last tarsomere with claw, empodium and pulvillus of female Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. in lateral view. Fig.

12, Sixth sternite of female Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. Fig. 13. Sixth flagellomere of female Trigonomyia ananas sp.

nov. Fig. 14. Fifth tergite of female 7rigonomyia ananas sp. nov. Fig. 15, Last three flagellomeres of female Trigonomyia

ananas sp. nov. Fig. 16. Last two abdominal segments of larva of Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. in dorsal view. Fig. 17.

Head and first two thoracic segments of larva of Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. in ventral view. Scale bars = 100 xm 8-10,

13, 15-17; 50 pm 1; 500 wm 12, 14.

NEW CECIDOMYIIDAE FROM OLEARIA

ae) - } / 7 y,

we FA

fi \

22; —_- 23:24

Fig. 18, Trigonomyia tulipa sp. nov, - flower gall on Olearia axillaris. Fig. 19. Frons of pupa of Trigonomyia ananas sp.

nov. Fig. 20. Trigonomyia cristata sp. nov. - flower gall on Olearia axillaris. Fig. 21. Trigonomyia ananas sp. nov. - flower

gall on Olearia ramulosa, Fig. 22. Prothoracic spiracle of pupa of Trigonomyia ananas sp. noy. Fig. 23, Prothoracic spiracle

of pupa of Trigonomyia cristata sp. nov. Fig. 24, Prothoracic spiracle of pupa of Trigonomyia tulipa sp. nov. Scale bars

= 10 mm 18, 20, 21; SOO pm 19; 50 wm 22-24.

66 P. KOLESIK

Australia (34°54°S, 38°44 °E], 20.1%.1994, P. Kolesik,

reared from flower gall of Olearie ranulosa (Labill.)

Benth., sampled 17.1x,1994, 121294 [SAM].

Alloype> 9. same data, 21295 [SAM].

Puratypes (al) sampled with holotype): 1c [SAM),

Lo [ANIC], 2 9 9 [SAM]. 2 9 9 [ANIC], 2 pupal

skins [SAM], 2 pupal skins [ANIC], emerged

20, ix-8.x,1994; 2 larvae [SAM], | larva [ANIC].

Other material (all sampled with holotype):

39 Q[USNM], 4 pupae [SAM], 3 pupae [USNM],

emerged 5-8.x.1994: 4 larvae [SAM], 3. larvae

[USNM]}.

Description

Male (Figs 1-2, 5-7)

Colour: antennae grey. head black, ihorax brown,

abdomen with sclerotized parts black and non-

sclerouzed red (same jn other two species). Wing

length 3,1 mm (2,9-3.2), width I. mm (1.11.2).

Antenna total Jength 1.5 mm (1.5-1.6). Gonostylus 124

puny (121-127) long, 45 pan (43-49) wide, length of apical

claw of gonostylus I7 yan (16-18).

female (Figs 8, 11-15)

Colour as in male. Wing Jength 3.0 mim (2.9-3.1),

width 1.1 mm (10-11), Antenna total length J.4 mm

(1,3-1.5). Cereus 65 yim (60-68) long, 57 wn (57-58)

wide, setae 5-28 ym long,

Larva (Figs 16, 17)

Colour red (same in other two species), Total length

3.0 min (2.7-3.6). Head capsule: length 57 jan (50-62).

width 95 um (92-101), posterolateral apodemes 13 am

(11-16) long; antenna 17 pm long, 6 pm wide at base.

Length of setae; 2-3 jm in ventral papillae of thorax

and abdomen I-VII, 10-20 pm in remaining papillae.

Integumental spiculie 1-2 pm long.

Pupa (Figs 19, 22)

Colour: non-sclerolized parts of abdomen red.

remaining parts dark-brown (same in other two

species). Total length 3.3 mm (2.3-3.9). Length of setae

on cephalic papillae 361 ym (354-369). Prothoracic

spiracle 98 ym (93-103) long, trachea 70 wm (60-75)

long

Gall (Fig. 21)

Flower bud transformed into spherical, thin walled,

monothalamous rosette, 4-6 mm in diameter. When

fresh, gall wall green, malformed ligules violet, One

larva inside each gall. Pupation takes place within gall.

In the area surveyed, most shrubs were infested with

up to 200 galls per plant.

Etymology

The word “ananas’, a noun in apposition, is the

generic name of pineapple and refers to the

resemblance of the gall to a pineapple.

Trigenomyia cristata sp, nay,

(FIGS 4, 9, 20, 23)

Holorype; o , Beachport, South Australia [37°29'S,

140°00' BE], 85.1994, P. Kolesik, reared from flowee

gall of Olearia axillariy (DC,) F. Muell. ex Benth.,

sampled 6.x.1994, 121296 [SAM].

Allotype: 9, same data, 121297 [SAM].

Paratypes (all sampled with holotype): lor [SAM],

lo [ANIC], 29 9 [SAM].29 9 [ANIC], 3 pupal

skins [SAM], 2 pupal skins [ANIC], emerged

¥-19.x.1994; 1 larva [SAM].

Other material (all sampled with holotype). 29 9

[USNM]. 3 pupae [USNM], emerged 8-19.4.1994; |

larva [SAM], 3 larvae [USNM].

Descriprion

Mate (Fig. 4)

Wing length 3.4 mm (3.4-3.5), width 13 mm

(1.3-1.4). Antenna total length 1.7 mm (1,7-1.8),

Gonostylas 150 pm (145-157) long, 55 jam (50-58) wide,

length of apical claw of gonostylus 20 yam (19-22),

Female (Fig. 9)

Wing length 3.2 mm (3.1-3.4), width 1.2 mm

(1.11.2). Antenna total length 1.4 mom (1.3-1.6). Cercus

60 wm (55-63) Jong, 50 pm (47-52) wide, setae 17-45

pm long.

Larva

Total length 3,0 mm (2.4-3.4). Other measurements

within the range of 7 ananas.

Pupa (Fig. 23)

Total length 3.7 mrp (3.1-4.2). Length of setae on

cephalic papillae 386 ym (361-427). Prothoracic

spiracle 96 wm (86-107) long, trachea 57 jun (51-62)

long.

Gall (Fig. 20)

Flower bud transformed into monothalamous,.thick-

walled gall, 4-8 mm long. 3-6 mm wide, covered

entirely with numerous, densely-haired, malformed

ligules growing from proximal and. When fresh, botl

ligules and gal! wal! green in colour, One larva in each

gall. Pupation takes place within gall. At Beachport,

7 cristata was found with T, tulipa on the same shrubs

with up to 20 galls of each species per plant.

Etymology

The word “cristata” is L, for tufted, referring to the

general appearance of the gall.

Trigonomyia nilipa sp. nov.

(FIGS. 3, 10, 18, 24)

Holotype: &, Beachpert, South Australia [37°29'S,

140°O0' BE], 9.x.1994, P. Kolesik, reared fram flower

gall of Qlearia axillaris (DC.) F. Muell_ et Benth,

sampled 6.x.1994, 121298 [SAM].

NEW CECIDOMYTIDAE FROM OLEARIA Oo

Allotype: Q, same data, 121299 [SAM].

Paratypes (all sampled with holotype): 20" o" [SAM],

lot [ANIC], 29 9 [SAM], 29 9 [ANIC], 3 pupal

skins [SAM], 2 pupal skins [ANIC], emerged

9-17,x.1994; 2 pupae [SAM], 2 pupae | ANIC): 3 larvae

[SAM], 2 larvae [ANIC].

Other material (all sampled with holotype); 1?

{USNM], 4 pupal skins |SAMJ, 3 pupal skins

[USNM], i pupa [SAM], 3 pupae [USNM]. emerged

9-17,x,1994,

Description

Male (Fig. 3)

Wing length 3.3 mm (3.3-3.4), width L3 mm

(1,.2-1.3). Antenna total length 1.7 mm (16-18).

Gonostylus 121 jam (119-126) long, 50 jum (45-53) wide,

length of apical claw of gonostylus 13 am (12-14).

Female (Fig. 1)

Wing length 2.7 mm (2.4-3.2), width 10 mm

(0.7-1.1). Antenna total length 1.3 mm (1.1-1.5). Cercus

56 xm (52-61) long, 50 pin (43-55) wide, setae 620

pm long.

Larva

Total length of the only specimen 2.7 mm. Other

measurements within the range of 7 ananas.

Pupa (Fig, 24)

Total length 3.2 mm (2.8-3.4). Length of setae on

cephalic papillac 395 pm (364-455). Prothoracic

spiracle 51 um (48-53) long, trachea same length.

Gall (Fig. 18)

Flower bud transformed into smovoth,

monothalamous, thin-walled gall, 4-6 min in length,

3-4 mm in width, with tips of malformed ligules

sticking out al distal end. When fresh, colour purple.

One larva inside each gall. Pupation takes place within

gall.

Etymology

The word “tulips”, a noun in apposition, is the

peneric name of tulip and refers to the resemblance

of the gall to a tulip.

Key to species of Trigonomyia

1. Trachea reaching end of thoracic spiracle in pupa (Fig.

24). Apical claw of gonostylus diminutive, 1/4 of

gonostylus width (Fig. 3). From untufted galls of Olearta

axillaris (Fig. 18). cm an -T. wlipa

Traghes never reaching end of thoracic spiracle i in pupa

(Figs 22, 23). Apical claw of gonostylus large, more than

1/3 of gonostylus width (Figs 4, 6), From tufted ik wo

Olearia spp. (Figs 20, 21). ...-. 2

Longest setae on female cercus shorter than 2/3 of cereus

width (Fig. 8). From pineapple-shaped, glabrous, thin-

walled galls af Olearia ramulosa (Fig, 21)... ananus

Longest setae on female cercus longer than 2/3 of cereus

width (Fig. 9). From hairy, thick-walled galls of Olearia

axillaris (Fig. 20). - Hine Soot T. cristata

)

Acknowledgments

The Ministry of Environment and Planning South

Australia kindly gave permission to collect in the Black

Hill Conservation Park. Abid A. Munir State

Herbarium of South Australia Adelaide courteously

identified the host plant species, I am grateful to John

D, Gray Department of Horticulture, Viticulture and

Oenology University of Adelaide and Raymond J.

Gagné Systematic Entomology Laboratory USDA

Washington DC USA for their careful review of the

manuscript.

References

Cooke, D, A. (1986) Family Composilae (Asteraceae) pp.

1423-1486 Jn Jessop, J. P..and Toelken, H. R_ (Eds) “Flora

of South Australia, Part ILL (Polemaniaceae-Composituc )”

(South Australian Government Printing Division,

Adelaide).

GaGne, RJ. (1981) Fanuly Cecidomysicdae pp, 257-292 In

McAlpine, J. F.. Peterson, B. V., Shewell, G. E,, Teskey,

H. J, Vockeromh, J. R. & Wood, D. M. (Eds) “Manual

of Nearctic Diptera I" (Canadian. Government Publishing

Centre, Quebec),

______ (1994) “The Gall Midges of the Neotropical Region”

(Cornell University Press, Ithaca. New York).

, SOBHIAN, R, & Istporo. N, (Un press) A review al

the genus Psectrosema (Diptera: Cevidomyiidae), Ole

World pests of tamarix, and description of three new

species, /yrael J. Ent,

Koiesik, P, (1995) Asphondylia dudonaede, a new Species

of Cecidomytidae (Diptera) damaging leaves and branches

of hap-bush, Dodonaea viscosa (Sapindaceae) in Australia,

Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust U9, 171-176.

FIRST FOSSIL RECORD OF THE HYLID FROG

LITORIA RANIFORMIS (KEFERSTEIN)

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

Summary

The Australian hylid frog Litoria raniformis (Keferstein) is a member of a group of

similar species known as the L. aurea complex’, and is one of the largest species in

Australia’ (snout to vent length up to 104 mm). The geographic range of the species

extends from South Australia through Victoria, the ACT and Tasmania to eastern

New South Wales’. The species also has been introduced into New Zealand and has

become established there’.

Transactions of the Royal Saciery of §. Aust. (1996), 120(2), 69.

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

FIRST FOSSIL RECORD OF THE HYLID FROG LITORIA RANIFORMIS (KEFERSTEIN)

The Australian hylid frog Literia raniformis (Ketferstein)

is a member of a group of similar species known as the L.

aurea complex!, and is one of the largest species in

Australia’ (snout to vent length up to 104 mm). The

geographic range of the species extends from South Australia

through Victoria, the ACT and ‘Tasmania (0 eastern New South

Wales’. The species also has been introduced into New

Zealand and has become established there?

it has been a source of surprise that such a large species

seemingly is absent from Holocene and Pleistocene sites in

south-eastern Australia where other extant sympatric species

have been found in abundance”.

Here We report the first specimens of L. ranifermis rom

the fossil record. The jlial descripuve terminology follows

Tyler®,

The largest and most complete specimen is a left ilium,

Jocuted in March 1995, trom muterial extracted at the ‘East

Low’ site at Henschke’s Cave, SA (Lat, 36°58'-06, Long.

140°45'-58). The specimen has been deposited in the

palacontological collection at the South Australian Museum

and registered as SAM P35305, The specimen has a length

of 28.0 mm which is less than the known maximum ilial length

of the species (35 mm). However, it is larger than other

Pleistocene frog ilia known {rom the area and ity identification

has been confirmed by comparison with extant specimens,

an example of which is shown in Fig. 1. SAM P35305 is

fragile and partly encrusted with matrix, hence the extant

specimen in more useful for identification purposes. A line

drawing of the sectional form of the ilium of this species has

been published elsewhere’,

"Tyler, M. J. & Davies, M. (1978) Aust. J. Zool. Suppl, 63,

1-47

“Tyler, M. J. (1978) “Amphibians of South Australia"

Handbooks Committee, Adelaide),

Tyler, M. J. (1994) “Australian frogs. A natural history”

(Reed, Melbourne).

Fig. | Pelvis of extant Litoria raniformis trom left, lateral

aspect, Length of (ium = 31 mm. (Photo: P. Kempster)

Salient features are (he poorly developed dorsal prominence

and dorsal protuberance, only slight elevation of the dorsal

acetabular expansion, a narrow and gently curved pre-

acetabular zone and a shallow longitudinal indentation upon

the literal surface of the ilial shafr-

We refer two other partial ilia from Henschke’s Cave (0 this

species: SAM P32249 and P3536.

The age of the deposit has been estimated to be from

35,0008 to 100,000" years. These pupers, provide informa-

tion on the depositional nalure and stratigraphic sequence of

the material.

We thank the Australian Research Council for funding

Michael Tyler's investigations of fossil frogs and Peter

Kempster for Figure |,

‘McCann, C. (1961) Tuatara, 8(3), 107-120.

*Tyler, M. J. (1977) Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 101(3), 85-89

oTyler, M. J, (1976) Ibid. W1(1) 3-14.

TTyler, M. J. (1986) Alcheringa 10. 401-402.

’Pledge, N.S. (1981) /bid. 105(1), 41-47.

*Barrie, D, J. (1990) Mem, Qld Mus. 28(1), 139-151.

MICHAEL J. TYLER, Department bf Zoology, University of Adelaide S. Aust. 5005, D, JOHN BARRIE, PO Box 227

Coonalpyn S. Aust. 5265 and RHYS W. WALKLEY, 48 Loan Street Black Rock Vic, 3193

THE TADPOLE OF LITORIA REVELATA INGRAM, CORBEN

AND HOSMER, 1982 (ANURA: HYLIDAE)

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

Summary

Litoria revelata Ingram, Corben & Hosmer, 1982 is a medium sized tree-frog that has

three disjunct populations; in northern Queensland (Atherton Tableland and the

Bellenden-Ker Range), mid-eastern Queensland (Eungella Plateau) and the extreme

corner of south eastern Queensland and northern NSW, Australia’. Herein we present

a description of the tadpole of L. revelata from the rainforest in the Eungella region in

mid-eastern Queensland. Habitat and life history notes are presented to assist

identification in the field but these are intended as a guide only and tadpoles could be

found in different habitats and months from those given.

Transactions of the Rayal Society of 8. Aust. (1996), 120(2), 71-73.

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

THE TADPOLE OF LITORIA REVELATA

(ANURA:

Litorta revelaia Ingram, Corben & Hosmer, 1982 is a

medium sized iree-frog that has three disjunct populations;

in northern Queensland (Atherton Tableland and the

Bellenden-Ker Range), mid-eastern Queensland (Eungella

Plateau) and the extreme comer of south eastern Queensland

and northern NSW, Australia!. Herein we present a descrip-

tion of the tadpole of L. revelafa from the rainforest m the

Eungella region in mid-eastern Queensland. Habitat and life

history noles are presented t6 assist identification in the field

but these ure intended as 4 guide only and tadpoles could be

found in different habitats and months from those given,

Tadpoles were collected in November and December Of

1993 at several stream sites near [he Eungella township,

approximately 70 km west of Mackay, central Queenslind,

Australia (Table |), A sample of larvae was preserved in 10%

formalin and others were reared to metamorphosis for

identification, Terminology fallows Altig’ and Hero’;

developmental stages follow Gosner*. Measurements were

taken using vernier callipers. Height of the caudal muscles

and fins was ineasured at mid-length of the tail, The drawings

Fig. 1. Tadpole of Literia revelata (QM J 59240; Gosner stage

35; TL 31.5 mm). Seale bar = 5 mm.

INGRAM, CORBEN AND HOSMER, 1982

HYLIDAK),

depict melanie patterns that persist in preserved specimens

(10% formahn). The colour descriptions should be treated

with caution as tadpole colour is often a function of water

clarity’. Drawings were made of two representative

specimens (Figs | and 2) placed in the Queensland Museum,

Brisbane (QM J 59239 and J 59240). The labial tooth-row

formula (LTRF) ix based on observations of all specimens

collected at Gosner* stages 25 through 45 (QM J 59241 and

4.59242; Tuble 1).

Description: Eyes lateral; eye diameter 14.5% of the body

length for stage 35 tadpoles and 14.7% for stage 40 tadpoles,

Nares dorsal, nearer to tip of snout than to anterior edge of

eye; narial margin without rim; spiracle paragyrinid (Fig. 2

C: located well below the horizontal longitudinal axis but not

on the midline so neither sinistral nor medioyentral is entirely

applicable®), unpigmented, opening directed posteriorly.

Vent tube dextral, attached to fin. Oral disc ventral. Single

row of large blunt, heavily pigmented marginal papillae with

wide anterior gap. Submarginal papillae present. Two rows

of labial teeth on aiterior labium with median gap in second

row: three rows of labial teeth on posterior labium with median

gap in first row: LTRF 2(2)/3 (1). Dorsal fin terminates at

tail-body junction. Both dorsal and ventral fins higher than

caudal musculature at midlength of tail. Tail+tip tapers uni-

formily to narrow point. These morphological features conform

lo the general characteristics for tadpoles.of the genus Litwria,

In life, body opaque, appearing “bluish” and heavily

Pigmented with lighter pigmentation around eyes; darkly

Pigmented supracranial patch (especially in larger tadpoles)

extending posteriorly over spinal cord (Fig. 28), distinct broad

Tante |. Dares, Localities and Museum Numbers for addinonal specimens examined in this stucly: Mt William {upper Catile

Cr.) Map 3655, MGR 666740), Mt David (upper Cattle Cr; Map 8655, MGR 678744).

Date Place Gosner Stage Body Length Total Length Qd Mus. Ne.

Collected (No) (mean) (Thean)

27.41.93 Cattle Cr, 25 4.6-4.1 248.3 J 59242

Mi William (7) (6.6) (15,3)

26 9.5 23.2

27 10.6 26.7

28 R.4 21.5

29 {1,3 27.4

a 12.0 29.8

33 WL.7 306

36 12.4 31.2

7 3.3 33,3

42 W.L-12.0 29.6-35.]

(2) (15) (32,3)

4s 10.5 .

44 W4-13.4 p

‘S) (12.3)

29.51.93 Cattle Cr. 25 88-106 2.1-25.2 J 5924)

Mt David (A) 9.7) (23.1)

27 14-11,9 26.1-27.6

(2) (11.6) (26.8)

3 12.0 33.0

37 14.6 43.1

‘i

PATTER Wy

9-7

“a = yer ea

ce ieee

— wets areld

Fig. 2. Tadpole of Litoria revelata (QM J 59239; Gosner Stage 40; TL 40.8 mm), A, Oral disc. B. Dorsal view, C, Ventral

view. D. Dorso-lateral view. Seale bars = | mm (A), 5 mm (B.C,D).

vertical subdermal lines on dorsal side of each paris.

Horizontal band or patch from snout to eye (Fig, 21D),

Pigmentation often lighter during earlier stages (Fig. 1) than

at later stages (Fig. 2B-D). In ventral view intestinal maxs

visible, intestinal coils partially visible and obscured by heavy

pigmentation; branchial region semi-transparent. Tail

musculature un even shade of grey/brown with additional

melanophores concentrated dorsally (Fig. 2D). Dorsal and

ventral fins transparent, with even stippling of dark

melanophores, oflen outlining venation,

A tdpole at Stage 35 (Fig. 1) had the following

Measurenichts (hiv): total length 31,5, body length 17.7, body

width 6.5, body height 60, tail height 7,2, interorbital distance

5.6, internarial distance 2.1, eye-nary distance 2.0, A tadpole

at Stage 40 (Fig, 2) had the following measurements (mim):

total length 40,8, body length 14.3, body width #.2, body height

7A, tail height 8.3, interorbital distance 6,2, internarial distance

2.0, eye-naris distance. 2.6. Tadpoles vary in total length from

1.2 mm-al Stage 25 to 43,1 mm ut Stage 37 (Table |).

Diagnosis, Avihe sites studied, live tadpoles of L. revelara

can easily be confused with L. chloriy as both species oceur

in mid-water sections Of isolated streamside pools and they

have similar body shape and oral dise formula. Live tadpoles

of L. revelata have a bluish sheen covering the intestinal mass

and the intestinal coil is partially visible (Fig, 2C). In contrast,

1, chloris has a golden sheen covering the intestinal mass,

the intestinal coils are visible mid-ventrally and golden

chromatophores cover the heart.

In preservation, fidpoles of L, revelate have pigmentation

covering the intestinal mass making the intestinal coils only

partially visible. In contrast, 4. chloriy has a transparent

ventral surface and the intestinal coils are clearly Visible The

position of the spiracle, paragyrinid in L. revelata and sinistral

in LE. chloriy and (he dark pigmentation on the oral papillae

of L. revelata (with anly few scattered piyzments on the oral

papillae of, chloris) also distinguish these two species.

Interestingly, we onty know of one other Litoria sp. in

Australia with a paragyrinid spiracle (L. rubella, unpubl.).

Tadpoles of L. revelara were found in aympairy with tadpoles

of 1. chloris and Taudactylus ltemi. Adult frogs. of T

eungellensis and Mixaphyey fasciolatus were also observed

in adjacent streams,

‘Ingram, G. J., Corben C, J. & Hosmer, W. (1982) Mem,

Qd Mus. 20, 635-637,

*Altip, R. (1970) Herpetotogica 26, 180-207.

*Hero, J.-M. (1990) Amazoniana tl, 201-262

Habitat: Tadpoles of L. revelate were found in isolated

bedrock pools adjacent to fast-flowing rocky streams

surrounded by pristine rainforest, Each pool contained leaf

liter and algae and was between 1.5 and 2.5 m from the

stream, No fish were observed or captured by dip netting the

pools. Waler temperdures were noticeably higher in the pools

that in the adjacent stream (Table 2). Pool dimensions in

November were 100 em x 50 em x 10 cm deep for pool |

TABLE 2, Miler temperatures (°C) af pooly-and the adjacent

stream al [wer sttes,

Poo! | Pool 2 Adjacent Stream

Site Date

Cattle Cr iBin.94 14.9 16.0 14.2

MI Willian lia 94 lo% 1722 15.2

W094 19.7) OS 9

ii.xi§d 200 196 18.0)

Caltle Or IYix a 75 «160 13,5

Mi David 7x94 JL3 - 15.0

4.xi.94 200 7

2en94 22.5 22.8 17.9

and 200 em x 100 em. & 25 ci deep for pool 2. Tadpoles

were penerally observed in the midlwater and surface water

rather than the benthic layer of the water column and were

frequently Observed rising to the surface 10 gulp air

This research was partially funded hy the Australian Nature

Conservation Agency, the Queensland Department of

Environment and Heritage, the Wet Tropies Management

Authority and the Cooperative Research Centre for Tropical

Rainforest Ecology and Management, Research was carried

oul under a Qld Dept of Environment and Heritage “Permit

lo Take” no, TOOI77, We wish to thank Michael Cunningham

for his contribution to (his paper and Julie Martin who

prepared the illustrations and the voluftcers who assisted in

the LC.U, Eungella Frog, Search in Novernber/December,

1993. Ross Alford provided logistical support at J.C,U. and

Marion Anstis gave Valuable conyments on a dratt.

‘Gusner, K. L. (1960) Herpetologies 16, 183-190.

*Brage, A. N. (1957) Copeia 1957, 36-39,

‘Johnston, G. F, & Altig, R. (1986) Herp, Rey, 17, 36-37,

JEAN-MARC HERO Wet Tropics Management Authority CRC Tropical Rainforest Ecology and Management Dept of Zoology

James Cook University Townsville, Qld 48il, SHEREP. PICKLING & RICHARD RETALLICK Dept of Zoology James

Cook University Townsville, Qld 4811,

OBITUARY

NELLY HOOPER LUDBROOK, MBE, MA, PhD, DIC, FGS.

14.vi.1907 — 9.v.1995.

President of the Royal Society of South Australia Inc. 1961

Summary

An “obituary” is usually an account of a deceased person, but Nell Ludbrook deserves

more than just that. She really meant something to us so you must excuse me if I

depart from the kinds of ledger account statements that often follow the death of those

people who leave a significant mark on our community.

I first came across the name N. H. Ludbrook when I was a student at the University of

Adelaide in the late 1960s. While I was searching through the stacks in the Barr Smith

Library on some aspect of the evolution of interior deserts, her name appeared a

number of times in a paper dealing with geomorphology. The more | searched related

papers the more her name recurred. | must confess that, then, I didn’t know whether

N. H. Ludbrook was male or female, All I knew was that the name was referred to in

an array of papers dealing with stratigraphy, geological evolution, palaeontology,

palaeoclimate, ancient glaciations and the list went on. And it didn’t seem to matter

what part of the Phanerozoic either. I admit I thought that a person touching so many

aspects of geoscience had to be of great physical and scientific stature. It was not until

twenty odd years later when | actually met her that I found I was wrong on one count

but I was certainly not disappointed. What a marvellous person and an extra-ordinary

scientist | found her to be.

NELLY HOOPER LUDBROOK

MBE, MA, PhD, DIC, FGS.

At her office at the Department of Mines and Energy, Core Library, Glenside, 1985. MESA photo no. 34475

Transactions ef the Royal Society of 8. Aust. (1996), 120(2), 74-77.

OBITUARY

NELLY HOOPER LUDBROOK, MBE, MA, PhD, DIC, FGS

14.vy.1907 - 9y,1995,

President of the Royal Society of South Australia Inc. [961

An “obituary” is usually an account of a deceased

person, but Nell Ludbrook deserves more than just

that. She really hieant something to us so you Must

excuse me if | depart from the kinds of ledger aceount

statements that often follow the death of those people

who leave a significant mark on our community.

I first carne across the name N. H. Ludbrook when

| was 4 student at the University of Adelaide in the

late 1960s. While L was searching through the slacks

in the Barr Smith Library on some aspect of the

evolution of interior deserts, her name appeared a

number of limes in a paper dealing with

geomorphology. The more I searched related papers

the more her name recurred. | must confess that, then,

I didn't know whether N. H, Ludbrook was male or

female. All | knew was that the name was referred to

in an array of papers dealing with stratigraphy,

geological evolulton, palacontology, palaeoclimate,

ancient glaciations and the list went on, And it didn't

seem to matter what part of the Phanerozoic either.

T admit T thought that a person touching so many

aspects of geoscience had to be of great physical and

scientific stature. [lt was not until lwenty odd years later

when J actually met her that | found | was wrong on

one count but L was certainly not disappointed, What

a marvellous person and an extra-ordinary scientist |

found her to be,

Nell (never Nelly) was born Nelly Hooper Woods

at Yorketown, Yorke Peninsula on 14 June 1907, and

educated at Mount Barker High School in the Adelaide

Hills, During her undergraduate studies at The

University of Adelaide she became fascinated with Late

Tertiary Mollusca in the St Vintent Basin, a course

of study not easy at that time because palagontolopy

was not offered by the university. This faseination

broadened to the whole Cainozoic and continued

through her long career, Nell graduated as BA (1928)

and MA (1930), and was awarded the Tate Medal of

the University of Adelaide for a research paper on

molluses obtained from an Adelaide Plains borehole.

Even during her period of teaching at Mount Barker

High School, she still found time to extend her

knowledge of Mollusca.

Following her marriage in 1935, she and her

husband, Wallis Vereo Ludbrook,, moved to Canberra

where, undaunted, she continued her interest in Caino-

zoic¢ Mollusca. It was fortunate al this time that the

Commonwealth Palaeontologist function was moved

trom Melbourne to Cunberra, undoubtedly facilitating

her continuing interest in palacontology, While 11

Canberra, from 1942 to 1949, Nell worked as Assistant

Geologist in the Commonwealil Bureau of Mineral

Resources dealing with statistics of strategic minerals.

In 1950 she travelled to London. Here at Imperial

College und as a Visiting scientist at the British

Museum (Natural History) she continued to extend her

palacontological studies, Nell was awarded her PhD

in geology (1952) from the University of London and

the DIC in palaeontology for research on Pliovene

Mollusca from the St Vincent Basin, Out of this

research (leveloped an authorative chapter on fossil

scaphopuds in the first edition of the “Treatise of

Invertebrate Paleontology” (1960),

Sam ling Early Cretaceous rasa basin vation near

urreé, 1963, Photograph by B.G. Forbes. MESA photo

no. 20035,

Following the death of her husband and on returning

to Australia, Nell gained the position of Technical

Information Officer with the South Australian

Department of Mines in 1952. At this time

palaeontology was seen to have little economic value

- something more esoteric than having any practical

application. It was no mean feat, therefore, that Nell,

having been charged with the added responsibility of

demonstrating the application of micropulaeontology

in stratigraphy, succeeded way beyond expectations in

this role, She won the enormous respect of colleagues

around her and established biostratigraphy as an

important function of the Department. a role that

continues today.

During the heady days of early petroleum exploration

in the Cooper Basin, Nell was the key scientist in

determining the age and stratigraphy of samples from

deep wells drilled into unknown strata. Even the then

Premier of South Australia, Thomas Playford, waited

with great interest for Nell’s conclusions. Actually Nel!

admitted to me on one occasion that she did not really

know what the age of some rock samples was, so she

took a “stab”. As it turned out, later work, employing

far more sophisticated methods, showed her

determinations to be correct - such was the great range

of her knowledge,

In 1957 Nell was appointed Palaeontologist with the

Department of Mines, and later, Senior

Palacontologist, in which capacity she continued

biostraigraphic research until her “retirement” in 1967

During this time she developed an expertise in

foraminiferal biostratigraphy, essential to unravelling

the stratigraphy of largely buried strata in sedimentary

basins throughout the State and aiding in the search

for groundwater and petroleum. She travelled into

remote areas of the Eucla and Eromanga Basins with

tapping and drilling parties to undertake fossil

collecting and stratigraphic inyesugulions, offer

camping out in the open, Nell always insisted on seeing

the field relationships of the sediments and faunas she

worked on. It was through her field activities that

biostratigraphy became firmly recognised as an integral

part of geological mapping by the Department of

Mines. This work culminated in the publication of two

important monographs on the Murray Basin (1961) and

the Eromanga Basin (1966), still very much referred

to today as are the stratigraphic units she defined during

the course of her studics.

“Retirement” really meant the continuation of her

love of geology and especially for fossil Mollusca. She

worked as a consultant in palaeontology to the

Department of Mines and Energy until 1993, at which

N. H. Ludbrook und J. Spence examining Cainozoic sediments at North West Bend, along the River Murray. Photograph

by A. R. Crawford. MESA photo no. TOO2001.

time she had reached the age of 86, In addition to the

publication of a number of research papers during this

time she wrote the highly successful “Guide to the

Geology and Mineral Resources of South Australia”

(1980) and later the “Handbook of Quaternary Molluscs

of South Australia” (1985). As a demonstration of the

great respect and admiration that her colleagues from

all over the world had for her, a special honour volume

of papers dealing with stratigraphy and palaeontology

was published by the Department of Mines and Energy

in 1985. Until only a short time before her death in

1995 Nell was still researching a large volume on

Tertiary Mollusea.

Although the yast number of her publications (over

70 scientific papers and monographs) und Government

reports was known to-me, f only became aware of the

full extem of her extraordinary energies whilst ! was

researching material for the J995 Volume 2 of the

“Geology of South Australia”, During the course of

Tummaging through filing cabinets in the

Biostratigraphy Branch containing countless numbers

of her Report Books 1 came across a huge number of

unpublished Jetters and personal communications to

geologists in Companies, academia and povernment

carefully outlining the results of Work undertaken for

them, each almost of quality to be published notes in

their own right. We are now the custodians of Nell’s

journals, books and notebooks, donated by her in 1904

and now housed in the N. H. Ludbrook Memorial

Library at Mines and Energy South Australia,

Nell's interest in geology and the influence she had

on the science (and related. sciences for that matter)

extended far beyond the workplace. She was very active

as a member and office holder in the Geological

Society of Australia from its inception, She was the

founding Secretary of the South Australian. Division

(1953-56) and. Federal Secretary (1956-59), and a

Member of the Stratigraphic Nomenclature Committee,

in the early days of its operation, Nell was a driving

force in the preservation of key geological sites and

in the promotion of geological monuments. Nell was

elected Federal President of the Geological Society in

1968 and Honorary Member in 1976 - such was the

high respect that the geological community held for

her.

Her great energies extended into the affairs of the

Royal Society of South Australia. She was elected

President in 1961-62, awatded the Sir Joseph Verco

Medal in 1963, the highest honour fram the Society,

and was Editor of the Handbooks of the Flora and

Fauna of South Australia from 1967 to 1980. Nell

became an Honorary Assocrate of the South Australian

Museum in 1981. In recognition of her service to

science, in 1981 Nell Ludbrook was made Member of

the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire,

During her great devotion to research in

palaeontology and stratigraphy and her committment

to the affairs of scientific societies Nel! still found time

to guide and advise colleagues in many aspects. of

geoscience. She travelled widely throughout the world

pursuing her love of geology - into many places where

European women were rarely seen. Nell had the rare

gift of being able to devote herself to this pursuit and

yet still maintain an enormous interest in the cultural

and musical life of Adelaide and the world at large.

She loved entertaining at her home at Toorak Gardens

- many an overseas visitor was delighted with hes

hospitality.

It was an honour and a pleasure for all of us to have

known Nell Ludbrook,

NEVILLE F. ALLEY

OBITUARY

STANLEY JOE EDMONDS, BA, BSc, MSc, PhD, Dip Ed.

13.11.1909 — 16.vii.1995.

President of the Royal Society of South Australia Inc. 1965

Summary

Stan Edmonds died quietly in his sleep on 16 July 1995 aged 86. He is sadly missed

by his many friends from all walks of life who miss his sense of humour, joie de vivre

and scholarship.

His working life fell roughly into three periods each about twenty years’ duration. He

was a school teacher at Adelaide High School from 1931 to 1952, he then taught and

conducted research in the Zoology Department of the University of Adelaide from

1952 to 1974 and finally, as an Honorary Associate at the South Australian Museum,

he continued his research from 1972 to 1995.

STANLEY JOE EDMONDS

BA, BSc, MSc, PhD, Dip Ed.

Photograph courtesy of the SA Museum

Transactions uf the Royal Society of S. Aust. (996), 120(2). 78-82.

OBITUARY

STANLEY JOE EDMONDS, BA, BSc. MSc, PhD, Dip Ed.

13.11.1909 - 16.vii. 995.

President of the Royal Society of South Australia Ine: 1965

Stan Edinonds died quietly in his sleep on 16 July

1995 aged &6 He is sadly missed by his many friends

from all walks of life whe miss his sense of humour,

joie de vivre and scholarship.

His working life fell roughly into three periods cach

of about iwenty years’ duranon. He wax a schoo]

teacher at Adelaide High School from i931 fo 1952,

he then taught and conducted research in the Zoology

Department of the University of Adelaide from 1952

to 1974 and finally, as an Honorary Associate at the

South Australian Museum, he continued his research

from 1972 to 995,

Stanley Joe Edmonds was born in Adelaide (South

Australia) on 13) February. $909. He attended the

Thebarton Primary School fram 1915-1922 and the

Woodville District High School from 1923-1925,

obtaining his Interrnediate Certificate in 1924 and his

Leaving Certificate the following year In 1926 he

joined the Lands and Survey Department of the South

Australian Public Service with the imenton of

becoming a suryeyor. During this tume he studied

scieqve part-time as a private student at the University

of Adelaide doing Mathematics | during the day and

Chemistry Tand Physics 1 al night-

In 1927 he joined the Education Department and

entered the Adelaide Teachers College. He praduated

in 1929 with a BSc majoring in Inorganic and Organic

Chemistry. and began his teaching career in 1936,

teaching for six months at Woodville High School.

In 1931 he began his impressive twenty-year

association with Adelaide High School, ullimately

hecoming a Spécial Senior Master in Chemistry and

General Science and teaching Leaving Honours

Chemistry from 1945 to 1951. During ths time, he

obtained three further degrees - a BA in 1935 in which

he majored in Latinand English, a First Class Honours

in Zoology in 1945 (after completing Zoology 1, UW and

Il in 1941. 1945 and 1944 respectively) and an MSe

in 1947,

However, it was his broad interests and sense of

humour combined with his great teaching ability thar

endeared him to his students. He was interested in

sport, pafticularly tennis and hockey at which he

excelled, acting, singing and the arts.

During his last few years at Adelaide Aigh Schoo!

Stan became interested in Zoological research and

began a senes of collaborative studies with T_ Harvey

Johnston. the Foundation Professor of Zoology at

Adelaide University and a noted Parasitologist, These

studies on Australid4ng Acanthocephala (spiny ‘headed

worms. parasitic in the alimentary canals of various

fish, birds and mammals) were first published in 1947

and continued for several years after Professor

Johnston's death in 951. During this period Stan

widened his interests to include free-living marine

organisms and in 194% had a paper published on “The

common species of animals and ther distribution on

an intertidal platform at Pennington Bay, Kangaros

Island”. These counting interests. in Zoology led in

1952 to his resignation fram the Education Department

fo lake up an appointment ws a lecturer in the Zoology

Department, University of Adelaide under the newly-

appointed Protessor of Zoology, W. P. Rogers, an

authority on the physiolagy and biochemistry of

parasitic nematodes.

It was at this Lime that Chad the pleasure of meeting

Stan as [ had been appointed ta the Zoology

Department as a Demonstrator earlier chat year. One

always associated him with laughter or at least a smile

His miming of sewing his fingers together and then

threading the needle through various parts of his arm

so that the whole would be moved mechanically by

pulling on the thread, was always demanded of him

al departmental parties and was always accompanied

by gasps of horrar from the faint-hearted and much

amusement from the initiated.

Later, in his chapter on Zoology in “Ideas and

Endeavours. The Natural Sctences in South Australia”

Stan described What 4 busy time his early years in the

Zoology Department had been, as student numbers

were increasing rapidly and Rogers was building the

Zoology Department. Needless to say, in this chapter,

Stan gave himself scarcely any mention.

In addition to broadening his taxonomic interests,

describing new species of Australian marine

invertebrates, notably sipunculans and echiurans, Stan

began ta conduct a range of physiological and

biochernical experiments on them. These physiological

experimenis were extended to the parasitic acantho~

cephalans and to the species Moniliformis dubius in

particular. This species was maintained in Use

laboratory in cockroaches. the mtermediate host, and

rats, the primary best. The distinctive rasile and odour

of Stan’s experimental cockroaches, as one entered the

constant temperature room in which they were boused -

are sounds and smells not casily forgotten! The

nutrition and egg laying of these animals were studied

and teported upon and, together with B. R. Dixon, a

paper was published in Marure on he uptake of small

particles through the body wall of M. deine:

Around this time Stan collabunited with H. BS

Womersley in what was the first significant paper on

the intertidal ecology of South Australia. It was also

the first paper published on this topic in Australia that

dealt in equal detail with both flora and fauna.

Furthermore, it dealt with the relatively sheltered

coastline of South Australia which, with its gulfs amd

bays and Kangaroo Island, differed from the more

exposed coastline of the Eastern States. In die light of

their work Womersley amd Edmonds were able to

supply evidence, previously unavailable, for the

biogeographical nomenclature of the southern

Australian coastline.

In addition to bis researches on intertidal coology.

Stan also worked with Manan Specht on ecological

siudies of heathland in the Keith region of South

Australia, This work involved monthly visits over a

period of three years between 1952 and 1954 and

resalied in the wocumulation of a vast amount of

information that permitted judgements to be made on

the faunal rhythms of heathland in South Australia.

Tn 1958 Stan's researches on sipunculans resulted in

his being awarded a PhD.

Stan Edmonds’ work of the Public Examinations

Board, a member from (96) to 1974, Chief Examiner

in Biology for ten years and deputy Chairman from

1973-1974, was a measure of the regard In which his

waching expenence was held.

Stan was to continue to undertake research on the

sipunctilans and the somewhat similar echiurans for

many more years, In 1972 he co-authored a book with

his late friend Dr A. C. Stephen of the Edinburgh

Museum entitled “The Phyla Sipuncula and Echiuni™

At the time of Dr Stepher’s death, miuch remained to

be done and it was recognized that Stam was the only

person who had the scholarship and energy to complete

this task, His share of this important contribution to

marine studies was a large one, bringing information

up to date and checking descriptions, records and

translations with original specimens and data, He

arranged species into genera, provided keys for

identification and was alone responsible for the sixty

full page illustrations. Some 320 species of sipunculans

and 130 species of echiurans had been described at the

time this 527 page book was published by the Tnistees

af the British Museum (Natural History) London. Is

was. the first systematic monograph of the two phyla

to be published this century and is likely to remain

the standard reference Work for many years ta come,

Stan retired from the University of Adelaide in 1974,

having been made a Reader in Zoology in 1973, Re

became an Honorary Associate of the South Australian

Museum and over the next twenty years published a

further thirty papers including several chapters in

books. He was a strong supporter of the Royal Society

of South Australia Inc., occupying the positions of

Council member, Secretary. Vice President and

becoming President in 1965. In 1982 he was awarded

the Society’s Sir Joseph Vereo Medal for his

distinguished scientitic researches.

In conclusion T quote from C. M. Ward MA, a Latin

teacher and scholar of high repute and, wl the Lime,

Acting Principal of Adelaide High School who wrote

on. 17 September, I948 the following words. “Mr

Edmonds has a lively, genial personality, 2 good sense

of humour and a resourceful cultured mind. He is of

strong, independent character bul always fiemdly and

unassuming. His honesty and integrity are

unjuestioned™ A most fitting tabute to a much liked

and respected personality who maintained these traits

throughout his life,

Stan Edmonds is survived by his wife Barbara (née

Fy) and a daughter Elizabeth.

ALAN F. BIRD

Ribliography

1947 Australian Acanthocephata No. 5. Trans. R Sac 5 Aes

71, 13-19. (With T, H, Johnston).

947 Australian Acanthocephala No. 6. Rec. S. Aust. Mus.

8, 555-562. (With T. H. Johnston).

mhocephala

48 Australian Acai No. 7. Trans. R. Soe, §, Aust.

72, 69-76. (With T. H. Johnston).

1948 The commoner species of animals and their distribution

onan intertidal p at Pennington Bay, Kangaroo fyland

South Australia. [bid. 167-177.

195] Austratian Acanthocephals No, 8, fbid, 74, 1-5. (With

T. H. Johnston).

1952 Australian Acanthocephala Nu. 9. fovel 78, 16-21. (Wii

T. HK. Johnston).

1952 Marine zonation in Australia in relation to a genera!

scheme of classificanon, J, Ecol, 40, 84-90. (With H. B.

8. Womersley).

1953 Acanthow a from Auckland and Campbell Islands.

Rec, Dom. Mus, N.Z. 2, 55-61, (With T. 8. Johnston).

1955 Australian Sipunculoidea |. The genera Sipunculus,

XPinsiphont and Sphonosoma. Aust, Man Freshw Res,

6, 82-97

1955 Acanthocephala collected by the Australian National

Amarclic Research Expedition on Heard Island and

Macquine Istand during 1948-1950. Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust.

78, 141-144. (With T. H. Johnston).

1950 Australian Sipunculondea 2. The genera Phusculasamu,

Dendrostorum, Golfiagia, Aypidesiphon and Cloeesinhan.

dust. J Mar. Fresh. Res. 7, 281-315.

1956 Chlonnities of coastal waters in South Australia, Trans

R See. S. Aust. 79, 152-166 (With tL, M. ‘Thoemas).

1957 The respiratory metabolism of Derulrstomur

ovradovere Edmonds (SipUneuloidea). Anyi, J Mar,

fresh, Res. 8, 55-63.

1957 The catabolism of nitrogen compounds in Beviclroseorruary

ivineducewe Edmonds (Sypunculoides). Ibid |31-135,

W57 Acanthocephala BAN ZA RE, Antres Rey Exped.

1929-1931 Rep, B 6, 92-98.

1957 Austrtlian Acanthocephala No 10. Frans. R. Sac. 8.

dust 80. 76-80.

58 A Seueral account of the intertidal eculogy of South

Australian coasts. dust, J Mar Fresh. Res, 9, 217-260).

(With HBL S. Womersley).

60 Some Australian echiurnids (Echiuroideay. Trey, #.

See, & Aust, 83, 89-98.

[960 Sipunculids from New Zealand und Chathan tstand.

_N.Z. Depi Sci, & Indust, Res, Gull, 139, 154-167.

96) On Sipunewdics aeneus Baird (Sipunculaides), Ann, May,

fat, dust, 1, 217-220.

1962 Some notes on Ue abundance, environment anll nutrition

of Sipuncubes rudus L. at Morgat, Brittany. Cul, Brot. pir.

3, 143-191)

(865° Wwe new echiunoids (Fehiurmidea) fron) Australia. Trans:

R, Soe, §. Aust, $7, 243-247.

1064 Australian Acunthocephaia No. 11. Abid, 88, 4).95,

1965 Sipunculoictes of the Russ Sea, .N. 2. Oupt. Sei. db deedieit

Res, Bull, W7, 27-34

4965 Some experiments om the nutrition of Munihifurmes

dulius Meyer (Acanthocephala), Parasitalapy $5, 337-344.

966 Siphonaome hawaiense 4 new sipunculoid tea Hawaii

(Sipunculuidea) Fre. Sci. 20, 386-388,

Wet Uptake of smal) particles ty Moanilifarnis eltibiies

(Acanitiocephala). Widture (London) 209, 99 (Will RR

Tiana.

19%) Hatching ot the eggs af Moanilyiirmis dabins Meyer.

Exptl. Purasizol, 1, 216-224.

1966 Sipuneuliades and Echivnvides, Port Phillyp Survey

1957.9. Mem. Na. Muy. Melb, 27, 175-178.

1987 Fardcunthorhynchws gilixiasue, a new genus aad species

of Acamhocephala trom fish. Australian Acanthocephala

Na, 12. Trams, &. Sae. S. Aust. 91, 41-43

968 Distribution of selected groups of murine invertebrates

in waters south of 3$°S lar. Folic li, Antarctic Map Folio

Senes, pp 23-24.

Sipuncula and Evhiura. Amer. Getigrah. Soe.

1969 Moastrements of the osmotic pressure in the habnat of

Folymorphus mitutes (Acanthocephala) in ihe intestine of

the domestic duck. J) Exp, Bjo. 50, 69-77. (Wilh BD. W.

T. Crompton)

197) Some sipunculans and echiurans chiefly from Guam

(Sipuncula and Echiura), Mieronesiva 7, 137-151.

1971 Australian Acanthocephala No. 13. Three tew species.

Trans, Rv Soe. & Aust. 97, 19-21.

1972 Marine invertebrates trom Adelie Land, collected by die

th and 15th French Aatarclic Expeditions. 5. Sipunculu.

Tethys, Supp. 4, 83-26.

1972 "The phyla Sipuncula and Echiura® (Trustees British

Museum (Nat. Hist.), London). (With A. C_ Stephen),

1973 Australian Acanthocephala Nu, 14, On iwo species of

OH el ee one new. Trans. R. Soc. §. Auyt. 97,

1973.4 new species and genus of earthworm (Megascolevidae,

Oligochaeta) from South Australia, Mbid.23-27. (With Tk

G. M, Jamieson).

1974 A new spocies of Sipuncula (4xpidosiphon exienus)

belonging to the imterstilial fauna of marine beaches,

collected by Mr L.. Bolosansenu during the second Caby-

Romanian Biospeleological Expedition to Cuba, 1973. bat

J. Speleel, 6, 187-192.

76 BraivaGnin in sipuinculans. Proc. [nuermational Symp.

Biol. Sipuncwla and Echiura, Kotar (1970) 2, 3-9,

1976 Thive sipanculan species (two new) from New Zealand.

N.Z, J Mar. Freshus Res. 10, 217-224

1979 Intertidal invertebrates pp. 155-167 Jn Tyler, M, 1.

TWidale, © R_ & Ling, J. K, (Fats) "Natural History of

Kangaroo tsland” (R, Soc, & Aust, Ino, Adelawe) (With

1, M. Thomas),

1979 Inwntidal ecolagy of marine orgailisms pp. 1f7-177. Janet

(With H., B.S. Womersiey)

1980 A revision of the sytemuatics of Australian sipunculans

Ree. S, Aust. Mas, WA 1-74-

1981 Dark Island heathland, ‘South Australia: faunsi rhythms

pp. (5-27 da Specht, R. L. (Ed_) “Reosysiems of the World,

9B. Heathlands and Related Shrublands, Analytical Studies”

(Elsevier, Amsterdam), (With M. M. Speech).

1992 Sipunculans pp, 299-31) de Shepherd, S. A_ & Thomas,

LM. (Eds) “Marine Invertebrates of Southern Austrtlia

Part 1. Handbook af Flora and Fauna of South Australia”

(Govt Printer, Adefaides,

1989 Echiurans pp 31231 thre.

1982 Ausiralian Acanthocephala No, 15. Four species. Trans,

R. Sac, S. Aust. 106, 71-76.

1982 Echiura pp, 65-66 Jn “Synopsis and Classiliention of

Living Organisms” (McGraw-Hill, New York)

1982 A sipunculan. répered no be “Tyterstitial” tear Lhe

Notherlands Antilles. Bijdrag, Dierkunde 52, 225 230,

1984 Phylum Sipuncula snd Phylum Gebiurs p- Ol-62 In

Mather, P, d& Bennett. 1. (Eds) “A Coral Rect Handbook”

(Great Barrier Roct Soviety. Brisbane)

8S A oew spcents of Pian eofusema (Sipyncula) [rom

Australia. Traks. & Stu SN 4net, TOS 43.dd

WSS A new ectiuran Sluierina daikourae (Belliurs:

Honellidae) from) New Zealknd und & nete on New Fenland

echiurans. WZ. Mar Fresh! Res 19) 6D L60d,

3986 Sipuncula p. 209 Jn Bolosuneanu, 1., (Eit,) “Stypofauns

Mund 96° (Brill & Buckhuys. Letden),

1986 A checklist of helminths from Australian birds. er:

S Aust. Mix. 19, 279-325. (With FM. Mawson & L, M,

Angel)

J9R6 A note ori pome sipHoculans fom rhe Norhem Territaacy.

Australia, The Beagle 3, 7-0

1986 Zoolopy pp. [62-212 Jn Twidale, ©, RB, Tyler, M,

& Davies, M. (Eds) “Ideas and Endeayours, The Natural

Sciences in South Australiv” (R. Soc S, Aust, Tnec.,

Adelaide),

1987 The sipunculun fauna (Sipuncula) ol Wextern Australia.

Ree, Wo Aust. Mus, 13, 215-224-

987 A note on the uccurrence of Balboxena capitan

(Linstow, [880) (Acanthocephala) fran) a false Killer whale

stranded on the coast of Western Australia, Ibid, 317-318,

1987 Obituary: 1. M, Thomas. Rec. 8, Aust Mus, 21, 61-63

1987 Echiurans [rom Australis. /bid. (19-130,

1987 Sipunculans and Echiurans pp. (85-212 Ja Devaney, D-

M. & Eldndge, LG, (Rds) “Reef and Shore Fauna of

Hawaii. Section 3" (Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu),

WBE dustraliformis semoni (Linstow, 189%) no. gen., 9. conib.

(Acanthocephala: Moniliformidae) froni marsupials ot

Australia and New Guitwi. J. Perasital. 75, 215-217. (With

G. D. Schmidt).

1989 A list of Australian Acanthocephala and their hosts. Rec,

3. Aust, Mus. 23, 127-133.

1991 Sipunculans and echiurans from the Phillipines and New

Caledonia (Estase 2, Musorstom 3 & 4). Mem. Mus. Nat.

Hist. Nat. (A) 151, 83-90.

1992 A new species of Acanthocephala from the green back

flounder, Rhombosolea tapirina Giinther. 1862. Trans. R.

Soc. S. Aust. 116, 35-40. (With L. R. Smales.).

1992 A note on Phascolosoma turnerae (Rice) (Sipuncula).

Ibid. 151.

1993 Sipuncula and Echiura pp. 94-96 In Mather, P. &

Bennett, I. (Eds) “A Coral Reef Handbook” (Australian

Coral Reef Society, Brisbane).

1993 Index to the Transactions of the Royal Society of South

Australia, Vols 102-113 (1978-1989). (With L. W. Parkin).

VOL. 120, PARTS 3 & 4

29 NOVEMBER, 1996

Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia

Incorporated

Contents.

Anstis, M & Littlejohn, M. J. The breeding biology of Litoria subglandulosa

Dyson, I. A.

and L. citropa (Anura: Hylidae), and a re-evaluation of their

geographic distribution - - - - - - - - ~

Stratigraphy of the Neoproterozoic Aruhna and Depot Springs

subgroups, Adelaide geosyncline - - - - - - -

Stratigraphy of the Neoproterozoic Tent Hill Formation and

Simmens quartzite at South Tent Hill on the Stuart Shelf,

South Australia - - - - - - - - - -

Taylor, G. S., Austin, A. D. & Davies, K. A. Biology of the eucalypt

Bird, A. F.

Kolesik, P.

Nicholas, W. L.

Smales, L. R.

Brief Communications:

Baker, G. H.

O’Callaghan, M.

gall-forming fly, Fergusonina flavicornis Malloch (Diptera:

Fergusoninidae) and its associated hymenopterans in South

Australia, with a description of a new species of Bracon

(Hymenoptera: Braconidae) - - - - - - - -

Studies on the soil-inhabiting tardigrade, Macrobiotus cf.

pseudohufelandi, from South Australia - - - - - -

Rhopalomyia goodeniae, a new species of Cecidomyiidae

(Diptera) damaging Goodenia lunata (Goodeniaceae) in inland

Australia - - - - - - - - - - -

Robustnema fosteri sp. nov., gen. nov. (Xyalidae, Monhysterida,

Nematoda), a common nematode of mangrove mudflats in Australia

A redescription of Aspersentis zanchlorhynchi (Johnston & Best,

1937) comb. nov. (Heteracanthocephalidae: Acanthocephala) - -

Seasonal activity of the earthworm, Gemascolex lateralis

(Megascolecidae), in a Eucalyptus woodland in South Australia —-

G. & Beveridge, I. Gastro-intestinal parasites of feral cats in the

Northern Territory - - - - - - - - -

Terrace, T. E. & Baker, G. H. Predation of earthworms by the land planarian,

Australoplana sanguinea (Moseley) var. alba (Dendy) sensu Jones,

1981 (Tricladida: Geoplanidae) - - - - - -

Tyler, M. J. & Williams, C. R. Mass frog mortality at two jeeniriee’ in South Australia

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

101

117

177

179

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 120, PART 3

THE BREEDING BIOLOGY OF LITORIA SUBGLANDULOSA AND

L. CITROPA (ANURA: HYLIDAE), AND A RE-EVALUATION OF

THEIR GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

By MARION ANSTIS* & MuRRAY J. LITTLEJOHNT

Summary

Anstis, M. & Littlejohn, M. J. (1996) The breeding biology of Litoria subglandulosa

and L. citropa (Anura: Hylidae), and a re-evaluation of their geographic distribution.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(3), 83-99, 29 November, 1996.

The known range of Litoria subglandulosa is extended and that of L. citropa 1s

revised. Population trends observed at the type locality during the 1960s-70s and

1990s are compared.

The advertisement call, adult colouration in life, behaviour and embryological

development of L. subglandulosa are described and compared with those of L.

citropa. The single egg mass of L. subglandulosa shows adaptation to the lotic

environment, being compact and strongly adherent. The embryos and larval stages of

the two species are very similar in shape and colour in life from stage 17 onwards, but

are readily distinguishable by mouthparts. Comparative notes on larval behaviour are

given.

Key Words: Litoria subglandulosa, Litoria citropa, distribution, population trends,

advertisement calls, oviposition, embryology, larval behaviour.

Transactions af the Raval Soctely of S Musl (1996), T2004), 83-09,

THE BREEDING BIOLOGY OF LITORIA SUBGLANDULOSA AND L. CITROPA

(ANURA: HYLIDAE), AND A RE-EVALUATION OF THEIR GEOGRAPHIC

DISTRIBUTION

by Marion Ansiis® & MuUkRAY J. LIvTLeionn:

Summary

Amsitis, Mok Lirrirtonis, MEd, (1996) The breeding biology of Lirarig subylandilose and 2. cirrapa (Anuta:

Hylidae), wand a re-evaluation of their geographic distibunion. Trams. Ro See. 8) Aust 120041, 83-99, 29

Novertber 199%.

The keown range of Citerie suigtandalese is extended and that ot Lh. ciapa is revised, Population trends

observed ait the type lnedlicy during the 1960870s and 1890s. are Cormparcd.

The advertisement call, adull colournmion in lite. behaviour aim embryologieal development af 1,

subglandulose are described and compared with those of Lo crrmpa. The single ee mass al Lo subularuticlaser

shows adaptation to ure lotic environment being compiict und strongly udherent The embryos and larval stages

M the Wwe species sve very simile in shape and colour in life from sue 17 onwards, but are readily

distinguishable by mouthparts. Comparative dates on larval behaviotic are given.

Riv Warps: Zifern subctandulose, Lilorte ciropa, distribution, popubilion tends, advertisenient calls,

oviposition, embeyolopy, larval behaviour,

Introduction

Litoria Subglandulasi wis. deseribed as Lateria

glandulosa “Vyler & Austis, 1975 bul renamed

becuse Of primary homonymy (Tyler & Anstis,

1983), A member of the L. efmopa species group

(Tyler & Davies 1978), Lb. subglandilosa was

previously known only From the Quechshina/NS Ww

border south to the New England ranges of northern

NSW (Tyler & Anstis 975) The type description

included wdeseripuon of the kirvae. but no dita were

available on aviposition, embryological development,

larval behaviour or the advertisement call.

The species was found 1600 km south of as

previous known distribution inthe mid-rerih coastal

Rinwes wd Barrington Tops region by one of ts

(M.A,). in 1977) lis presence there and the absence

oF 2 eitrape, prompted a re-examination of the

distobution of both species. In addition, observalions

on oviposition, the morphology of embryos, larvae

and adults aid a comparison of the advertisement

calls of Lo cinwpe and L. subulanedilose were made

and are reported here.

Materials and Methods

Linta sibglandulosa

Adult specemens exantined: Australian) Museun

(AM) R1I7577, 35525, 42934-35. 50163, S1096-7.

Sti0d, 5173549. Point Lookout, R34458 - 14k

Fast of Ebor: R36724 - Oakey Creek neur Ebor,

~ Id Witeview Rul Beton Heights NSW 2082,

Deirnientel Zoalagy, Liniversdity at Melbourne

Parkville View 40529

36975 - Guy Fawkes River, Ebor, R7EIO9-T L114 -

Back Creek (Barwick River) pear Point Lookout

R37017 - Skin Sof Waleha >: R39056 - SOkim E of

Glen Innes (Gibraltar Range), R52031 - Sandys.

Creek, Dorvigo; RALI7S-80 — Styx River, Point

Lookout; R76S19 - Gloucester Tops: R31683

Upper Allyn River, Barcingion Tops: RLO4932

Ellenborough River, Bulua State Forest, NSW.

Litorea crtrape

Adult specimeny examined, Australian Museum

R7560_ Orbost: 7562. Aberfeldy, Vie 19237, 18234.

18236. 18245 Stunwell Tops: 79436, Stanwell Park;

24500-24505, 27590, Fauleanbridge; 45858,

Thitlnvere Lakes; 3)68S, 7112. 78927 Telensburgh;

45424, Tianjara Falls; 5188, Megialong Valley: 7110,

Hizelbrook: S008. Blackheath, 69034. Bell,

Kurrngjong Rd. 76625. 16 km N of Lithgow; 8459,

Pennant Hills; 14495, Cols Vale: 79100, 76623,

Culoul Range N of Cole Hts. 4261. Bundanoon:

TISYS, 2h ke N of Moss Vile; 15462, Gosford:

7T8204-26, 78698, Kuringai-Chase: 60425. Nadgee

Reserve; 79439, Cialston Gorge: 7563, Manly, NSW.

Three adults etted as 2. efirepa by ‘Tyler & Austis

(1975) from Barrington Tops localities: Dept Zool,

Univ. Melhourne (MUZD) 1792/64 - Upper Allyn

wid MUZD 1690-91/63 - Wombul Creek, were re-

exumined because oFupparent overlap in range with

the Barrington Tops localities for 2. swhehiedtlose.

These specimens have since been registered by the

Nuavonal Museum of Victoria (NMV) as 132666

(Upper Allyn Rivers and 193266d-65 (Wombat

Crock). Similarly, two specimens (NMV DO709-10),

vied by Copland (1957) as. avreape from neat

Crafton. noeth-castern NSW. were exuniied,

(Ayuo Z)

punjuos.pad “7 LE ‘8 OS /0T/ET r YOO9T 966TFOT

[IN N ce . wd 661 COZ

SI PI md gel lx's 8,,9C,C1 ocSl

S$, OF, ef oTE

adage Sv ” esol PPC YCFOl O86 INL aroqe sy Oc sA0ge sVY AP

’ j Lc, 11 ofS

posyoo]|Ayd "7 yas} [AYCOIapIS JAK, §,S€,€¢ olf

pumuUosivad "7 ‘purs/aiydrourryatu MSN 18204 ateig BS]Ng

snpjo1asy] "Fy ypmeas ON SSt/ol poe YU C161 O86 TUNEL “Yaaro SULMO]J JUIURULOg ags Yaar sysuay — ey

& PIAGIs | {LOOET 08619 7 A..60,C1 oc$1

smqieg WW IN Z PPS wid Qg6l'x’s “ysaoy |[Aydouapos 19 Sy le Se olt

“pues/ipeseq ASN 1Sat04 aeIS eSNG

= sngjpg “AW SE-TE - - td gg6l'r *WIPONS SULMOL] JUSURLLIAg O19 JOATY YsNoIoquayjy ag

S bunpiiosipad “7 (Ayuo /) yaam snotaaid

A Linansay “7 cr-6t 6L/FCILE rd YOOrT 9661'T 91 urea “AULMS “LLP A,

- sgipg "WW (ATuO 9) CRUSE PI wd “sYJUOU g JAA0 JO potiad Aup

= poryooypxyd “7 $r-OF ZZ - un £661 COT FUOT Jaye UII YSY “WHA

s pupluosavbad “7

# sngipg “W cre &| ASV AN = 4 OTLO OS6UTES’6

Ss punjuosinad “T ch-Or SLPUSL Pl ud Qg6 1's

22] snqipq (W TR-OE ; 5 PLB | YW SPST O86T EEL

4 yprras 4 O¢6l-O08T O861'X"_ UO URI

3 yameas ON ON LI-91 peg OR6UX'+ —- POO saqye sRaIaA0 “UIE I WYRIT

2 : A, 1T,80 781

Op ons “Adouvs peaysdro ‘JSasojumy S,,6b, Lf TE

pupmosivad "7 ye AUBLL) pote Buyjeo wdswr ogel “XT “purs/arydsiourejaw MSN Salo are1g BS]Ng,

saqg]oq WW 9OF-9C . [eusiniq ~ BLOUSE “WRANS SULMO|} TUSURULEg OTe eM TNL =F

pupiuosivad “7

nlaflusis DIULD IIN OS 61 /0C - 4 OZOL 966L TOT

“ySalO]}

pupjuosipad "7 Tt-SZ - : UOOTT LL6L VOT [Aydosajas 1am pamala-1was 4,00, tc 7ST

snipjpolasp] “W “pues/peseq $1 68,9€ olf

snqjog sakydoxiyy cr-Sc - - YOLOe LL6T 6 ‘Wrass SUIMOLJ JUoURULAg O89 ANSN splety JO “YY 86 i

(qns’7) (9, Jovem

juasaig saiaadg sadeig = ea/Asp :qing ay

TaYIO JO ararey] [Rare] ‘Aap) ‘duray, sqynp au /aed Jorpeany eUgeH (Way ay AyypRao7y 'ON

“Rso[Npuryagns Tuo] fof svoun\tasga pjay pun simnigpy ‘satuppoo] Jo syed *| IW,

[ApURpsqns BUOY] £2 é PIOW fF JOU SAUI|DIO] FO SITIO *] L

BREEDING BIOLOGY OF L. SUBGLANDULOSA & L. CITROPA

\jorras

psaflus}s ">

sng]pq ‘W

DAA{USIS “>

sngqjPq "W

DAALIUBIS “>

sng]og "WW

paafiidis *>

p4aflusis “>

snq]ng "jy

youras

SasseLu

fr-9c

yoreas

er-9C

Ip-9c

1r-9c

; P|

6 FIRM

8°91 PP

= 0 P

SE] 1aIeAN

$1 PP

- 2B P

TO61 EX'S

z Y OOP! P66 XP

F 4 CHLO FOOT EL

Y Icio - O&0C

S F661 IX'O

wid 6L6 [EXO

y tud F661 IX'0Z-61

YOOPL 6461 EX 9T

tet daeay 9 0} dn yo sdnos

86 EU PL OF LOOT F661 X0T

AAO .apun

PPE

£é jo sdnoss Ue $66U'X0C

: P|

wd 6/6 [NOT

laa

WOEFT OLOT HA Se

WOOrT 626) IPE s

lar

“yaroy [[Aydo.rayas

JOM “kas JWaURUUag

asoy [[AYdosapas aay,

‘yeseg “WuRans jWauRULag

SpuIm Suons Ara,

SPULA\

Aqsnd “Ays ipapa ‘aaoqe sy

qsaloy [|Aydoraypas

JOM “IOALT JUSUPRULISg

‘WSarO] auRjUOpy

‘qeseq

“yaoso SUIMOL] JUDUPLLLIAg

(SSBIB YOOssny) VINOYIUNG

‘pioyionod snidxjpong

“purjdwizms aurjuopy

‘Vpeseg

“yaa BULIMOL WWAUPULad

uimutiadsajday

“‘Maboy ‘nuLMsDD *snids]pang

‘say |[AYdosayas Jay,

“PURS/IESEQ

“UMASS TUIMOL] WAURULAg

“ULLIOYS Jolug “Kup Arp “JOR,

sao} [[Aydosapos 12.44

puPs/eseq "yaaso {| PUTS

BUIMOL} WWAaURULIag

OSL

Occ

O6LT

OFTl

Ost]

O91]

O811

H,9P, 81 oI

S.uCP,60 oft

ANSN Sd

UOWBULLIRG JS2s04 avs

[eAoy IuNOWY Yoorg [ef

H.cl,6¢ ofS

Su8Si TS olf

MSN sdoy wojsutueg

yaar siayony,

AuPC,67 oI SI

SucSiTF olt

JAOge SV

A 1C,6C ol SI

SutSiCS olf

MASN Sdoy uoyaunuieg

JOALY SuruuPyy

Aut EC AST

Su8e SS ok

aA0gE sy

AvL8.8c al $1

SaBL eS olt

MSN Sdoy uowutieg

yaar antqrog

ALLL, CE ol SI]

SutT EF ol€

JAOGE SY

ASN sdoy,

uolsuLUE JaAny ATsyiq

F.87, ££ =181

Su 61,68 olf

AASN sdop

uOISULLM Yau AISTIG

faa

‘panulyuoy ‘| ATA],

M. ANSTIS & M. J. LITTLEJOHN

‘Aep Auuns “WR A\

‘219 Dapol ‘payIvAD

‘PIUUING ‘DuaUulay “DIIvIV

‘sniddjpang “unjpjadojpiay

“JSOIOJUIP YY

A LL,61 oZS1

S07, 87 067

ASN Sauuy wai

puptuosivad "T TT JOM, “puts ‘[aavi3 ‘z)1enb AN Weg ‘YN joodyse,

snq]yq "W €V-9€ 87 ; 4 OOPT POOL EX TT “OMULIS “OAL JUOUPULIO OLL ‘yoarg vyfpequiooy =f]

CT JOVEN F.8¢,¢0 oS

3 Si CL,OP 067

[TIN CECLG ve 4 YOOPI POOL EX OC ‘Kep AUUMS “ULIRAY “OAOgR SY Ov6 aaoge SW qe]

“suIay winuyoalg

‘unIplalg ‘piapoy ‘snidxjponq A. SZ,€0 oCST

‘jsaog [[Aydosopos Arq S70, 0F 067

yoreas yorras (papro0sal) “pues/zyenb/ayueis ASN Souuy us YF WYTE

ON ON €1 Pl Y OOCT £661 X07 *‘YooId [[eWs JUDURULLIDg 086 YaeeID preyarq soyoves soddy re]

SMO]YO "J Ai 8P.c$ oCSI

S1SUaSUOJOOLOOG "TJ ‘DIIDIV S,,67,01 oO€

pupluosivad "J ‘wnpojadoypsaD ‘snidsjponq AASN O8LLI0g

snq|vqg ‘W ‘ysaI0j [[AYdoIa]os 1a, AN 1S9I0,J avg YOUD

‘SNIDAAN “PW LCT-ST PT/81/S'ST = YOOST rool EX 6! ‘purs/yeseg “Wees JUSUPULIAd OTS aeD PHA 22D SUOGOIN = ZI

quasaid auON TIN T x YOTLI po6l EX 6l

S1SUISUOJOOLOO "J 4,95, 17 CSI

pupiuosivad "T “ysasoy [[AYdorapOs 19M DURIUO]] S,7E,0€ OF

plafiusis “D CT Je ‘purl SUIZeIS posealo Aped MSN

snqpq ‘W €p-ST - - we €/6[ 1X97 “purs/}feseq “IOALI JUDURULIOg OTEI jNoyoo’y Wwlog Jaary XAG]

quasaid aUON TIN Fi [IN YOOLI po6l EX 6L

aA0ge SV 90-ST PI-S'ST PPT USTIT PLOT TS

pupluosivad "J & & Pravis 7 widsure ysasoj [[AYdorayos F8€,07 oZS1

S18UABUO]OOLOOG “J 9b-ST 7 PPtOl CLO HX OC-67 JOM QUBIUOY, $,6€,6C oO€

plafmsis ‘Dd €Z JOR ‘purl SUIZeIs poseayo Apued AMASN MOYooT UO

snq]oq "W 9b-ST CT softuaanl L°P PT USIPLTLOLE I] —‘puespyeseg “weans juouRUliog OPE] aary yoraeg) YouD yorg = OT

(qns’7) (Q_ Jovem

quasaig saiseds sasvig — am/Alp Sq¢nq Sul[eo

IONIO JO WAIe'T] pearey] ‘Aip) “duiay, s[npy au /aeq TOyIBany /MPIGeHL (wy) av AyyRIO'"T_ “ON

‘panuyuod “| AAV

sjood jo Jayem SUIMOL UT

YOO! “SIMI “JLa] 0} Jory

Moraq isnf payoeye skep OFT

- yora ‘sasseul 35a g suryra PPT 6 QO] Maj snotAaid Urey FEGT EXE 8

- g oi dn jo sdnois ur weans apisaq

UONPIAAA *SYOUPAG WO] SUED P OP Op ipRUIMION tel 86 SBOJ YSU aos 0061

“uans JO UONIAS WH QE] SuolR siystu snotaaid uret — QE90

- - *¢ o1 dn jo sdnosd ul saaoosapun sures 9 P :yeumig o'6 og OU “UPA, “UUM PHGIX'OT q¢

0060-0077

BREEDING BIOLOGY OF L, SUBGLANDULOSA & L. CITROPA

- Beq ouseyid uy f 90] WO} *Z ‘90, WoAy & - UOTISOdIAg - - OS6TTEX'S-L dr

payal[oo | " Spc

. - “AIPM AAOGR UE YouRIG UO Rupa 9 9 Z - Ays inapa OS6T UNL BE

- - apisuurans aaogr isnf yso1 uO & plArin - Auuns ‘rap OR6L IIRL Z

CU+r Seq onsejd uy uonsodiag - aaoge sy 0060

WYs1u snotaaid asay payayjoa p Ssuyjeo -QOE0 O861'°X'9

WYsAep Ul aprstumans aaoge isnl So, uo & plArsn - Auuns Wea OOEL OR61'X'9

WSU snoraaid

BUI[IeD PL § 8 LI9T uley ys oT tad Og6TX’S €

SORES. MOTI 060-0010

Toc Poysene Seq onsed uy uontsodiag oI 5 PLort |

snxajdiue oj sold Seq ul SurypeD

“> BurypRo wWoly WIT Wrans aptsaq 4 PIARID -[Puntq wud/tue

“UIRALS aplsag SUPE PP L s[PUINIION - SI AYS seal ELOVEX Te-Oe Ol

sbaq D3. duay (D9. “Qing 12M (7 ayquy

jo uonda{Joa INVA /AIp 2q[ng 22S) ‘ON

“ON aug uontsodiag Jo aus/AMAnIY INpy aovfIng Aap) ‘diway, JOYA OUT /aweq AV eRI07]

PSO|NPUR[SQns RLIOW] - VONISOdIAO O] UOLP]Ad Ul ANOLADYA INP UO SUOLIDAIASGO ‘TZ TIAVL

M. ANSTIS & M. J. LITTLEJOHN

AutS, Ll ofSl

uontsodiaQ $,60,61 of €

Seq jo woyog “Seq Ul paovyd ‘wWeays apisaq 1410 YSU ISeIIBAO ASN Yequiting

free) J2AO pasanesg yore Ivau SUTNIS 6 PARIS [*D | Apured ‘wre *AIG ELOLIX'ST os yaaIQ Yequiring 9I

uontsodiag © | yim

"98Ud Ul JO}BM JO YSIP Beq ul paoejd 9 | °S S PlAess Z gy] urea

87H ABIL] JO IOO]J JOAO PAIaVIS sures 2 P OT IST] SIU ISBIIZAQ SLOT XVOL aaoge SY

uomlsodiag,

“Seq JO WOo}og “Seq ur & WM paced p | “wrans C6] “WuO}s

068 JAAO palaywos sBaq apisog % PARIS | ‘Suypeo OP E — savye IYSTU Iseo19AQ TLOLIX9 aaoge sy

“s83a ou Jng ‘snxajduy

“S YA deq onseyd ur pooryd Ly cures

- - Dp [ weans aprsaq Surea PO - Jaye IYSIU IsBIIAAG TLOLIXT aoe sy

400,00 TST

$.70,€0 off

“RAIS WO] WQS L| ‘ules Jo yoaM ouo ASN 182104 So¥IRG

- - peor UO paysay[oo 4 PIABIS | JOYE JYBIU JSBIIBZAQ TLOLX'OE OSE Yaad suappryy ST

ssoq

Jo (Do “41NG (uw)

‘ON aS uoNtsodiag AWAQSY Npy Aap) day /ayyeany, ULL /AVq qWV ANRIO'T “ON

edo.io elo] - voLisodiao 01 UoYYas UI ANOLADYag I]NpY Uo suoYvALaSGQ *¢ ATAV

BREEDING BIOLOGY OF L. SUBCLANDULOSA & L- CTTROEA BY

Ovipasiian and embryos

Observations on three cuplive breeding pairs ol

mivh species, collected by MLA, tre Summarised in

Tables 2and 3, la each case, a calline male was [first

collected at night, then a grayid female was found

during daylight the next day. in the same vicinity as

the male. The pairs were cach placed in a large

inflated plastic bag containing stream water, a flat

tock ind aguatic yegelution. The bay was covered

with opaque material for the duration of ampleaus,

Litera subeleandulase

Styges [-25 (Gosner, }960) were stuidica [ror

lhree sepirate ege misses. One from (he type locality

(luculity 10. Table 1), and the others from jae new

focalities 3 and 4h. Hereatter, numbered localities

will refer to Table 1 (unless otherwise stited),

Purther saiples frompece nusses found th (he stecary

al locality & were mauntuined until sige 25 to

confirm identity. by Dr A. While of the National

Parks & Wildly Service, NSW (NP& WS). Finbryas

and Jarvue were held ip dishes (40 em diam.)

containing streaiy Water, rocks, sedients aid

aquatie vexetation, und miintamed at 14-20C

Qoeulity 9), amd T5'-24° (localities 3 and 4h).

The eggs nuiss from tocality 4b tare on 7aal so

(hible 2). was submerged wathin a metal tea Strainer

in the cool, flowing water ol the stream for the titial

(wo days of development, but both the eg misses

from localities 4 and 4h were maintained at higher

lemperatiires of up to 24°C uway from the stream

from the third day afier deposition, Embryenie

developient Was observed under a Wild M5

MEPeOSCOPIE MILroscHpe,

Litorta cubkeype

Staves |» 25 were studicd from two egg masses

fron) Darkes Forest and one fron Ourimbsh

Coc#liies 15 & 16, Table 3), Samples of eges found

scullered over the substrate inthe stream were raised

lo stage 25 10 canfirm identity, Adults in breeding

condition were pliced in an inflated plistic bag

eovered with opaque mylecal during amplexus and

the resulting embryos maintained al 16°-27°C,

Larvae

‘Ladpales were measured (to 0.) mm) with vernier

cullipers and un ocular aicrameter attached to the

niicroscope. They were anwesthetised in Chlorbutol

solution before preservation in 3% formalin, The

Stuping system ots that of Gusner (1960),

Abbreviations for larval measurements shown in

Table 6, follow Anstis (1976); TL = total length, BL

= body length. BD = maximum body depth, TD =

maxinounm til depth, TM = inl musculature depth

(measuced in line with TD), 10 = interorhital span.

IN =internarial Spun. EN = the distance between eye

und maris and MW = maximum mouth width,

Hlustritions Were tmde using a drawing cube

ultdched to the microscope. Preserved and living

larvae OF L, sibelumedidose fro sites | - 9 were

examined for compartson witht those from (he type

locality and measurements are given in ‘Table 6.

Feeding and swinnnng hebavicur of several larvae

of both species was observed if captivity and i the’

nalwral dale eayiroament,

AdVvertisernrent calls

The cally of L. wubglaridulosa were recorded at a

tape speed of 4. 76 chi sec! Using a Sony TO-DSPRO

portable cassetie recorder with a Uher M516

microphone and a Grampian parabelie reflectar,

Calls of 1. crrrapa were recorded with a Nagra 4.2

open-rec! Jape recorder af a tape speed of | ern see |

anda Beyer M-X& cardio dynamic microphone.

Por Lo snbglandulesa, the lupe cusselie was

replayed on uw Nukamich) Dragon tape deck. and for

L. cite. the open-reel tape wis replayed on enther

a Revs Be 77 ora Sony PCS [0-2 rape recordey. The

calls Were dmilysed on a Kay tlemetnes Digital

Sonu-Graph. Model DSP-S500, Addylional analyses

ol waveforms were made hy way pf a Souned- Blaster

Lo card (Creative Technology) installed ih un IBM

PC-compatible desktop camputer, and osing the

Wave Studio (Creative Technology ) ail Speetra Plus

Protessional. Relewse 3,0 (Pioneer Hill) sotlware,

Both systems yielded consistent results for analysis

olf the sume Signals,

The Gomimndnt (= petk) frequencies were

calculiled us those of greitest ainplitude ina power

spectrum or an averaged spectral display, Numbers

af pulses were determined by jospection of

wuyelorins. Pulse rates were culealited fram the

interval between (he peak of (he first pulse and the

peak ol the last pulse tra pulse trai and the number

of pulses reduced by one (Le, n-1 pulses), Becuuse

of the difficulty in-determining the hegingings and

ends (LG. zero implitudes) of pulses: and) pulse

(ruins. the peak - peak interval was tiken as the

duralion. Where upproprrite, pulse trains are termed

‘notes’ TP two distinetly diflerent types oF temporal

unil uve present ina call. then the signal is described

ds diphasic (sens Littlejohn & Harrison 1985).

Results

Distriburion ane habitat

Liloria subslandulosa

The new localities (1-9) recorded in Table | extend

the known soulhern range of this species about [80

km All localities are permanent streams/rivers of

basalt or metamorphic rock courtry ussuciated with

nunfarest, montane or wet selerophyll forest (except

for [3a & (3b) and are at S10Q0m or higher ‘The

oH) M ANSTIS & M

14x” 150° E 152°

28°

ee e

32° u Barrington Toes te bd

inigp

34"

30"

O = L. cilropa

@ =L. subglandulosa

100 200

Nig. 1. A revision of the distribution of Dfterta eliropa and

Liania sbelandulosa provided by Tyler & Amstis

M1975). invluding wg nimher ol mew lovalines tir fl. whe

fanidlulosa,

sOuthernitiost locality at which the species has been

found is locality 9 Pal Brook, Mount Royal State

Forest. NSW. The National Parks & Wildlife North-

cust Forests Biodiversity Study (1991-1994) records

1. subglandiloya ata number of sites between the

Barrington Tops region und the northernmost forests

of NSW, including Doyles River State Porest, MI

Boss Stale Porest, Nowendoc, Wernikimbe National

Park, Gibraltar Range National Park, Styx State

Forest, Spirabn State Porest und Boonon State

Forest. This mdivates the species tas a fairly

continuous distribution along the range country, from

locality 9 in the south to near Stanthorpe, just north

af the QIU/NSW border (151 40"30"E, 28° 40" 20"

S) (big. 1),

On a daytime visit to localities TO and bl oon

19x01. 1994, no tadpoles of this or other species were

located, This was ula tine when numerous (adpoles

af L. swhelandulesa, Lo hewrantongensis ‘and

Mixepivey hathus would be expected to be present

(based on annual studies in the 1960s and '70s).

LLPPELISOUN

Observations by Joho de Baviy and Paul Webber

contirm that there has been little evidence of this frog

over recent yours at the type locality. stuggesuig that

the species may be undergoing a decline there. The

National Parks and Wildlite Biodiversity Study lies

records of five males of (his species culling al three

sites on 2.ix.1995 in the Styx River State Forest in

the region ol the type locality:

1) Rely Creek - lat/long. 30° 34/39" F, 152° 14?

43"S, (altitude L060 rn)

2) Rely Creek - 30° 35°26" BE, 152" 138° 18"'S,

(S90 nn)

3) Waule Mat Camping Area - 30" 35°28 "9, 152"

12°3K"S (870m),

Observations on 20.01.1994 at localities 12, 13h

and J4 (all northern localities), indicated the

presenee Of L. sebelanditlasc tadpoles

Litovia citrapa

Speehinens NMV D32606 (Upper Allyn River) and

D32604-65 (Wombal Creck) were examined und, on

the basis of the indistine! tympanum, prominent

suprutympune fold and head width. were found to be

L. subulandulosd. NMYV 196709-10 cited by Coplund

(1987) as Co cftropa from bear Gratton om the jeoeth-

east coast of NSW, form the basis of the stilement by

Heatwole eral (1995) that L. efrape “extends from

northeastern New South Wales to southeastern

Victoria’. Upon examination, these specimens were

found to have the beady proportions of

subglandulosa, but because both were collected in

1KOS and ina poor state of preservation, itis difficuh

fo come to a definite conelusion as to their Wentity.

The two species have not heen found in sympatry al

any site examined, and this fact im combinuion with

the examination of museum material, indicates (hil

the drvinage of the Hunter River appears. to be a

natural geographic burrier separating them (Pig...

Lurvae were observed by M.A. on 1.i.1076 und

251.1996 ut Boardinghouse Dam in the Watigan

Stiute Forest, south of the Hunter tiver NSW (33° 00°

17H. (S1° 24°7S"S) and hy R, Welly further north

in the Pokolbin State Forest, near Cessnock. in

January 1993) This is the northernmost known

locality Jor this. spevies,

Litoria subghkindilosa appears to replace 1. eiiraper

in the Barrington Tops region north of Neweustle

(Mig) £ cinepa oveupies § wider variety oF

habitats that £. subgdandilose, including permanent

streams in basall country associated with wet

sclerophyll or montane forest, (0 similar streams in

sandstone country. Although found at an altitude of

1066 m at Aberfeldy, Vie, and Blackheath, NSW. /,

citrapeuilse has been Jound in lower coastal areas to

50m (locality 16, Table 3).

BREEDING BIOLOGY Ob 1, SUBGLANDELOSA& 1. CM ROPA |

Adult colour in life

Litaria subslandulasa

Specimens front northern docalities were

predaminunily ween. whereas those fron mid-north

costal localities (f= 9) ranged from untlorm golden

brown with scattered darker mothne over the

dorsum, lo specimens with some small apcus ol

green ofien alone fhe canthus rostralis or under the

eye. ‘lwo mes fram Jocaity | each bad a broad

dorsal patch of green over the head or dorso-lateral

regions Two specimens, AMR763519, from

Gloucester Tops NSW. und another observed by TL

Hines (NP&WS) at Pal Brook (locality 9), were

uniform bright green. apart fre the characterise

golden dorsa-literal stripes.

Some polden-browi specimens developer large

poLht green patches over the dorsune at night (5,

Gow pers. comm). The tuner surtaces of the Hind

limb and groin area were wanstucent yellow. as

found tmadults fron the (ype Joculity.

Lior eitrapa

Lilorta eirepe bias aumitorn golden brown dorssl

colouration (with vreen along the canthus rostralis

and sides ob the bodw). similar to toust specimens of

1. snbelemedilosea Pron localiges 1-9. The principal

Wifference between the species i the colour of the

Inner surkaces OF the hind Limb and grom, whieh iL,

cirope is brick red.

Colling activity

Litorta subulandulesa

Culling begins in spring and) was observed on

20 1994 at localiry B. when water fenmperatures at

Hight were very low. e.g. 6'C. and the diy bulb air

femperatore ab locality Sb (1900 hy was W&'C (A,

White, S, Gow pers. comm,), Other observations by

NLA, at the type locality daring: annual three-week

periods (Dee /Jan. 1966-74). and al all ather

localities fisted in Tuble 1, tndicute that calling

perists drouvhout Decemberanuary ina variety oF

weather conditions, with increased activity during, or

wer. linht pin, Evening dry bulb air lemperatuces

taken ducing periods ob spring/summer actly at the

logalifies ia ‘Table To were 13°C-19.5°C (mean

s7C) At the lower temperatures (13°-14°C).

calling was Jess intense and hy aural comparison

only, Holes were aba slower repetition rate.

Sporadic ditvnal calling Was common daving the

breedine season bul males were most active al might.

Diurnal calling look place trom concealed positions

such as under rocks or from within vevetation. either

near the stream. oc at times up te about four mewes

away from the water, A single male or a small

number of individuals, called from as early as 0742

h (ep, Jocality 7b) Nocturnal calling was. initiated

by one frag, qonmally followed by others ia

distinetly polyphonic chorus, The calls of frogs atthe

southern localines could not be differentiated froin

those of males at the type locality.

Males observed calling ut might were often perched

on broad leaves of trees and stiribs approximately

05-15 mabove streams, on ferns at the edge of the

stream, or on yepelation further from the water's

edyve. They were frequently found calling in small

groups, (Wo or mare metres apart, On 22-1994 at

locality Sb. 40 males were Guilin at night Me groups

of up to six along o 50 um stretch of the stream (S-

Gow pers, com.) Abt locality 7b on 7X0 J994, four

males were calling 25 nm apart (KR, Thum pers,

CONT ).

Anainalysts bf the advertisement call rs provided

helow and Comparison made with that atl errr

‘Two vddilional cal) sequences, altabutable bo,

svhglimdnlose, are in the Broavoustic Library of ihe

Department of Zoology. University of Melbourne.

both recorded by M. J. Litlejott and bis asseeiutes.

The first. fron Coy Fawkes Creek Ehor NSW (3)

24° 20" EB 152° 20’ 46" Si was recorded on

28.8, 1964 aliewel bulb air lemperabiec of BSTC. and

the second. from Flat Roek Creek § hi Woof Port

Lookout NSW (close to the first site), on Lox. 1968

atu Wet bulb oir Temperature oF 13°C) They ute

similar in all pertinent respects to the call deseribedt

here.

Litaria ciirape

Males at Darkes Forest (locality 13. Table 4) were

observed during spritig and suiier callie frog low

branches neside the Seam, on racks near the edee of

the water or on exposed rack shelf ja midstream

close ta shullow. slowly flowing water Ns with 2,

Nuhelardulosie mules called while two ur more

metres wou and aelivity inepeased on overcast

evenmys during or after ram, Dey-hulb air

lemperalures on several nights when males were

calling in September — December 1972-1980. were

14°-22"C" No dina callin was observed.

Advertisement calls

Literta subalandulosa

The advertisement call of 1. subelandalosa wits

recorded by J. Courtney al Diehard Creek, Glen

lines (locality 13a), on 204.93. The dry-bulb an

leniperature was 13°C. The lollowing data were

obtained from the fourth call in the sequence (Pig.

3A). The call has a duration of 9475 5 and consist

of [3 pairs (doublets) of pulse trains (notes), with

each of those in the first five pairs all being of

relanvely low amplitude (fig, 4b). In the subsequent

seven pairs of nutes. the second nate is of much

prediler anyphiude than the first. Thus, all but one of

the first notes Owhich is of equal amplitude) are

softer, with the amplitude of second notes being

M. ANSTIS & M. J. LITTLEJOHN

Fig. 2. Live egg mass of Litoria subglandulosa attached to a leaf from submerged overhanging foliage in Tuckers Creek,

Barrington Tops ( locality 8), Seale bar = 10mm.

BREEDING BIOLOGY OF L. SUBGLANDULOSA & L. CITROPA 93

0 2 4 5 8 10

seconds

B Fig. 3. Waveforms of advertisement calls of Litoria sub-

glandulosa and L. citropa.

A. The complete advertisement call of Litoria sub-

glandulosa from which the values given in the text were

derived. This call was recorded at Diehard Creek, Glen

Innes, (locality 13a), at a dry-bulb air temperature of

13.0°C.

B. An expanded waveform of the eighth doublet in the

call depicted in A.

C. A waveform of the complete advertisement call of

Litoria citropa from which the values given in the text

were derived, This call was recorded at the Rocky River

Road crossing on the Brodribb River, 17.5 km NNE of

Orbost, Vic. at a wet-bulb air temperature of 17.5°C.

<i al a Oe

0 100 200 300 400 500

milliseconds

seconds

oy MOANSTIS YM OE LEPTRRIOHIS

greater by upto Ban pais 1-7, cud by 12 120 dB

i pairs 8-13, Durations of doublets range from 29]

te 372 ins (mean = 3344): intervals between doublers

runee from §4 to 159 ms tneun = 11a). The

repetition rte of the doublets is 135 ss! The

doi iant od peak frequencies we within the binge ol

1360-1480 Ha, with means of 1405 Hz for the first

notes and [454 He for the second notes, There are

L005 pulses (incu = leh dain the first notes of cach

of the first seven pairs, and 4-6 pulses (med = 48)

i the remainder, with J4-23 (mein = boob) tn the

secpnd nole of the first seven pairs amd YET (mean

= HO.3) in the rentoinder. Ranges ef durations at test

rds dire 72-80 mays (neu = 85.9) for the first seven

pilirs, 43-69 Ars (mein =59.8) forthe others and (26

IVY ae (mewn (47.0) and 134-159 ms tine 144.2

respectively forthe sceond notes, Pulse rates of first

Holes rHige fuin 125-167 ps! (mean 182.5) in the

first Seven pairs, LO 46-h5 po! (rmeun 64 9) ae thee last

iy. For (lie second notes, the faliges bay plifse fakes

wre 42-182 prs | (mean 145.0) for fhe [est seven pars

and 56-75 ps! (mean h49) forthe last sp

Litopia clirapa

Lhe advertisement call of (his species Wis

deserihed by Litejolin et af (1972) from the

audiospectrographic and oscillographic analysis ol

two calls Of one individual recorded (Nagrne HIB

mcorder, Electra-Voice EV 644 nierophone) at

Tonighs Creck 9 kin Woof Cyn River Vic (149° 08!

BL aT? 34'S) on 244.1960, The mile was calling on

the bank wi a wel-bulb air temperature ef TQaoC.

Owing to background noise levels mm the cecording.

only uiracing of a waveform was provided.

This relatively long call (3.2.3.6 8) was described

as of Complex lernparal stractire (he, strongly

diphasic), with a long introductory pote (910-920

Me Lot high and ropular pulse rie (46 ps), followed

by a sequence al inegularly praduved pulses in

groups of 5-7. The groups have duratigns between AO

vind (20ms and pulse rates OF 34.57 pos! near the

Stall, and ure lonwer (245-500 mis) ahd of lower pulse

rite (1-21 8!) near the end. The (deminant

frequencies ringe trom 135010 1800 He within a

hroud bind of frequeneies between 1250 te 3600 He,

To confirm this deseription, and io provide un

Hididalion of possible effects of emperature, the list

clear wall im the recorded sequence of anothes

individual oF 4. ci/eope was anilysed. The recording

was made al the Rocky River Road crossing an (he

Brodribb River 17.5 km NNE of Orbost Vie. (L487

43°R, 37° 40'S) by Mod, Littlejohn oo 25.81.1981.

This frog was calling from vegetation ala heh of

about 50 em, udjacent to the river, ata wet-bulb air

teniperature of 175°C, A wave fort of this call as

presented in Fie. AC.

The call whieh hus an overall duration of 2.866 s,

consists of a distmet first note whigh is ua regubur

pulse train willy a duration of 81-1 rms, a pulse rite of

{87 ps! and a dominant frequeney of 1040 He. 4

sinwle pulse (duration approximately 7.0) as) wath

dominunt frequenty of 1600) Hy follows. The

remainder of (he call consists of eleven groups ol a

5 pulses bul four pulses and one paral pulses cannot

reaistvally be grouped to allow caleulation of a

pulse rules otherwise. pulse rates range frome 3] ty eb

pal The dominant frequencies of these piilses ranpe

from |200 to 1300 Hea and the durations-of the pulses

ranve from 4.6 to 129 ms, The variable pulsatile

second part of this call has ad maxim dumplituee

wboul SUB higher than that of the miroduciory nate.

Cyiposdton

Literia subelandulase

The advertisement call ah the imale wiry heard on the

bag before umplexus oeeurred. Detuils ol ge musses

lad we presented In Table 2. Qyiposition was jer

observed, bul for cuch of the three capuive: pars

studied, a single eve ness was found adhering to the

Side ol the bag. just below water level. Phe bys were

laid in a small compact clump of two to diree layers

of extremely steky, coabering capsules, Ege

complements for two females were 292 und 425,

Another eight cee masses of this species were

fold wt loeality & Gh 4x7,1994 by AL White and

$, Gow Each mass was attached lo an overhanging

leah Wir ob a rogk Mee i) verrical oc near vertical

orentalion, just below the ywaler surface jn a stuwdy

lowing section of u pool (some in mid-sirean), The

pool Was heavily shaded by an almost complete

canopy cover, Steady tam bod fullem three cdiys

earner ond the surhies water Lempeniture it

1400 Twas YAPC) One OF these passes, removed

from the stream oon a leat and photographer) is

shower in Pig, 2

Litetie citrypa

On 25.40.1973, oviposition ovcurred after the male

and female had been collected at Ourimball Creek,

NSW (loculity 16, Table 4), ut 2200 bh, The Props

were pliced iu phisie bay Che pile saan began to

cull and the pair Was th dimplests three hours aber

capture. AC OLS6 ho on 26.89.1973, the imitial twe

Sequicnices Of OV [POsHTOn acHvity occurred! ACOLST Ir,

i further four ovipesition sequences. foflowed. with

only about (hree seconds belween each, Ovipositian

was complete by OTA9 h,

I) nw typical sequence. the temate dorsilexed her

body with outstretched hind limbs and prodived a

batch of eggs. The inale fertilised ther) while

cupping his feet ina lanning motion around the ewes

The fermale Hen scattered the eges with Uiree sudden

kicking moyements of ber hind limbs, The eggs sank

und spread in a single layer across the bollon. She

BREEDING BIOLOGY OF L, SUBGLANDULOSA & TL CIROPA

Tabet 4. Comperiven of embryes ef Litora subglandwosa and Litoria citeopa

Developmental stages are those of Gosner (1960)

Mean embryo

diameter/length

(mm)

Mean capsule

diameter (moi)

Stuge Sample Deseripiion

1. subylanidiilese

Lasiibgland. Locittape

4 tt L. subyland. L. citropa Le subglaned. £. citrepa

2 4 4 1.50 \,73 A457 6) Animal pales black!

vegere! poles dirk grey

7 9 \5 217 3,12 - Body: dark grey,

yolk sae light grey

Head (lateral view):

uculely ungled

Optic vesicles small,

distinet bulge

21-22 j 9 653 6.76 Gilly: anterior 3-4 branches

posterior 4-5 branches

24-25 8 7.34 W65 Lateral lines: pigmented

1, ertrapa

dark browe/

creamy white

dark brown/

creamy while

actitely angled

larger,

indistiner bulge

1-2 brinches

2-4 branches

(shorter)

non-pigmented

Motth-paris; no toath rows or tooth rows,

Keruinised jaw sheath keralinised

jaw sheath

Hatching times 6-10 days 4-6 days

then swim ta another site and the process was

repeated, During the final sequence, the ‘emale

remained in the dorsiflexed position about three

seconds longer, but produced bo eges, The male then

released the female at the point when she began

kicking ber hind limbs.

The exe complement wis 655, Embryos hatched m

four - five days at water temperatures of |7°-23°C.

Two other egy masses laid in captivity continned 890

eves und 928 eggs and took four - six days to

complete hatehing at 16°-23°C (see Tables 3 & 4).

In the field, the eggs were found scattered over the

substrate in shallow pools or slowly Mowing sections

of the stream. which is similar to the mode of

deposition of eggs observed in cuptive pairs.

Tasie 5. Dimensions oe} preserved embryos of Litoria sub:

glandulosa

(mica in mn, range 1 parenthesis, stage -

Gosner, 1960)

Stwe Saniple Embryo diam. Capsule diam,

a 4 1.59 AST

(1.36-1.04) (RI24511

7-4 5S 156 356

(].40-1.50) (3.36-3,85)

16 y 2.05 3,39

(2415-2.05) (3, 283,53)

7 ) 27

(2, 13-2.34)

20) 6 3.80

(5 40-6.24)

24<22 3 HAS

(6.48-6,04)

23 1 O80, 7,34

a4 | 759

Embryonte development

Litoria subglandulesa

Mortality rates of embryos mamtained in captivity

were high. The survival rate (after removal from the

slreum), was greatest amongst embryos in the top

layer of each mass, Those below this layer mostly

ceased developing beyond about stages 8-12,

Embryos from the egg mass held at locality 10 ip

water temperatures of J4™-29°C, survived the

longest; hatching vecurred from ditys 8 -— LO and only

(7 reached stages 20 - 25. The mass from locality 3

did not develop beyond stage 1%, Initially, the

embryos from Jocality 4b continued to develop

during the two days of immersion in the siream

before higher temperatures away ron) the stream

were experienced, Hatching occurred al stages 20 -

21 from days 6-8. with only exght embryos surviving.

Embryos from the southern localities mulch the

following description of those from the type locality

10,

Embryos laid early on 1a.1974 Cocality 10) were

al stage 2 when a sample was preserved at (945 h.

The animal pole is black and the vegetal pole dark

erey. There ure (Wo layers of jelly surrounding the

perivitelline inembrune. Meusuremenis of embryos

are given in Table 5, The embryos were at stages 7-8

after 8 h, and &-9, alter 12 h. Six embryos at stages

7-8. measured after preservation, have a smaller

mean diameter than the same embryos measured live

(1.7 mm live, 1.5 mm preserved: capsule diameter

3.6 mm live, 3.3 mm preserved). After 23h, embryos

were at stages 10-11, and after 38 heat stages 12-13,

Stage 17 was reached after 62 h. A specimen drawn

ulstige [7 (Fig. 4A). 1s desertbed:- prominent optic

vesicle, pronephric swelling. slightanal bulge, large

Oy M ANSTIS & M, J. LITTLEJOHN

——

tomes penemenesssey mB ATTN 4

eee

Hip 4d Brobryos of dilovio subelandalova ad L eltpa

ANF subelanedulose cemoved from its capsule cu ste 17.

Bo Lo ortrape ronperved fram jis cipstle, al ste 17,

OC. Losthvlandidosa just hitched, a approximately stage 21

YF tthe just hatched, avapproximately shige 2).

Seale bur > boa, Shes wre rom Gusner (19604

BREUDING HIQLOGY Ob L, WWRGLANDELOSA & 2 CTEROPS "7

vil-plate swelling. with beginnings of inuseulier

ridges along dorsal Surface just below neural tube. U-

shaped adhesive orvan, slight stomodacal graeve

beguiting te form. Head truncate. acutely angled in

literal vrew. Tiul bud short, rounded, with strong

Jepressing on each side below neunil lube. York suc

grey, resLol body very dark grey After some years in

preservation, body uppears dark and yolk sac lighter

brown.

Embryos examined at 71h were in stages 17-152

growing tail bud pointing acutely ta the left side of

the body within firm jelly capsule: two visceral

arches forming, nurial pits beginning to develop,

After 95 hy stage |&:-optie vesiele more detined

wilh groove forming between this and gill plate;

peutal tube, dorsal muscular ridges, ourial pits. and

divided adhesive organs all more developed.

After 13) b, stages 19-20; spall external gills. gill

cireulavion not apparent, head small, more ronnidec

over eranmal région, adhesive organs diminishing,

ope vesicle depressed shehtly am centres five

vinbryos dark grey dorsally, lighler grey over volh

sim, moving actively within capsule.

Hatching begun eight days. afer ovipostuon, all

surviving embryos had hatched ulter ten days.

Erobryos hatching first on day & were at stage 20 (in

relation to uplic development. but no all

ereeuhihond:- Opbe vesicles indistinet, yolk suc

large deepened stomodaeal pit with adhesive organs

close legether ab anterior chd, a divided ruge ar

posterior end; gills. developing. noticeably sno

adyateed On sitisiral sider vent lube ool well

differentiated: lail fins dusky grey, slightly arched

dorsally; body dark grey brown i preservative. head

region slightly durker,

Stave 2] wis reddhed on day 10) i relation to etl

developinenh and tack OF dail fin cirewlaven only,

(iy, 4C)~ two puirs of well-developed Tunetional

extemal wills. comprising 2-4 branches on interior

pal TS on posterior pair, udheseve organs srall

Iranslieents optic vesicle undefined: fins wanslicent,

degpemmg further, circulation nol apparent: tal

nisculalure poorly developed,

Hive final hatchlings al 1900 hon day 10 were at

slave 22 in relation to bul eireulation. but other

development was assockned wath stages 2)-2 1

corney Sot hol lransparent, prominent but only

purtially plemented optic vesicle. bul fins deepening;

fills al maximum development, fully tunctional,

longer in some specimens than ofhers: adhesive

organs merging to form suall ndge- mouth

thigulir tine of pigment from up af snout through

cach nial pil to eye.

Sue 23:- cornea transparent, eyes well developed,

heavily pigmented; unterior hall at body becoming,

trauspurent around nares; gills diminishing. operculern

developing,

Stage 24;- vent tube more discernible, oral dise

developiag. with sroall triangular funnel above large

oval depression lo become lower labrum.

By day 13. most remaining embryos were at early

stage 25+ golden iridophores scattered iO spots over

dorsum, eyes black wilh seatlerod golden imdophores,

patches of melanin over dorsal surface of til

rousculuture: til fins. body wall mosdy clear. with

some dusky pigment present. Internarial reason

polideably delineated with pigment, lateral line

ors becoming visible,

By day 17, the development of the mouth was

almost complete with the exeeption of the fine black

filanvents, which were either hot yet present, or only

short Unpigmented roots. Dorsal surluce further

piemented with more golden iridophores over areas

pigmented with melanin. ineluding itis: tail

musculatuce pigmented dorsally, im well-spaced

broad bands: fleeks of pigment found aver fins in

Gilder daryae. syel aot Obvieus; ventral surface clean

excep for broad pennmeter of iidophares.

Liturta cinepa

Limbryonie development wis described by Tier

& Anstis (1975). A cojnparalve sunny of embryos

Of L. cittepa and 1, svhglanditesa during stages 2.

17, 2) and 25 is given in Table 4. Pigures 4B,

D shaw stages 17 and 21 In general Lo ectrepet is

larger than 1. sufelattidova theiugheut embryonic

development. with adhesive oygans mere prominent

wud wills sitaller ane less numerous al stuee 21, At

slave 25 and heyond. the lateral tine ormins remain

unpigipented snd mouthparts possess Louth rows ane

aw kerainesed jaw sheuh (Pig. 4, ‘Tyler & Ansiis

1975S). Otherwise, the two species have distinctly

Irujeinte. anuke heads im stage 17 anu similar

hady/ta) Shape throughout embryenie aad larval

development.

Larval behevisntr

Linerter subylanedutese

Tadpoles of this species. observed at all lovalitics

in Table 1. were mostly found on the subswate

shallow, slowly-Howing seehons of the stream on

sind. anmengst tucks or leat liner They were

frequently (ound at the sides of Ure stream:

swimming fast lo deeper mid-stregin or aimonyst

rocks Hf disturbed. They were well camouflaged

whilst on sind or graging amongst rocks and

appeared to feed oo Moveulent sult and algae.

Tadpoles defaeeated rapidly aller capture und the

ubdominal region, while similar a width ti the

branchial region (or shehtly less) in live specimens

HO the streanh, wits Commonly darrower in preserved

specimens,

Tudpeles observed udhering fo the substi

rapidly pulled the body forward 4 distanee of 2-3 mim

98 M. ANSTIS & M. J. LITTLEJOHN

by the use of the oral disc alone, in a rasping action,

This process was repeated continually, resulting in a

distinctive form of locomotion during feeding, which

has not been described in other Australian suctorial

species. Particles of a fine silt suspension were found

amongst the dense, incurved papillae, buccal cavity

und gut of recently-captured specimens.

The fine black filaments of the mouth were broken

or missing In some specimens, or each was present

only as a shorter white filament or core, without the

black outer surface (or pigmentation).

Litoria citropa

The tadpoles were found in small rock pools

(either associated with the main stream or segregated

when river levels were lower), and in larger pools or

slowly flowing sections of the stream. They were

also found on the substrate, but unlike L.

subglandulosa, were not observed moving forward

by the use of the mouth alone; the tail and body were

also involved. They appeared to feed on flocculent

silt and most individuals examined live in the

streams, had well-filled intestines (the abdominal

region being as wide as, or wider than the branchial

region). When disturbed they took cover under rocks

or leaf litter. They were well camouflaged on the

sandy floor and the dorsal colour varied from light to

darker golden brown, depending on the colour of the

substrate and light intensity.

Discussion

Population trends

Comparative field observations of the 1960s-70s

and 1990s showed a marked decline in the

population status of L. subglandulosa at the type

locality, indicating a need for comprehensive studies

on population trends of this species across its entire

distribution.

Advertisement calls

The calls of Litoria subglandulosa and L. citropa

differ markedly in structure (Fig. 3A, C) and cannot

be of any assistance in the confirmation of

relationships based on other criteria. As noted by

Watson et al. (1991), the audiospectrograms of the

advertisement calls of L. citropa and L. spenceri are

of similar diphasic structure; they differ, however, in

that the following notes in the call of L. spenceri are

more regularly pulsed and of higher pulse rate.

Oviposition and embryos

From observations of oviposition sites of Litoria

verreauxti, L. dentata, L. phyllochroa, L, caerulea, L.

chloris, L. freveineti, Limnodynastes peronii, Lim.

tasmaniensis, Lim. ornatus and other species of

Australian frogs, it has been noted that each deposits

TABLE 6. Comparison of body proportions of larvae of

Litoria subglandulosa.

Type Locality 10 compared with new localities

2, 6a & 7a (Table 1).

(Measurements in mm; mean with range in brackets).

Stages 35 & 36 (Gosner 1960).

Morphometric = Type Locality 10 Localities 2, 6a, 7a

Character n=8 n=8

TL 29.84 31,50

(26,40-35.00) (28.50-33.75)

BL. 12.19 11.88

(11.64-12.63) (10,82-13.13)

BW 7.42 7.64

(6,15-8.04) (7.05-8.45)

BD 6.17 6.10

(5.74-6.64) (5,58-6.72)

TD 5.86 5.87

(5.17-6,48) (5.42-6.40)

TM 2.01 2.35

(1.64-2.29) (1.89-2.71)

10 2.49 2.75

(2.13-2.87) (2.46-3.29)

IN 1.88 1.94

(1.80-1,97) (1.80-2.05)

EN 1.46 1.37

(1.15-1.64) (1.15-1.64)

MW 4.55 4.48

(3.77-5,25) (4.10-5,00)

eggs in a similar manner whether in the field or in

captivity (Anstis 1976, Anstis, unpub.). Similarly, L.

citropa scatter eggs over the substrate in both captive

and field situations, and L. subglandulosa attach the

entire egg mass to a surface just below water level.

The egg mass of L. subglandulosa is adapted to the

lotic environment, being compact in form and highly

adherent.

Embryos of L. subglandulosa that survived beyond

stages 8-12 were mainly from the outside layer of

capsules. Mortality may be attributed to reduced

oxygen levels associated with higher sull — water

temperatures in the laboratory of up to 24°C,

compared with 9.4°-15°C in flowing streams. The

embryos from the egg mass at locality 4b continued

development during the initial two days of

immersion in the stream but, after removal and

placement in the laboratory, development gradually

ceased over the next four days in the majority of

cases.

The periods of 6-8 and 8-10 days taken by two egg

masses to hatch (while maintained in containers) are

slower than those of other known stream-dwelling

hylids of lower altitudes, including L. citropa (Tyler

& Anstis 1975; Anstis unpub.). Further comparisons

can be made when data are available for

developmental rates of egg masses within the stream.

The egg capsules of L. citropa are not as adherent

as those of L. subglandulosa. As they are scattered

over the bottom of still pools or very slowly flowing

sections of the stream, stronger adhesive properties

BREEDING BIOLOGY Ob 1, SUBGLANDULOSA & LCITROLA oo

would nor be advantageous. The embryos developed

faster and hud a much lower rate of mortality than

those of L, subylaidulose, possibly attributable to

the individual capsules being scattered over a broad

area, lacilituting oxygenation.

harvie

Whilst slight differciees ih body proportions were

noted between some of the northern and: southern

tadpoles of L. sdbelandilosa (Table 6). only a small

sample from cuch urea was examined.

A sample of 2. sdhelandilosa tadpoles was also

very difficult to muimnliin in captivity al higher

temperatures and 4 second sample maintained in

dented water With Hinution fared io better, Lacking

keratinised. juw sheaths, they could not eat foods

such as boiled lettuce and commercial fish food,

Introduction of siltand dewital sediments Giken frou

(he Streams in their natural environment resulied in

some fecding. although the tilpoles did not grow as

well us those in (he streais,

The distinctive locomotive behaviour of the

fadpoles thyvolving forward proptilsion with the use

of the oral dise alone. distinguishes them [rom the

simiku sympatric species 2. plvilochrea and La.

fesnenei, both of whieh employ some tail movement

during locomotion associated with feeding. Cracdwell

(1975) sides that the M3e muscle ib.

Mbelandulose tadpoles ts inserled in both the upper

wid lower labia. resulting in both Jabia being “pulled

cuudad simultaneously”. whereas “most other

suctorial tadpoles move thetr upper and lower jaws

toward each other during their seraping detion”. This

could explain the Mechanisin behind the distinctive

movement observed in live ladpoles in the stream,

Gradwell also notes that this species has, for its size.

“the longest and densest papillae of the buceul

Nucose’, and these “may act as a steve to exclude

suspended particles above a certain size”,

Examination of gut contents and firther

observations of feeding mechanisms are required to

determine the functional morphology of the unique

mouthparts ol this species.

Acknowledgmeuts

We are grateful 10 the Australian Museum and the

Muscuin oof Vietona for access to and low of

specimens. The NSW National Parks & Wildlile

Service is acknowledged for permission to refer to

records Ol Literia subglandilesa. John Courtney

provided the tipe recording of L. subelandulasa

unalysed. Arthur White provided Figure 4, and with

Kuren Thumm. Jacquie Reese and the late Shane

Gow, added valuable observations on L,

suhvlandiasa Vo this study. David. Duleie and Ron

Anstis, John de Bavay und Roy Seott assisted with

field work, Stephen Richards, Michauel Mahony, Joli

de Bavay, Fred Parker and Michael ‘Tyler

constructively reviewed the manuseript,

References

ANSTIS, Me (1976) Breeding biolowy abd larval

(ewcopnient ol Lite vernuer (Adis bly Hele |

Trams. Re See. S. Aust VO 193-202,

Coprakb. Sh (MYS7) Australian tree frogs of the gents

Aylin Pra Line Soe NS WEB2. (1) Oe TOK.

Gosnen, KL. 1960) A simplified table for staging anes

embryos and larvae WHT Roles oi identheition

Herpetiloeive Vas (43-190.

CRADWELL, NLU T99S) Experiments on orl suction and will

hreahing in five speeies OF Australian Gidpole

(Anuricbhyhidoe anu Leproduetyldtae), Zeal, London

W727, K-98

Hiwiwobb. A. ab Bavay, 2. Wong, Bo & Wiis, (1995)

Paninal Survey oF New Pnghund. (Yo Vhe Prous, Alen, (le

Muy, AR(1), 224244,

Lirrigonig. M0. & Piareisors, POA. (H98S) Phe funcional

sinifigunee of the diphasie advertisement call at

Carini Victarhtnn CAMURE Leplodaety lide). Bedi

Peel ol Soctubiel, VW, 464-373,

) HORUS THEEAS Bb, Matin, ALA A WATSON,

6. (1972) Amphibian Tiana aw? Vietrria, Contirnation

al records of Litoria (=/ yk) etirope (Tschudi) in

Cippstarad. Ver, Med, 8& StS,

Tynen. Mod, & Assis, Mo 11975) Taxondny and biology

ottrogs of the Lirerte cimepe eomples (Anueas bly tear),

Rew NS. Aint. Muy. U7 (5), A1-50.

& (1Y83) BReplugement nun lor

Lively eludulpse Tyler & Anstis, F875

(Arr E ylides), Pray A See NA TOT 2), 1297 30

a. & Davis. VM. C1Y7S) Species groups within the

Australopapoan hylid fre genus fiterie Uschndi Avy

d, Zool, Suppl. Sertes 03, |--47.

WATSON, GF, LIPTL BION, My, HERO, T-M &

RoBherson. B99 t) Conservation statis, ecology anid

monuvement of the Sported Tree Prag ore spencer,

Tech, Kop, Series TG, Arthi Rytote bist Laine Bey

Pepe Cros. Envpam.. Weidethers. View 4000 ve pp

STRATIGRAPHY OF THE NEOPROTEROZOIC ARUHNA

AND DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROUPS, ADELAIDE

GEOSYNCLINE

By IAN A. Dyson*

Summary

Dyson, I. A. (1996) Stratigraphy of the Neoproterozoic Aruhna and Depot Springs

subgroups, Adelaide Geosyncline. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. (1996), 120(3), 101-115, 29

November, 1996.

The Sandison Subgroup of the Lower Wilpena Group is unconformably overlain by

the Wilcolo Sandstone and, together with the Bunyeroo Formation, comprises the

Aruhna Subgroup. The Bunyeroo Formation is in turn unconformably overlain by the

Wearing Dolomite which, together with the overlying Wonoka Formation, is assigned

to the Depot Springs Subgroup. A number of subgroups in the Umberatana and

Wilpena groups is also capped by dolostones that display similar characteristics to the

Wearing Dolomite of the Depot Springs Subgroup. The dolostones are interpreted as

having been deposited on major, sediment-starved hiatal surfaces under cold water

conditions, each of which is adjacent to either a major incised valley or submarine

canyon fill. The differentiation of these unconformity-bounded subgroups is based on

their recognition as genetic units in terms of sequence stratigraphy.

Key Words: Sequence stratigraphy, Neoproterozoic, Aruhna Subgroup, Depot Springs

Subgroup, Bunyeroo Formation, Wearing Dolomite, Burr Well Member, Artipena

Dolomite Member, Wilcolo Sandstone, Wonoka Formation, incised valleys,

submarine canyons, dolostones, Adelaide Geosyncline.

Tremacnons of the Roval Soerery aS Aa O06), T2004), LOL 11S

STRATIGRAPHY OF THE NEOPROTEROZOIC ARUHNA AND DEPOT SPRINGS

SUBGROUPS, ADELAIDE GROSYNCLINE

by TAN A. Dyson*

Summary

Dyson. LA. 11996) Stratigraphy pr ihe Neoproterozoic Aruhna and Depot Springs subgroups, Adelitide

Crosyneline Trans, RK See SMe (1996). 12K, TOL-1IS, 29 November. 1946,

The Sandison Subgroup of the Lower Wilpena Group is unconformably overlain by the Wilcolo Sandstone

HW together With the Bunyeroe Forniation, comprises the Afuhna Subgroup. Phe Bunyeroe Pornmmarion ts i turn

weonformably averiun by the Wearme Dolomite which, lowether with he overlying Woooku Pormaton, 1s

issigned to (he Depul Springs Subgroup, A number of subgroups inthe Uniberatina and Wilpeniw eroups is abso

capped by dolostones that display similar charwleristies to the Wearing Dolomite of the Depot Springs

Subproup, The dolostones are interpreted is having been deposited on mor sedimentstervedt Hattal suriiees

Inder gold water conditions, auch oF which ts tdjacent 16 eithera major menmed valley or submarine envon all.

Nhe (iWerentianon of ese Unconhornity bounded subaraups. is based oh thelr recrgnihon as geaebe units

Tenis on sequence strilienaphy

Kiy Wokbs) Sequence siiatigraphy, Neoproterpzoig, Aruhoa Subgroup. Depot Springs Subgroup. Bunyeroo

Formation. Wearing Dolomite, Burr Well Member, Aptipent Dolomue Meniber, Wileolo Sandstone. Wonoku

Formation. ingised valleys, submarine canyons dalostones. Adelaide Geosynctine,

Introduction

The sthitigraphic nomenchuwure of the Adelaide

Geosyncline emphasises the distinclion between

chronostratigraphie and lithostrangeaphie units

(Preiss LY87a). The positious of the chrono:

Straugruphic units da nok always correspond to

Hithostratiyraphie boundaries. Some lithostaugraphic

boundaries are Unconformities and therelare assume

chronostratignaphic significance, While others are

mappable ttholosteal changes of regional sigmfcance

(Preiss }987u), These differences helween the lwo

stratigraphies con best be accommodated by adopting

io osequence stratigraphic scheme. tt depends on

the recognition of mappable rock units within ot

chrovostratgraphie Framework of repetitive.

genelically-related strata hoonded by uncentormities

or thar corrclauve contormites. “Thus. a revised

stratigraphic nomencluture of Neopraterazoie

suiceessions i the Adelaide Geosyneline could: be

based on differentiation of subgroups within a

sequence stratigraphic framework (Dyson 1992a, b,

1996), Forbes & Preiss (1987) suggested there

was merit in uniting related depositional units ina

siigle subgroup.

* National Centre for Petrotcuin Geology and Geaphysics,

University of Adelude Adelwide & Aust S005

‘Dyson 1A, (1995) Sedimentology and stratigraphy of

the Neoproterozawe Sandison Subgroups a stormedoon-

nated shallow nmarine sequence jn the Adelaide

Geosyncline, Soul) Austra PHD thesis, Planers

University af South Acstralae (iimpub,

Sequence analysis of the Urnberakin Group

(Dyson 19924, 1995! 19960, by) und Wilpenat Group

(yon der Boreh eral JOSS: Dyson 1992b) bas led to

the recognition oF sever! tnconlormity-bounded

depositional sequences. Ina stidy of the Sandison

Subgroup (Dyson 1995!) stratigraphic units

immediately overlying this sequence were examined

order to understand better the spatial and temporal

relationships af the Lower Wilpena Group. The

Sandison Subgroup is wneonformahly overlain by the

Wileolo Sandstone and together with the Bunyeroo

Formation is herein assigned to the Aruhna

Subyroup. Similarly, the Bunyeroo Pormation is

unvonlormably overlain by the Wearing Dolomite

und tovether wilh the Wonuku Pormatian 1s assigned

lo he Depot Springs Subgroup. The Sandison,

Aruhna and Depot Springs subgroups (Piz. 1) are

Uefined uy genelic unity Chat are considered mayor

unconformity-bounded, depositional sequences in

the sense of Mitchum (1977). OF particular

significance is the dature of the Weariny Dolomrre and

iis relationship to other Neoproterozoie dolostones or

unils (hat contin appreciable dolomite in the Adeline

Geosyneline, Le. Nucealeena Formation, Tindelpina

Shale. Warcowie Dolomite and the Artipena Dolomite

Member (new name) of the Enorama Shale. The

names “Wilcola Sandstone’, “Aruhna Subaroup’,

“Depot Springs Subgroup and “Aripena Dolonijte

Member” have been reserved by the Central Register

of Australian Stratigraphic Names,

Aruhna Subgroup

li the southern and central Flinders Ranges, the

ABC Ragge Quartzite is overlaah wilh local

Wh?

MORALANA

SUPERGROUP

WILPENA

HEYSEN GROUP

SUPERGROUP

UMBERATANA

GROUP

(2)

jo)

WARRINA

SUPERGROUP CALLANNA

GROUP

ARCHAEAN & PALAEOPROTEROZOIC COMPLEXES

SAN

1. A. DYSON

HAWKER

GROUP

EARLY CAMBRIAN

POUND SUBGROUP

Wonoka

Formation

Wearing

Dolomite

Bunyeroo

Formation

Wilcolo

Sandstone

ISON SUBGROUP

MARINOAN

"EDIACARIAN’

ADELAIDEAN

STURTIAN

TORRENSIAN

WILLOURAN

Pre-ADELAIDEAN

CURDIMURKA SUBGROUP

ARKAROOLA SUBGROUP

Vig |, Stratigraphy of the Aruna Subgroup and Depot Spriigs Subgroup with respeet to selected lithostratigraphie units of

the Adelide Geosyneline. Note the stratigraphic position of dolostones within the Umberatana and Wilpena Groups.

discontormity by a thin (2-5 m), massive, purple,

coarse-vrained lw pebbly cross-hedded sandstone of

fluvial origin (Plummer 1978), In places. it 1s

interbedded with conglomerate and purple shale. It

is, in farm. overlain by geevish red shale and. thin,

imerbedded lenticulir sandstone of te Bunyeroo

Formation with a sharp, conformable contiet, Dyson

(1992b, 1995!) vecogmsed the regional significance

of this unconformity and the nature of the channel

fill facies overlying the unconterniuty. The channel-

il facies is referred to herein as the Wilcolo

Sandstone and is conformably overlain by shale of

the Bunyeroo Fortnation,

The Wileolo Sandstone and Bunyeroo Formation

together constitute (he Aruhna Subgroup (Fig. 2). Tt

ina third-order eyele that is overall transgressive ancl

was deposited ducing one custitie hill and rise ot

relative sea level, A reference section is designated in

Bunyeroo Valley between Aroona Ruins and Wileole

Creck on PARACHILNA, ‘The Aruhna Subgroup

was studied al Bunyerou Gorge, Mount Terrible,

Partacoona. Pettana Gorge, Trebileock Gap and the

Mount Goddard and Angepena Synelines (Fig, 3), A

type section for the Wilcoly Sandstone (hig. 4) 1s

soul of

33!

designated in Wilealo Creek, 2) kin

Bunyeroo Gorge Cat, 31° 25° 10S, long, 138

12" BE).

Lower sequence boundary

The Wileolo Sandstone represents iin incised

valley lil near the lop of the ABC Runge Quartzile,

A shallow palaeovalley can be traced fram the

Aroona Valley (30 in thick) to south of Bunyeroo

Gorge where it attains a thickness of 3 m (Fig. 4).

The base of the incised valley fill is interpreted to be

wsequence boundary that was cut damig a lowstiond

of relative sea level, At Purtucoona (Fiz. 3), the base

of the incised valley is interpreted as a combined

sequence boundary/transgressive surtiee, A possible

sequence boundary exists near the top of the ABC

Range Quartzile at Hidden Gorge (Fig. 3). Here, the

sequence boundary is overlain by g thick (> 10 i),

very course-priuned sandstone or conglomerate that

is Lypically bimodal and very well-sorted. Internally,

diagenetic chert occurs us replucements and

overgrowths. The same texture is observed in the

Wileolo Sandstone near Buryeroo Gorge.

ARUHNA AND DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROUPS

EARLY CAMBRIAN

vv vv Vv V

POUND SUBGROUP

Zo .

cs Wonoka Formation

ral ; :

3 2| Wearing Dolomite

tay Bure Well Nbr,

=O] Bunyeroo Formation | MARINOAN

rare

<I Wilcolo Sandstone

ABC Range Quartzite

=o 7 ;

26 Brachina Formation

Fan) oS T ‘Bayley | Ronge Sillst. Mor.

2m Moorilloh Sillst. Mbr-

5 a Moolooloo Siltst. Mbr.

Nuccaleena Formation

L Reynello Siltst. Mbr.

Elatina Formation

Trezona Formation

Enorama Shale

Fe ag as ee a

MORALANA | HAWKER

SUPERGROUP | GROUP

WILPENA

GROUP

OQ] HEYSEN

al UMBERATANA

O GROUP

|e ee ee ce ae a aa

BURRA GROUP

WARRINA

SUPERGROUP | CALLANNA

GROUP

ADELAIDEAN

Sunderland Mbr.

Mt Coernorvon Greywacke Mbr.

Tindelpina Shale

STURTIAN

Wilyerpa Formation

Warcowie Dolomite

Holowilena l|ronstone

Pualco Tillite

TORRENSIAN

CURDIMURKA SUBGROUP

UN—NAMED|UN-—NAMED|UN—NAMED]UN—NAMED] UN—NAMED]UN-NAMED

SUBGROUP} SUBGROUP | SUBGROUP | SUBGROUP] SUBGROUP| SUBGROUP

WILLOURAN

ARKAROOLA SUBGROUP

Lo OE ee es

ARCHAEAN to MESOPROTEROQZOIC COMPLEXES |Pre—ADELAIDEAN

Fig. 2, Unconformity-bounded subgroups conforming to depositional sequences in the Umberatana Group and lower

Wilpena Group (alter Dyson 1995!).

104 I. A. DYSON

WELL

DEPOT SPRINGS ‘7+ t+

. ian - ANGEPENA,

~ | g SHEPHERDS BOR

“f° @ MOUNT

* , GODDARD

“@BELTANAHILL

STUART

«@ BRACHINA GORGE eae

+ @ BUNYEROO GORGE - ,

“fs D+ 9 @ ARTIPENA HUT

LAKE *:: “os. geE

GAIRDNER. rin Ra

a Karat ae erariccou NG PROVINCE

a ADELAIDE

|. GEOSYNCLINE :.

PORT AUGUSTAPS | ~

NEW SOUTH WALES

{ \. HIDDEN GORGE |,

‘@)

100

KILOMETRES

Fig. 3. Tectono-sediumentary provinces of eastern South Australia, showing localities of stratigraphic sections in the Adelaide

Geosyncline and their relation to other localities on the Stuart Shelf and in the Torrens Hinge Zone (after Dyson 1995!).

ARUHNA AND DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROUPS 10s

_- Brachina Gorge =

7 10 km _—»"-

Wonoka Formation

Wearing Dolomite

Bunyeroo Formation

Wilcolo Sandstone Strike and dip

ABC Range Quarizite Geological boundary

Brachina Formation inferred

Nuccaleena Formation Type section

Elatina Formation

Trezona Formation

Fig. 4. Geological map of the lower Wilpena Group at Bunyeroo Valley showing the type section forthe Wileola Sandstone

(aller Dyson 1995").

106 1, A, DYSON

Fig. 5, Pebbly cross-bedded sandstone (2 m thick) of fluvial

origin, assigned to the Wilcolo Sandstone, overlying

shallow marine sediments of the ABC Range Quartvite

about 2 km south of Bunyeroo Gorge. The channelised

base of the sandstone is immediately lett of the native

pine in the centre foreground.

BUNYEROO

FORMATION outer shelf

shoreface

WILCOLO

SANDSTONE

ARUHNA SUBGROUP

fluvial

tidal flat

6 dF & &3 € |

inner shelf

ABC RANGE

QUARTZITE SCS

current ripples

frough cross—bedding

herringbone cross—bedding

wave ripples

lenticular bedding

horizontal planar lam.

clasts

sequence boundary

transgressive surface

SANDISON SUBGROUP

Fig. 6. Stratigraphic log of the Wilcolo Sandstane at the proposed type section, south of Bunyeroo Gorge.

ARLUNA AND DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROLPS W)7

Fig. 7. Fluvial channel at the base of the Wileolo Sandstone

is overlain by a 20 emethick mature sandstone thal ism

turn wractienally avertaind by shale of the Bunyernw

Formation, The head of the hammer marks the sharp con

lact between thetwo sandstones, mlerpreted as the tris

gressive surlace

Wileola Sandsroune

The fluvial channel at the base of the Wilculo

Sandstone (Pig. 5) near Bunyeroo Gorge js overlain

by athin (c. <! m), mature sandstone (Pigs 6.7) that

Oficn disphiys swaley eross-stratification 1SCS).

hummocky eross-stratiticution (CS) and sym-

metrical ripples (Dyson 1992h). The hase of the

swaley cross-strutilied sundstune is uilerpretcd as a

Wanseressive surface. At Purtacoona. an un-

conformity al the top of the ABC Range Quartzite is

overlain by 25 m of mature, off-white quartzite (at

displays ough cross-bedding of tidal origin: and

large symmetrical wave nipples with abundant well

rounded clasts of gravel to pebble size. The quartzite

wis deposited in a possible incised valley of sunilar

dimensions to that observed in the Aroona and

Bunyerou valleys. A contact wil overlying shale of

the Bunyeroo Formation was not obseryed. Near

lrebilcock Gup west of Bellana, the Wileolo

Sandstone varies in thickness from 20-50 m where it

consists of interbedded metre-thick, pebble lo cobble

conglomerate, medium to coarse-grained sandstone

and shale, The conglomerate and sandstone display

planur-tubular cross-bedding and SCS respectively,

and are interpreted as having been deposited in a

shorefuce environment within an incised valley (ll,

About 1S km cither side of Trelitcock Gap, ‘the

incised valley fH contains large (S00 x 100 m) nalts

of diapiric breccia, fhought to have slumped int the

incised valley during the early stages of depositor.

On the south limb of the Mount Goddard Syneline. a

greyish red, line-grained sandstone erosively overlies

the Ulupa Siltstone. The sandstone, sbout 1m thick,

contains ungular to sub-rounded clasts of diapiric

material suggesting exposure of a nearby diapir und

is interpreted us being of fluvial origin (Pig. 8).

At Pettana Gorge (Fig. 3), the Wilcalo Sandstone ts

absent bul fora thin remnant of gritty and gossanous

sandstone fl 1s erosively overliin by a boulder

conglomerdte at the base of a submurine canyon in

the Wonoku Formation (Dyson 19951) nat mapped

previously on ORROROO (Binks 1968). The base of

the Wilcolo Sandstone is bot exposed at Hallett Cove

(Fig. 3). but al Mount Termble it is overlam by

interbedded greyish red silistone und mature

sandstone. At this locality, the base of the Wileole

Sandstone is. interpreted as a combined sequence

boundury/trinseressive surface, A. similar situauon

exists at Finke Springs on the north limb ot the

Angepena Sytcline where a thick-bedded, medium-

grained, swaley cross-stratitied Sandstone of

shoreface origin overlies the ABC Range Quarizite

On the south limb of the Angepena Synecline near

Shepherds Bore (Fig, 3), uv decimetre-thick. lididly

Fig. & Conglomerate [rom the Wilcola Sandstone on the

soulher Limb of the Mount Goddard Syncline th con-

tins cirhonite clasts of possible diapirie erigin Coin 4

28 iO tO diameter,

10 | A DYSON

erpss-hedded sundsione erosively overties the Ulu pa

Siltsione. Tt ty overkun by a 30 m-thick section oF

imerbedded greyish red Shile and. sandstaye (hat

grades upward into reddish shale of (he Bunyeroo

Formation,

Buiwverae Parinanon

The Bunyepoo Formation (Dalgarny & Johnsen

196+) is TOO ma thick in ils type seetion at Brachina

Gorge (Mig. 3) where it consists of Liminuicd ia

massive. durk reddish brown shile The overall

Up Ward-Tiiing SUCCESSTON Ts pUNneligred BY a senes oF

subie, Upward-coursenng cycles Hit i places ringe

from 5-10) ms thick. Sedimentary straerurces

dsseciated with very fine to fine-gritined sandstone al

the lop of sume cycles include snillescale cpoys-

bedding and ners TICs.

The Bunyeroo Formation was tor te most pari

deposited below stormy wave base ia middle to

miter shelf setting. Dysow (1992h) placed the

Bunyerou Formation ii at irinseressive systems tract

that wis capped by the forme: Weariig Dolomite

Member of the Wonokia Formation,

Upper sequence haundary

The sequence boindary at the top of the Bunyeroo

Formation as eomerndent will the former Wearing

Dolomite Member of Thomson (1963). leis clevated

herein to formation status to reflect ity regional

signilicunee, Deposition af the Wearing Dolomite ts

Interpreted as having been contemporaneous wilh the

canyon uncontormity ul the base of the Wonoka

Formition (Dyson LO9S' 199Ga, bh).

Depasitional environment

The Wileolo Sandstone wits deposited in a Muvial

und estuarine lo shallow marine envirounent. The

Bunyeroo Formation was deposited in progressively

deeper water ina middle to outer shell’ setting und

Comsiilutes a transgressive systems trict. Thus,

sedimentiuon of the Aruhna Subgroup was unable to

keep up with subsidence, pesultitig ia a depositional

(riliseresston in the sense of Curray (1964), The

Bunyeroo Formation thickens eastward of the

Torrens Hinge Zone (Vig. 3). Adjacent to diapirs,

onlapping sediments of the Aruhna Subgroup tire

thin. However: localised thick development of {he

Hoes. PW. (1987) Carbonate shell and basin

sciliinenbition, Iate Praterozoie Wenoka Korat

South Australia, PhD thesis, Universiny ob Adeiide

iunpuls).

' Dr Bowa, BAL (1989) Guolowic History — SUYUICHIC®

Stefigniphy ot the late Proterazoie Wonoka Mormiution,

nomhor Flinders Ranges Soule Australia, PAD (hess,

Elinders University of South Australian (uupuly),

Bunyeroo Formation oecurs adjacent lo some

diapirs. A thick. black stiecession of sulphide-rieh

shaleadjacent to the Mucatoona Diapir (Coats 1973)

sugeests tinowie, deep water deposition of the

Bunyerao Formation, perhaps associated with the

formation ofa erestil gtaben over the diupir due (1

salt depletion. The diaipirs of (he Flinders Ranges

offen contain volcanic xenoclasts (Preiss 1987h). aml

Coats (1973) suggested that nany diapirs on

COPLEY were uetive and exposed Curing deposition

oF the basal Bunyeroo Pormation, An inferreel

volcanic Component of the redheds (Mawson (039)

Plummer (978u) may be related to deposinunal

onlap Of Bunyerao sediments adjavent to exposed

dhupirs,

Dalrymple (1992) Sugpested Uhal estuarine

sandstones were transgressive in origin because

estuaries owed (heir existenee to marine (ovding ut

incised vatlleys. On the other hand, Exxon researchers

(eg. Vuk Wagoner er a/. (987) aieied thar Muyial

sediments at the buse of incised valleys should he

assigned lo the lowskind systems trace deposited

during an initial fall and subsequent curly rise of

relative seat level, Alternatively, such fluvial (arts

may be the updip equivalent of Lrapseressive murine

sandstones. The kick of beuch deposits between the

Mivial and estuarine sandstones of che Wileule

Sandstone at Burryeroo Gorge sugwests thal the hase

of the estuarine sandstone is the transgressive

surface “The ensuing transgression eroded und

reworked (he former beach sediments.

Depot Springs Subgroup

The Woroka Formation (Dalgarna & Johnsen

1964) and Wearing Dolomite together represent a

transgressive-regressive (ER) cycle that is referred

tous the Depot Springs Subgroup (Fig. 1). The Depot

Springs Subgroup constitutes an uncontormity-

hounded depositional sequence and was studied at

a number of localities on PARACHILNA, COPLEY

and MARREb including Petltuna Gorge, Wyucer

Blut, Brachina Gorge, Bunyeroo Gorge. Beltuia

Wilk, Mount Goddard. Shepherds Bore ond

Mundawertinu Well (Fig. 3). A reference section for

the subgroup is designated ih and adjacent to

the Patsy Springs canyon of the Angepena Syncline

fear (he Depot Springs HLS., 40 km east of

Copley (Fig. 3),

The base of (he Wonoka Formation was mapped on

PARACHILNA (Dalgarno & Johnson 1966) where ii

colour change oecurred above greyish red sandstones

at the top of the underlying Bunyeroo Forination,

This boundary corresponded ta a rather abrupt

increase in lime coment, Gostin & Jenkins (1983)

defined a deeimetre-thick dolostone overlying

reddish shales of the Bunyeroo Formation. referred

ARUIINA AND DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROUPS uy

Fix Y. Sharp contact bewween the Bunyeroo Formation and

Wearing Dolomite fh the Angepena Syneline, The

Wearing Dolomite is about 30 cm thick. Hs hase is

marked hy the head of the hammer with sedimentary fic

ing to the right.

Fiz. 10. Wearing Dolomite displaying micro-HCs,

Angepena Syncline.

to informully as the Wearing Dolomite Member

(Thomson 1965), as the base of the Wonoka

Formation, Jenkins (1993) detined the base of the

Wonoka Formation in Bunyeroo Gorge at the base of

an intraformational conglomerate within the Wearing

Dolomite Member, Haines (1987?) divided the

Wonoka into 11 litholacies uints. These units were

subsequently adopted by other workers (e.g. Di

Bona 1989; Christie-Blick e7 af L990) with the

prefix W.

Lower sequence boundary

The base of the Wearing Dolomite is defined as a

sequence boundary. [can be either sharp or diffuse

iw matte, Jenkins (1993) interpreted a sequence

boundary at the base of an intraformational

conglomerate within the Wearing Dolomite,

However, the intraformational conglomerate displays

edgewise clasts thal hive in the pust been iiterpreted

us storm rosettes (je. Dyson & you der Boreh

1986). Dyson (1992b) suggested thal the Wearing

Dolomite fepresented deposition within a condensed

section thal included a possible maximum flooding

surface. Furthermore, the Wearing Dolomite was

deposited on a sediment-starved hiatal surface below

storm wave base (see below),

Wearing Dolomite

The former Wearing Dolomite Member of

Thomson (1965) is a thin cream. dolostone or

dolomitic siltstone that has been mapped over

extensive areas of the Flinders Ranges (Forbes &

Preiss 1987), IL corresponds to unit | of Haines

(19872). The Wearing Dolomite often sharply

overlies the Bunyeroo Formation with apparent

_—

Unil W3

Unit W? ff

Unit W3t

Unit W2 _ Unit WI ee

A a A acl

Unit WS

thin bedded lempestite facies

Unit W2

‘wall plaster’ dolostome focles

QPL & HCS tempestite focies

Burr Well Member

stromalolitic Imestane fovies

SCS sandstone facies

Cop Dolmslone Member

lominaled dolostono foctes

| Cenyen Fill Member

‘wall plaster’ doloslane facies

WONOKA

FORMATION

WEARING

OOLOMITE

unlit WI

slump facies

3 cross~bedded pabbly sandstone facies

Fig 11 Schematic cross-section through the Patsy Springs Cunyon in the Angepena Syneiine Gifter Dyson 1995!), Note

the relationship between dolostones of the Wearing Dolomite,

Wo La DYSON

Mig. 12. Breeciola limestone af the Wearing Dolomite

uneuntormably overlying the Bunyeroo Pormation east

of Beltane Tih,

conformity (Pig. 9). (bis characterised by wavy to

parallel kumination ind, less commenly, by micro

HCS (Fig. LO). A similar sittation exists on the south

limb of the Angepena Syncline and north limb of the

Mount Goddard Syncline. Near Mundawertina Well

and on the northern limb of the Angepena Syneline,

the Weuring Dolomite splits into two thin dolostones

that ure separated by Up ta 25 m of lanmimated grey

given shale, AL Petlana Gorge (Fig. 2). a 2 m-thick

boulder conglomerate cuts downward into the ABC

Range Quartzite. I marks the base of a shallow

cunyon with an estimated relief of 70m. About S km

south of Pettana Gorge near Wyaceu Blull the

Bubyeroo Formation altins a thickness of about 30

in Where iL is sharply overlain by a deeimetre-thick

dolostone of the Wearing Dolonite with sharp,

planar contact, It is interpreted as the correlative

conformity adjadent to the submarine cunyon,

Other dolostones are also genetically related to the

Weuring Dolumite at this stratigraphic level (Pix.

(1), About 2 kin cast of Beltana Hill (Fig 3), the

Weuring Dolomite passes laterally tito a several

Mietre-thick. creium to orange laminated dolostone

that is offen brecciated’ and present as detached

slump blocks (Leeson & Nixou 1966), Here, iL

overlies reddish shales of the Bunyeroo Formation

wilh an angulay unconformity (Pig. 12). This

dolostone ty thought to represent the “wall plaster

veneer” Of Rickoll (O88). Ao similar relitionstip

can also be observed near Mundawertina Well, and

ise on the south limb of the Angepena Synetine

where the Wearing Dolomite cun be traced into

slumped wall plaster sil the edge of the Pitsy Springs

CHICKHOW, KAA PU 88) Geologie Hteey and nig ak Me bie

Protenozae birtress Alt Canyon Chrples. Adelaide

fwesyneling, SON. PAD Theses. Tiers Crisereity at Seneh

AUSTELL (pub),

oanyon (Dyson 1995'). On the south limb of the

Maunt Goddard Syncline, the Burr Well Menther of

Di Bons (1989 consists of mature, medium

grained, swuley cross-siratified, crarbunite-cemented

sandstone or intraformutional conglomerate with

edvewise clasts of dolostone, and passes: literally

into stromutolitie dolostone (see Fig. 11), 4 basal Tne

comprises diapiric detritus. Where the Wearing

Dolomite displays such uncontormiry, it is defined as

the Burr Well Member un the sense of Di Bons

(1989').

The base of the Wearing Dolomite ts Tlerpreted by

he wdeep Water sequence boundary, A masimun

flooding surface al the top of the Buniyeroe

Formation may caineide with this sequence

boutidary. The diffuse base of the Wearing Doloinpite

sugeests (hat carly post-depasitional dolomitizaton

took place on a sedimentstaryed hiatal surface.

Wavy to parallel lamination and mero BCS lurther

suggests depositiun below storm wave hase (ee.

Dyson 1995). The Wearing Dolomite ean be traced

into the Burr Well Merber on the south limb of the

Mount Goddard Synetine. The Burr Well Member

was deposited in a storm-domimated shorefuce to

lide-dominwted. higoonal environment ts sharp,

erosional base is a cOmbined sequence boundary!

transgressive surhice, The “wall plaster veneer”

Was deposited on the canyon shoulders, to ts

interpreted fo be coeval with deposition of the

Wearing Dolomite and unit W2 of the Wonoka

Formation (Fig. 11).

The Wearing Dolomite, together with the Wonaka

Formation, is present on the Stuart Shelf where it cunt

be observed in deillcore (e.g., Bupeechee 2 at 367.2

in) A possible Wearing equivalent, only a few

centimetres thick, crops out south ef Bills Lookout

near the north-western side of Luke Torrens within

Whil was previously interpreted as Yarloa Shale

(Jobns era, 1966). This stigvests that the Wearing

Doloniite transgressed the Stuart Shelf prior to

deposition of the Wonoka Formation.

Wonake horniation

The Weuring Dolomite is overlain by unit W2 of

the Wonoka Formation, consisting of greyish red,

fine-grained sandstone and interbedded culearcous

shale, Tt grades upward jote whe domiiantly

cul¢urcous shale of unit W3. The sueecession

represented by units W2 und W3 is averall

transgressive. A ¢olour change to areenish

limestones in the middle seetion of anit Wa murks

the base of regressive sedimentation in (he Wonobki

Formation (Pig. 11),

The lithofacies units W3-7 inclusive of the Wonoka

Formation display an overall upward sunding trend.

li culminates ing thick, storm-dominated, mixed

ARUHNA ASD DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROLTS Ut

curbonate/siliciclastic succession, commonly displaying

HICS (Haines [Y8X) that was deposited in un inner to

middle shelf setting, Units W3-7 of the Wonoka

Formation. as interpreted by Maines and other

Workers, represent regressive sedimentation from

inti) deposition below storm wave base to

deposition abowe fiirweather wave -byse.

A number of metrethick, greyish red, meditin

wrained sandstone beds in unil WT that ure

vharactemsed hy SCS may represent toreed

regressive deposits associted with a lilling stage

systems tet (ca. Dyson 1996c). In the Angepena

Syneline. a disconformily ut (his Stratigraphic level ys

overlain by a several metre-thiek medium-grained

sundklone that in many places disphiys horizontal

phn Janination and SCS. Il is interpreted to

represent deposition on the lower shorelace in a

Invine environment Di Bonk & vor der Boreh

(1993) interpreted a lowstand delta al this level in the

Uinberating Syvneline Unit W7 is overliin by a

suecessivim Of shallow nmiarine sandstone and

carbonate of tidal and lagoonal origin (Huines 1990)

that corresponds to units WR EL. Occasionally, these

unis cu be observed to grade upward ito the tec

shile and. simdstone of the Bonney Sandstone, cat,

hear Mount Goddard,

The TER cycle of lhe Depot Springs Subyrouyp is ae

unconformiry-bounded, third-order depositional

sequence, The cunvon Oil represemed by units WI,

W2 ikl to a lesser extent W232 eensttute tie

Ininsuressive evele of the Depot Springs Subgroup,

Deposition of unit Wl in the canyon Fil wats

qiintemponuimous with deposition of (he Wearing

Dolomite On a sediment-sturved Tati ssulaee A

possible condensed seetion is represented by uni

Wa, The mille of this unit corresponds to air qhrupt

cylour change and increase in lime content, A

THM Moodie surfioe may be contimed: within

Wit Wa and oy dierelore equated with a cownlap

surface His overliin by the meressive Hrhafieres ol

(he Wordka Foriition,

SUA OTHE: CON TES

The Weating Dolomite wis developed adjacent Lo

ormajor submiwine unconformity an a sediment

starved bigdal surface (hat corresponds to u combined

sequence boundary and migor flooding surtaec

(Dyson M954, Th cun he observed ty piss fierally

ints slump breeviokis on the shoulders of submarine

cunyons. eo. near Beltane Hill south tinh of

Anyepena Synchine, On the north Jitnh of the

Abdpepena Syneline, the Wearing Dolomite consists

of hwo dolostones that are separated by some 20 mot

shale. The upper dolostone overlies the (runeated

edge of a lower dolostone, sugegsting canyon

grosion occurred before deposition of the upper

dolostone. Furthermore. unit W2 overlies the Til of

the Patsy Springs canyou in the Angepeno Syneline.

Retrogressive slumping on the outer shell was the

precursor (o canyon ticision, and proeeeded up to the

level of unit W3 in the Wonoka Pornation which

marks the turn around from transgressive lo

revressive sedimentation im the Wonokie Bormution

(Hig, 11). This interpretation questions the timing ob

curligst Canyon incision expounded by orhey workers

ihal coincided with deposition of units W3. We oi

W5 (e... Haines P87: Di Bona 1989S) Christie

Bhick ete. L990, L995),

Upper sequen bomndary

The Bonney Sandstone alieo displays ao sharp

thoveh apparently conformable contiet swith the

underlying Woroki Porvaion, Flowever the

relationship becomes discontormable im the weinity

Of diapits. Adjacent te sume divpirs. eg, Pineda

Diuproon COPLEY und Prome Diapie on

PARACHILINA, Whe Booney Sandstone displays an

unconformible relalronship wath the Wonka

Formation (Dyson unpub. ‘Thus. (he base of the

Bonney Sandstone of the Pound Subgroup ts

iiterpreted us a Sequence houndary.. Dysan (1Yos!.

199g, UNpUb) suagested (hat (he development 0!

several prominvnl cneonformities or seyuehee

boundaries within the Umberatana and) Wilpena

Groups was associated with pertods of aetive: and

passive daprasn. which oF Lup Was related to major

catcnnioiil events during break-up of the

Neoprotenzore superconunent,

Discussion

The wwe of suberoup asa iicenferintiy: beaded Wit

The previous use of sdbyroup in oa lithe

stratigraphic sense has caused problems in regional

mapping programnies. Ao good example is the

differentiation of interglacial deposits in the

Uinberauink Group, They embrace the Paring

Suberoup (Coats ef af, L986) Thompson (969) and

ihe Willochra Subgroup ¢thamsei (969). Phe

infention of (he term Farina Sdberoup was to aeltee:

all relitively deeper walter sediments, in

conthadistinetion frein the dominantly shallow water

redheds of the Willuchra Sahyroup (Coats & Preiss

1987), There has been inconsistency Heapplication of

the terms. espeenilly af sotie Wansitfonal regions

where facies infertongue ornare inlerealwed (Coats &

Preiss 1Y87). The southern portion of PARACHILNA

is such a region Where a basis for this distinetion 7s

warranted. ‘Therefore, a revised stratigraphic

fomenckiutire of the inferghticial deposits could: be

bascd ou dplicren gilien of Subgroups tis i wenede

HO fers OF Sequence sini graphy

2 LA. DYSON

A seguenee stratigraphic lramework for. (he

Urpberatana and Wilpena groups is shown in Fig. 2

and is bused on dilferentialion of subgroups asa

genetic unit, An uncontormity-bounded sequence

incorporutes the "Tindelpina Shale and Tapley Ell

Formation, Similarly, ai uncoutornmity-bounded

sequenee is defined by the lop of the Tapley Hill

Formation to near the top of the Etina Formation, and

wroverlyiig sequence 1s capped by an unconformity

aM the base of the Elatina Formation, The Willochra

Subgroup previously meluded the Murinoun glacials

of the Elatina Formation (Thomson 1969). The

Klatina Poemation is capped by dolostune ol the

Nucealeena Formation, the basal unit of the

Sandison Subgroup. The Sandison Suberoup is

unconformably overlain by the Aruhna Subgroup

(hal comprises the Wileolo Sandstone and Bunyeroo

Formation, The Aruhna Subgroup is in tien

Unconformably overlain by the Wearing, Dolonite al

the base of the Depot Springs Subgroup (Fig, 2). A

similar scheme was proposed for the Kanmantoo

Group of Cambrian age (Dyson 1995"), More work

is required to differentiate genetic units within the

Pound Subgroup which contains possibly two

Uncorformity-bounded sequences, wilh sequence

boundaries al the buse of the Bonney Sandstone and

Eciacurd Member ol the Rawnsley Quurtzite (¢.2.,

Dyson, 1995?).

Lithostrutigraphic, biostratigraphie and) chrono-

stratigraphic units will continue lo be used as the

basis lor most stratigraphic studies. However, the use

of iinconformity-bounded units ts invaluable in

busins where the development of stratigraphic units

was controlled by (eetanie episodes id custatie sea

level eyeles, Th such basins. eg. the Adelaide

QGeosyneline, unconformities pass laterally into

correlative conformitics where traditional strari-

praphy is tatikely to differentiate the lateral and

vertical extent of genetic units aboye and below the

sgquicnee bouldary, Thus, the use of uncontormity-

bounded Units cah Conteibute to (he understanding of

the suadgraphy and geologic history of a basin, it

can provide the Iramework for regional stratigraphic

framework and it can enable the mapping and

expression of stratigraphic concepts for whieh other

stratigraphic units are inadequate (Salvador (994),

A hierarchy of Uneontormity-bounded units can be

formulated by determining sequence order ina basin.

Mitchum & Van Wagoner (1991) proposed a

sequence boundary Mnerarchy of five orders on the

frequency of boundary occurrence. Alternatively,

Embry (1993) suggested five orders of sequence

boundaries based on the nature of the boundary. The

latter Method is possibly less subjective, However, il

every pair oF unconformilties is used to recognise and

name an uncontormity-bounded unit such as in the

cise of the Cardium Formation i the Cretaceous

Western Interior Seaway of Canada (Walker 1990),

the stratieruphic units would grow unmunageably

(Sulvador 1994). The tise of the subgroup as a

depositional sequence of third-order cyelicily

thereby usefully lirnits the establishment al

meaningtul and usefol straagraphie unity Gnu

regional wna inter-regional busis.

The sientficaice of dolostones capping Adelaidean

NEGUCHCES

The Wearing Dolomite of the Depot Springs

Subgroup was developed adjacent (0 4 major

submarine unconformity on a sediment-stirved hiatal

surluce that corresponds lo a combined sequenve

boundary and major flooding surface. There are other

dolostones or units containing significant amounts of

dolostone that fre associated with sequcnce

boundanes in the Umberatuna and Wilpena Groups

(Fig 2), They are the Warcowie Dolomite. the

Warcowie

Dalamite

3 Tindelpina

z Shale

sé al

om SAMPLE LOCALITIES

a. 1: MUNDAWERTINA WELL

-5 2: SHEPHERDS BORE 4

> 3: UPALINNA DIAPIR

2 4: WILLIPRA ANTICLINE

Artipena

Dolomite Mbr.

—10

A Nuccaleena 1

Wearing Dolomite Roptriatfen

Ulupa 1

1 Siltstone &

-15 ;

=10 —5 0

6'C PDB %,

Fig. 13, Lsotupic data far Adelaidean slolostones (based on

Dyson 1905!)

4RUHNA AND DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROUPS 113

Tindelping Shale and the Nuccaleena Nornmtion, all

of which cap sequences of glicigenic origin. They

are commonly referred lo as cup dolostones (c.a.,

Williams 1979), Another dolostone occurs within the

lower Knorauma Shale and is prominent on south-east

PARACHILNA. c.a., between the Willippu Anticlne

aud Martins. Well Dome. This formally referred to

here is the Artipena Dolomiue Member of the

Enoruna Shale and a type section ts desizmuted 2 km

south of Ariipend Hut (Pig. 3), Flere. i consists of

two thin CLOS0 em) dolostones that are separated by

Am ol ereyish red shale, and marks the transithan

from lanmsgressive to overlying regressive

sedimenticion of the Enorana Shale.

These dolostanes of the Umberatand and Wilpena

sroups display similar charaeteristics and. are

interpreted Lo have been depositedt yn inajor Nooding

surfaces under cold wiler conditions. Their isotopic

Jana. based an Dyson (1995!) in Big. 13. display two

upparent Gends. ‘The curbon isetupe values show a

shift to more pevative values with possible incredse

im owaler depth, accompanied by ai inerease 1

diagenesis. This sugeests thal the Wearing Dolomite

was deposited in greater water depths than the other

Jolostones. and was most susceptible to secondary.

post-depositional alteration. The oxyven isotope

vilues showeu shifl lo nore negative 6MO aboye the

Siraligraphic level of (he Warcowre Dolomite. dO

is senmsinive ty lemperituce changes. then i) might

Show a similar trend to relative water depth is

suggested by BUC (ee, Buu eral, 994). However

the shift to more nesarive 60 above the Wareowie

Dolomite is interpreted Lo reflect the oyerwl| increase

in palucotomperature following the Startian

vlncnition, This iterpretivion must be viewed with

caution, particularly with respect Lo the Wearnig

Dolomite, becuse of overpriils associated wilh

secondary, pos-deposiionul alteration. Depositiin

at qhe Wareowie Dolomite iv a glacivenic

environment is suggested by the presence of

dropstones (Dyson 1995!, 1996b). Pulaeo-

temiperatines for the Neoproterozoic dolostones ire

thought ty range from S' © for the Nucewleensa

Formation and Wearme Dolomite. to 5° C for he

Warcowie Dolemile (CLP Rao pers. comin, 1995),

dach of the dolostones was depasited on a

miximiim flooding surface assoenited — wath

lergenous starvalion, The Milendella Limestone, a

carbonate oF Cambrian age, occupies a simifur

stratieniphic positing in the Kunbintwo Croup.

Jnemed valleys are associated with the Milendella

Limestone and Seaelil Sindstone (Dyson & von der

Borel 1994: Dyson 19964). Prograding slope

compleses ure assocned with the Tindelpina Shale

Such units are considered ty be the downslope

equivalents of incised valleys (Mitehuntet af, (99S),

A pertinent question is why dolostones of the

Wearing Dolomite and Wareawie Dolomite do not

appeur to be ussocited with imeisced valleys Uhat

show dominantly shallow water features. Mayor

extensional evenls comeiding with deposition of

these units, together with high rates of substdence,

restilled in no fallin relative sea level and precluded

development of sandy highstand facies, Instead.

dolostones cup rehlively deep water sediments of the

Bunyeroo Formation and Holowilena tronstone

respectively. Buel dolostone ts developed on an

Iiatul Surface that represented u period ol terrigenous

Starvation. In cuch case, this sticfiwe cad be followed

into the Submarine uncoulormity where a major

eanyon was possibly cul on the ouler shell In such a

setting. a flexural response of the continental margin

muy have oecurred as an is@stuhe readjustment to

eadnyort erosion (McGinnis en al, 1893). Fora wie

continental shell, (lesural uplift oF (he outer shell

would nol have influenced the position of (he

shoreline. resaliing a an erosional uncanformity

developed only aeruss the distal shell (MeCainnis ef

al 1993) The fits generated would be greatest

across [he distal shell and deerease ina landward

direction. Incised valley fills of fhe Seach!

Sandstone dnd Milendella Limestone are overall

(ranisgressive but display rekitively shallow water

features at their base. Sequence boundaries at the

base OF these meised valleys were formed dhiring

lesser exlensional events when the degree ob

subsidence was rehitively small or more likely, when

the widih of the pulacushell was relatively narrow.

Thus, a full in relative sea level on the outer shell

resulted in subaerial ieescd valleys comprising basal

uyial to estuarine deposits,

Acknowledgements

This paper rs bused on field studies uiidertiken

during postgraduate research al Flinders University

under the Sapervision ol Professor Chris von der

Beveh. Several useful comments were suggested by

reviewer's Clirts Nedin and Wolfgang Preiss. Aspects

of the current study were discussed with Peter Reid

and Wolfgang Preiss. Gail Jackson and Cihazi

Keaishnan kindly drafted the ffgures.

i | A DYSON

References

Bau dS. Baum. GR PHompsam, PR. de beMPHRE

1. (1994) Stuble isotopic evidence for relulive am

eustitic Sealevel changes i Baeene to Oligocene

wiubonates, Baldwin County, Alabama. Geol. See. Amer

Hull, Wo, 824-839,

HANKS EE (M968) ORROROO map sheet Geolowiou!Atis

of South Austratia. 1250-000 series (Geol. Surv, S. Aust.,

Adelaide,

CHRISTIeBLICK, N_, Dysox, TAL & Von DER Bono, C.C,

(1995) Sequenve stratigraphy andl the interpretition of

Nepproterovoce ath history. Preeambriay Res, 7A, 3-26,

Yoru Dik Boron, C.C, & DY Bona. PB ALC Yon)

Working hypattiones for the ora ob te Wonoke

canyons (Neoproterizoig), South Australia, Amer dour

Si, 2A, 2U5- 432,

Chars R. Ptl973) COPLEY, South Austrailia, EA phinatory

Notes, 1250 000 peolovieal series (Geal Surv, S. Aust.

Adelie),

_. Unni BOC. CHAWPOR, ALR, CAMPANAS

HMAC. 1. (1469) Mount Painter Provinee,

Liooloigil Athis Spovkl Series, (250 000, (Geol, Sury,

So Nut. Adelaide),

& Preiss, W. Vo (1987) Stratigraphy of the

Uiibernitina Grau 2 Preis, WV (Compiler) “The

Adeluide Cieosyneline - lane Proterovole steatiraply.

sedimentiion, pulicontology and teetonies.” Ceol Svar

8. Aust HHH, 83, | 25-209,

Conky, FR. 11964) Trnsgressions iim regressions ppp

175-203 dn Mille RO CL CRdL) Papers an Marine

Geulogy” (Maermithin, New York),

Darke, ©) Re & Jonson, JOBS 11964) Wilpena Group

Qiart Ceol Mates, Geel Surv §. Aust, 9 12-15,

& 11966) PARACHILNA tap sheer.

Geologicul Atlas of South Australia, 1250 000 series

(Geal Surv S Auat, Adelaide),

Dares Mri. BR. Wo11992) Tidul depositional systonis pp.

195-278 de Walker KG, & lames, S. Po OMe) Mieies

Models (espoose to sen level change” (Geologicul

Associtian al Canada, Ontario).

Dt Bows, BoA, & Vow Derk Boren CC) ¢h993)

Sedimentiry 2eolowy: and evolution of an outcropping

sheli-manin dei Late Proierovoie Woroku Pornation.

South Austrian Amen Asseo. Pel Geol, Mull 77, 963

749,

Hayson, LAL (19924) Gealogy of the Upalinna Diapir,

central Flinders Ranges, Qaarn Geol, Notes. Geok Nurs

S.Nust, $24, 2-14,

(19h) Stratigraphic nomenclature and

sequence stratigraphy of the lower Wilpenm Group,

Adelaide Geosyneline: the Sandiaon Srberoup. Maid

122, 7-19,

——* (1995) A quodel for storm sedimentition Mon

the Neoproteroveie Briehing Formation, Adehiide

Teosynetine. PESA Jeune! 23, 51-68.

(19460) Extension! tectontes. ciapirisnn gid

Aerated sequenve boundaries in Neaproturoyaie

aubeussions oof the Adeliide weosyietine, South

Auxiralia, /3 Anwraticn Gealogical Convento,

Comber AG Croluyteul Seetew af Australia

Nlistewedy ab 122

(1996h) Stritigraphy of the Buran

Cimberatuna Groups i the Willippa Anticline, central

Flinders Runges. Gurr Geol, Neres, Geal Sanu S, Aust,

129, 10.26.

(1996074 cuse for the falling stage systems (riet

the significance of forced regressive: deposite i the

Neoproterozoic Sandison Subwroup, Pade Austral

Geoliwical Convention, Canberra, ACT. Gealopiedt

Soclery of Australia Abstracts Al, (23.

(460) The significunce of a towstind

prograding wedge bounded by deep water carbenates at

the Cambrian Milendela bintestane., Kanmantoa

Trough, South Australia, (bid, 124,

& Vow Dike Boke CG. C1 19ka) A Held ginde (a

the vealogy of the fate Precambrian Wilpon Group,

Hallet Cove, South Australia pp. L240 2 Barker Ay

(Hd) “Bighth Australian Geological Cravention. Que

day gcolovical excursions of the Adehide repion’® (Ceul,

Soe, Aust. Adelaide),

& (1894) Sequence stratigraphy of an

invised valley Vill dhe Neaprateravoie Seaclilt

Sandstong, Adeliide Geosyneline, Sourkhe Australia de

Dalrymple, R., Zaitlin, Bo & Boyd, Ro (Eds) Yt neised

villey systems: origin and sedimentary sequenees.” Sac,

Econ, Pulean, Mineral Spee, Cub 34, 209 222,

TEMnny, A, B. (1993) Transgressive-régrensive (TR)

Soyuenoe anilysis of The Tifassie siceessnm il tha

Sverdrup) Basin, Candin Arete Archipe lio, Can, Jews

Earth Sei, 30, 301-320,

Forbes, BG. & Preiss. W. V. (1987) Stratigraphy ol the

Wilpena Group fe Preiss, WV (coniprlery ’The Adehaide

Getsynchie - law Preterozate stratigraphy. sedi

mentation, palagontology und iectunies Ball Geel,

Sar. S. Avtse SY, 2-254

Goss VY. A. & desis. By C1983) Sedimentation a

the carly Rdiieiran, Flinders Ranges, South Australi,

Ceol, See. Aust, Abst 1. 196-197,

HaAisis, PW. (7988) Storm-domninitled mixed carbonate

/alictchistic shell sequence displaying eveles at

hummocky eross-shatification. lite Proterozoic Wonka

Formation. South Australia, Seed, Geel, 58, 247-254.

(1990) A tite Praterozoie storm-doinimated

curbomile shell sequence: The Wonoka Pormanan io the

central ind soathern blinders Ranges, South Austin dy

Jago. J.B. & Moore, PS. (Eds) “The evolution of a lite

Precambrian ~ Varly Palueozoie Raft Complex; the

Adelide Geosyacting,” Geel, Soe Aus Spec, Pub 4.

177-198.

dewking, Ro 1B (1994) Day 4, Concepts of Editearan iinet

Ldicurkin Systems Jy denking, Rod, bo hindsay, fk

Walter, M, Re (ids) “Vicld) Guile i the Adeline

Cieosyneline und Andes Basin” Ann Geol Sur,

Ore, Canberra, Rept, 1993/35, 7-27.

Hols, ROOK, FERN, M,N, de Nixon, b, G. (1066)

ANDAMOOKA map sheet, Geological Atlas of South

Austiilia, 1250) O00) series, (Geel Surv. S. Aust.

Adelaide),

HivSon, By & Nixon, b. G. (1966) Bellinu map sheet,

Ceslogioal Atkis of South Austeali, 1:64 460) sevice

(Geol Suey S, Aust. Adelaide).

ARUHNA AND DEPOT SPRINGS SUBGROUPS 115

McGinnis, J. P.. Driscorr. N. W., Karnnr, G. D.,

BrumMBAUGH, W, D, & CAmMbRON, N. (1993) Flexural

response of passive margins to deep-sea erosion and

slope cetreat: Implications lor relative sea-level change.

Geology 21. 693-696.

Mitcium, R. M, (1977) Seismic stratigraphy and global

changes of sea level, Part !: glossary of terms used in

seismic stratigraphy /n Payton, C. E. (Ed.) “Seismic

Stratigraphy - Applications to Hydrocarbon

Exploration.” Amen Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Mem. 26, 205-

212.

& Van Waconrr, J. C. (1991) High-frequency

sequences und their stacking patterns: sequence

stratigraphic evidence of high frequency eustatie cycles.

Sed. Geol, 70, 131-160.

SANGRED, J. B., VAIL. P. R. & WORNARDT, W. W,

(1993) Recognizing sequences and systems tracts from

well logs. seismic data, and biosiratigraphy; examples

front the late Cenozoie of the Gull of Mexico Jim Weiner,

P. & Posamentier, H, W. (Eds) “Siliciclastic Sequence

Swatigeaphy.” Amer Assoc. Petrol, Geol. Mem, 58, 163-

197.

UMMER, PLS. (1978) Stratigraphy of the lower Wilpenia

Group (late Precambrian), Flinders Ranges, South

Australia. Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust 102, 25-38,

Preiss, W. Y. (1987a) Stratigraphic nomenclature and

classification /n Preiss, W. V. (Compiler) “The Adelaide

Geosyncline - late Proterozoic — stratigraphy,

sedimentation, palaeontology and tectonics.” Geol, Surv.

S. Aust, Bull. 53, 29-84.

(1987b) Tectonics of the Adelaide Geosyneline,

hid. 255-282.

Saryapor A, (1994) “International Stratigraphic Guide: A

guide lo stratigraphic classification, terminology and

procedure” (Inter, Union Geol. Sci., Trondheim & Geol.

Soc, Amer., Boulder) 2nd edn,

VAN WAGONER, J.C, Mireuum, R. M. & POSAMENTIER, H.

W. (1987) Seismic stratigraphy using sequence

slraligraphy, part 2: key definitions of sequence

stratigraphy J Bally. A. W. (Ed.} “Volume 1, Atlas of

seismic stratigraphy.” Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Studies

in Geology 27, |\-14.

Von Der Boren, C, C., Curistin-Brick, N. & Grapy, A. F.

(1988) Depositional sequence analysis applied to the late

Proterozoic Wilpena Group. Adelaide Geosyncline. Aust.

Jour Earth Sci, 35. 59-71,

WALKER, R. G. (1990) Perspective: facies modeling and

sequence stratigraphy. Journ Sed. Petrology 60, 777-786.

Witutams, G, E. (1979) Sedimentology. stauble-isotope

geochemistry and palueoenvironment of dolostones

capping late Precambrian glacial sequences in Australia,

Jour Geol. Soc. Aust. 26, 377-386,

STRATIGRAPHY OF THE NEOPROTEROZOIC TENT HILL

FORMATION AND SIMMENS QUARTZITE AT SOUTH TENT

HILL ON THE STUART SHELF, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By IAN A. Dyson*

Summary

Dyson, I. A. (1996) Stratigraphy of the Neoproterozoic Tent Hill Formation and

Simmens Quartzite at South Tent Hill on the Stuart Shelf, South Australia. Trans. R.

Soc. S. Aust. 120(3), 117-129, 29 November, 1996.

The Tent Hill Formation and Simmens Quartzite represent regressive, shallow marine

sedimentation of the Sandison Subgroup on the Stuart Shelf. At South Tent Hill, the

Tent Hill Formation comprises the Tregolana Shale, Lincoln Gap Siltstone and

Corraberra Sandstone members and represents deposition in a storm-dominated shelf

environment. Sharp-based, swaley cross-stratified sandstone beds of the Corraberra

Sandstone Member are interpreted as forced regressive deposits formed above

fairweather wave base. The overlying Simmens Quartzite was deposited on a broad,

open shelf that was conducive to tidal amplification. These units are correlated with

their stratigraphic equivalents in the Adelaide Geosyncline.

Key Words: Stratigraphy, Neoproterozoic, Tent Hill Formation, Simmens Quartzite,

Lincoln Gap Siltstone Member, Sandison Subgroup, Stuart Shelf, Adelaide

Geosyncline.

Transactions of the Reval Seeier ap S Anyi (1996), 1204), LET 128

STRATIGRAPHY OF THE NEOPROTEROZOIC TENT HILL FORMATION AND

SIMMENS QUARTZITE AT SOUTH TENT HILL ON THE STUART SHELF,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by LAN A. Dyson®

Summary

Dysos LA. (1996) Stratigraphy of the Neaproterozore Tent Hill Porriation and Simmens Quartzite ar South

‘Vent Wilbon the Stari Shell, South Australia. Yams. Re See. S. Ave. 124K 3), 117-129. 29 November, 196,

The Tent Will Formation and Simmens Quartzite represent regressive, Shallow marine sedimentatoaa of ic

Sandison Subgroup on the Stuart Shell At South Tent Hill, the Tent Hill Formation comprises the Tregutinet

Shile, Lancoli Cap: Sitstone and Corruberra Sandstone members and represents depasittan tia stor:

dominated shelf environment. Sharp bused, swuley yross-straticd sandstone beds of the Corriberry, Sandstone

Member are interpreted as forced regressive deposilys formed uboye Turweather waye base, The oyerlyiny

Somens Quartvite was deposited ut a hrowd. oper shell thar was conducive to nidal amplification, Vhese units

ure Correlated with their siitigraphie equivalents in the Adehide Geokyacline

RY Words: Stratigraphy, Neoproterocoic, Tent Hall Pormaion. Sanimens Quartvile, Lincoli Gap Siltstone

Member, Sand)son Subgroup, Staart Shelf) Adelide Geosynctine.

Introduction

On the Stuart Shelf, the flat lying sediments of the

Toot Hill Pormiation crop aut west of the Torrens

Hinge Zone and Adelaide Geosyncline in South

Australia, The Tent Hill Formation (Browe (885)

wits named ufler the Flattopped hills 25 km

northwest of Port Augusta (Pi. 1), As part ofa major

study (Dyson 1995"), the sedimentology un

stratigraphy of the Tent Hill Formation and Simmens

Quarizite Were mVesugaled (1 the type section at

South ‘Tent Hill (Pig, 2) and represent the first

detailed syothesis of the sedimentology ane

stratigraphy of these formations. This paper revises

the Stratigraphic nomenclature for the Tent Hill

Formation on the Stuart Shell.

At South Tent (ill the Tent Mill Formation was

formally detined: as consisting af three members,

munely the Tregolina Shale Member, the Corraberru

Sandstone Member and the Simmens Quartvite

Member (Dalarna e7 al 1968), This study has

elevaled the Sinmmens Quarizite Member lo

formation status and redefined the Corraberra

Sandstone Member thereby incorporating the

Lincoln Gup Siltstone Member into the Tent fill

Formation (Fig, 3). The Tent Hill Formation ts

conelalve with the Brachina Pormation i the

Adelaide Geosyncline, Similarly. the overlying

Simmens Quartvite may be correlated with the ABC

Runge Quartante, The name “Lincoln Gap Silestone

National Conte for Petpaleii Cleahoey dark Gadpiysies.

Livers of Adelaide Adelaide S. Aust SOUS.

Dyson. 1A (OOS) Sedimeitvtopy amd staligraphy al Ue

Seoprolerovo Saindiseu Subproups uv stormeduniiiaited shallow

minine sequvace in the Adelaide Cleasynctine Soul) Austeatio

Phlo Cheses. Flinders. Liniversigy oF South Austrabia Ganpubs >

Mernber" has been reserved by the Central Register

of Australian Stratigraphic Names,

Previous work

The seerjion at South Tent Hill (Pig, 4), originally

Jeseribed by Thomson (1965), wis proposed by

Dalgarno eral. (1968) as the type section for the Tent

Hill Formaten., The underlying formidion was

referred to as the ~Tregolina shales by Miles

(1955), The term “Lincoln Gap Fligstones” was

proposed by Miles (1955) for theesandy suceesston

ol (he Tent Hill Formation. Crawford (1964) referred

to the lower part of tus unit ay the Corrabecra

Sandstone. ‘Thomson (1965) detined the Corriberra

Sandstone Mejaber and the Simmens Quartztte

Member as constituents oF ihe Tent Hill Formation.

Coats (1965) correlated the Tregolana Shale Member

wid Corruberra. Sandstone Member with the

Braching Formation, and the Siminens Quurtvite

Member with the ABC Range Quartaile, Johis

(1968) proposed the lerms “Woomera State

Member” and “Arcoona Quartaile Member” on the

northern Stuart Shelf where they were considered

luteral equivalents of the ‘Tregolina Shale and

Sunmens Quartzie Members, respectively (Coats

TYH4).

The sttubgraphy of the Tent Hill Formation was

reviewed by Coats (1965), Thomson (1965), Johns

(1968) and Forbes & Preiss (1987). TL was considered

tobe of Mannoan age by Chomsou (1965). However,

the scdimentology of the Tent Pil Pormucion has

never been studied in detail und the stratiraphie

column of the South Tent Hill scetion by Thomson

(1965) 1s the only previous stltempl to mentily and

document the sedimentary structures. Joyo (1968)

considered ihat fhe suite oF sedimentary structures i

118 L.A, DYSON

: _ FINKE SPRINGS

. PUTTAPA GaP “3

STUART

‘@ BRACHINAGORGE © .

— * BUNYEROO GORGE ' .

. BL ACK GAP

oe -

NEW SOUTH WALES

0 LAKE a Sse

: GARDNER eet ‘ NI - | WARRAKIMBO GORGE “Ea

- ‘ 3 ° =U WAGGA BLUEF@, @ PARTACOONA =. 82 +, PROVINCE

aN UFR © MIDDLE GORGE i:

aN |. ADELAIDE

SOUTH TENTHILL © be GEOSYINGLINE:

‘ : PORT AUGUSTA \ “ont

NG . HIDDEN GORGE

:@ QODLA WIRRA |

KULPARA

h \

VADELAIDE

HALLETT COVEY .

OCHRE COVE WA ae

* Sé_waunt

4 O* TERRIBLE

VICTORIA

100

KILOMETRES

Fig, |. Tectono-sedimentary provinces in South Australia, showing localities of stratigraphic sections in the Adelaide

Geosyneline and their relation to other localities on the Stuart Shelf and in the Torrens Hinge Zone (afler Dyson 1995!).

TENT HILL FORMATION AND SIMMENS QUARTZITE WW

Fig. 2. View of the type section for the Tent Hill Formation

(Dalgarno et a/. 1968) on the southern face of South Teat

Hill.

Fig. 3, Stratigraphic log of the Simmens Quartzite und Tent

Hill Formation at South Tent Hill (after Dyson 1995!),

SOUTH TENT HILL

f mc ve

mud sand gravel

Simmens

Quarizite tidal shelf Regressive

Systems

Tract

(FRST)

Set’ Member a de

Lincoln Gap

Siltstone

Member Highstand

Systems

Tregolana Tract

Siltstone

Member

outer shelf

SANDISON SUBGROUP

_—_—

Lom

eb)

—_

= —< parallel lamination ~€ hummocky cross-stratification

—<s\__ ripple cross~bedding “~<& _ swaley cross-stratification

\A/ trough cross—bedding ewe clasts

i 1. A. DYSON

METRES

SIMMENS QUARTZITE oo Horizontal bedding

TENT HILL FORMATION

Corraberra Sandstone Member

Lincoln Gap Siltstone Member Limit of outcrop

Tregolana Shale Member Measured Section

Geological boundary

bin. 4 Geological map of South Tear Hill

yao?

(LNT TILL FORMATION AND SIMMENS QUARTZITE

the Tene FOIL Kormation was jadicutive af sinong

Currentuction and shallow wiiter scdimentluten,

Siratiuraphy

The former Simmens Quurtzite Member of the

Tent Thi Bormation is raised hereiy to formation

status to refleet its regional significunee. ‘Together.

the Tent Hill Portration abd Simmens Quartzite (Pig.

3) represent regressive sedimentation of the Sandison

Subgroup on the Stuart Shelf The Sundison

Subyruuip is un uncontormity-bounded depositional

sequence in the sense of Mitchum (1977). Dolostone

of the underlying Nuccaleena Formation dees rot

crop oulin tbe Tent Thily buts present in deilcore

from the Stuart Shelf This commonly about 2-6 rn

Wick and displays a shirp to gradational base, The

Nuccaleena Formation was deposited below storm

wave base on a combined sequence bound-

ary/transeyressive suchace Uhal represents am hiatal

suilave of terigenous starvation, Phe lower Tent Hill

Pormuhon comprises the Tregolina Shae and

Lincoln Gip Siltstone members that represent the

Hiwhstund systenty tract of the Sandison Subgroup,

An uterpreted falling stage or forced) regressive

systems tricl (Dyson l99Ga). comprising the

overlying Corraberru Sundstune Member of the Tent

Hill Formation and the Simmens Quartzite, is placed

REGION

TYPE AREA

STUART

SHELF

South

Tent Hill

FLEURIEU

ARC

TORRENS

HINGE ZONE

DEPOT

SPRINGS

SUBGROUP

hiatus higlus hiatus

ARUHNA

SUBGROUP

Hallett Cove Kulpara =| Hidden Gorge

between the highstind systems tract and the

sequence boundary at the top of the Sandison

Subgroup (Pig. 3).

The Sandison Subgroup on the Stuart Shelf and in

the Adelaide Goosyneline (Fig. 5) is unconformably

overlain by (he Wileolo Sandstone and. together wih

the Yarlow Shule, is herein assigmed to the Aruhia

Subgroup (Dyson 1996b), The Yarloo Shale is m turn

uncontormithly overkun by the Wearing Dolomite

und. logether with the Wonoka Formation, is

ussigied to we Depot Springs Subgroup (Dyson

1906h),

Tent Hill Formation

The Tent Hill bormation, abour 200 nm thek at

South Tent Hill, isan upwurd-sanding unit consisting

of the Pregolaia Shale Member the Lincol Gay

Siltstone Member and the Corraberra Sindstone

Member (Pig. 3). Tt ts gradationally overlain by the

Simmens Quartzite.

Degolana Shale Meniber

The Tregoluna Shale Member consists ol

laminated to thin-hedded. very fine to Hoegraied,

dark greyish brown sandstone iiterbedded with

greyish rad shale (Fig. 6). It is about 60 m thick.

NORTH

FLINDERS

RANGES

Finke Springs

SOUTH WEST

FLINDERS.

RANGES

CENTRAL

FLINDERS

RANGES

Bunyeroo

Gorge

NACKARA

ARC

Oodla Wirra

Wonoka

Formation

Wonaka

Formation

Wonaka

Formation

Wearing

Dolomite

Wearing

Dolomite

Wearing

Dolomite

hiolus

Bunyeroo

(i Formation

Formation

Bunyeroo

Formation

Wilcolo. Sst.| Wilcola Sst, Wilcolo Sst.

VV oF

ABC’ Range ABC Range

Quartzite Quartzite

Simmens

Quartzite

Corraberra Corraberra

Sandstone Sandsione

Member Member

Moorillah Moorillah

Sillstone Sillsione

ember Member

Corraberra

Sandstore

_Member

Lincoln Gap

Sandstona

ember

Brachina Fm,

voy ‘ABC

Range

Quarizite

ABC Range

Quortaile

Bayley

Range

Sillst. br.

Moorilloh |

Sillstone

Member

We Range

ABC Range Quarizite

Quarizite

Moorillat

Sillstone

Member

Ulupa

Siltstone

Ulupa

Slitstone

Moglooloo

Sillstone

Member

Tant Hill Formation

Tregolana i

Shale

Member

Siltstone

ember

Neaicaloo

Meaioalue Moolon|no

Sillstone iitstene

Member ember

Brachina Fm,

Brachina Fm.

SANDISON SUBGROUP

Seoclilf

h- pullers Sandslone

Nuccaleena

Formation

Lil

UMBERATANA

GROUP

Nuccaleena

Formation

Seacliff Sst.

Seoclif{ Sst_

Nuccaleena

Farmation

Nuccaleena

Formation

Nuccaleena

Formation

Fig, 5. Nomenelitture aud correlation of the Samdisoo Subseaup (alter Dysan 1995 ')

)32 LA

hig. 6. Shale and very thin te thin-bedded fite-grained

sandstone, Trepoluia Shale Member of the Tent Hill

Formation,

Individual Sandstone beds are flat-based with

occasional grooves and scratches. Internally, the

sundstones display parallel lamination and current

ripple cross-lamination analogous to the Bouma

sequence for turbidites and are interpreted as having

been deposited at or below storm wave base from

waning. unidirectional currents of storm. origin.

Siltstone beds are characterised by parallel

lamination, The thickness and frequency of the

sundstone beds increases up-section as the Tregolana

Shale Member grades into the Lincoln Gap Siltstone

Member. The Tregolana Shale Member was

deposited below storm wave base and is a@ lateral

equivalentof the Moolooloo Sillstone Member of the

Brachina Formation,

Lincoln Gay Silttstone Member (new nqme)

The name for this new member of the Tent Hill

Formation is derived from “Lincoln Gap". 24 km

south of South Tent Hill. It resurrects. in putt, the

fomer “Lincoln Gap Flagstones” of Miles (1955)

That was previously used to include the siandy

succession above the Tregolana Shale. Here, the

Lincoln Gap Siltstone Member is used to deseribe

the lower half of the Corraberra Sandstone Member

that was originally defined by Thomson (1965), Lt is

about 40 in thick and consists of interbedded greyish

red shile and thin to medium-bedded, fine-grained

greyish brown sandstone. Flute casts and scratch

marks are common at the base of sandstone beds

suggesting current transport to the east (Pig. 7).

Internally, the sandstones commonly display

horizontal planar lamination. They are. in places,

capped by interference ripples or asymmetrical

tipples with sinuous. crests. Sundstones displaying

planar lamination or hummocky cross-stratification

(HCS) are capped by near-symmetrical ripples

Crests of the nearsymmetrical ripples show a

DYSON

FLUTE CASTS

WAVE RIPPLE CRESTS

Vig. 7. Palacocurrent data for the Lincoln Gap Siltgtone

Member

hexugonal pattern or are straight to wavy with

tuning-fork bifureations.

Planir-laminated sandstone beds cupped by current

ripples are interpreted as Bouma BC sequences and

suggest deposition at or below storm wave base in it

current-dominated environment, The [Mute cists

suggest the influence of unidirectional currents that

were directed off-shore (Fig. 7). Ripple marks on top

of these sandstone beds indicate the influence of

unidirectional and oscillatory currents, resulting

combined-flow ripples (Fig. 8). The presence of

TENT HILL FORMATION AND SIMMENS QUARTZITE 123

Fig, 8, Combined-flow ripples on top of fine-grained sand-

stone, Lincoln Gap Siltstone Member. The ripple crests

show imperfect bifurcation and note the presence of

wonkle marks.

HCS and planar lamination indicates that storms

were responsible for the generation of both

unidirectional and = oscillatory currents, Near-

symmetrical ripples are interpreted as wave-formed

in origin. The orientation of wave ripples suggests a

north-south palaeoshoreline. These structures

suggest deposition above storm wave base but below

Fig. 9. Chocolate-brown sandstone of the Corraberra

Sandstone Member in the centre-foregound, gradation-

ally overlain by quartzarenites of the Simmens Quartzite.

fairweather wave base. The Lincoln Gap Siltstone

Member represents deposition in an environment

where oscillatory currents were dominant over

unidirectional currents. [It is a lateral equivalent of

the Moorillah Siltstone Member of the Brachina

Formation and is sharply overlain by the Corraberra

Sandstone Member,

Corraberra Sandstone Member

The Corraberra Sandstone Member is about 25 m

thick and consists of greyish red, iron-stained, fine to

medium-grained sandstone (Fig. 9) interbedded with

greyish brown shale. The sandstone beds are

commonly micaceous and display heavy mineral

lamination, swaley cross-stratification (Fig, 10),

quasi-planar lamination (Fig. 11) and medium-scale

cross-bedding. They are, in places, capped by

symmetrical and asymmetrical ripples, interpreted as

wave and current ripples, respectively. Glauconite,

intraformational mud clasts, mud drapes, foreset

bundles, climbing ripple cross-lamination and

herringbone cross-lamination are also present.

Several upward-sanding cycles, commonly about 5

m thick, are present in the Corraberra Sandstone

Member where swaley cross-stratified sandstone

beds are commonly erosive into underlying cycles

that comprise tidal sand sheets. The Corraberra

Sandstone Member grades upward into the Simmens

Quartzite (Figs 3,9).

The lamination and cross-stratification styles

within the Corraberra Sandstone Member suggest

initial deposition at or above fairweather wave base

in a shoreface environment where oscillatory-

dominant storm currents were operative. Cross-

bedding near the top of the unit suggests the

increasing influence of tidal currents. A tdally-

influenced marine environment is also indicated by

the presence of glauconite, bipolar cross-lamination

and foreset bundles. The disconformity at the base of

the Corraberra Sandstone Member marks the onset

Fig. 10. Medium-grained sandstone of the Corraberra

Sandstone Member displaying SCS. Hammer for scale.

124 1. A. DYSON

Pig, 11. Quasi-planar lanination i medium-prained sand

stone, Corraberrn Sandstone Member, Note preserve of

loweangle cross-bedding showing palieotlow to the

right, Lens cup is 52 min in diameter

of forced regression in the Sandison Subgroup and

metre-(hick, swaley cross-stratified sandstone beds

ie interpreted as forced regressive deposits (Dyson

1995119960). Upward-shillowlig cycles ure

Interpreted ws parasequenees in (he terminology of

Van Wagoner (P985), On the Stuart Shelf the

Corruberra Sundstane Meniber represents partial

lateral equivatents of the lower ABC Range Quartzite

and upper Brachina Pormation troy the Adelaide

Geosyiicling, The ironerich facies are Similar to

cyuivulents thal crop aul east of the Torrens Hinge

Zone at Kulpara, Ochre Cove, Hallett Cove and

Puthipa Gap (Big. 1). 1h is thought (hat the iren was

derived from erosion of the Mesuproterozoic

Pandora Formation on the Gawler Craton.

Simmens Quartzite

The Simmens Quartzite is about 100 m thick and

consists of prey lo greyishewhite. fine to medium

eruined. thin to very thick-bedded quartzarenite.

These beds contain various clasts of voleanic and

grinilic composition, varying in size up to 20 mm,

Compound cross-bedded sets comprisiny herringbone

cross-stratification, sigmoidal cross-bedding displaying

foresel bundles, planar-tabulur cross-bedding, shale

clasts, horizontal-planar lamination and tinor swaley

cross-stratificadion (SCS) are abundant (ries 12, 13).

Large-scale, dough cross-bedding is common (Fig. 14),

Compound cross-bedded sandstone suggests

deposition of sand waves ti a tide-dominitted

environment Where asyiimetry of the dominant and

subordinate currents was pronounced, but bipolar

currents were significant, The lack of 1ICS and SCS.

except near (he base of the Simmens Quartzite

suggesis shoreface deposition above luirweather

wave base where tidal currents were dominant

Fig. 12. Quartaavenite of the Simmens Quariaite display ing

overtinned cross-hedding of tidal origin and SCS, Note

sinalleseale herringbone eross-bedding at base al bed

Brunton compuss tor scale

Fig. 13, Compound enoss-hedding i quartzurenite al! the

Simmens Quartile

Nig. (4. Rough eross-hedding in the Simmens Qaarvate.

Lens cap in 52 mm in diameter.

PENT HILL, FORMATION AND SIMMENS QUARTZITE 25

Palaeocurrent dala show a strong trend towards the

east and are interpreted as reflecting progradition of

ebb-flow tidal sutid sheets (Pig, 15). Following Couts

(1965). (he Simmens Quartaile is correlated with the

ABC Range Quartzite in the Adelaide Geosyncline.

Sequence boundary

The upper boundary of the Simmens Quuartzite

does not crop outat Sourk Tent Hill However, south

of Bill's Lookout near the north-western side of Lake

Torrens, an erosively-hased sandstone at the top of

the Simmens Quartzite crops out poorly where i is

contormably overlain by moderate brown lo greyisli

green shale of the Yarloo Shale. The metre-thick,

mediun-eraincd off-white sandstone contains basal

clasts of shale, lithic sandstone und occasional

volcanics, Sedimentary structures include trough

vross-bedding, SCS and symmetrical ripples.

The erosively-based sundstane at the top of the

Simmens Quarizite is interpreted as huving been

deposited ian estuarine environment. The style ar

ceross-bedding in the lower purl of the oil suggests

deposition on a fuvially-dominated shorevuce, A

stormy influence is indicated by the presenee of SCS

CROSS—BEDDING

n = 120

CURRENT LINEATION

Fig, 15. Palaeocurrent data for the Simimens Quartaite,

and the symmetnical ripples are interpreted as having

been formed by wave action, This unit is 4 possible

equivwtent of the Wilcolo Sandstone that overlies the

ABC Range Quartzite in the Adelaide Geosyneline

where it murks the development of broad (c. 1)-20

km) ine sed valley fills that in) places atin a

thiekness of some 25-50 m ip outcrop, They consist

of a basal, trough cross-hedded facies of thuvial

origin, overlain by SCS shorelace sands, The SCS

shoreface sands pass rapidly upward inte. basinal

shale of the Bunyveroo Formation. The Wilculo

Sandstone and Bunyeroo Formation together

constitule the Aruhna Subgroup (Dyson 1996b), Its

upper boundary is represented by the maximum

flooding surface ul the base of the Wearing Dolonite

Which is coincident with the development ot

kilometre-deep canyons previously assigned to the

overlying Wonoka Formation (Dyson 1995°, 1996b),

Stratigraphic equivalents of the Tent Hill

Vormation and Simmens Quartzite

The redefined Tent Hill Formation and Simmens

Quiurtzite uny be considered partial lateral

equivalents of the Brachina Formation. ABC Range

Quirtvite and Ulupa Silistone in the Adelaide

Geosyneline (Fig, 5), The Brichina Forinution was

delined hy Dalgarno & Johnson (1964) as the thick

sucvession of siltstone conformibly overlying the

Nuccaleena Formation and passing upwards mto the

ABC Range Quartzite (Mawson 1939). Together

wilh the Seaclit? Sandstone and Nuccaleena

Fornration. the Brachina Formation und ABC Ringe

Quativale were incorporated into the Sandison

Subgroup (Dyson 1992). The Brachina Formation

and ABC Range Quartzite crop out al several

localities. wilhin the Mount Lolly and Flinders

niuges, of which the latter occurrences uppeur lo

display lateral continuity. A study by Dyson (1992,

1995!) focused on well-exposed sections at Hallet

Cove. Ochre Cove, Mount Terrible, Kulpara, Hidden

Gorge, Wyaccu Bluff, Purtacoona ant Bunyeroo

Gorge (Fig. 1). The Ulupa Siltstone is best developed

to the east und northeast parts of the Adelaide

Geosyneline on the BURRA. COPLEY, OLARY,

ORROROO und MARREE 1:250 000 geological

sheets, The Brachina Formation and overlying ABC

Range Quartzite constitute an overall upward-

sanding succession, They cepresent regressive

sedimemation of the Sandison Subgroup aed are

therefore defined us all the strata overlying the

maximum flooding surface/downlap surface.

represented by the Noecaleena Formation. to the

sequence boundary at the base of the Arubna

Subgroup.

126 1 DYSON

Prachi Corneaiion

The Bruching Pormuion comprises four members,

cach ot whieh can he defined by [ts (jthafaciwes (Fig.

53) TWwe of these, tamely the Bayley Runge Siltstone

Mewiber aid the Corniberry Sandstone Member. ane

consmlered literal equivalents (Dyson LYYs4. The

Bayley Runge Silistone Member does not crap out at

Hallew Cove ov Kulpara (Fiz. 1), The Coreaberra

Sandstone Merpber of the Tent Gill Formation that

crops out onthe Stuart Shell hasan equivalent that is

Included in the Bravhion Formation at Halle Cove

(Dyson 19054). ‘Phe lithofieres al the Brachina

Formation ut Hallett Cove displiy a sui af

sedimentary structures Suggestive ol depasttion

uoder the influence of greal storms. These sirucnires.

Invading weonompanying pulaeweurment dak, ane

ilfustrated and deseribed tore Tully by Dyson

(1995! 1995).

ABC Range Guarizile

The ABC Range Quartvate is composed of pale

piikish wrey to greyish white, thick-bedded to

massive, fine to mediin-gralned, slightly feldspathic

quatzale sind ino interbedded shale and) fine

granmicd sundstone, It is characterised ty the

abundance of planartabular, herrighone and laree-

scale Trough eross-bedding. usymimetricy) cripples

with sinuous crests, Maser and lenuculur bedding,

muderacks, mud drapes and mud intrachaists.

Straigiil-crested symmetrical tipples also cup seme

sandstone beds, Compound cross-hedded sets consist

ul small-scale cross-bedding separated by ipelined,

master set boundaries, As the inclination of the

niaster bedding plines decreases, the bipolariry of

Ihe cross-hedding becomes nore prevalent

Megaripple cross-hedded sets, commonly uni-

direchonal display o thin-thick alternation of sanely

foréset bundles, bounded by ceachwation surtiaces, mid

couplets and/or mud drupes. Sandstone ehannels are

characterised hy genrly jnelined lateral aeeretion

Surfaces and low-angle truncation surlaees. SCS and

herizontal-planue laminae are eecusionally

Observed neur the base oF some minor quartyite

units FIOS is restricted to iitervals ob interbedded

shale and thin lo medium-bedded line sandstone and

quartzite, Thus, the suite of sedimentary structures in

Ihe ABC Range Quarizite deseribed here suggest.

(hal ii was deposited ina shallow mue cavironnment

where tidal currents were dominant over storm and

Wave aenion,

Ueapred Si 8tonte:

The Ulipa Siltstane is a regionally significant unit

that can be mupped over w large urea of the Adeluice

Geosyncline, The Lype section of the Ulupa Siltstone

was defined hy Miruns (1964) near Mount Bryan on

BURRA where it was described as a succession of

green, grey dnd locilly purple shales, Phimmer

(lY7S) pecounised the three members of the Brachinu

Fornativn in he Ulupa Siltstone at Qudla Wit

(Pigs |. 5) and) recommended the term ~Uhipu

Silane’ he relinquished. Towever, Porthos d& Preis

(1987) proposed retention ob the stratigraphic nume

Becsuse they aeued (hal reainnal muppability of the

constiuent members hid por been established

Cilhofieies of the Utupa Siltstone are disuil

equivalents of the constituent members of the

Brivhiog Vormation and are therefore tire

Ininsgressive, The Ulupa Salisfane represens

jeeressive shallow purine sedimentation on the

middle to outer shell, Palie@ocurrent data show 4

Wide range al current directions (Dyson (995),

sUgesins in environment where unidirectional aru

dscillory currents were interactive.

Depositional model tor the Tent Hill Vormation

and Simmmens Quartzite

The Simmens Quarizite und constituent mernbers

of the Tent Hill Formation may be defined hy: heir

lifhotages. Phe Tent HE Pormation is an upwarnd-

sanding succession of interbedded shale and tine-

grained sandstone, Sandstone beds display several

scdimentary struetires associated with stort

deposition such as BC Bouma sequences, HCS,

Micro-HCS and quasi-planar lamination, ‘The

Trevolana Shale Member way deposited below stun

wave buse. With progressive shallowing ahove ston)

wive hase, interbedded shale and sandstone of the

Lincohy Gap Siltstone Member were deposited, A

the top of this succession, the Corraberry Sandstone

Member consists of several sharp-bused shoreface

siidstunes about 1-2 in thick that display SCS,

These SCS sandstones are ceferced to as attached

shoreface deposits, Some SCS sandytunes ane

completely enclosed withinshale and we reterred 1

ux deiachec shoreface deposits. The huse of wae

SCS sandstone is a high-lrequeney sequence

houndiry. The ¢rosive shomfure depasus are

interpreted is forced repressive deposits The

Conuberns Sandstone Meriber was deposited above

falrweather wave buse in-an environment that was

stormedominated bul where tidal activiry was alsu

signifieunml, Th is gradationally overlain by pura

sequences of tide-dommnuted quartvurenites anid

lithic sandstones of the Simmens Quuartvite. The

Siimmens Quurtzite represents continued shallow ie

af the sea in which the Tent Hill and Brachina

Formations were deposited, Combined with a high

sediment supply, prowridation of (he lower shoreface

resulied in a wide, shallow shell whieh was

conducive ly tidal amplification. No submurine tan

deposits Have been revognised ait this Sadvraphir

level elsewhere in the busin.

TENT HILL, PORMATION AND SIMMENS QUARTZLTE a

The ‘Tent Hill Formation and Sinmens Quartzile

represent progradation ofa tide-dominated shoreliace

Wok starin-dominated, shallow shel? environment.

This regressive Succession is composed OF number

of upward>sanding eyeles fat ane conained within a

hierumehy of transgressive-regressive eycles, Tivse

cycles are inithuly aggradational mm character and

become Mmeresingly proghadational apsecnon. A

very thick afflup wedge developed fron) this

prowradkation) aid eravitational instability resultedt in

exfensionil faulting and enhaneed subsidence,

Palacocurrent dit suggest a north-sonth, “dally

Influenced shoreline, Sediment was derived fron the

GawlerCraton 1 the west ind tainsparted eastwards.

‘The depositional environment shalloweed to hove

lairwealher wave base across a telatively narrow

shell and sediment prograded geross the Torrens

Hinge Zone into the Adelaide Geosyncline. Here,

thickiess oF he Sajidison Subgroup Was affeeted hy:

syn-deposilinnal teclonies, Coats (1965) sugeestedt

thar the overlying Wonoka Formation amd Pownd

Suberoup were nat deposited op the Stuart Suet! bur

were restricted to the Adeliide Cieosyneline hecuuse

of syredepositonal faultine actos the Tortens Hinge

Zone, Vhe ureugle end represented by the “Correos

Hinge Zone marked the possible elze of the tormer

Shelf during deposifian of the lower Wonuka

Normation, However, identilteation of the Wanaka

Formation uf dnilcore from the caster Stuart Shelt

(eg. Bopeechee 2) sugeests thal it mayor trans-

oression ovcurred weross rhe Torrens Hinge Zone at

{his tine, Depositin of thick Bunyeroo sediments in

the Adelaide Geosviclineg Was contemporaneous

with delve subsidence. Rewronal instability

contributed (0 the incision of Wonukiu canyons on the

weater edge of the Geosyncline.

Disewssion

Torovd regressive deposits

I the chissig Exxon Sequenee stritigniphic model,

the ‘Type 1 depositoual sequence consests ol

lowstund, traiseressive aod Highstaod systems. tracts

whieh are schemartcally fled to specific Trerements

Of the custatie curve, However, ali docreasiige Vollime

OF lifcraiure sageests (halt deposition during a relative

fall insea level may be placed into a fourth systems

tract between the highstand systems tract (HST) and

the sequence boundary. This systems tract has been

previously yelerred (6 us the falling Stage or lorced

regressive systens tel (ca. Hunt & Tucker 1992).

Study Of progradiationsl tidal sand sheets and: sharps

hased shorelace deposits of the Tent Hill Formation

and Simmens Quartvite at South Tent Hill. and

similar deposits of he Brachina Pormauon und ABC

Runge Quartvite at Halletr Cove. Kulpara, Bunyeroo

Gorge and Trebileoek Gap (Fig. 1) sugacsts that they

may be wssipned to the falling sluge systetis fact

(Dysvo [996a). These Units represent pegresswe

sedimentation of the Sumdson Subernip on the

Stuart Shell aod a the Adchade Guasynctine The

lower dnd upper boundaries of the the Lalling stage

systems Wact (PSST) qin fixed on the neliive: seu

level curve, However the facrements of the other

svarema tracts dre nol Axed ane will vary due ie

subsidenve rae and sediinenc supply. Sharebee

sandstone displaying SCA ait the buse of the

Corraberra Sandstone Member corresponds uy the

base of the PSST. Ts apper boulidary is (hie sequence

huundary which is defined heneas the lowest parma

relative sea level. Vhe correlivive cunloriity may he

UN OgOHs tO the Gown lip sure ar discon Fornyiyy st

the lop oF stibmarine fans in earher Exxon models, 1

pusses updipr inte the subuerial uncentornily

ussdenited with the sequenve houndury,

Self dyiindes cel path eeaehrrones

Shoreface stev'ii depostis of the Cnrtaherny

Sindstone Member were possibly deposited ina

mesotidal environment with tidal ninge of seme 2

Som. Such enviriiinents abe Stora; ar wave-

dominuted (Dalrymple 1992) The Crrraterra

Sanuletoue Member is direethy Sueceeded by tial

sind sheal deposits of lhe ABC Range Quartaite of

the southern purt af the Adelaide Geasyneline This

sugwests that dial overpruting af sturm and wave

effects extended well Out veross the upper stioreface.

The roliative influence of storms deereased as the

fidal current speeds toereused. se thal distal parts ef

the sand sheet coutitined storm-penenmted structures.

The stornm-donnnated shorehuce system was replaced

by progriding Gde-dominuwed dels and open coast

Lidal fats. Mural wars deposited beyond the aleptly and

ringe ol tidal reworking. “Tidal channels within the

Sioimens Quurtzite were possibly jucised to shallow

subudal depths on the shoreluce. bused on the varity

ay SCS. The depth of incision Suggests oo high

mesonidal to possible daerofidal tange along the

palaeoshoreline. During deposition of the FSST, (idal

cunge miy have been limited dire to the celative fall

in sea level.

Wave ripple orfcntations suggest a regional aorth-

souub shoreline. Clastie muterial was sourced trom

the West. Asymmetry of the tidal regime is supported

by the dominant dminiodal trend for tipple etoss-

bedding, The wide spread ol these dita suggests Ui

longshoare currents were operulive, Shoaling

lauirweather aod stort waves initiated longshore

currents that transported sumd on the shore

rouvhly parallel to the shorebne. Pulaeocurrent ditt

feom storm-influenced litholacies in the Brachina

Formation at Hallett Cove are described by Dysoy

(1995! 1985),

128 I.

Litholacies relationships and correlations

The Corraberra Sandstone Member of the Tent Hill

Formmilion at South Tent Hill and oo the Stuart Shell

comprises the lower part of the sandy succession

overlying the Tregolana Shale Member (Crayford

L964), Litholucies resembling these of the

Corraberra Sandstone Member also crop out at

Qchre Cove (Dyson 1995!) Hallett Cove and

Kulpara (Dyson 1992) and at Puttapa Gap near

Beltana (Coats 1965), Granular, medium to course-

grained sundstone and dark red to reddish brown

shale at Ochre Cove (Pig. J), previously identified as

Bunyeroo Formation (Dyson 1993) was

reinterpreted us lithofacies of the Corraberru

Sundstone Member of the Brachina Formation

(Dyson 1995!) At Kulpara, favies of the Corraberra

Sandstone Member ure interbedded with the lower

ABC Range Quartvite, The Bayley Range Siltstone

Member crops oul north of Picht Richi Pass at

Middle Gorge, Partacoona, Warrakimbo Gorge.

Black Gap. Bunyeroo Gorge. Brachina Gorge and

Finke Springs (Mig. 1). South of Partacoona and

adjucent to the Torrens Hinge Zone, the storie

domimted fees of the Corriberra Sundstone

Member ure predominant, ‘This suggesis that the

Corraberra Sandstone and Bayley Range Siltstone

members, both deposited above fairweather wave

base, are lateral equivalents. Furthermore, they are

partial hteral equivalents of the lower ABC Range

Quartaile,

4. DYSON

The terms “Simmens Quartvite’ and “ABC Range

Quucizite” are used herein to deseribe silica-

cemented quartvite or orthoquartzite in which the

dominant mineralogy is over 909 quartz, Petlijohn

er al (1972) prefer the use of the tern

“quartzarenite” over “orthoquartzite™ for those

sediments m which the detrital traction is 95% or

more quartz, The ABC Range Quartzite has been

mapped at the first appearance of thick, lalerally

extensive white quartzite (e.g., Webb & von der

Borch 1962; Dalgarno & Johnsen 1966). Apparent

imertonguing of the ‘Tent Hill Formation and

Simmens Quartzite on the Stuart Shell, and between

the Brachina Formation and ABC Range Quartzite in

the Adelaide Geosyneline cun be generated by the

stacking of these lithofucies.on a purasequence scale,

Similarly, intertonguing between the constituent

inembers of the Brachina Formation and Tent Hill

Formation may be explained in this manner

Acknowledgments

The study of the Tent Hill Formation and Simmens

Quartzite comprised part of a PhD dissertation by the

author at Flinders University. Wolfgang Preiss and in

unonymous reviewer read (he manuscript critically

and contributed many helpful) suggestions. Gail

Jackson and Ghazi Keaishnan drafted the figures

References

Brows. He YL (1885) Report on geological! character of

comtry pasxedl over from Port Augusta to Buch feel.

Map S Aust AS.

Coats. RK, P (96S) Tent Hill correhitions, Port Augusta and

Lake Torrens ireas. Gaur, Geol. Nats, Geol Sie 8

Awe TA, Ot]

CRAWFORD, A, (1964) Cultina map sheet, Cealogicul

Atlas of South Austral 63 360 Series (Geol Suey $

Aust, Adelie),

I\GARNO, C. Re & tounsen, 1 F164) Wilpena Group.

Quart Geal, Nores, Geol, Surv, 8. Aus. & | 2-15.

& (966) PARACHILLNA map sheet.

Geologien! Adas of South Australia, 250 000 series

(Geol Surv. S. Aust, Adelaide)

Forres, BG, & THONsun, iy

(1968) PORT AUGU STA map sheet, Geological matin of

South Australia, 280 000 series (Geol. Suny, So Aust,

Adelie),

DALRYMPLE. RoW. ((992) Tidal depositional systems pp.

W520 I Walker, RG. & James. NP (Eds) “Facies

models: fespanse to sed level change’ (Geological

Assdekition of Cinidh, Ontario l,

Dysox. LA. (1992) Stanieaphic somenclature and

sequence stratigniphy of the Tower Wilpon Giri

Adelude Geosyneling: the Sahdison Subgroup, Quel,

Geol Notes, Creal Sue S. Aust (22, 7-19,

(1995) A model for storm sedimentation from

the Neoproterozore Braching Formation. Adelle

Geosyneline. PESA Journal 23, 51-68.

(19960) A case for the ulin stage systems tiriet

- the significance of forced regressive deposits in the

Neoproterozoic Sandison Sabaraup. Geeluuica! Savin

of Anyteattn Abytracts XX 123, (4 Australien

Gealovion! Convention, Conberra, ACT,

(1996b) Stratigraphy of the Anum anc Peper

Springs Subgroups Trans, RK. Secs. Anse 120, LOL TLS,

FORBES, B. G, & PRuiss. WV. (1987) Strateraphy ail the

Wilpeaa Crroup /n Preiss. WV. (compiler) "The Adelaide

Ceosyncline - lite — Proterozoiv stritigriaphy,

sedimentition, er ea und tectonics.” Bull. Geos,

Surv S, Aust $1, 2) 1-254,

Hawt De a Niche, M. E. (1992) Stranded puruseqquences

and tie forced regressave wedee swstems (nel: deposition

during base-level fall, Sed. Geal 81, 1-9,

TENT HILL FORMATION AND SIMMENS QUARTZITE 129

JouNS, R, K. (1968) Geology and mineral resources of the

Andamooka-Torrens Area. Bull. Geol. Surv, S. Aust. 41.

Mawson, D. (1939) The late Proterozoic sediments of

South Australia. Aust, N.Z. Assoc. Advmnt Sci. Rept. 24,

79-88.

Mies, K. R. (1955) The geology and iron ore resources of

the Middleback Range area. Bull. Geol. Surv. S. Aust. 33.

Mirams, R. C. (1964) BURRA map sheet, Geological Atlas

of South Australia, 1:250 000 series (Geol. Surv. S. Aust.,

Adelaide).

MircHum, JR., R. N. (1977) Seismic stratigraphy and global

changes of sea level, Part |: glossary of terms used in

seismic stratigraphy /n Payton, C. E. (Ed.) “Seismic

Stratigraphy - Applications to Hydrocarbon

Exploration.” Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Mem. 26, 205-

212.

PETTUOHN, F. J., Porrer, P. E. & Stever, R. (1972) “Sand

and Sandstone” (Springer-Verlag, New York).

PLumMMRR, P. S. (1978) Stratigraphy of the lower Wilpena

Group (late Precambrian), Flinders Ranges, South

Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 102, 25-38.

Tuomson, B. P. (1965) Erosional features of the Tent Hill

Formation. Quart. Geol. Notes, Geol. Sury. S. Aust. 13, 4-

VAN WaGconeR, J. C. (1985) Reservoir facies distribution as

controlled by sea-level change. Abstract and poster

session, SEPM mid-year meeting, Golden, Colorado, 91-

92.

Wess, B, P. & VON DER Borcu, C. C. (1962) WILLOCHRA

map sheet, Geological Atlas of South Australia, 1:63 360

series (Geol. Surv. S. Aust., Adelaide).

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL, 120, PART 4

BIOLOGY OF THE EUCALYPT GALL-FORMING FLY,

FERGUSONINA FLAVICORNIS MALLOCH (DIPTERA:

FERGUSONINIDAE) AND ITS ASSOCIATED

HYMENOPTERANS IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA, WITH A

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF BRACON

(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE)

By G. S. Taytor, A. D. AusTIN & K. A. Davies’

Summary

Taylor, G. S., Austin, A. D. & Davies, K. A. (1996) Biology of the eucalypt gall-

forming fly Fergusonina flavicornis Malloch (Diptera: Fergusoninidae) and its

associated hymenopterans in South Australia, with a description of a new species of

Bracon (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(4), 131-146, 29

November, 1996.

Galls initiated by the association of Fergusonina flavicornis Malloch (Insecta:

Diptera: Fergusoninidae) and Fergusobia sp. (Nematoda: Sphaerulariidae) on

Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh. at Goolwa, South Australia were monitored during

a single, late summer generation for emergence of flies and associated Hymenoptera.

The morphology of the galls is described for the first time. A total of 12

hymenopteran species was reared from galls, twice the number previously recorded

from Fergusonina/Fergusobia galls. There was a strong positive correlation between

emergence of flies, combined totals of flies and wasps and gall size. Bracon

fergusoninus sp. nov., a probable primary parasitoid of F. flavicornis larvae, is

described. Notes on the biology and taxonomy of each hymenopteran species are

presented along with an illustrated key to their identification.

Key Words: Eucalyptus, gall-forming, Fergusonina, Diptera, Fergusoninidae,

parasitic Hymenoptera, Braconidae, Bracon, Fergusobia, Nematoda, Sphaerulariidae.

Transactions uf the Rowel Seceteabs. Aust W996, 101 131-16.

BIOLOGY OF THE EUCALYPT GALL-FORMING FLY, FERGUSONINA

FLAVICORNIS MALLOCH (DIPTERA: FERGUSONINIDAE) AND ITS ASSOCIATED

HYMENOPTERANS IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW

SPECIES OF BRACON (HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE)

by G. S. Tavcor. A.D, Austin & K. A. Davies!

Summary

Tayo, O.S.. Austin, ALD. & Davies. KR, A (1996) Biology of jhe etedypr gall-forming Aye Fergus

fluvicornis Malloch (Diptera: Mergusoninidie) and iy assocated Ay mencpterans i South Austrabia. with a

description of a new species of Brace (Hymenoptera Beaconidue). drain it, Sac. 8. Avast. 12004). 131-146, 29

November, 1996,

Calls initiateal by the asseciahon ol Fereusonind avicgends Malloch (Unseeta; Diptera; Ferzusonmidae) and

Fergwobia sp. (Nematoda: Sphacrulanidae) an Bicelyptes comuiideiy Delnh.at Goolwa. South Australia

Were Modoc duving a single, late summer generation for enivrecnee al flies and assuviued Hymenoptera.

The morphology of (he galls is deseabed forthe frstiime. A fowlot 12 hymenoptenin species was reared from

sully. (wie (he number previously recorded (ron, beryuyorind/Renawobia walls There wads a strong positive

correlate bernveen emergence of Ties, combined totals of Tigs andowasps and gall size, Brecon fergawertins

sp nu\. a probable primary purasitond at & fawicventy larvae, iy deseribed, Nores onthe biology und Gesonony

of dich hymenopterin speciosdre presented along with an dlusirated key tether meanticunan

Key Woks:

Aiealipins, wallslorming, Ferswserine, Diptera. Gerausoninidie, parasitic Hymenoptera,

M e ° f ] — d

Braconidae, Kroc Mergisebia. Nematoda, Sphieritfariidie,

Introduction

The biology of gall-issoeiated Hymenoptera is

fundamentally complex and it is offen extremely

difficult to determine the tue relationships of species

(Boutek 1988: Gough & MeMahon 1988: Naumann

M91: Schénrogee er a/, 1996), For mstanee, galls

inmuy contam a range of biolowigally different

Hymenoptera, viz, primary parasitoids. facullaive

and obligute fyperparasitoids and imquilines. The

biology of the Latter group is particularly. difficult to

uoravel. Inquilines are species thal five mide galls a

other vecidogenie insects und are phylophugous for

all or some ol their larval development. They often

kill the primary gall-forming species atin early stige

of pall development and then increase (he size of the

oall, thereby making iLdilficult to determine whether

ag not the species concerned is indeed an inquiline or

the primary gall-former, Other inyuilines apparently

invade walls und feed Gn their tissues witheut

disrupting the primary cecidagente species,

One of the post complea gall assuciitions known

18 thal between Avreaseaine spp, (insect; Diptera:

Fergusoninidue) and Fergasebia spp. (Nematoda:

Tylenebida: Sphaerularitdae) in gulls on Myrtaceae

(Fisher & Nickle 1968; Harris 1982: Davies & Liyyd

1996), However. the only detailed study of the

| Department of Crop Protection, Waite Cumpus The

University of Adehide PMB 1 Cen Osniond Ss A\iist

506d

biology and phenology of Fereusening Malloch flies

is that of Currie (1947). whoa comunented on tte

possible pole of bymenopterans and other gall

myuilings i the seasonal (luetuarans of Thy

populations: This study showed that qumerots wisps

were associated with Ferensenine/Pereusohia lower

bud galls. Although Currie (1937) exanimed the

biology of this system, the uxonomic knowledge at

the time was limited and the biology of the species

involved was nol well understood.

This paper reports on uw study of the loa! galls of

Fereusonind flavieariiis Malloch associated with an

undescribed species of Fergusefid Curtie and the

associated guild of hymenopterans from gully on

Aucalyptiy camatdulenses Dehnh. at Goolwa, South

Austenlia Information 1% presented on gall

morphology, the phetiology of the fly and wasps, the

probable biolagy of the bymenopterin species

involved, their taxonomy, and ure relationship

between numbers of flies and wasps and wall size. A

new species of Bravon F. thought to be a primary

parasitoid of Fergusenita. is deseribed und an

iNustrated key to the 12 vallassoented hymenop-

lerinis is presented, ‘This irformation is compared

with Currie’s ()9R87) study and ts discussed iy

relation tothe inherent difficulties tn determining the

biology of all associated wasps,

Materials and Methods

Seven mature galls on an ornamental, +m high

cameldulensis sapling at Goohwa, (A5°3h'" S,

|32 Gos TAYLOR, AD AUSTIN & IA. DAVIES

134°46/ E) South Australia were caged wilh muslin

in-early March. 1995, preceding emerence of adult

fh flivicornis and other gall oceupants, and

periodically monitored until afler senescence of the

galland when Mies and wasps ceased lo emerge, Any

insects Lhat had emerged al each sampling time were

colleeted, identified and counted, Gully were dried

and weighed to compare gall mass with total insect

cihergences, Por observations on gull deyelopment

und morphology. young Iresh galls were sliced open

m water by a series of muisverse cuts, Abbreviations

used are: ANIC (Australian National Thseet

Collection, CSIRO, Canberra) and WARE (Duncan

Swain Insect Collection. Waite Cumpus. The

University of Adelaide), Voucher maternal of &

flavicernty has been lodged at ANIC und WARL und

material of ull hymenopteran species is Ueposived jn

WARE,

Results and Observations

Disrrthurion itd hase plant association

hersuyenina flavicernis, was the only dipleran

reared from un ormumentul specimen of &,

conkddulensiy ac Goolwa. Steir gulls bwve heen

collected by us from several other South Australiin

localities from naturally-oceurring E. ceaieldalensis

near Verdun and near Milang, and from this sume

host in the Adelaide suburbs of Hyule Park. Rose

Purk, Tusmore and Urrbrae. Ferguvenina flavicarnis

was described trom a single femile specimen frons

Sydney, NSW (Malloch 1925), Larvae. males and

galls have remained undeseribed to date. This is the

first host plant record for the species and first

description Ol the will (see below). We hive alse

collected all life history stages of AO flevicerniy ane

the associated, undescribed species al’ /ereusabra

whe plan to discuss these mia separate publication.

Gall morphology aid Jarnuition

The galls of A flavieornis are formed from

terminal teal buds, mature galls (Fig. 1) beme

bulbous structures, mostly ove an longitudinal

eross section, 18-50 mm in length by 12-20 nim in

diameter. Mean dry weight of mature galls was 2.22

+ 1.45 2 (range 0.89-5.16 2, 2 = 7). Galls appear to

consist of a single leat bud comprising, a number of

leaves, with the vente) surface of the oulerniost

forming the external face of the gall, The growth of

these outer leaves sometimes continues unalfeeted

beyond the gall proper, either running wong (he side

ofthe gall or emerging as normal leaf Gssue beyeud

its apex, The stem suppordag the gull usually

develops a bend just before its iaseruion in the base

of the gall. Transverse sections showed that the

galled tissui@ 1s Soft, Consisting OF purenchynatats

tissue, and thar A flavieernty larvae develop in

hserele cavilies, These are oval din longitudiial

oucine and distributed throughout the gall The

cavines are lined with plant cells which ae paler in

colour than the parenchyma cells between them.

Aerguyebia nematodes are found in the cavities with

the fy larvaies

bor the generation of /. flavicarnis which began in

late March, small, recently initiated galls were

observed, Four of (hese were collected und dixsecied

and the development of others was monitored during

the study. Pull gull size was. reached on the uree in

(wo to four weeks from pull initiation, The followin

observalions were made en the dissected galls. The

sroallest gall Ro mm in length contained 20 spindle-

shaped AL fhaicoriy cogs (Pi. 2) within whieh

developing lurvae could be seen. Tt contained many

parthenogenetic and juvenile nematodes and some

nematode eges. Al this stage of development na

eavilies were present, Another, 10) min long,

CoimmTcU sever) ees, a few first instar larvae OF

Fereivenina and many parthetiagehetic nenatodes

id eves, Some My kiryae were found within

cavilles, The small cavtlies being ringed with many

white cells, A 12 mm Jong gall contained Hirst and

secund iastur larvae of Ferenvonie, ull within

cavities, and muny parthenogenetic nemiutodes abe

cues. The lumest gall about 30 mn in length,

conlainedt first and second instar thy larvae within

Fiz. |. Hapvttial

(iii opi Feronsobia on Kucadyatus vronaladntensis at

Cian, South Adsterdnn Seale bat = 28 on

Termin! deal bud gnll ot

BIOLOGY OF FERGUSONINA ANDY TTS ASSOCIATED HYMENOPTERA iat

Fie2. Bey ol Fergsoning favicoois from a terminal leat

bud gall from Eueelypruy cormealdulensty wl Goolwa,

South Australi, Seale bar = 0.25 mm,

well-defined cavities, none of which was ringed with

while cells. UL contained many parthenogenctic

female, juvenile and male nematodes and eggs, ‘The

three durger galls cach contiined brown ‘streaks’,

running from the centre to the outer edgcs,

upparently foriied by the darkeniig of intaet plant

cell walls. These observations on the process of gull

induchoo madieate that & flevicornis and nematodes

are always present together and that both Ay larvae

und hematodes continue (oO develop, thus increasing

the sive of (he cavities, We have not been able to

determine Whether gall initiation requires. both

species lo be presentor if only one is required, Given

that nematodes are present in the carly wall miaters

pllor to Hatching of fly eggs, it is possible that

initially, wall Uissue is produced in response to

nematode seeretions (see Discussion).

Rey and dorsal shield of Feveusouina Clavicarnis

The egg of FO flavieorniy is spindle-shaped and

tapers to a short, blunt spedicel’ at the micropylur

(anterior) end and to a seniewhat longer, tapered

process al the ather end (Fig. 2). The egy iy 0.65

SE 0.06 mm Jong by 0.26 + SE 0.03 mm wide (n=

4). 1tas hirger than the egg of 4 riehotsen’ Tonnair

which wus deseribed and iHustrted by Corrie

(1937),

Second and third instar larvae of most deseribed

species OF Fereusebid have av more or less elaborate

dorsal shield (Curie 1937) In A flaniearnis it

consists of a selerotised modification to the second

and jhird thoracic segments und first ubdeminal

segment comprising a plate with sometimes three,

Call weight (g)

Pig. 3. Relotionship between tou iuiitber ol emerences

per ull lor (ial Perguseaniit flavins alone, and (by Fe.

flavicomiy plus ussociied Pimenoptene versus wall

weight (in grant) reared between & Marvel und 30 April

1995 rom Auealyniy cameleon ay Conlwa Seuh

Australia

mostly four and rarely five anteriorly projecting

prongs aising from the third thoracic segment, 'The

structure Of the shield is similar to that depicted lor

Ke lockharti Tonnoir by Currie (1937), Ths finetion ts

imphicaled in feeding and the enlargement of gall

cavities (see Discussion). Indeed many pellets of

phant material were found i the gall cavities often

adhering to the dorsal shield. Puecal material within

the gall cavities was not observed,

Emergence and Phenology of Fergusonina ate

associated Hymenaplera

Galls collected in late February 1995 contained

only hurval stages oF FB flavicornéy but pupae were

presenl soon alter, Galls were cuged in the field on 5

Murch (day O) and the first adult £) flaviearnts had

emerged by day 3. Adult flies continued to emerge

for about the bext 40 days, peaking around day ES

(23 March) (Fig. 4). The 370 adult A flavicerits

that emerged trom the caved galls had o sex ratio

slightly based in favour ot males (1. 1.2). Further,

the number of Thes that emerged had a positive

rehationship with gall size (measured as dry gall

weight) (Pig. 3. line b), However, the regression

against gall size was steeper for flies plus associated

Hymenoprera (Vig. 3, compuring lines a and b), and

the correlation slightly better (°° = Ob versus 0.87).

compared with (es alone. The reasou for this ts nor

clear bul, presumably, gall size is a reasonable

estimate Of available food and so for 4 given gall

there must be a limit to the number ob ttes a ecu

support. Hewever, all galls surveyed (Table 1)

contained some Hymenoptera, and these individuals,

whether they are phytophigous. parasitic on F

flavicorniy, or both Ciaquilines) will have displaced

or killed Mies that otherwise would have conmmpleted

development and emerged. Hence, the steeper slope

of the regression line for flies plus Llymenaptera

represents what is a closer estimate for the carrying

per d.

Emergences

134 G. S. TAYLOR, A. D. AUSTIN & K. A. DAVIES

a Fergusonina flavicornis Malloch € Eurytoma spp.

0.5

0.4

0.3

f Megastigmus spp.

0.5 2 Bootanelleus sp,

C Cirrospilus sp.

68 12 17 23 | 13 30

March April 1995

68 12 17 23 | 13 30

March April 1995

Fig. 4. Number of emergences per day for Fergusonina flavicornis (4a) and the six most abundant Hymenoptera (4b-4¢)

reared from galls between 5 March (day 0) and 30 April 1995 (day 56) on Eucalyptus camaldulensis at Goolwa, South

Australia. The standard errors around the means are different for each species because the number of galls in which they

occurred was also different (see Table 1).

BIOLOGY OF FERGUSONINA AND TTS ASSOCTATED HYMENOPTERA

138

Tabhh 1) Vitel emervences fram Marc -30 April, $999 of Perausonina lhavicornis and asseciaicd Aymenoplenur spp.

jr Fergusonina/Pertusobia gal/y on Buealyptus camaldiilensis at Goolwa, S. Aust.

Gull number

Species - | 2 3 4 5 6 7 Total

Foreusonina flasicnrnis Malloch 1 LA¥ES An 44 44 {RO BR 370

Brecon (ergusonints ap. Woy. a (7 0 ‘) ] WW | 3)

Poeciliciyptis spp a | a | 2 2 0 G

Cirroypilus sp, 6 7 | | 2\ 37 13 KY

Aindevits sp. } | 0) Y 5 Is h 44

Pediohius sp. a 0 i] J if) ( a 1

Eueviane spp. i iI 3 WW 4 25 3 71

Crelvevba higher te Ashmead () 5 | 2 2 5 () W

Ditopinalella sp () () () ‘) 4 3 2 Q

Messiiaanns spp. 6 5 2 19 12 30 1 Th

Bauranellens spy 2 () () \7 2 i? it) 33

47 7 64 MM 130 28 AT

Tolil parasitoids 33

capacihy of a gall ins terms of food resources.

compared with that for flies alone,

The composition of the hymenopteran species thut

emerged from caged galls varied in all eases, except

species (Table 1), Calls contained an averase of

seven species (range = 4-9), with no gall containing

all species (note (hatin Table | species for each af

Poectlocryprs, Eurvloma and Meevastienus have

heen combined), The biology of the individual

hymenopteran species in this guild ts diseussed

below. OF these. several were reared in safficient

numbers (> 30 individtails) to examine their patterh

of emergence (Pie. dbh-2), Brecon ferguyeninus sp.

nov, Cirrospiliy sp. und Megasiignims spp. all had a

peak in theiremergenee prior to thatot fe flavicaenis.

For B. fersisoninus, this peak oeeurred ut the

beginning GF the study (day 3) and virtually all

individuals had emerged prior to the peak of

Jlavicernis on about day TS, while Cirraspiltis sp.

andl Meveastigmus spp. continued to emerge from

walls until day 56, albeit in low numbers for most af

this time. Buderus sp. and Eveyrona spp, bad a oroad

range of emergence times, beginning prior to the

maximum in 2 favicon (diy 1S), peaking alaubout

day 27 and continuing to, or almost to. diy 56 when

the study was lerininated, In contrast, Bootiuiellens

sp. did not start emerging from walls until 21 days

after the peak m 72 flaweornix, Emergence of this

species reached a maximum about day 39 and some

individuals were Still emerging from galls up to day

56, OF the other hymenopterun species that were

reared in jaw numbers (<30 individuals), the

emergence ol Cy miarocineta (days 1-27) straddled

the peak Tor / flavicornis, Poecilocrypius spp. (6

individuals from days 23-39) and Ainvpinetella sp.

(9 inchividils from days 26-56) emerged welbalier /

Jlavicornis, while the single speeimen at Pectiobiirs

sp. emerged between days 13 and 18 (18-23 March).

Taxonomy dnd biclog af Hymenoptera associated

wot Ferguson

During the study J2 species of Hymenoplera were

reared from Fergusonine/Ferguyabia walls on 2.

cannidulensiv. This section describes some aspects

of the biology of the species concerned und

speculates on other aspects of their association.

based on information available for other related

species. Notes are provided on their taxonomy,

including the description of a new species, and an

iNustrated key is provided to identify the 12 species,

Family Bracoutdae

Bracon fergusoninus sp. now.

(FICS 5-8)

Holotype: ¥. South Australia, Goolwa, 6-8.i11.1995_

G. Taylor & K. Davies, reared Irom Fergusenine

galls on Avealvprus sp. (ANIC).

Parawpess & 2S, 18 Ga, same data as holotype

except some with dules as lollows 9-12.95, 13-

17.0095, 2-1-1985 (ANIC, WARI).

Female

Size: Length 24-2.6 min (excluding ovipusitor).

Colour: Head, scutuim, pronotum, legs ind anterior

Iwo-thirds of metasoma yellow-brown to orange:

brown; aplennae, ves. posterior parts of mesosomia

and metusoma, drstal half or hind legs, proximal, mid

and hind coxa wad oevipositor sheaths blick:

sometimes acca around acelli and posterior maryinol

scatum darker: wings evenly infuse:tte.

Head: In anterior view face hall! width af head: eves

moderately bulbous, hairless: face, vena and

mandibles evenly covered with long hairs; in dorsal

view vertex, dorsal temples and Jateral frons with

136 G. S. TAYLOR, A. D. AUSTIN & K. A. DAVIES

BIOLOGY OF PENG USONINA ANDES ASSOCIATED HYMENOPTERA a

loug hairs: in lateral view lower temple glabrous:

untenhue slightly longer than houdy; Tagelloneres:al]

Jonger thon wide,

Mesosoua: Souttim and seutcllam) smoowh, shiny.

with a few Jong sparse Talks on posterior parts: of

cueh rergite, seniund wilh sparse hairs along daleval

Hmrainund wlong Non. natiul indicated by faint

depressions Weare prominent Te posterrar tall

scutelhay sutuee slightly depressed) and curving,

posteriorly. comprising 1214 Toyeate pupetures:

dorsal and lateral seutellunt delimited by row of

longish huis: propodeuim with medial longitudinal

cari Wn posterior One-third, Liinthy depressed in

anmenor vnndine, with sparse long hairs in litera

pur in lateral wew preagtun) und mesapleuron

sencorh and Hrostly hairless: epienemial wea covered

with long hairs; metuplearon cavered with Tong

halts, smooth in dorsal ball. faintly ruywse in

postero-ventral parts legs evenly and densely setose

exoept for outer surfaces of eoxaey fore wing, will

(Mand 1-Rs+M faintly bowed, 2-R4 straight: 3-CUI

evenly curved: 2nd submurginul coll clougate. sides

(Rs and 2-My almost parallel, dst diseal cell

moderately clongule (1-RstMp 2.8 x length af incur.

Mensome Mostly smooth throughout, sclerotised

part oF TI slightly longer than wide, lateral margins

With long sparse hairs, posturo-ncdial lobe of TL

broad, Bunty longittidinally stiyte along posterior

murgin. delimited by shallow buleeal hiraws which

are pereurrent lo base of Th: T2 with broad medial

loneitudinal carina in anterior half weth a few strive

oither side, postero-mudial ures very fuutly taised

and tridueulars; T2 and TS subequal in leneth und

comprising about one-third length of metasomea, with

sparse long hare i) lateral parts: T3-TS about three

quarters leneth oF T2-T3. with tainsverse row af long

hairs and at literal mareins; ovipositor aid: sheaths

slishily longer (han body, sheaths with even covering

of long hairs, Slivhtly Jonger than diaieter of

sheaths.

Mele

Diflering from female as follows: Length 2.32.6

ming badly generally narrower and mare clonzate,

pariioulurly posterior mesosoma and TL; scape and

ofvo proximal one-quarter oF antennae brown, lees

with sane coluur pattern but yellowery wings

Hacrower,

Comments

This isa very large genus in Australia of whieh few

spevies have heen described, Prmurily, members of

Piws 58, Brecon fereusouiius sp. now, 25. Dorsal habitus (not showing ovipesitary 6. Silhouette of dorsal body show-

the venus are parisine on lepidopteran larvae bul

they lave also been recorded trom Coleoptera.

Diplera and lew ling pergid suwfhes (Quieke

IOBK: Quieke & Ingram 1993; Atistin & Paulas

1989), Other than one unsubstamiisted record oF a

Brieonk species being revved fram uw gall-forming

homopleran (Chadwick & Nikitin 1976), this ts the

first record Of an Australian species being reared

Troma plint gall. Studies onthe biology oF numerous

specres Overseas and from Australia indicate that all

Members Of the genus are solitary primary

eclopurasiloids, Give) (His, did that A fergaventinty

was reared in moderalely hinge ninnbers form five oF

seven walls ducing the project (Table |). (his speeres

ismost bkely to be parasite i Feggisenii hirvie

Previously, Cierig (1937) reported nating an

unknown braconid frou galls of Peewee in Ure

Canberra area, und unis may be the sume species us

deeribed here. However. there is apparently ni

volicher material evailuble from Currie’s study tthe

ANIC or elsewhere, Further, Currie (1937) lyund

this braconid “lo feed indiscriminately on gall Ussues

and Ty lorvaw” We have been unable to conlinn

Curie’s observations hut. i this species isu

faculative feeder on gall tissue, Th will be only the

fourth record of phytophaey. ii (he Braconidae in the

world (Austin & Dangerfield inpub.), and (he frst

for the subliamily Braeoninae

Bracon fersuseniius diflers trom other described

Austtalian Braces species in the form of the mnedial

propodeum, shape of TL, sculptiring on T2. length

of the ovipositor. and ly colour pattern. Jt is easily

identified fron other parasitoids wssoeiated with

Pepeusonina/Fergusebia “alls by its complete wing

vention (Fig. 7), eireular und depressed (eyclostome)

clypeus (hig. $8). elongate ovipositar (Pig. 6), ane

orange and black colour pattem,

Family lehneumonidie

Porcilacryprys spp.

(FIGS 815)

This genus belongs to an unusual sublomity. the

Lubeninae. in that il represents one Of rhe mose

plesiGmorphie groups of iehncumonids sind has a

Gondwanin distribution (Guuld 1983, 1984; Gauld

& Holloway 1986), Peecioeryptiws has heen

postulated to he phytophagous on the basis of the

structure of the mandible (Short 197%) and it bus

previously been reared from galls on Acactr amd

Eucalyptus (Gauld & Holloway 1986) and, more

yecently, from Banksio (Austin & Dangerfield

ing length of ovipositoy 7 Fore gad hind wings (vein eet arrowed in find wing), 8) Anterior view oF head showing cit

wular clypeus. Scale bars OS min 5; 1 Oman: Os cin &

138 GS. TAYLOR, A. D. AUSTIN & K. A. DAVIES

unpub.). However, only very few specimens have

ever been reared, as is the cuse here (i.e. six

specimens from four galls - Table 1), indicating that

the genus is more likely to be a parasitoid or

inquiline than a primary gall-former. Surprisingly.

two of the four known species of Poecilocryptus, P.

nigromaculatus Cameron and P. galliphagus Gauld

& Holloway, are here associated with Fereuy-

onina/Ferguyobia galls. Both species have previously

been collected from the eastern part of the continent,

Queensland to Tasmania. but both are recorded here

from South Australia for the first time, Poecilocryptes

nigromaculatus has been reared from anthribid and

chalcid galls on Acacia longifolia and criococeid

Figs 9-14. 9-11. Poecilocryptus nigromaculatas Cameron, 9. Dorsal habitus, ¢ (extent of black markings indicated by

shipping). LO. Silhouette of dorsal body of @ showing length of ovipositor. 11. Fore and hind wings of 3 (vein 2meu

arrowed in fore wing and vein r-m arrowed in hind wing). 12-14. Cirraypiluy sp, &. 12. Hind leg, 13, Fore wing. 14

Dorsal head and mesosoma (extent of metallic green markings indicated by stippling). Seale bars = 1.25 mm 9 115 0.5

mm 12-14.

BIOLOGY OF FERGUSONINA AND [TS ASSOCIATED HYMENOPTERA 139

Figs 15-20. 15, 16, Euderus sp. &. 15. Dorsal habitus (pr = pronotum). 16, Fore wing (postmarginal vein arrowed). 17,

20, Euryioma sp. 17. Fore wing (stigmal yein arrowed). 20, Dorsal head and mesosoma (pr = pronotum), 18, 19,

Pediobius sp, 9. 18, Fore wing. 19, Dorsal head and mesosoma. Scale bar = 0.5 mm.

10 ths PAYEOH, A 1) AUSTIN & K, A, DAVIES

mills on Beales, While Po galliphaeis has beer

ussuciiled wilh unknown galls on Ey eelevarensis

und E. punviflond (Gauld & Holloway 1986).

Poeciloeryplay spp. aire distinclive: cornipured with

other parasitoids in the guild because of they laree

size (approximately LO fut excluding ovipositar)

wid wink yenation (Pig. Th). Although the two

spewies are very similar io each other they can be

separated by the colour of the hind lemur and length

Al the OVIpOsitar

Family Eulophicae

Cirrospilas sp.

(FIGS 12-)4)

Members ol this very large and taxonemiently

difficulé cosmopolitan genus are relavely small in

size und areootien brightly coloured with metallic

markings, us is the species here, Different species

have bee feared as primury parasitoids or as

hacullative or obligate hyperparusitoidts trom leat

mining and ealltorming insects. ‘Vhunilert and

Austin (1994) recorded Thur species ussaciated with

Ihe mines of PAvldereopheged on cueatypts i South

Austin whieh, in the case of the dominant species

Co muerginiveatus Giranlt, was shown to be a

hicullative byperparasito of Brecon and other

chaleidoids, The biology of the species here is

Uneleur and it could be either a privkiry parasitoid on

hergusoniue larvae or facnttalively ly perparasitic on

one or more ol the gallassociated Hymenoptera. I

Was The most abundant parasitoid encountered durijie

(he stiidy and it was recorded fram all seven salls

bul differs in the colour pattern of the dorsal

mesosomi. and this may represent a mew species.

Within the opurusitoll guild ussoertod with

Fergusonind/Ferusebia galls, it can be casily

denied based on the form of the fore wing

vention (Pig. 13), colour pattern and shape of the

body (Fin. 14),

Buderus sp.

(FIGS 15. 16)

Like Cirrespilus, this is 4 lige genus whose

Members are difTewlt to identity, Extratimital host

records indieate (hal Muderny ave parasitvids of

lepidopteran larvae or are hyperparasitoils,

particularly of Braconidae (Boutek 1988). The

association OF the species reared here from

Fergusonina/Pergusebia galls is (he first biological

information recorded for the genus in Australasia,

Given that species overseas have been feared (rom

Bracomdue, jk is possible that this species is

hyperparasifie on B. fergusoninus This proposal is

supported al least io part by the tee that bvderay sp.

was feared Thom galls thar also. yielded individuals ot

B. fersnyoninny CRible 1). and that no ather

hymenopterains in the sane galls ure Liree enous in

body size to provide sufficient (oad for the

development of Zuderis larvae (wiih the exeepnun

of Poecioervyprus, whieh was too rare), In the

parusitoil guild ussocioted with Pereysenntnd

Fergivobia pulls, Evclerus sp. 18 easily separated

fron) other species by is metallic blue-green colour

wonwite hedy (Fig. 15). mesosone with very Sine

Peticuhue-punerae sculpluring and fare wing will

postinargiul vein Whout as long as stigma vein (Fig.

10)

Pediobins sp,

(FIGS Lh. 19)

Members of they genus are Kiwi to he primary

and hyperparasitoids of eres, pupue and somenmes

lurvae of wirious inseets. matoly Lepidoptera,

Coleoptera, Diptera and Hymenoptera (Boutek

T9KS), Several species have been reared trom lear

feeding insets on enealypts (eas. Uribe fiers

Walker und Phvidcwaphae frageanth Riek -~ Austin

& Allen 1989: Thunlert & Austiy 1994) ahd various

leal-mining Diplera (Boutek T988), bul upparenily

none has heen reared front gall-associated hosts. The

species here was tecorded by only wsingle speeinen

(Table 1). Although ats biglogy is net known, (his

very low abundance would iidiesdte tal i ts

probably a hyperparasiloi on another hymenopterin

in the Fergusomtna/Fereosubia euild, Pediohuis sp.

can be eusily separied from the other parusitanls

recorded by its relatively short compuct body (Fig.

19), Black colour very Finely reticulate dorsal

mesosoma, und elongate postmarginal vei (Pig. 18>

Family Eurylormidae

ary toner Spp.

(PIGS 17, 20)

‘This is a very hinge genus in Australia contains

species with divergent hinlogies, Species can be

phytophagous, facultatively patasitie, obligatoerly

parasitic ob hyperparasiice (Boutek 1988). In

Australia, the majorily of species ure postulited to

fall into the Jalter two culegories, but the generic

classification is not well understood and species

belonging lo apparently closely related genera and/or

species groups are known (9 be either phytophagous

or parasitic, A number is knowh to he cetoparasitic

On gill-focming Mscets or hyperparasitic through

iehncumonid und braconid cocoons (Boutek 1988),

Currie (1937) reported one species of Enryvronna, &

“varirufipes”. do be phytophagous in /ereusondia

galls near Canberra (varindfipey is an unpublished.

RIOLOGY OF PERGENSOAMING ASDITS ASSOC TATED HS MENOPTERA I+]

maruseripl numne - see Dahiis }98o) Boucek lost).

Unfartinately. we have mol been able ty confirm the

hiolowy of the Species encountered in this study by

direet observuition. One of them (see below) ony be

Ihe Same species as pecdrded hy Currie (NBL ne

voucher material rs ayailible from his sity) and

therefore possibly be phytophagous (see Discussion),

ar they could be differentspecies und be parasite on

Fereqsoning larvae or on-one of the other hymenopterats

im the guild, possibly B. fevgisandiy sp. now. The

Species here was recorded from all ihe galls surweyed

aud was the third most abundant hymenopleriun wu

the Ferwivenina/lemoisobla guid (Table 1).

Lurviemea often display intraspecific morpho-

Fowieal virtability and ape therefore diffieult to

separate al the species level, The material reared here

varies slivhtly (size. colour. pilosity and sculplucing

and may represent more that one Species. The gents

can be cusily separated from other parasitoids i the

euild Biased on the shape of the pranotum, dorsal

seulpturing pattern (Pig, 20), wnd wing venation (bus,

17). The sexes ure brahly dimoerphie wilh niles

beine smaller, having w disproportionately sotaller

fetusonia, aid day mmoticul pilose antennae.

Fumily Pleromalrdie

Coelyvha nigracinem Ashmead

(FIGS 23, 24)

This species und all members of the genus. are

probably inquilines of hymenopleran aed dipleran

gall-formers on WWewei and Aucedypras (Boutek

DORK. Previously, C. riigroetuere Was been reared

Irom the vally of the phyluphagous preromutids

Trivhtlogaster and Perilampella (Noble 1940, 1941)

imd, dn the latter Gase. has been proved to be an

inquilipe, Les. i Kills the resident cecidoyenic wetsp

and forms its own cells to teed on the gall tissue. The

Species was orivinully deserbed frome maternal

reared from “agromyzid galls on Ereulypriey

corvmhose” (identified by Boutek (988) us

Fervusonina galls) in Sydney (Astinead 1900), anc

was subsequently recorded trom herenseorrntet

Kerensobie ails as an obligate pirasitonl in the

Cinberrvarea by Currie (1937). Specimens in ANIC

were collected from galls on BE. camalduleasiy al

Alice Springs, NTand 7. sieheri L. Johnson and fe.

coyvedeline Labill. at Bicheno. Tas. (1. DB. Naumann

pers. von. We hive been uimible to confirm: ibs

biology in this study, but clearly it is most likely to

he an amquiligg oF primary parisitoid of Fergasenind,

Cocloryha nigroeinene was feared only in mocerate

Numbers here bul i wis reconled from five of the

seven wally surveyed (Table 1) Wis apparently

(distributed along the cust coast of Australia from

north Queensland to Tasmania, but this seems to be

the first record of the species trom South Australia.

Covloevii nigroenienme cin be easily sepiurled troy

other puirisilowls assueiated with Merusaenmne?

rerensobig dalls by is Gleangate stigmal yeu. shor

oviposilor and distinctive bright Yellow body und

metasona wilh blick (raipsverse stripes (Fig, 24).

Ditrapinenedia sp,

(PIC 26)

Members of this gemus have previvusty heer

treated under the “Toiyindae of as miseneasierine

plefomalids, but mos recently they have heen placed

in thelr Own subhionyly, Ditnopiieiellinde, within the

Pievomalidae (Routek T988) Previously, they have

been roared Irom Apvomnerplia galls on /ucolyplits

dnd iinknown walls on Lucey, Acacia, Casuarina

(Boucek 1988) ane a number ol other plints, The

hinlogy of (he enn’ 1s poorly Kiown However

Cume (1937) reporied 2. reinyresstvenity Girl ty

be phytophious within Fereusooin/Tereusepie

solls in the Canherra area During Unis study, only

nine individuals were reared from three galls (Table

I) and. bused on these cuinbers, the species ts mone

likely lo be an inquiline pr parasitic on que or more

wull inhabitunts, We have tot been able postiively

to identity the species here as 2. compres theniris.

primarily due to morphological variability among

species in the genus (Boutek 1988), However it

canbe eusily distinguished from the other parasitoids

in the guild by its bright metallic green hoy,

laterally compressed metasoma. und caserted

oviposition (Pig. 20).

Fanly Soryovidie

Meg vtionis spp.

(FIGS 21,22. 35)

The Megistigminge are besh characterised by their

large. knub-like fore wig stignm und) elongate

ovipositor of the female. The genus Meuustigiiey is

large and Waxonomically difficult in Austria. with

more {han 40 described species. As well, its members

have diverse biologies in thal apparently closely

related spectes cay be phytophagous, cecidopenie,

inquilines or parasitic, although the detailed biology

of no Australian speetes has been confirmed (Bouck

JYS88), Various species have heen reared front dipteran

walls on Asterramtulasis, Apionorpha (Eniococeidae)

on Bucalyples, Bruchoplegus (Eurytomidae) galls on

Kremacinis, Trichilogamer (Pleromalidae) galls on

Avueta. as Well as unknown galls on numerous mulive

plants (Boutek 1988). Two species, ML quinymexetae

Girault and Megasigomy sp. were reared from

Fergusontna/Fergisobia galls in the Cunberre aren

by Currie (1947), and were reported by hin to be

phylophagous, We have been unable to confine

Curne’s identificahon ob these species, or Lo show

142 G_S. TAYLOR, A. D. AUSTIN & K. A. DAVIES

Figs 21-27, 21, 22, 25, Megastigmus sp. 2.21, Dorsal head and mesosoma (pr = pronotum), 22. Fore wing. 25. Lateral view

markings indicated by stippling). 24. Hind leg. 26. Ditropinotella sp.?. Lateral view of metasoma and ovipositor. 27,

Bootanellus sp. &. Anterior view of head. Scale bars= 0.5 mm 21-26: 0.25 mm 27.

OLOGY OF FERGUSONTINA AND ITS ASSOCIATED HYMENOPTERA

that they are indeed phytophagous. The number ot

individu obtained for the two species reared here

was pooled because of initial problems in separating

them tasxooumieally. Combibed. they were reared

from all seven walls surveyed and oecurred in large

hufbers (Table 1), being the second most abundant

genus present in the guild,

Mevastivmuiy can be easily distinguished fron the

other Fereusenina/hergusobia pall-inhabiting ysrien-

optera by their spat-like fore wing stigma (Piz, 22).

bright yellow colour with some dark inarkings, and

the length of the ovipositor (Fig, 23), From each other

Hicy Gun be separated by the colour of the metasonta.

The metasoma of one species is mostly dark whereas

in the other a is yellow with transverse black stripes.

Bontanelleus sp,

(FIG. 27)

This is a moderite-sized genus of (negastigmines

characterised by the presence of a medial (opth on

the lower clypeal margin and some metallic

colorution. There are 20) described species in

Australia of which three have been previously

associated Wilh seeds of Caseeriny and galls on

Cirrus and Mieracitrus (Boutek 1985), The hiolvgs

ol the species

Fergusohia galls is unknown, bul it was rearcd in

moderate mimbers from three of the seven galls

examined (fable |), Based on these numbers uid the

fact that it emerged well after all other gull

Whabiunts. this speetes 15 wiost probably a parasitoid

or inquiline. The speeies is very striking anil easy to

separate Fron the other Hvorenoptera associated with

Ferunsonina/Fergusobia galls based oi ais yellow

body with bright metllic green dorsal head jad

mesosoma, black dorsal metasoma and clypeus with

aomedial oth (hay. 27).

Key to the parasitoids reared from

Ferunsonina/Ferrusobia Galls

in South Australia

1. Fore wing with more Uh one efclosed cell,

ingderuely complete venation (Figs 7. 11h

prepeetus absent (Lehneumonoided) ccc cern

Fore wing with no more than one enclosed vell.

verition restricted la untertor margin ob wing

(Pigs 13, 16, 22): prepeetus ‘dln

(ChalgidGidéa aroun ui onitr dienes?

Fore wing ywith ye THicu present; hind wing

wilh vein rin mecting Rs afler Rs diverges from

Sce+R (Pig. 1!) (lehneumonidae) [lenuth about 10

nit without ovipesitor; ovipasitor shorter than

metusema (Pig. 10): elypeus nortmal: body

oninge yellow with black stripes on metason

and hind leas (Fi. 9] Baecioeryptu soc. oF

reared here from Ferensovinas

{),

1),

Fore wing willl vein 2meu absent: hind wing with

vein rm meeting Rs hefore Rs diverges [ram

SctR (Pig. 7) (Braconidae) [length about 2.5 min

without ovipostlor: oyipositor almost as lone us

hody (Fig. bi clypeus circular and depressed

(Fig. $); orange in colour with corer

Mesos aidl fretasoma HNACK | oc ccseseereeen

Braco erenteaninus sp. NOY,

Hind coxa blac ky ovipositor about 2,5 x length of

hind Ubi. P onigromacilans Cameron

Hind coxa yellows ovipasitor about 2.2 8 Jength

of hind tibiie.. Ra sn

Foci soci "gallinhauns. Gyuld & Holloway

In dorsal view, pronoturm large and sub-

rechingular or broadly rounded (Pigs 20, 21) 5

In dorsal view, propotdny arrow and comprising

little if any of dorsal surfuce of mesosoma (Fixes

15. 19)... A

bore wine 2 Mitt Mengatc anginal vein (Fig, 17)

(Eurytamidue) [budy wl black, lees often brown

op orange-brown detally; female with dorsal

mesosoma Cowesely retieubile-punclate (Pig. 20),

oyipysiior short and virtually hidden under

THGLISOIND] occ ecceeseee er teereee ee cere ee PPI SDD,

Kove wing with lirge spotlike stigmal vein (Fig,

2): female with aoa exposed ovipositor

Fig 25) (Tern eels atensericscettasae oo

Body all yellow with some dark markings:

clypeus without a medial tooth (Mevastigzts)

Ventral und lateral durbleby af rhody yellow, dorsal

head and imetasonia bright metic green, dorsal

metasoma bluck: clypeus with medial tooth (Fig.

27) _Bauranellens sp.

Metusomut mostly dark dorsally. stripes or Striped

PATLEP THUISHNCE yc eueNitunitty sp.

Metusomna yellow with rransverse black stripes

nome scree Megeyiiginly sp. 2

Hind tarsi S-segmented (Fig, 24) (Pleromialtdite)

at)

12) (Eulophidae)

gy cealevdaglvacaverd sabi rrzet aaa tasie erat

TaRET SSR OSESER CT CSESEEy

Hind tarsi A: siturntenitesd (Fig.

Body briishd yellow: or yellow. row the rmisigecnn

depressed. with broad black tramsverse stipes

dorsally: ovipositor short, hardly pn from

posterior metasoma (Fiz. 23) —. veapidlndiee

Coelocyhu nigrouit te Ashmead

Body bright metallic green: metusoma

compressed; ovipostlor exsefted postertarty

(PIS. 26) secon enineditropinolelle Sp,

Body with disupcr bright colour pattern.

including metilic green markings on dorsal

mesosoma (Big, 14) and black transverse stripes

an Nicrasanya - 2. Cirmapilus sp

Body with uniform dark culuur

\44 GOS PAVEOR 41 AUSTIN & i AL DAVIES

1. Body Clongale (fig. TS). aietalhe blueseeeey pn

rolour, dorsal mesosoma wilh very line

betieuhue-punwture seulpluriog: Fore wing wath

Postural ver abodl us long ds stigmul vein

PETE PD secre ciarserecnersneecs ce Aeerees ST

Body relatively shork cunrpaet (hie, 1) ane

black in-eclour;, dorsal mesosoma with very fine

jeliculaie = seulplufing: tere wine willl

postivurginal Vein nich langer thay sting! vei

(ETE. PED setisreeconess rene csnnsanenecsssnnel Cel opines S77,

Discussion

The mechinisings by whieh the best plant cells ave

Ttuced lo prolilerate le fem a wall remain

problematic, Currie (1037) observed thar nematodes

were uctively feechay and causing vell prolilerdion

Of plant tissie around dre eves af the fly before they

hatched, "This suggests chat plvenllc ponatodes gre

tesponsible for wall initiation (presumably via

salivary seererions). This pot inconceivable. however

that a fruetion of oviposition Uuid whieh is injeetod

ints the plant by the fly along with the eges, cr

Mechanical duiyage by the oviposttar alone. abs

cHuses cell protiferation: 1 his been ohserved wilh

aher berwasenind/Pereusebia assochanons (Davies

unpuh.) chit galls in whieh Wy hirvae hawe died, but

in Which nematodes ure still present. remain ereen

uid viable, Cure (1937) reported that when infertile

Ny epes were deposited, galls were intiated. hut were

‘Wberted at an early stage’ while the nematades

persisted Tor some noumths but eventually died jut

He suggested that further gall eroweh wis

ultoibitable to Ty larvae. Whatever Ihe mechunisin,

xall growth for A flavicarmy was particularly rapid

indhar galls attained fill size ina mater of weeks

duty the late summer generation,

While no faecal material was observed in gall

cavities of A flavicerais, Curme (1937) observed Wal

faeces were “practically absent” in all bul one species

OF Fenuwentin. Te postulated thal nematodes. which

hy then occur within the fy cavity, feed on [ly feees

(hus keep the cavity tree of waste. Given the strong

styler of the nematodes, iis more likely thut they Feed

on plant cells, Microseopic examination of specimens

cleared in elycerol indicated the presence of ia rectum

umd anus in A flavicerniy larvae, Tt is possible,

however, that larvae may store, or produce mininul

umounts of exeretory products to avoid: fouling the

cavily. Hibs isso, i supgests iin uduptation sinvlur to

that found om the gall-lorming Cecidomyiidae

(Diptera), the larvae ofiat least some of which possess

a funetional anus but produce no noticeable waste

products (Gagne 1989), Perhups related lo (he storage

of wasle, Fergusenina puparia were observed anchored

within the gall vavity by means of a gelatinaus

substance atthe posterior end. It is conceivable that this

subshince represenls digestive waste vended just prior

to pupation, Unlike some cecidomiyiid galls (Caine

JYR9), Tonal colonisation of Fresh Fereuseitiind sills

was Hot observed. The fly larvae inay dee the dorsal

shield, will its anteriorly directed prongs, (o serape the

observed pellets of plant material front the wall of the

“awity, Corrie (1937) deserihed third instar (ly laryie as

“our down winner layers af the cavities for fond

The shield nay also Be used to-anehor (he kurvae Heane

spol within the cavily and to break down parts of the

cavity walls prior to pupation to facile emergence of

the adult Hy,

Ie is dineléur how due (Mies escape front the walks

wher cihefeinie frome puparit Dissection al gulls

revealed (hat by the fime of pupation, cavilies on the

vdges oF whe lh were separated trom the outside

only bya thin layer of epidermal cells, suggestini

(hat the larvae (uiinel near to te sutlace prior te

pupalion, Presumably, ail Mes are able to emerge

Wirouzh this thin dayer relatively gosily. Cywvities

deeper in the nidtiire cull are separated hy hon layers

Of PAPOUCLVHINGLS Lissue and sonmetinnes open mt

evel) other,

Vhe 12 species Ob Hymenvplera reared front lev

galls ol. Jlaviearnis during (his shuty cepresent iw ice

the jumber previously recorded from feruiverine

galls. Curne (1937) reared only six species from

flower galls ja the Canberra area. while Haris (1982)

recorded Tour species from: Fergaxontie galls tn Imnbia

Further, several species ate bere assecrwed with

hercusening walls Tar the fest ine, viz. Bearnellens

sp. Cirraspilus sp., Ludenus sp., Pediohiis sp. ind

wa species OF Poeedocnynus (EP mignneculalus and

P valliphagus), Although the composition of

hymenopleran species associated with individual galls

Clearly differs, the most common species encountered

inthis study, Comnpilus sp. Laeviema spp, and

Mevastinuias sppu were reared from all galls (Table

1), while B fereuseninus, Co nigrocineia anil

Muderis sy, were teared from more than 70% of

galls. The diflerenee indie size of the hyntenoptena

void between this study and that of Currie ()937)

May be wiributable to differences in the structure and

position of galls, Le, A flaviearnis forms leat gulls

while the species studied by Carrie formed bud gulls.

Also, the fact thal galls were caged inthe field duriag

This study onieans thar ull Hymenoptera were

collected. Whether ley were cominon ur rare. Th

dasess the composition of wasp species by dissecting

valls, us apparently undertaken by Currie for at

Feast pit of his stuely, is likely to dese to an ander

estynation ol the trae qumber present, Such dissections

mostly reveal larval stages thal ure offen difficult

fo identify: they aire solt-bodied and therefore are

easily damaged and there is a vreater chance ol

overlouking rare species.

The lew! pally caused by Jo flavicoriy appear, of

BIOLOGY OF FERGUSONINA AND TES ASSOCIATED [TY MENOPTERA 15

dissection, lo have a relauively homogeneous matrix

and, although some woody tissue ix apparent. the

Most importunl mortality agent is likely to he

purasitic wasps. given (hal as many individuals of

Hymenoptera us és flavicornis were reared From galls

(although not all species are necessarily parasitic -

see ubove), However, Currie (1937) attributed up to

60% of Fereusonina mortality ui bud gulls to the

inability oF My kowvae. prior io pupation, to tine!

through the woody gall tissue induced by

liymenopteran inquilines, resulGoe in their

enlombment withitl the gall. He reported that wasp

inguilines were found mainly walhln the outer

surtice of bud galls, but fly larvae deeper in the gull

were largely free of pamisites, He also reported that

upproximately the same number of wasps and [Mies

emerged from Teal galls on A. Starr TM.

(sic), and sugeested (hat there is a higher level of

parasitism in stem tip and leat ip galls than in flower

bud galls.

Iris clear trou) this stady andl as reported elsewhere

(ug, Bouceh 1988: Gough & McMahon Psa) that it

is very difficult to determine the biology oF gall-

associated Hymenoptera. Prymardy, this is hecause

their pre-adull stages are hidden within the gall, their

bidlowy may Change POM one sltige bo another (is ain

the case of inquilines whieh may Kill the resident

gall-former and then become phytophiagous), oF a

may be different from related speeies that do not

iihabit aalls. tots therefore nave to assume

highowreal iaus for wall-yssoeiwld waspy by

extrapolaing from other species or indirect

information such us cihergence time und/or number

of individuals present For such species. their

biology may be determined only hy direct und

detailed observations including their morphology

und life history. 1) Unis respeet, We Have been unable

to confirm the biology of any species feared in this

study, although we speculate above on whal some ol

these species may be doing. as a means of

stimulating further study. The comments made by

Currie (1937) that the species of Dirrapinarella,

Mewasneois and Eurylome he recorded from

Ferguyenina bud galls are phytophagous must be

iteatecl with some cuution, given that he presents

fille or no evidence to support this conclusion, and

at Teast the luller (wo genera are Kiown te contain

species Which are cither phylophagous Or parasitic,

Further, his reporting that @. migraecinone: is ik “true

parasite” ahd that the unknown braconid: (probably

Bracon) he reared was an inquiline is: ineonsistent

with previous studies on these bixa (see above),

Acknowledpments

We wish to think John LaSalle, Grice Grissell, and

David Wahl for assistance with identifying some of

the parasitoid species. Peter Cranston for identifying

F Jlavicoruis, Peter Kolesik for useful disctssions

and Paul Dangerfield for the line drawings. We thank

Lee Haller for aecess lo the bicld site.

References

Asimbau. Wy TL CHY00) Notes omsome New Zestun and

Austin purasitig Tywenoplan, will desceipiois al

new weneniand Hew species. Hrd, Lin dle, NAW 66,

(WR WN)

Austin, A, DB, & ALLEN, GRO 1489) Parasitoids al Graber

lugens Walker (Lepidoptera: Noetidaes i South

Austin, wilh deseription ob twa new species. of

Braconidae. Frais, Soe, 8. Aust, W13. 169-184

& Fiaunos, Wo ClO89) wer new Austrcliait

speeies uf Brace 0. (fymenopteras Brasonidies

parasihe oon Phildemaphiga spp. (lymenupters:

Porgidaey 1 Aus ent See 28, 207-213.

Bondnn. 4. (1988) "Australian Chateidoidea (HY menaptent.

A Biosysiemutic Revision of Gener: al Fourteen [amilies,

with a Reclissifieiion of Species” (CAR Iernational,

Wallin fond).

Chisuwitk. Co & Nias. Myf, (1976) Records of

pavasitism in the families feheumonidae, Braconidae and

Aulavidae (Hymenopterd). 2. Aus) ent div. 9. 28-38.

Chae GA i987) Calls an Cucelyptis trees. A new Type

af assucniion henveen (lies and nematodes, Pree, btane

Soo NSW G2. 17 7,

Dawg, KOA, & brevn.d) (1996) Nematodes dsxerateel

with) Diptera in South Australis uo new species of

Fereusabia Currie froma fengtisoninic and a new reece

of Svephancia Launond & Lyon fron a syephid, Treas

RK, Soe, 8. Atos, V2, 13-20.

Dams, B.C (1986) A checklist of types al Atestealiat

Hymicnoplens deseribed by Alesundre Arsene Girl: 1Y,

Chaleidoideu specivs N-Z und genera with advisory

Holes plus dddendiaind corrigenda, Mew Old Mas, 22,

FIY-739.

Fister J, Mode NICKLE WR, (1968) On die clissifigation

wed Jife History of Aereisabie ouerded (Sphaerakariidae:

Meni), Zea Melaiiiod Sec Wash 3S, 4040,

Gage, Rol (O89) “The plant feeding gall ides. of

North America’ (Cornell University Press. Whaei, New

York),

146 G.S. TAYLOR, A. D. AUSTIN & K, A, DAVIES

GauLp, 1. D. (1983) Classification, evolution and

distribution of the Labeninae, an ancient southern group

of Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera). Syyt, Ent, 8. 167-178.

(1984) “An Introduction to the Ichneumonidae of

Australia” (British Museum (Natural History), London),

& Boiron, B. (1988) “The Hymenoptera”

(British Museum (Natural History) London and Oxford

University Press, Oxford).

& Hoitoway, G, A. (1986) Australian

ichneumonids of the tribes Labenini and Poecilocryptini,

Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Ent. 53, 107-149,

GouGh, N. & MceManion, P. J, (1988) The biology and

control of gall forming wasps on Geraldton wax pp. 1-6,

Jn “The Production and Marketing of Australian Flora”

(The Western Australia Department of Agriculture,

Perth).

Harris. K. M. (1982) First record of Fergusoninidae

(Diptera: Schizophora) outside Australia: a new species

of Fergusonina on Sizygiam in India. Svar, Ent, 7, 21 1-

216.

MaAtwoci. J. R. (1925) Notes on Australian Diptera, No, vi.

Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW. 50, 80-97.

Naumann, I. D. (1991) Hymenoptera pp. 916-1000 fir

Naumann, 1, D,, Carne, P.B,. Lawrence, JF. Nielsen. E.

S., Spradbery, J. P.. Taylor, R, W., Whitien, M. J, &

Litdejohn, M. J. (Eds) “The Inseets of Australia” 2nd

edn, (Melbourne University Press, Melbourne),

Nostre, N.S. (1940) Trichilogaster acaciae-longifoliae

(Froggatt) (Hymenopt., Chalcidoidea), a wasp causing

galling of the flower buds of Acacia longifolia Willd, A-

floribunda Sieber and A. sophorae R.Br. Trans. R. ent.

Sec, Land. 90, 13-38.

(1941) Trichilogaster maideni (Froggatt)

(Hymenopt., Chalcidoidea), a wasp causing galling of

the flower buds of Acacia implexa Benth. and A.

maidenit F.v.M., with observations on Australian

chaleidoid wasps. Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 66, 178-200.

Quicke. D. L. J. (1988) Host relationships in the Braconinae

(Hymenoptera: Braconidae) - How little we know, Env.

Sve. Qld News Bull. 16, 85-92.

& INGRAM, S. N. (1993) Braconine wasps. of

Australia. Mem. Qld Mus. 33, 299-336,

SCHONROGGE, K., Srone, G. N. & CRAWLEY, M. J. (1996)

Alien herbivores and native parasitoids: rapid

developments and structure of the parasitoid and

inguiline complex in an invading gall wasp Andries

quercuscaliciy (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae), Evol. Ent. 21.

71-80.

Snort, J. RoT. (1978) The final larval instars of Tchneumonidae.

Mem, Amer. Ent. Inst, 25, 1-508.

THUMLERT, T. A & Austin, AL D. (1994) Biology of

Phylacteophaga — froggaity Riek — (Hymenoptera:

Pergidac), and its parasitoids in South Australia, Trees,

R. See. 8. Aust. PUB, 99-113.

STUDIES ON THE SOIL-INHABITING TARDIGRADE,

MACROBIOTUS CF. PPEUDOHUFELANDI,

FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By ALAN F. BIRD*

Summary

Bird, A. F. (1996) Studies on the soil-inhabiting tardigrade, Macrobiotus cf.

Pseudohufelandi, from South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(4), 147-154, 29

November, 1996.

A tardigrade isolated from agricultural soils at Avon is the first member of this

phylum to be described from South Australia. Specimens were isolated from freshly-

collected soils and from soil that had been stored dry for three years.

Live and fixed specimens were examined under the light microscope and fixed,

stained and gold-coated specimens were examined using the scanning electron

microscope.

Key Words: Macrobiotus cf. pseudohufelandi, anhydrobiosis, microscopy,

tardigrades, birefringence, biocontrol.

Transactions af te Ravel Seer of 8. Mest (1996), 20(4), 14-14

STUDIES ON 'THE SOIL-INHABITING TARDIGRADE, MACROBIOTUS

CF. PSEUDOHUFELANDI, FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by ALAN [. BIRD *

Summary

Bisb, AJR (1996) Studies on the soilunhabiting Gadivride. Macnebietin cl pyendohifetandi, tron South

Austrulia, Trans. RK Soe, §, der 120 (4), 147-154, 24 November, 1996,

A tarnhiwrade isolated from iuriculturad soils at Avon is the first member of this phyla to be described (ron

South Australia, Specimens were isokied from treshly-colleeted soils and Grom sort that hack heen-stored uy lor

Mmvec years,

Live ynd fixed speeiens were caumined under the light microscope and tied, stiined: and. gold-eoated

specimens were examined using the scvoning electron micraseope-

This turdigride, a stout cylindrical organism about 500 pm long by 150 pin wide with Lhe four pairs of suibby

legs ending 11 paired elaws, Tas heen assigned to the species Meervbiorus ch, preudohufelandion the basis al

the Morphology of the buceopharnygeal apparatus, claw shapes and ege processes. The: stylets are sliphtly

curved, sabre-shaped structires about 40 tim in length and exhibit marked birefringence tinder polarized light.

When these turdigrades are killed the stylets break down ane. disappear

humber of nematodes inthe soil asthe number of pardigrades increases has been demonstrated,

Kiy Woros:

hioconttol,

Introduction

The tardigrades or water bears belong to a discrete

phylum, ‘Tardigrada, of cosmopolitan dist bution

from diverse habitats including marine. fresh water

and terrestrial environments, The majority are

{hought to tive in water films surrounding the

“leaves” of mosses and lichens. They are microscopic

(with udulls commonly ranging m length From 200 -

S00 ui), are plump and cylindrical in shape and have

four pairs of stubby legs ending in chiws, They iiy

or may not have eye spats.

In Austutlia tardigmides have been recorded from

Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Western

Austria and Tasmania but nor from South Absualia

(MeInnes |994).

In this paper b report upon the morphology and

sume uspects of the behaviour of a Gordigrade

isolated from agricultural sandy louwm sol from

Avon, South Australia,

Materials and Methods

Locality ane sail wpe

The tardigrades were wolated from a suil of sandy

loam fextiire classified uso solonized brown earth

(Australian sail grouping) or as an entisol (US soil

chissification). The locality was an experimental plot

on it farm at Avon (latitide 34° 14° S . longitude

(38°)9" By which was direct drilled and had a

wheat/Wheat rotaion.

2 Play font Road Mitcham S. Aust. 5062.

Macrohiors ef pyeudoliyelandi. anhydrobrosis. microscopy. tirdignades, birefringence,

Sail cores (did, 5 em, depth 10 cm) were

collected and mixed in a plastic baw. The sample

mostly used in these experiments was collected in

July 1993 and had been stored dey at room

lemperature for three years. However, freshly-

collected soil from the same site on 29. iii, 1996 prior

lo the autumn rans was alse used for comparison,

Lalreelion frei soil

After thorough mixing of the soil, 50 @ aliquots

were placed in a ousting apparatus. for three cys

(Yeates & Bird 1994). This procedure was replic uted

in quadruplicate aid, aller Hiree days, the collectiiig

jubes were removed and their contents allowed to

setue for 1 oh after whieh the supernatunt was

removed by suction to within 2.5 em ol the bottom of

the tube. This extraction procedure was used lor all

soils, Whether reshly-colleeted or stored,

Counting

The contents of cach tube were poured, after

vigorous shaking. into a counting chamber (Doncaster

1962). The tardigrades gravitated to the Nour of the

counting Chamber between the rings and were counted

under at dissecting microscope.

Light mlerascepy

The lardiznides were exanuned under bright field,

polarized light and differential interference contrast

(Nomarski) optics nsing a Vanox Olympus AHBT

researeh microscope.

Living tirdigrades were examined in distilled water

underacoverslip scaled at its edges with fail varnish,

14M AF BIRD

Speeimens were fixed by adding an equal volume

of boiling double strength FA 4:1 (20 mil 40%

formaldehyde and 2 ml glacial acetic acid in 78 il

distilled witer)y ina test tube toa shaken suspension

of the (ardigrades in distilled water, also in a test

lube. These specimens were processed to pure

elyceral by Seinhorst's (1959) method and mounted

in-antiydrous glycerol on slides sealed toa coverslip

by molten paraffin as described by De Macseneer &

D'Herde (1963) and then ringed with Entellan

(Merck). Both living and fixed material were

photographed using MHford Delta 400 film,

Scanning electran mieroscapy

For observations under the seanuing electron

microscope (SEM), the fixed material was washed

repeatedly in distilled water, post-fixed and stiuned

in 1% aqueous osmium tetroxide, wished repeatedly

again in distilled water, immersed in filtered freshly-

made suturated aqueous thiocarbohydrazide for 40

min followed by repeated washings in distilled water

and a repetition of the osmium fixation. ‘his

ostium-binding lechnique (Kelley ef al. 1973) was

followed by further washings in distilled water,

Specimens were freeze-dried by placui then

belween membrane Allers which were frozen rapidly

by placing them ina slurry of freon cooled by liquid

nitrogen. The fillers with attached tardigrades were

then transferred rapidly to a freeze drying machine

days. This dried material was then mounted on a

tlass coverslip attached to an SEM stub and couted

with 30 nm of gold to enhance stability and

conduetivity, The tiaterial Was then exapined ind

pholographed in a Cumbridge S 250 Mk 3 SEM

operated at 20 kV using THford 120 roll film CeP4

Plus).

feeding experiments

Attempts i determine whether or not A et.

preudehufelind’ would teed on Riigectonia solani,

and thus possibly omplicating the tardigrade in

slippression Gf this plant pathogen in the field. were

made using RK. selan/ grown in coltore media in Petri

dishes. Specimens ol M. ef, preudehufelane? that had

been washed repeatedly in sterile distilled water by

cenvifugation inan effort to sarfice sterilize then,

were poured on to the fungal plates under aseptic

conditions in a laminar flow cabinet,

Results

Morphology

Both living and fixed specimens of the tuedigrade

isoluted Crom the Avon soil were examined und

measured. Measurements of the lengths und widths

of teh specimens euch of fiaed und living muterial

showed, ux might he expected, that some shrinkage

had oecurred in the fixed material, Measurements of

the living material were made only On specimens (hat

had their lips und mouth parts retracted since this

was the state Observed in all fixed or dead material,

The mean length of living specimens was S114 +

47.7 jim (range 428-580 yim, Table () and that of

fixed material was 423.2 + 48.3 pm (range 364-500

um), Similarly, the width of the living specimens wis

(54.7 + 15.3 wm (range (28-172 pun, ‘Table J)

compared with 131,24 13,3 um (range 108-148 pum),

The lateral view of the living tardigrade with its

mouth everted und showing one of egch of the four

pairs of stubby legs ending in claws (Pig. 1) logether

willh the charactertslic internal structure ol the

anterior region (Fig, 2) and the elaws at. the

extremities OF the fourth pair of legs (Pigs 3, 4) are

shown as viewed under the light microscope,

The fixed tardigrade in yentro-lateral view wath the

mouth region inverted bul showing all Tour pairs of

legs with their claws (Fig, 5) and the ulteaswueture of

the claws on the second leg (Fig, 6) are shown its

viewed under the SEM.

TAREE 1 Ateawnrerents of living Mucrobioius ef) pyeddobulehonai

Part mensured (um) Numbers measured

Length of whole specimen 10

Width of whole specimen Ww

“ position of stylet

support on buceal tube 8

Length of buccal mibe 8

Width of buccal tube K

Leqeth af pharyageal bulb a

Width of pharyngeal bulb 8

Length of macroplacoid (1) 8

Length of macroplicoid (2) 8

Length of microplacoid 4K

Length at 4th frit elay |

Mean sD Range

Sila +477 428-580

154.7 +753 128-172

Ki +/4 TO_S-82 5

M25 #12 4-42

S| +02 55,5

aT4 #21 45-40)

34.4 +13 Sa 4G

W758 +/ft 9-42

0.) ATS 5-7

ry +()2 2.5-3,0)

6.25 #29 4)

A TARDICGRADE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOTL 1a

Fig. 1. Whole living Maembions ef. pseudohufelanet. Bright Held optics. Lateral view showing everted sucking mouth

(mi) eyespo fe) aid one of each of the four pairs of legs with terminal claws (arrows lubelled 1-4 from (root lo rear).

The fourth lew is postenor und subterminal, Scale bar = 100 pin,

Fig, 2. Everted head of living Maerobions ef. pyeudohujelundi, Beight Held optes showing mouth (7m), buceal (ube (b),

stylets (8), Stylet support (ss), pharynx (p), macroplacuids |.& 2 and microplacoids (arrowheads from top fo bottom).

Scale bar = 10 fim,

Fig 4. Posterior regton of Macrodiors ef, pretmlohafelandi, Bright feld yptics showing claws oF the 4th legs (arrows).

Seale bar = 10 yon,

Fig. 4. Single chiw from the 4th leg of Maeynbiory ef. preudvlufidand:, Now basal plite at base of claw Garrow), Seale

bar = 10 pm.

A TARDIGRADE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOIL ial

Nig. 7. Living Macrebierny ef preadefufelandi viewed under polarized light, A, Whole specimen. Note birelnagence ol

Styles (5), gut contents dnd musele atiichments to lees Gurrow Heads), One of the iwo eyes (a) is also shown. BL Inset

showing aneye (hand the peonounved birefringence of the twostylers, Seale bars = 40 pn A, LO yim B

Although for general purposes bright freld opties

were Jourid to be more convenient than the other

systems used, stylet structure was much more

obvious in living tardigrades under Nomarski and

polarized Hight optics than under bright field. Stylets

were, however, clearly observed under all three

optical systems provided that the tairdigrade was

alive, In both dead and fixed material, the stylets lose

their integrily ind appear lo break down,

When viewed under polarized light (hig. 7) the

stylets exhibited marked birefringence imdicating a

regulitr structural orientition, The stylets are slightly

curved, sabre-shaped structures about 40) tim ain

lenvih (Pigs 2, 7B) When the tirdigrides were

subjected lo oxygen deprivation on sealed slides, the

stylet birefringence gradually disuppeared and was

entirely lost over a period of several hours as the

stylets broke down. Muscles and iWitestinal contents

exhibited birefringence Lo a lesser extent than the

stylets (Fig. 7). However. the museles and intestinal

contents retained their integrity and birelringenee

alter stylet break down. Stylet break down alse

occurred during fixation which accounts for their

absence in cumera fucida drawiegs of fixed material

in the literature. Thus stylets can only be observed ih

living macerial,

The buccal tube (Pig. 2. Table 1) is 40.25 pnt long

x 51 pm wide (percent ratio to the length of the

buccal tube (pt) = 12.67). The stylet supports (Fig. 2,

Table [) are mserted al 81% of the buceal tube

Fin Ss. Whole. fixed umd vold-coared speeimen ol Macrebivtas cf premdiiideland) SEM plotograph showing four pairs

of dems wilh claws Gierows. hibellea Ted fron front te veur). Scale har = D0 pin.

Fig. 6, SEM photogriph of @ 2nd les. Note two sets of double branched Gliws, The mder broach in each claw eurres bwo

vogessory points (sid) arrows) ‘The basal plite at the base of the ehiw is seen here ie a rounded thekening (birger

uerow). Savile Bare + jin

152 A. P. BIRD

Fig. 8 Crushed egg of Macrobiotus cl. pseudohufelandi

lying within the moulted cuticle (mc). Bright field optics

showing the “cooling tower’-shaped projections on the

surface of the egg shell (arrows). Scale bar = 10 tm.

length. The pharyngeal bulb is 37.4 pm long x 34.4

um wide, has apophyses, two pairs of rod-shaped

macroplacoids and a pair of microplacoids. The

macroplacoids differ in length, the first being 10.75

uum Jong (pt = 26.71) and the second 6.0 um (pt

14.91); the microplacoids are 2.9 um long (pt

7.21). The claws (Figs 3, 4, 5, 6, Table 1) have

smooth basal plates (Dastych & Alberti 1990) and

well-developed accessory points on their inner

branches. The length of the fourth foot claw is 8.25

uum (pt = 20.50). The egg, enveloped by the shed

cuticle, (Fig. 8) has numerous “cooling tower’-

shaped projections on its surface which protrude

about 5 tim.

Taxonomy

This tardigrade was, using available keys and on

comparison of measurements, determined as

Macrobiotus hufelandi Schultze, 1834. This species

is cosmopolitan (Schuster & Grigarick 1965).

However, measurements and slides were sent to a

tardigrade taxonomist (S. Claxton) who kindly

examined the material and considers that this

tardigrade most closely resembles Macrobiotus

pseudohufelandi \haros, 1966 and should be

assigned tentatively to this species (S. Claxton pers.

comm.). Accordingly, the Avon tardigrade has been

identified as Macrobiotus ef. pseudohufelandi

subject to further deliberations by taxonomists,

Behaviour

Specimens of M. cf. pseudohufelandi were placed

in Petri dishes containing the plant pathogenic

fungus Rhizoctonia solani. Although some of the

tardigrades lived for several weeks, they were not

observed to feed, grow or reproduce on the fungus.

Furthermore, no significant differences were

observed in the logarithmically transformed numbers

of this tardigrade isolated from soil that exhibited

suppression of this fungus compared with the

tardigrade numbers, logarithmically transformed,

isolated from soil that did not exhibit suppression of

the fungus (7 < 0.05) (Table 2 ). However, there does

appear to be a significant inverse linear relationship

between the numbers of M. cf. pseudohufelandi in

the soil and the numbers of nematodes (p < 0.001).

Furthermore, a specimen has been obtained alive

from the soil that was in the process of feeding on a

nematode (Fig. 9). In soil that had been stored dry for

three years, there was a marked decline in the

numbers of nematodes (4 + 2.9 /50 g soil) compared

with the number of tardigrades (34 + 5.8 /50 g soil).

Discussion

The first recorded observation of a tardigrade was

by Goeze (1773) (cited by Nelson & Higgins 1990)

who referred to them as “little water bears” (Kleiner

TABLE 2. The relationships between tardigrades and nematodes in Rhizoctonia-suppressive and Rhizoctonia-nen-

suppressive soils

Soils Tardigrades Nematodes Tardigrades Nematodes

Mean Mean log mean log mean

counts* SD counts* SD counts’ counts!

Suppressive 19 +91 401 + 108 2.81 5.97

Non-

suppressive 32 +48 227 + 149 3.44 5.25

*SED = 65.2 1 SED = 0.346

‘LSD =0.75

A TARDIGRADE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOUL, 153

Bip, 9 plead rewion ofa living Macrobietays ef. preadeliife-

fendi, Phatagraphed inthe process of feeding ona nemi-

fade, right Weld ophes showing mouth (mb siid nem

Wide (a). Seale bar = Di,

Wasser Beir), Three years later, Spallianzani (1776)

teited by Nelson & Higgins 1990) called them “slow

steppers” or /t Tandivrady whieh gave rise to the

phylum name used today, Beeause of their

chamelensue morphology, the randigeades are

recognized today as belonging toa discrete phylum,

‘They probably evalved more than 500 million yours

weo in the Cambrian pertod when there was an

explosive diversification of eukuryoue organinnts.

Although the Avon tardignide clearly belongs ta (he

hufeland grouping tn the genus Macrobrius

(Bertulani & Rebecchi 1993) its specific layonomic

identity a subject to tumher deliberation.. This

turdimrade fas similar measurements to a population

ol Me) pyeudohifeldnd? that includes. specimens

fron WA (S. Claxton pers. comm). Thus, despite the

fact (hat hey have “cooling tower’- shaped eee shell

projections that are more like (hose ibustrated for AZ,

lnfelandi (Nelsoo & Higgins 19890) than Those

ilustrited for M. pyemdoafelandi by Ramuzccou &

Maticci (1983), which have much broader bases, they

are tentatively assigned tod, of, pyejidalifedand (Ss.

Claxton pers, comm).

The ability of tardigrades jo survive tm a wide

Tange of environments ancl their world wide dispersal

most be due in no snl way to their ability to enter

into dnuunhydrobiote stated finetion that they share

with some nematodes und rotifers. | have shower that

M. cf. prendohufeland? can survive for at least three

years in dry soil maintained al room temperature.

This was the maximum time tested and W seems

likely that these creatures could survive for much

longer under these conditions, since i has been

reported (Keilin 1959) that survival times of up to 10

years can occur. Indeed, recovery. but not survival.

hus. been reported to ovcur after 120 years of

anhydrobiosis (Franchescht 1946 cited by Crowe

1971),

Anhydrobiosis is widespread in Phylum

Turdigrada and it is thought thar the disucchande

irehelose functions to protect these organisms since

i accumulates within them us they ure exposed to

desiccation (Westh & Ramldv 1991). Io this respect

tardigrades resemble Whose nematodes that exhibit

anhydrobiosis (Madin & Crowe 1975). In their

morphology, of course, they are completely different

and this is reflected in their different behaviour when

observed in water under a coverstip, Por example, Af

of. pseeudahufelandi iy able to push its way through

an air bubble, This isa capability that | have never

observed in a nemiutode,

The composition of the hwo sabre-shaped stylets

does nolappear to have heen studied in detail and

they are absen) from camera lucida drawings becuuse

they break down and Jisappedr in fixatives.

Sintilarly. they break down on the patoral death of

the animals cuused by anoxia on sealed slides, I

scems strange thut structures whieh), ty the course of

predation and feeding. cun peneteue both plant and

aninoal tissues, should be so fragile,

In the living state, the stylets are readily: observed

under all optical systems. However, when viewed

under polarized fight they exhibit marked

birefringence indicating a regular structural

orienkiion, ft has been mentioned in the literature

thal the stylets are calcareous (KRaestier 1968) so

their birefringence is probably crystalline and their

break down under uhoxie conditions might be due to

an increased internal acidity leading to the

dissolution of calcareous structures such as the

stylets. Clearly such an hypothesis requires further

testing,

Macrabiony el. pseadohufelind? was not observed

tw feed on the plant pathogenic fungus Rhizectonia

solani and t conclude dit the iudigrade whieh 1

have found in large numbers im dgricultaral soils in

South Australia probably does pot feed on this

fimgus in (he field but preys on gther small sou

organisnis such as nematodes,

The ability of tardigrades ta prey on nematodes has

been recognized lor some ume, Jn 1969 Sayre

showed that the tardigrade Mypsihins muvrapy could

be culttired using the free-living nematode

Panagrellay redivivuy as prey (Sayre 1469).

Vurtheemore, Sayre (1969) showed that He aryreps

was able to feed on the plant parasitic nematodes

Meloidogyne incognita and Dilylenchus dipsaci.

Suyre (1969) concluded that “under certain

circumstances, (turdigrades may) give some control

ind these need to he investigated”. A major draw

back to this work was that it was conducted in a

Moist environment Using Moss as a substrate, This is

a farcry trom the normal environment of the plant

parasitic nematodes that Sayre used in his

experiments.

The tardigrade that | have reported upon in this

paper comes from ou tue agneultural soil

environment where it has to survive extremely harsh

and variable conditions. Under these conditions, it

may have the capacity to reduce nemutode

populidions although the devline to the mumbers ot

nematodes compared with (the number of tardigrades

may reflect the anhydrobiotic capabilities of the

tardizrades compared with those of the mixed

nematode populasion rather than predation by the

154 AOE BIRD

tardigrades. However, M. ch, pwendo/ufelandi may

be an effective biocontrol agent. although Lite ts

known of its nematode food preferences and a more

quantilulive assessment of its potential for bineantrol

of plant parasitic nematodes is needed.

Acknowledgments

L wish lo thank Angela Reid CSIRO Biometrics

Unit for the statistical analyses, Soils Division

CSIRO for avcommodation, facilities and expertise

including that of Stuart MeClure for the STEM and

John Coppi for developing and printing the films. |

thank Sandra Claxton for advice on tirdigraide

taxonomy and Jean Bird for constructive eriticisin of

the manuseript, |am gratetul for a grant from the

Australian Biological Resourees Study whieh

provided facilites that made this research possible. |

thank Robin Manley on whose farm the tardigrades

were first discavered for his kind cooperation.

References

Brntonast, Ro k& Reakecut, L. (1993) A revision at the

Macrohioius hufeland? group (Vardignada, Mucrobiotidae),

Wilh some observations on the taxonomic characters oF

cutardigrades, Zoal. Seripla 22, 127-152.

Crown, JH, (1971) Anhydrobiesis: an unsolved problem,

Amer Nat (5, 563-573.

DaAstych, Ho & ALBERTI, Co (1990) Regdeseriplion of

Macrobiotus xeraphilus (Dastych, 1978) comb. noy.. with

some phylogenetic notes (Mirdigrada, Macrobiotidac )-

Mit humb. cook Mus. last, &7, 1ST-169,

De Marsenecr, J. & D'Hirbk, J. (1963) Meéthodes

utilisées pour Perude des anguillules libres di sol Revie

de PAgriculime, Bruvelles V6, 441-447.

Nemrtlotowiod 7, V44-330,

Kakst ake, A. (1968). “Invertebrate Zoology” Vol OE Globn

Wiley & Sons Ine., New York),

Rettis, D. (1959) The problem of anaubiosis or litent bile:

history and current concepts. Proc, Ke. Sec. Leiden, B

150, |49-19},

Ke bhy ROL DeRKER, ROALE & BUTEMINK, IG, (1973)

Ligund-mediited osmium binding: its application. in

coiling biological specimens for scanning eleetron

microscopy. J Cnrustriw Res 48, 254-254.

Mctnans, So} (1994) Zoopeographic distribution of

lerresurial/freshwitter tardigrades from eurrenr literature

A. Nat. Hist. 28, 257-352,

MAbin. KoA, Oo & Crowe, ho HE 11975) Anhydrobiosis in

nematodes, curbohydnie and lipid metabolism during

dehydration, J, Bap. Zoe! 193, 321-330,

Nicson, DLR, & Hiacins, K.P (1990) Tintigrada pp, 193-

419 In Dindal. DAL. (Ed) “Sol Biology Guide™ (lohn

Wiley & Sons Iie.. New York).

Ramaccon, G. & Mauectl, W. (O83) fh Phylum

Turdigrada, Terza Edizidne, Mem. dy Mal. helrabiol. Ad,

1-10)2.

SAYRE. RM. (1969) A inethod for culturing it preditceous

uirdigeade on the nematode Punaureddes redivivas. Drany.

Amen Micvse. 8&8, 266-274,

Senbstin, BR, O. & Geicarick, Ay A. (1965) Tirdigrada

trom Western North Ainerica, Clit Cal Pal. Zool. 76.

|-7,

Semuorsr. JW, (1959) A rupid method for the transfer of

nemiulodes from fixative to anhydrous glycerin

Nemuatalogica 4, 67-69.

Wrstit, Bo & RAMLOV, BL (1997) Trehalose aeeumohiticns in

the tardigrnide deenvbieny canmifer during anhydrabiosiy.

J, Exp, Zool, 258. 303-33).

Yeates. GW. & Birt, AoE (1994) Some observations

bn the influence of agricultural practices an the

Hematnde foune of some South Aistalian soils,

Funiton, appl. Nemaiol. U7, V3a-145,

RHOPALOMYIA GOODENIAE, A NEW SPECIES OF

CECIDOMYIIDAE, (DIPTERA) DAMAGING GOODENIA

LUNATA (GOODENIACEAE) IN INLAND AUSTRALIA

By PETER KOLESIK*

Summary

Kolesik, P. (1996) Rhopalomyia goodeniae, a new species of Cecidomyiidae

(Diptera) damaging Goodenia lunata (Goodeniaceae) in inland Australia. Trans. R.

Soc. S. Aust. 120(4), 155-160, 29 November, 1996.

A new gall midge species, Rhopalomyia goodeniae, is described from stem galls on

Goodenia lunata (Goodeniaceae) from the Lake Eyre region, South Australia.

Detailed descriptions of the larva, pupa, male, female and infestation symptoms are

given. Plants infested by this gall midge are dwarfed and develop few or no flowers.

Key Words: Cecidomyiidae, Rhopalomyia goodeniae sp. nov., Goodenia lunata, Lake

Eyre, South Australia.

Fratisdetions af he Raval Society ofS Anyi. (1996). 124), 155-100

RHOPALOMYTA GOODENIAE, A NEW SPECLES OF CECIDOMYTDAE (DIPTERA)

DAMAGING GOODENIA LUNATA (GOODENLACEAE) IN INLAND AUSTRALIA

by PETER KOLESIK=

Summary

Konrsik. P1Y96) Ahapelomyra voodeniae. a new species of Cecdomyidae (Diptera) damaging Goarlerta

Janata (Gondeniacese) in Toland Australian, (rams, See 8. Anse, P2004), 155-100, 29 November 1996

A new pall midge species, Ahapelomvia goedeuae. is desevibedt from stem galls on Choodenta tueoa

(Cioodenieeue) fram the Luke Eyre region. South Aastra Detailed dexenptioas of the hiya: pupa, mile.

ferale and iafestaran aymptours are given. Plants infested by this gallinidge ure dwarled and develop few ar

nu flowers

Rey Worns, Ceciomyitdae. Riupdlonmyle goadeniee sp, nov, Geedenia tian, Lake Eyre, South Ausiatia,

Introduction

The insect family Cecidomyiidie is pourly knawn

im Australia and until now, has been unrecorded from

the inland regions of fhe continent, “The species

described here was found galling stern ol Gorden

Junie J. Black (Goodettaveac) in the vicinity of

Lake Eyre South Australia in October, 1993.

Sulf (or hairy) goodenia, Gecdenia lineata, isa

perennial herb 5 - 20 cm tigh with TS nun long

yellow flowers. It grows in clay soils along

walerenurses and in sandy soils in centr Australia.

Flowerme oceurs throughout most of the ver but

peaks between September and November or after

Nooding or beayy raiotall (Cunmmghan ef af TY8d:

Cooke L986).

The new wall inidge species described below is

placed in Rhapalonyia, a worldwide genus previously

known in Australie froin only ane species, &-

californica Felt. introduced (o control Bacehuariy

fedimifolid (Asteraceae), an American ornamental

plant turned pest on Australian pastures (Mcruyden et

a/, (983; Gagné 1989a).

Materials and Methods

Plants ol Geadena sp. manvesting stem

malformations cuused hy Ceemlomyndue larviue were

collected at William Creek (SQ kot west of Like

Eyre), during a South Australian Museuns collecting

inp, on 22 October 1993. The few lowers produced

by these plants shrank in the course of drying

precluding later authoritative identifieation of the

species. New plants were sampled into 70% ethanol

from the same population on 24 August 1995 and

idenuilied by D. E. Symon, State Herbarium of South

Australia. as G. fianata, The galls collected on the

F Department of Horticulture, Viticuldure and Oenology

Universityoof Adelaide PMB LT Glen Osmond S. Aust.

SO.

firs Ovcasion Were processed in one af two ways. A

sinwll nuinber was cut open und the kirvae preserved

in 70% ethanol, A larger number of galls was kept in

plastic bags and the kirvae were reared to adults,

Pupation took place within the galls. Plastic bags

Were examined daily and emerged adults preserved

together wilh their pupal skins in 70% ethanol,

Cumida dalsum maunts of type specimens for

mieroscopic examinution were prepiured acearding to

the tevhnique ouilined by Kolesik (1995). The type

series and other material retained tn 70% ethanol dre

deposited in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide

ISAMA| «and the Australian National Inseet

Collection, Canherru [ANIC]. Drivd and preserved

(70% ethanol) sumples of infested and uninfested

plants are deposited in the State Herbarium of South

Australia, Adelitide |SHSA].

Genus Rhapalomvia Ribsaamen, 1892

Rhopalonvia Riibsaumen, 1892: 370

Wpe spectes: Oligetraphis janacelivola Karsch,

1879: VIL Jber. westl, ProyVer Wiss. Kunst: 27 (des

Kictfer. 1896: 89)

Rhopelomyia is a Worldwide sends comprising

species of Oligalrophini with one- or two-seemented

palpi, simple or toothed tarsal chliws, elongate but

entire eighth female abdominal tergite und complelely

setulose gonostylus, The species described bere shares

with Rhepalonvia all the ubove characters with the

exception of having three- or four-segmented palpi.

As the number gf palpal segments is a derived

character and varies within several Oligolrophini

genera it does not prechide the new species Prem

Rhopalumyia.

Rhopalomyia goodeniae sp nov.

(FIGS I-15)

Holoivpes 3, William Creek, South Australia [23°

156

P. KOLESIK

Tilly

16:0:'o|

TEE

Figs l-6. Male of Rhopalomyia goodeniae sp. nov. 1, Genitalia in dorsal view. 2, Sixth flagellomere. 3, Gonocoxites,

parameres and aedeagus in ventral yiew. 4. Head in frontal yiew. 5, Wing. 6. Tarsal claw with empodium. Seale bars =

100 pm 1,3, 4, 50 pm 2. 6; 500 pm 5,

A NEW SPRCTES.OF CECIDOMYIIDAL PROM GUOQDENIA LUNATA a7

45'S. 1467 20° BY, 24.57,1993, P. Kolesik, reared

from larva trom: stem gall of Greedenioe funeta J.

Black, sampled 22.4.1993, 121328 [SAMA],

Paralypess 24 4, V2, 2 pupal skins [SAMA]. 1 d-

12, 2 pupal skins [ANIC], same data; 3 larvae

SAMA], 3 larvae |ANIC]. collected with holotype.

Oher materia? 2 34 09 [SAMA same data: 35

larvae [SAMA], gall [SHSA - AD99511278],

vollecled with holotype,

He scvipnian

Male (Pigs 1-6)

Colour: sclerotized parts al body brown, non-

sclerotized pans of abdoriten orange Wing: total

length 2.7 min (2.5 -2,8, 0 = 4). width 1.0 nim (1-0 -

Lo; RA al distal chd narrower, foore weakly

selerolized and slightly curved posteriorly, joi C

unteriorly lo apex: KI joimog C near wing mid-

length: Se cell strongly sclerotized and together with

KE and adjacent part of RS hearing scales,

Flagellomeres (3 in number, first wind second

ised, with nodes longer thu necks, third to fifteenth

with nodes and necks about same Jeneth, circumtihe

comprising one (rinsverse and one lougitodinal

band, Palpus four or three-segmented with well

developed palpiger in both cases, Tirsal chav simple,

rounded beyond imid-length, empodin as long ds

claws,

Abdonren: all lergiles with pale of setae i anterior

vurners. tergites | - Vio with single setal row

posteriorly and a low serie laterally tergites VIP and

VILL With a few setae scattered in centre: sternites LT -

VITE with pair of setac anteriarly, row of setae

posteriorly and fields of sete both huerally and

contrally

Genitaliy gonocoxites free ventrally. cylindrical,

willy small apicoverttal lobe, setose dnd setulose;

vonustylus stualed dorso-caudiilly of somocox te.

slightly tapering towards (he apex, wilh apical booth

comprising, strong Ghiw and a few firm bristles,

setase dorsally and setulose throughoul: cere

bilohed. with severil stout Setue on cach lobe.

setulose; hypoproct bilobed, with seta on each lobe

selulose; parumeres Clasping acdeagus along their

full leneth, setilose. apically bearing four (a hive

lure, sctose papillue: aedeagus robust, conical.

Femelle (Fiys 79, 11)

O48 mm (0.7 - 0.9); RS steight and equally strong,

along full lengih as Opposed to being nayawer and

curved posteriorly in mule, Tergite Vifwith setal pow

posteriorly, tergite VIE with single pair of seuie

wuiteriorly. selerotization of both tergiles in shape of

loner “Y". Ovipositor protrusible, cere) fused) inte

stngle. terminal lamella, triangular in dorso-ventral

view, Setose and setulose: hypoproct trapezoid: in

dorsoventral view, beitring [wo setae posteriorly.

selulose. Other characters as in male,

Prpa (Pig. V2)

Colour: won-stlerotized paris of abdomen orange,

the rest brown, ‘Total length 2.7 mm (2.7 -2.8. n= 44.

Integument of abdominal segments covered with

spiculue. Cephalic selerite with two swelligs as

Jong as antennal horns, 30 pir (25 - 36). Cephahe

poirot pupiliae with strong sete. 148 pum (144-152),

Frons on cach side. one of twa lower facial papillae

with seta and one of tree lateral facial papillae with

seta. Prothoravie spirucke 92 - 93 uin mlength, with

trachea reaching its apex, Abdominal segments | -

VIL with pair of setose ventral papillae. two pairs of

setase pleural papillae. pair of setose and two pairs of

aselose dorsal papillae, Abdominal segments H- V I

dorsally wilh field of strong spines on anterior halt,

Abdominal segments VHT aod EX with pair of selose

ventral pupillae, Uwo pairs of setuse pleural papiiiae

and pair of setose dorsal pupillae. Facial papillae

with setae 5-6 pm, papillae on abdominal sediments

with setae 5 - 8 pm.

Larva (Pigs 10. 13, 14)

Colours orange Total length 3.0 min (1.6 - 34. 9 =

6), Inlegument covered with dense spicilae, up ta 1a)

jum long. Head strongly sclerotized, 52 pi (49 - 56)

lone and SS pit (MS - 91) wide. posterolateral

upodemes 75 tm (70 - 79) fong. antennae 17-20 pm

Jone and 8 ~ 10 um wide at buse. Thoracic and finst

sever) ubdominal segments with pair of ventral

papillae. nwo puurs oF pleural papillae andl three pats

of dorsul pupillae. Thoiueie segments with puir of

sternal piipillie and two groups of three tuteral

papillae on each side of spatula, two of each with

selac, one without, Abdonmial segment VILE with

we pairs of ventral papillae, Avo pairs ol pleural

papillae and pair of dorsal papillae. all wilh setae,

Abdominal segment IX beuring four pairs at

tertninal papillae, all wath setae. but same papillic

lackiig i some specimens. Anos ventral. Setae on

sternul and kueral pupillac about | pe, on the other

papillae ¥ - 22 pm, Spatula 294 pon (245-4328) long,

with apical enlargernent (32 pm (116 - 150) 10 width

and 44pm (34 - 48) in length.

hifesratian svaiproaty (rig, 15)

This gall midge Speetes. deforms. the ster of

Goodenia ltd ino subghobular, hairy gulls, J-2

om in diameter and 1-15 eo in henht. Hines are 1-2

indy long, dense, grey. The gall consists of many

vlobular fo subglobular, Unek-walled cells will) one

larva in each cell. Infested plants develop few or nu

A NEW SPECIES OF CECIDOMYIIDAE FROM GOODENIA LUNATA 159

Fig. 15, Gall of Rhopalomyia goodeniae sp. nov. on Goodenia lunata J. Black, Scale bar = 20 mm,

flowers. On 22 October 1993 at William Creek,

about 95% of all plants from a population

comprising some 1000 plants were infested,

Enymology

Derived from the generic name of the host plant.

Discussion

Currently, the Rhopalomyia genus comprises 86

Nearctic (Gagné 1989b), 48 Palaearctic (Skuhrava

1986), 9 Neotropical (Gagné 1994) and | Oriental

(Gagné 1973) species. No Rhvpalomyia have been

recorded from the Afrotropical Region (Harris

1980). Until now, only 2 immigrant species of

Rhopalomyia have been recorded from Australasian

and Oceanian Regions with R. californica having

been introduced to Australia from North America

and R. chrysanthemi Ahlberg to the Hawaiian Islands

and New Zealand from Europe (Gagné 1989a).

Rhopalomyia is a catchall genus with the bulk of its

species producing complex galls on Asteraceae.

Species that form galls on other plant families

exhibit some morphological differences and their

placement in Rhopalomyia needs restudying (Gagné

1989b). The new species described here is the first

native Australian species to be placed in

Rhopalomyia and the only gall midge known to

attack plants of the family Goodeniaceae, The

species does not breach the current concept of

Rhopalomyia, except that it has two or three palpal

segments as opposed to one or two segments in other

described members of the genus. Although this

discrepancy precludes identifying the new species as

Rhopalomyia using the most authoritative current

key to Cecidomyiidae (Gagné 1981), I find it

insufficient reason to erect a new genus until more ts

known about its native Australian congeners.

Figs 7-14, Rhopalomyia goodeniae sp. nov.. 7-9, 11 female, 10, 13, 14 larva. 12 pupa. 7. Posterior end of abdomen in

dorsal view. 8. Posterior end of abdomen in ventral view. 9. Sixth flagellomere. 10, Head capsule in dorsal view. 11.

Posterior end of ovipositor in lateral view (cerci shriveled in available specimen). 12. Anterior part in ventral view. 13.

Sternal spatula with adjacent papillae. 14, Two terminal segments in dorsal view. Scale bars = 500 pm 7, 8, 12: 50 pm

9-11; 100 pm 13, 14.

160 PKOLESIRK.

Rhopalomyia goadeniae sp. noy. differs in several

characters from R. califernica, its only Australian

congener redescribed by Gagné & Boldt (1995). In

R. goudeniae, the gonostylus ts straight and about the

same width throughout most of its length, the

papillae on the male parameres are large (1/5 - 1/2 of

paramere width), the number of palpal segments is

three to four and the antennal horns in the pupa are

minute and rounded, In contrast, R. californica has a

gonostylus convex at the posterior end; papillae on

the male parameres are minute (about 1/20. of

puramere width), there are one to two palpal

segments and the antennal horns in the pupa are

elongate and bifid in frontal view.

Acknowledgments

I thank Leta and Philip Gee South Australian

Outback Research William Creek for acting us

guides in the Luke Eyre region and re-collecting the

host plant specimens. | am grateful t0 Mark A,

Adams and Terence B, Reardon Division of Natural

Science South Australian Museum Adelaide for

organizing and leading the collecting trip, Dayid E,

Symon State Herbarium of South Australia Adelaide

courteously identified the host plant species, 7 thank

John D. Gray Department of Horticulture, Viticulture

und Oenology University of Adelaide and Raymond

J, Gagné Systematic Entomology Laboratory USDA

Washington DC USA for commenting on an early

draft of the manuscript.

References

Cooke. D. A. (1986) Family Goodeniaceae pp. 1383-1418 I

Jessop, J.P & Toelken. H. R. (Eds) “Flora of South

Australia, Part 1 (Polemoniaceae - Compositaey” (South

Australian Government Printing Division, Adelaide).

CuNNINGIIAM. G, M., MULHAM, W. E., Minriiorrr, PL. &

Lrigi, LH (lO81) “Plants of Western New South

‘ales (New South Wales Government Printing Office.

Sydney).

GAGSE, RJ, (1981) Cecidomyiidae pp. 257-292 In McAlpine:

J. oR, Peterson, B. ¥.. Shewell, Go E. Teskey, He J,

Vockeroth, J. R. & Wodd, D. M. (Eds) “Manual of Nearctic

Diptera 1° (Cynadian Government Publishing Centre.

Quebec).

(1989) Family Cecidomyiidae pp, 152-163 Jn

Evenhuis, N. L. (Ed.) “Catalog of the Diptera of the

Austalasian and Oceaman Regions” (Bishop Museurn

Press and EJ, Brill, Honolulu).

(1989b) “The Plant-Feeding Gall Midges of North

Amerlea™ (Comell University Press, thaca, New York),

(1994) “The Gall Midges of the Neotropical Region”

(Cornell University Press. Ithaca. New York).

& Bown. PE. (1995) The gull midges (Diprern;

Cecidomyiidae) of Beechwis spp. (Asteraveae) in’ the

United States. Prov. Enionwl. Soc. Wash, 97(4), 767-778,

Harris, K,M_(1980) 18, Family Cecidomyiidae pp, 238-251

Jn Crosskey. R. W. CRd.) “Catalogue of the Diptera of the

Afrotropical Region” (British Museum [Nittural History |,

London ).

kurernr. J.J. (1896) Neue Mittheilungen Gber Gallmiicken.

Wien. Ent. Zty 15, 85-105,

Kowesik. P.(1995) A new species of Eocincticornia Melt

(Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) on Eucalyptus fascicylase in

South Austraha J) Aust. Bay, Sue, 34, 147-152,

McFayprn, P_., DoNNeLLY. GP, & ‘TombLey, A. J. (1983)

Biological control of groundsel bush pp. 28-30 Jit Harvey,

G. J. (Edy “Austulian Weeds Research Newsletter” (The

Alan Fletcher Research Station).

RUBSAAMEN. E. H, (1892) Die Gallmuicken des Koniglichen

Museums fiir Naturkunde zu Berlin. Berl. Ent. 2 37, 314)-

411, pls. VUIEXVIIL,

SKULIRAVA, M. (1986) Family Cecidomyiidae pp, 72-297 Jn

Sods (Ed) “Catalogue of Palacaretie Diptera. Vol. <1,

Sctaridue - Anisopodidae” (Akadémiai KiadG, Budapest).

ROBUSTNEMA FOSTERI SP. NOV., GEN. NOV. (XYALIDAE,

MONHYSTERIDA, NEMATODA), A COMMON NEMATODE OF

MANGROVE MUDFLATS IN AUSTRALIA

By WARWICK L. NICHOLAS*

Summary

Nicholas, W. L. (1996) Robustnema fosteri sp. nov., gen. nov. (Xylidae,

Monhysterida, Nematoda), a common nematode of mangrove mudflats in Australia.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 120(4), 161-165, 29 November, 1996.

A new genus with a single species, Robustnema fosteri, collected from mangrove

mudflats is described. The circular amphids, six outer labial and six cephalic setae in

one ring, annulated cuticle, single testis and single ovary with posterior vulva, place

the genus in the Xyalidae. The buccal cavity is small, conical and unarmoured, the

lips low and simple. The cardia and ovary are distinctive. Reproductive females are

wide-bodied with a very large uterus filled with developing eggs and unhatched

juveniles.

Key Words: Taxonomy, Robustnema, Xyalidae, Monhysterida, Nematoda, Mangrove.

Trdiasactions af the Koval Sectery ofS. Aust. (1996), 120(4). 161-165

ROBUSTNEMA FOSTERI SP. NOV., GEN. NOV. (XYALIDAE, MONHYSTERIDA,

NEMATODA), A COMMON NEMATODE OF MANGROVE MUDBELATS IN

AUSTRALIA

by Warwick L. NICHOLAS*

Summary

Sicnonas, WL, (1996) Rebustnemne fosteri sp, noy., sen now. (Xyalidve, Monhysterida. Nematoda), a commen

Henatode of mumwrove miudtlats i Australia, Trevi, Ro See S. Adi 12004), 1616165, 29 November, 1996,

A few gents witlia single species. Rebusitema foster’, collected from mangrove mudthats ix described, The

circular umphids.six outer labial and six cephalig setae ia one ning, unnulated cuticle, single testis and single

ovary with posterior vulva, pluce the genus inthe Xyalidue, The bucenl cavity is small, conical and wnarnmdred.

the lips low and simple, The cardia and ovary are distinctive. Reproduetive females are wide-bodied with a Very

large urerus filled with developing exes cud unhatched juveniles.

Key Worbs: Tixonomy, Aehtenienica. Xyalidac, Monhysrerndia, Nematoda, Mingroye.

y ) t

Introduction

A new spewes of nematode that as common in

Mangrove Mudflats in south cast Queensland und

New South Wales ts deserhed, Che possession of

outer labial and cephalie sensiflae ia a single ring,

cireuku aunphids. an outstretched single gonad in

both sexes, a posterior vulva. and) an aonulated

citicle place the new species im the Nyulidie

(Monhysterida), Th was previously misidentified as

Hilipjever sp. (odd and Nicholas L986; Nicholas er

ah WY9L) because of a resemblance to #, cructs

Blome and Schrage 1985. However. more recent

close jnspection has shown that the repraduchive

organs are quile different and this nemtode has been

pluced in anew genus,

Materials and Methods

Type speciiiens Were collected at low tide from

estuarine mud close to mangroves al Pine River

Estuary, whielr apens into Moreton Bay north of

Brisbane. Additional specimens have been collected

from mungroves in New South Wales, Nematodes

were lixedain the mud with 5% formulin immediately

after collection und were recovered from the mud by

uw combination of sieving and centrifugation in

aqueous colloidal sifica (Ludox. Du Pont de

Nemours) with specific gravity adjusted ta 1.2. The

mud was thoroughly dispersed in tip water,

centrifuged at GO00 ¢ lor 7 minutes, the supernatant

discarded, the vesidve re-suspended in colloidal

silica, centrifuged gina at 6000 & for 7 minutes, the

supernatant passed through a nylon sieve with 60 pm

* Division of Botany and Zoology, Austin National University

Canberr ACT 0200.

inesh, wid pematodes retained by the filer back-

washed inlo a petri dish, Specimens of the new

species were picked up with am eyebrow hair

(moutted ob a suck) Under a dissecting: mierosecape

dnd transterred ty 5% aqueous glycerol. After the

water had been allowed to evaporate at 40° C the

nematodes were transferred to fresh anhydrous

glycerol aad mounted on slides with cover ships

supported by glitss beuds (bathing and ringed with

glyceel (Gurr),

Measnrements, given in ym, Were inade from

drawings of 12 specimens using a camera Jucida,

Type specimens are in The South Austrahian

Museum (SAMA) and their numbers in the

Australian Helminth Collection (AHC) are given.

Robustnema sen. ney,

Six inner labral papillae. six ourer labial setae and

six cephalic setae in one ring; circulin amphids. Six

simple low lips, dnarmoured bueeal cavity, cuticle

wonulated. Cardia conver cap to anlernor pair of

intestinal cells. Single gonad in each sex, vulva close

to anus, uterus becomes capacious sac holding

developing cggs and juveniles.

Robustnema fosteri sp, nov.

(FIGS 1-9)

Holouwpe: 3. Pine River Estuary Queensland,

AO.viil. L986, SAMA AHC27695,

Measurements ¢ Table 1.

Deseription of Holotype male

‘Typical nematode form (Fig. 3), curved ventrally in

anal region. cuticle uniformly annulated, Tail

proximally conical. postertad 20% narrow, almost

cylindrical (Fig, 6), Body sctue restricted to five

16?

TAWLE L. Meustirements af Robustiema fostert spn ay

Mates

W. L. NICHOLAS

Sen Females

‘TWpe Holotype Parsitypes n=S Paratypes n=t

Meun sp Range Mean SD Runge

Lonuth }252 1242 29,28 196-1273 }379 178 JU89-1A59

Mix. width 7\ Os 2.80 65-7) Hi4 29 71-161

Cephalhe setae leneth 3,1 53 (149s 17-5. 64 1.06 5.5-4.2

Amphidl diam, 5,9 70 1,05 5.8-8.6 5.2 O55 43-59

Bueeal cavity width a) ta 0.55 1-12 (2.5 1.97 li-14

Bueenl cavity depo ld LK 2.49 16-20 ITB 2.33 {4-20

Head to nerve ring 106 rehe 215 54111 ue) 17.8 K2-| 29)

Pharyox length 22 224 hd 200-254 Daa 27,0 (92. 268

Head to vulva 1OO8 70 805-1220

Head to anus 1040 M47 20,0) 1018-1078 1164 152 905-1304

Tail length 226 1Q7 Va] IKS-220 206 3 [84-226

Width wt anus 57 56 5.27 A9-62 Os S13 54-77

Spicule, ure length 62 At 4.73 5462

De Man's a 17.6 Is 0.680 176-196 j25 2.09 YO-15,3

ae) 5.4 5.6 (374 S.-6.0 3M thou Ae 7

€ 5,3 6A (463 6 1-6.7 67 1.60 57S

v 40 35 (420 Vea. | 0,43 LO-88

V % ") 4.00) TAKS

pamed, ventral sete. evenly spaced between anus

und tailuip, + pm long, plus three terminal 4 yin long

setae. Six stout lips prehed over buceal cavity

forming shallow dome arising from very short

parallel-sided region, demarcated from cervical

region by strong annular groove (Fig. 1). Sie minute

inner labial papillae on lips; six short outer labial and

six equally short slightly wider cephalic -setac

inserted side by side at base af lips; amphids circular,

situated at level of buccal cavity. Bueeal cavity small.

simple, conical, without teeth, cuticular ridges or

denticles, Pharynx cylindrical without muscular

bulb, cardia with about 12 small cells forming

vonvex cap to anterior pair of intestinal cells (Fig. 4).

No renette cell, “exeretory’ duct or pore. Intestinal

cells large, paired. with prominent nuclei and

evanular cytoplasm, rectum very short, about 30 pum

long. Testis single. outstretched, to lett of intestine,

extending anteriorly almost to cardia, long seminal

vesicle filled with rounded spermatozoa, extending

posteriorly a little beyond mid-body, long vas

deferens, very short ejaculatory duet (Fig. 3). Short

strong spicules, are length 62 um (hig. 7), with

cupilulum, shallow angular bend hallway along,

extreme tip forms narrow peg; gubernaculum two

slightly curved rods; two very small pupilliform pre-

anal supplements. 46 and 77 pm anterior to anus

(Fig. 6). Three posi-anal caudal glands,

Paratypes, From Pine River Estuwry Queensland,

O.vill. JY86, SAMA AHC27060- 27665,

Meusurements; Table |,

Five d 2 essentially similar to holotype. The tip ol

the tail is not necessarily bent dorsally as itis in the

holotype. Pre-anal supplements very difficult to find

in some males when they do not protrude in profile.

Five 2S of much stouter build than males, but not

alLarched dorsally as in paratype illustrated in Fig. 2.

Uterus forms a large thin-walled sac occupying more

than half the body length. The uterus is filled with

developing eggs anteriorly and fully-formed

unhatched juveniles posteriorly (Pig. 5). There may

he as muny as 28 juveniles and embryonated eggs.

The ege shell is not rigid and it accommodates the

shapes of the developing embryos, which are ubout

30-40 um long. Juveniles. curled within the thin

flexible shell are 150-200 yim long. Three lo six

granular cells, probably unfertilised ooeytes, lic

along the anterior dorsal walbot the uterus.

Seunning electron microscopy (Figs 8,9) confirms

that there are six cephalic setae, inserted beside the

corresponding outer labial setae, The cephahe setae

are wider at their bases than the ouler labial setae.

Figures 8 und 9 show that the six lips are deeply

incised and that the head is hexagonal when viewed

en face

Figs.1-7. Rabusinema foxteri sp. nov, |. Male head, 2. Gravid female, 3, Enite mate. 4 Cardia. 5, Sra) portion af annie

lated cuticle and uterus containing unhatched juveniles. 6. Male dail. spreules, caudal glands, setie and pre-anal supple

ments, 7 Apicules and gubernaciuny. 1.4.0 and 7 holotype male: 2. 3, and 5 partiype mate and female AHC27661

ROBUSTNEMA FOSTERI SP. NOV., GEN, NOV. 163

ee LT 5 ee 2S5um

10 ees SL

Ses 10 7 25,

4 es 10um

W.L. NICHOLAS

Tiga, 8 nning electron m raphs of head of Rebusineme fastert sp. oy. ols outer labial seta. cs cephalic seta, am

wophid, ip inner labial papilla. Ip lip

ROBUSTNEMA FOSTERI SP NOV., GEN, NOV. 165

Differential diagnosis

The presence of six cephalic setae in the second

ring of sensilla, while not unique, is unusual in

Xyalidae as is the small size of the unarmoured

bueeal cavity and low profile of the lips. The shape

of the cardia and ovarian development are quite

distinctive within the Xyalidae. Together these

characters justify generic status.

Habitat

Mangrove mudflats.

Distribution

Pine River estuary, opening into Moreton Bay

Queensland; Fullerton Cove opening to the Hunter

River estuary New South Wales and the Clyde River

estuary New South Wales.

Etymology

Generic name from the strongly built body,

especially the very stout-bodied reproductive female:

specific name after a colleague.

Discussion

The female reproductive system is unusual and its

development warrants further study. Only a

discontinuous developmental series has been

observed. In immature females, the outstretched

ovary 1s filled with small cells, presumably oogonia.

Alter fertilisation, large eggs in early cleavage stages

appear amongst the small cells. By this time the

ovary extends forwards almost to the level of the

cardia. Later the ovary is largely transformed into a

capacious uterus filled with developing eggs and,

towards the posterior, unhatched juveniles. Some

large granular cells, with single nuclei, lic along the

dorsal wall of the uterus, These large cells are

probably unfertilised oocytes and oyarian

development can be described as hologonic rather

than showing the much more usual telogonic

development, No spermatozoa were recognised

within the female gonad.

Acknowledgments

1 am grateful to The Australian Biological

Resources Study for travelling expenses,

References

Brome , D. & Scurace, M, (1985) Freilebende Nematoden

aus Antarktis. Verdff Inst. Meeresforseh, Bremerh, 212,

71-96.

Hoppa, M. & Nicnionas, W. L. (1986) Temporal changes in

hittoral meiofauna from the Hunter River Estuary. Aus’. J.

Mar. Freshy, Res, 37, 729-741.

NicHowas, W. L., ELek, A, C., Stewart, A.C. & MARPLES,

T. G. (1991) The nematode fauna of a temperate

Australian mangrove mudflat; population density,

diversity and distribution. Hydrobiologia 209, 13-27

A REDESCRIPTION OF ASPERSENTIS ZANCHLORHYNCHI

(JOHNSTON & BEST, 1937) COMB. NOV.

(HETERACANTHOCEPHALIDAE:ACANTHOCEPHALA)

By LESLEY R. SMALES*

Summary

Smales, L. R. (1996) A redescription of Aspersentis zanchlorhynchi (Johnston &

Best, 1937) comb. noy. (Heteracanthocephalidae: Acanthocephala) Trans. R. Soc. S.

Aust. 120(4), 167-171, 29 November, 1996.

Aspersentis zanchlorhynchi (Johnston & Best, 1937) comb. nov., occurring in

Zanchlorhynchus spinifer, is redescribed from specimens collected off-shore from

Macquarie and Heard Islands between 1986 and 1990. Aspersentis zanchlorhynchi

can be distinguished from all other species in the genus by having a cylindrical-

shaped trunk, and proboscis armature of 14-16 rows of 10-12 hooks of which both the

larger ventral and smaller dorsal hooks have roots. An analysis of the literature

indicates that the genus Aspersentis comprises four species A. austrinus, A. johni, A.

minor and A. zanchlorhynchi.

Key Words: Acanthocephala, Aspersentis, Antarctic, fish hosts.

Treinsadrions af the Raval Soeteny af S. Alive, (1996). LAK A), 167-171.

A REDESCRIPTION OF ASPERSENTIS ZANCHLORHYNCHI

(JOTINSTON & BEST, 1937) COMB. NOV.

(HETERACANTHOCEPHALIDAE: ACANTHOCEPHALA)

by Lesity R. SMALES*

Summary

SMAnES, LAR (1996) A redescrption of Aspenvends sancllurinent (Johnston & Best) 1937) comb. ney,

(Heteneanthocephalidae: Acunthocephila) Trams. Ro bee, 8, Angi $20 (4.067171 29 November, 199A.

Aspersentis came hlerivacin Wohnston d& Best. 1937) comb. nov. occurring in Zaneiloriviehtis spiniier, is

mudeseeihed Hon specimens collected off-shore fom Macquarie and Heard Tslands between 18a and 1990.

Axperseutis canchlarhynch’ can be distinguished Crom all other species in Ure genus by luvin a eylindncal

shaped (rurik, and proboseis armature of (4-)6- rows of 10-12 hooks of which both the huwger ventral and sniler

Hors hooks five roots, Anainalysis of the Gteratune indicus tharthe genus Aspenenrs comprises lourspegies

A qusseinis |, gato’ A miner and A. sancilorivicdi.

Key Wokbs: Adanthovephala. Aspersenis, Antiretic fish hosts

Introduction

Avanthocephalan material, collucted by the

Australisiin Antwetlc Expedition (AAE) at 19tl-

1914, was the subject of a report by Johnston & Best

(1937). In that report they described a new species,

Lehinechynchuy sanchlorhyncht. occurring in the

stomach of a seorpaenid lish, Zanehlorhvachus

ypoafer Gtinther, from’ Macquarie Island, Since ieir

description was based on aw single female with iis

proboscis nor fully everted. Johnston & Best (1937)

indicated that the examination of additional

specimens woulil be required to confirm the species,

its description and its laxonormie position,

Subsequently, lwo immature specimens (one male,

one female) were found in 4. spiniler collected ut

Macquarie Island during the British Australian and

New Zealand Antaretic Research Expedition

(BANZARE) of 1929-31, and identified as A,

suarlilorhynchi by Edmonds (1957).

More ucaithocephalans were tound when

members of the Australian National Antarctic

Research Expeditions (ANARE) of LY86 - [99D

collected Z. sptaifer trom Muaequane and Heard

Ishinds, Examination of this material has allowed a

more complele description of the aeunthocephalan to

be prepared. These specimens, whilst conforming to

the general deseriptions of Johnston & Best (1937)

und Edmonds (1957) bad asymmetrical proboseis

armature and) spines oon the trunk, features

characteristic of the Aspersentinae, The siznificunce

of these morphological data are considered in this

paper and an analysis of the current status of ibe

pends Aspersentiy 5 piven,

“University of Central Queenstind, Rockhampton Old

1702,

Materials and Methods,

Thirteen Zanchlorhynehus \pinifer collected from

Macquarie Island witlers (84° 33°75. 158° 53" E) ane

one from the Heard Island shelf (trawled hetween

51? 34h and 53° 30'S, 72° and 78° 00'E) were fixed

in 10% Tommalin bulferad with exeess sodiun

tetraborate. Fish were then examined under ut

dissecting Microscope and yoy acunthocephalians

found were stored in 70% ethanol prior bo

oxumination, cither as temporary wer mounts, after

cleuring in becehwood creosote. or as permanent

preparations, afler staining in Crenacher’s cuarmine

alum. delydriting through aeraded series of ethanol,

clearing in xylene and mounting in Canada balsam,

Measurements of (0 mates and 10 females were

made with the did oF an ocular micrometer, drawing

tube and measuring wheel and ave given in pny unless

otherwise shiled, with the range followed by the

mean in parentheses. Figures were drawn with the

aid of a drawing tube. All specimens dive been

deposited in the Queensland Museunt (QM)

Systematics

Order Palacacunthocephiala Meyer, 1931

Family Heteracanthocephalidae Petrochenko, 1956

Sublumily Aspersentinae Golvun, 1960

Genus Asperseuty yin Cleuve, 1929

Type species Aypersenity anstrinuy Van Cleave,

1920,

Aspersentis zanchlorhynehs (Johnsion & Best,

1937) comb, noy

(MGS 1-7)

Synonvin Evhinorhvnchis sdnchlorhvnehi

Johnston & Best, 1937 pp. 12-13; Edmonds, 1957 p

96, Es, sanchlorhyneh? Zdzitowieckt, Y86 pp, SY,

102, fable tf,

LR, SMALES

SSSA J

SF RV TEP I?

= HOS

GS Mit Maa

Pit

Figs 1-7 Aspersentis zanchlorhynchi comb. noy, Fig. |. Proboscis armature, one row of dorsal hooks. Fig. 2. Proboscis

armature, one row of ventral hooks, Fig. 3. Proboscis, dorsal view. Fig. 4. Male. Fig. 5. Fenvale, proboscis not fully evert-

ed, showing distribution of trunk armature. Fig. 6, Posterior end, female, Fig. 7. Egg. Scale bars = 50 pm, 1, 2: 150 pm.

3, 100 um. 6; 500 pm, 4, 5: 25 pm, 7.

A REDESCRIPTION OF ASPERSENTIS 2NNCHLORHYNCHT 164

Material examined

From Zanclilorlivnchuy spiniter. 126 99, 170

aod. Macquarie Island, 6.1).86. 12.vi.86, 6.x11.56;

G211324-G211335, 19 Heard Island, tt.yi.90;

G211325

Revived deyeription

‘Vrunk cylindrical. Proboscis long. cylindrical. set

at angle to trink (Pigs 4, 5) Proboseis armuture

siinilac in bollr sexes, 14-16 paws of 10-12 hooks

(Fig, 3); dorsal rows of hooks (Pie, 1) soniewhiat

smaller thin ventral rows (Pig 2): all hooks with

roots, Neck Short unarmed, truteated, Spines tiny,

embedded in cuticle in both sexes, encircling anterior

cndhel trunk toa level about halfway down proboscis

receplacle, then extending down literal truak to

posterior (Pig. 5). Proboseis reeepiacle double-

walled, imserted at base of proboscis; ganglion

phiced Neat posterior end, Lemnisei flat. longer than

proboscis receptacle when fully extended,

Male: Trink 3.46 (4.2) 1m long by 360-680

(480) wide, Proboscis, not fully extended fii most

specimens, 650 long by 215 wide (n=l), Largest

dorsal hooks Sed and tthe in row, 33-63. largest

venti hooks. 3rd and 4th in row 76-85, Neek |3a0-

195 (145) long by 140-260 (175) wide. Proboscis

receptacle 615-995 (745) long, Lennise’ 740 <1 300

(930) long. Testes ovoid, tandemly placed; anterit

testis 455-985 (675) long by TRO - 300 (263) wide,

posterior testis 490-715 (635) long by 195-445 (280)

wide. Cement glands, sis, pear-shaped. Mule

aperture lenin,

Female: ‘Trank 5.3-16 (10)mm long by 390-765

(500) wide, Proboseis, not fully extended, longer

than 900, width 200. Largest dorsal hooks, 3rd avd

4ih in row. 50-545 largest ventral hooks, 3rdund 4th

in row 80-83. Neck 182-227 (200) long by 175-260

(205) wide. Proboscis receptacle 810-1300 (1160)

long: lenmiser 925-1940 long (n=2), Pentale aperture

terminal (Piz. 6). Bggs embryonated. with

prolonpgations af middle shell 75-90 (87) long by Th

wide (Pir. 7).

Host! Zunchlarhvnichiuy spinijer Giinther,

Location: stomach, intestine.

Locality: Macquarie Phan,

Type specimens: Holotype female. South Australian

Museum V 2200.

Remarks

Mibough a large nuntber al specimens wis

vollected, none of them had been relaxed and

extended prior 10 fixation, which made then difficult

to study. Comparison of the material from this study

wilh the deseriplions of Johnston & Best (147) and

Edmonds (1957) showed that all the pnaterial

colleeted from #4. spinifer was the sume species, tn

Muny specimens the leninisci were vs described by

Johnston & Best (1937) that is, short abd irregular

and reaching uboul one-third the length of the

proboscis receptacle but in ihe more relaxed

specimens. the lenmiser were flit and extended

heyond the proboseis receptacle. The cylindrical

shape ol the proboscis und its armature, be 16 rows

of 10-12 hooks, were observed in the three

specimens described by Johmston & Best (1937) and

Rdmonds (1957) but in none of them had the

proboscis extended far enough to describe the

morphological details of the proboscis hooks. The

asvinnetry of fhe armature, ventral hooks bemg

Jarger than dorsal ones, could be seen only in those

TAWLL L. A compertsanaffeniale body measurements af Asypersentis wustinitts Van Cleave, (929 (aiken from

Zdcitawieck MYST) AL miner Belmunes & Sates, 1992 and A. vanehlorhyneh otnsten & Best, 1937), Measurements

in mm.

AL QUStris

South Shetlands

4.93-6,42 (S74)

116-1.79 (1.a9)

0.5 0.66 (0.59)

(runk length

trunk width

proboscis lengthy

proboseps width 029-042 (41)

dorsal hook length (maximum) 0.05-40.064 (0.060)

ventral hook length (maximum) G1 19-0. E37 (0.426)

neck leneth (17 4.23 (ON 2y

ewe (.060-0,088

; 4 0,019-0,025

hook disposition

South Georgia

6Y4-K 54 (7.15)

1,092.00 (173)

(07-073 (O70)

(29-4, 35 (0.42)

1060-4650 (0,062) O.030-04135 (104132) 0.050-0,056

0132-0, 149 (0.140) 0,062-0,080 (0.065) -0.080-0,083

(W224 Sb (UL27)

(1.07 1-0.087

«® O.0270-0,025

13-16 rows Of 7-LL hooks/row

AL minge

Tasmania

Tas (8.

AL Sunelilochiynchs

Macquarie & Pedra ts

5.3-16.0, (10.0)

31-095 (O54) 0.39-0L76 (O50)

O.24-0,42 (28) 20,90

TOLL? (0.14) 1.20

0,120.25

(,068%-0.077

O.18-0,.23 (0.20)

().073-0,090 (087)

x OOI2O16 A OAS

14 rows of 7-9 14-16 rows of 10-12

hooks/row hooks/w

70 L.R, SMALES

specimens with the proboscis almost, or completely,

everted, This character is indicative of the genus

Aspersentis rather than the genus Echinorhynchus to

which the species was originally allotted, Somatic

armature, present in this species, is also found on

other species of Aspersentis (see Zdzitowiecki 1981,

1986) but not Echinorhynchus. Since tiny spines are

easily overlooked, as has occurred in) some

collections of A. austrinus (see Zdzitowiecki and

Rokosz 1986). it is not surprising that they were

undetected in the earlier studies.

Aspersentis zanchlorhynchi (Johnston & Best,

1937) comb. nov, can be distinguished from A,

austrinus Van Cleave, 1929 in having a more

cylindrical trunk, a longer proboscis, at least 650 in

males and 900 in females, compared with up to 630

in males and 720 in females, in the distribution of

trunk spination on the lateral unk as well as

encircling the anterior trunk, and less marked

asymmetry of the proboscis armature with both

ventral and dorsal hooks having roots. Aspersentis

sanchlorhynchi bas more hooks per row (10-12) than

does A. austrinus (7-11) on the proboscis (Table 1).

In comparison with A. miner Edmonds & Smales,

1992, females 3.2 mm, and A. jo/mi (Baylis, 1929)

Chandler, 1934, females 3.0 mm, A. canchlorhynehi

is much larger, females 10 mm, With LO-12 hooks

per row on the proboscis, A. canchlorhynchi has

more hooks than A. miner, 7-9, and fewer hooks than

A, jolni, 12-14. Aspersentis minor occurs. in

Rhombasolea tapirina trom Tasmanian waters

(Edmonds & Smales 1992) and A. jo/ini occurs in

Merluccius sp. around the Falkland Islands

(Yamaguti 1963). By contrast A. zanchlorhynechi

occurs in Z. spinifer from Macquarie and Heard

Islands, that is from) sub-Antarctic and Antarctic

waters.

Discussion

In a redescription of A. austrinus Zdzitowiecki

(1981) placed Rhadinorhynchus wheeleri Baylis,

1929, Aspersentis wheeleri Chandler, 1934 and

Aspersentis megarhynchus (Linstow, 1892) Golvan,

1960 nec Echinorhynchus megarhynchus Linstow,

1892 as synonyms of A. austrinus. He commented

that Linstow (1892) gave the number of proboscis

hook rows as 18 and described the trunk as unarmed

and that Linstow neither measured, described nor

drew the ventral and dorsal rows of hooks as having

different shapes and dimensions. All of these

characters are inconsistent with the genus

Aspersentis. Amin (1985), however, in his

classification of the Acanthocephala overlooked

Zdzitowiecki’s paper and followed Golyan (1960) in

listing A. megarhynchus (Linstow, 1892) with A.

austrinus as its synonym and A. johni (Baylis 1929)

as the only two valid species in the genus.

Zdzitowiecki & Rokosz (1986) re-evaluated the

validity of Heteracanthocephalus hureaui Dolltus,

1965 and concluded that it was either a synonym of

A. austrinus or, because of the wide range of number

of hooks per row, of A. johni. Zdzitowiecki (1986) in

his systematic review of Antarctic acanthocephalans

reaffirmed his conclusion that Echinorhynchus

mevarhynehus Linstow, 1892 did not belong in the

genus Ayperyentix, and listed H. hureaui as a

synonym of A. austrinus. Then Zdzitowiecki (1990),

when re-examining material previously designated

H. hureaui, stated that, “as was suggested earlier H,

hureaui is identical with A, austrinus = A,

megarhynchus”. Edmonds & Smales (1992) noted

the inconsistencies in the designation of A. austrinuy

by Zdzitowiecki (1981, 1986, 1987, 1990) and

indicated that EL megarhynchus as described by

Linstow (1892) lacked body spines and did not have

asymmetric proboscis hooks.

Thus, A, megarfiynchus as redescribed by Golvan

(1960), is not the same species as E. megarhynchus

Linstow, 1892 because it has asymmetric proboscis

armature and cuticular spines on the trunk, and 1s

now considered as A. austrinus. Since A. austrinis

was described in 1929 by Van Cleave while A.

megarhynchus was not established until 1960 by

Golvan, A. austrinus becomes the type species of the

genus Aspersentis with A, megarhynchuy us a

synonym. The other synonyms are A. wheeler

(Baylis, 1929), Rhadinerhynchus wheeleri (Baylis.

1929) and Heteracanthocephalus hureaui (Dollfus,

1965).

The genus Asperyentiy therefore now consists of

four valid species A. austrinus, A, johni, A. minor and

A, zanchlorhyncnt.

As to Echinorhynchus megarhynehus, Johnston &

Best (1937) suggested that it might be identical to

Leptorhynchoides debenhami (Lieper & Atkinson,

1914) Johnston & Best, 1937 now Metacanthocephalus

rennecki (Lieper & Atkinson, 1914) Zdzitowiecki,

1983. Echinorhynachus megarhynchus occurs in Notothenie

corriceps, one of the hosts of Metacanthocephalus

Johnstoni Zdzitowiecki, 1983, but not in Trematomus

bernachii the host of M. rennecki (sce Zdzitowiecki

1983). Moreover the original description of F.

megarhynchus by Linstow (1892) resembles that of

M. johnstoni in having a proboscis armature of 18

rows each of 6 hooks, the proboscis 0.45 mm long,

and apparently no neck. Of the other species

occurring in Antarctic fish hosts, Echinorhynchus

petroschenkoi (Rodjuk, 1984) Zdzitowiecki, 1989, is

a larger helminth than E. megarhynchus with a

longer proboscis, proboscis armature of 15-19 rows

A REDESCRIPTION OF ASPERSENTIS ZANCHLORHYNCHI V7

of 10-13 hooks, and does not occur in N. corrticepy

(see Zdzitowieckt 1989). Heterosentis heteracanthus

(Linstow, 1896) has body spines and proboscis

armature of only 10 rows of 4-5 hooks, with a

striking difference between the length of the first two

and the last three hooks (Zdzitoweicki 1984). These

characters suggest that EL megarhynachus is closer to

M. johustoni than any of the other acanthocephalan

species occurring in) Antarctic) fish, Direct

examination of specimens of M. johnsenti is needed

before a determination on the status of 2.

megarhynehus can be made.

Acknowledgments

My thanks to Dr R. Williams who collected the

parasites and Professor K. Rohde who made them

available.

References

D. W. T. & Nickol, B. B. (Eds) “Biology of the

Acanthocephalu” (Cambridge University — Press.

Cambridge).

Epmonps. S. J. (1957) Acanthocephala, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E,

1929-31. Report ser BL 6, 91-98.

— & SMaALES. Le R. (1992) A new species of

Acanthocephala from the Greenback — Flounder,

Rhombosolea tapirina Giinther, 1862. Tras. RK. Soc. 8.

Aust, 116, 35-38,

Govan, Y. J. (1960) Le phylum Avanthocephala,

‘Troisigme note. La clusse des Palacacunthocephala

(Meyer. 1931), Annly, Parasitol. hum, comp, 35, 138-

1045.

Jounston, T. AL & Bust, FL W. (1937) Acanthocephala.

A.A.B. 1911-14. Report ser, C. 10. 5-20.

Linstow, O. VON (1892) Helminthen von Siidgeorgian.

Nach der Ausbeute der deutschen Station von 1882-

1883. Jechrb, Hamb. wrssen. Anst. 9 LO-77.

YAMaAGurl, S. (1963) “Systema Helminthum™ Vol. 2

Acanthovephala (John Wiley & Sons, New York).

Zpzrrowleckl. K, (L981) Redeseription of Aspersentiy

austrinus Van Cleave, 1929 (Acanthocephala). Acta

Parasitol. Pol, 28, 73-83.

O(N 983) Antaretic deanthocephalans of the

cenus Mefacanthocephalus. lbid. 28, 413-437.

— (984) Desersprion of Heferasentis

heteracanthuys (Linstow, 1896) from Antarctic fishes, and

remarks on the taxonomic stutus of Hererosentiy Van

Cleave. 1931 (Acanthocephala. Arythmacanthidae ). /hiel.

29. J 1-115.

— (1986) Acanthocephala of the Antarctic.

Polish Pol. Res, 7. 97-117.

(1987) Acanthocephalans of marine fishes in

the regions of South Georgia and South Orkneys

(Antarctic). Acta Parasitol. Pol, 30, 211-217.

(1989) A redescription of Echinarhynchus

petrotschenkoi (Rodjuk, 1984) comb. n. (Acanthocephala).

Ihid, 34, V73-180.

(1990) Re-examination of five Antaretic and

subantaretic digenean and acanthocephalan species from

Professor Svidat’s collection, (hid. 35. 31-30.

— — & Rokosz, B. (1986) Prevalence of

acanthocephalans in fishes of South Shetlands

(Antarctic). I Aspersentiy austrinus Van Cleave, 1929

and remarks on the validity of Heteraventhocephaluy

finreaui Dollfus, 1965. Thid. 30, 161-17),

SEASONAL ACTIVITY OF THE EARTHWORM,

GEMASCOLEX LATERALIS (MEGASCOLECIDAE), IN A

EUCALYPTUS WOODLAND IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

Summary

The earthworm fauna of agricultural habitats, especially pastures, has been

extensively surveyed in south-eastern Australia in recent years'*. The fauna is

dominated by accidentally introduced species, particularly Lumbricidae from Europe

(e.g., Aporrectodea caliginosa, A. trapezoides and A. rosea). Native species are rare.

Very little is known of the biologies of native earthworms, either in urban,

agricultural or native habitats**'', This brief communication reports on the seasonal

activity of Gemascolex lateralis (Spencer 1892) (Megascolecidae), one of the most

common native species in South Australia, and offers one possible explanation for its

rarity in pastures.

Transactions of rhe Royal Seviety of 8, Aust. (1996), 9120/4). 173-174,

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

SEASONAL ACTIVITY OF THE EARTHWORM, GEMASCOLEX LATERALIS

(MEGASCOLECIDAE), IN A EUCALYPTUS WOODLAND IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

The earthworm fauna of agricullural habitats, especially

pustures. has been extensively surveyed in south-eastern

Australia in recent years'4, The fauna is dominated by

accidentally introduced species, particularly Lumbricidie

from Europe (¢.2., Aporrectoded culiginasa, A, trapecoides

and A. rovect), Native species are rare. Very little is known

of the biologies of native earthworms, either in urban.

agriculural oor native habits"! This brief

communication reports on the seasonal activity of

Gemeascvolex lateraliy (Spencer 1892) (Megaseolecidie).

one of the most Common native species in South Australia,

and offers one possible explanation for its rarity in pastures.

Engelbrook National Trust Reserve is an open forest

(Eucalypiuis obliqua - E. baxter’) at Bridgewater in the

Mount Lofty Ranges, SA (350 m altitude. Grid reference

962224 on Sheet 6627-1, Echunga, [ ; 50000), The

understorey of the reserve is composed af shrubs such as

Banksia, Acacia, Hakea, Leprospermum and Hibbertia spp,

The soil is a yellow podzolic. Average annual rainfall is

1050 mm. Much of Engelbrook Reserve has been burnt by

bushfires in recent years but the sites reported here had not

been burnt for at least 35 years at (he Ome of the study.

Baker!? 4 seteighty pitfall traps (plastic jars. 9 cm diam.

9 vin deep) flush with the sail surface within Engelbrook

Reserve in March 1983. Forty traps were set on a north-

west slope and the other forty on # south-west slope. The

traps were set LO) im apart in two transects on each slope.

Each trap was covered by a ceramic tile (15 4 15 em), set

approximately 2 ci ahove the traps on three nails. These

tiles prevented rain and leaf litter from fouling the traps, No

preservative was added to the traps, The taps were

inspected weekly until March 1984 and the mvertebrates

120

40 -

Numbers of Earthworms

A M J J A

1983

-|100

Weekly Rainfall (mm)

i (ATT

S O NN, Bye dy <F’ ™

1984

big. 1. Numbers of Gemascole. lateralis tapped per week in Engelbrook Reserve, SA dunny 1983-54 (bars). Weekly

rainfalls, recorded nearby at Stirling Post Office. are included (line),

174 G.H. BAKER

thar were Cuught Were preserved for later counting,

One species of earthworm. G, lateralix, was trapped,

mostly in the summer months (Pig. 1). There was ne

discernible difference belween the catches on the two

slopes (t= 1.42, p > 0,05 for a paired t test comparing total

weekly catches for the two slopes), The dala for the two

groups Of traps have therefore been combined in Mig. 1.

There was no apparent relationship bewwveen the peak in

tapped earthworms in December and prevailing weather

(eu. nein) wt Chat lime (r= - 0.239, p > O05 Tor weekly

data for? November 1983 ta 21 March 1984),

The activities of carthworms, on and neur the soil surface,

ie usually associnted with cool, wet weather in temperate

and mediterranean habitats! In) particular, Abbott’

reported that the activity of native earthworms ina jarrah

forest in south-western WA was restricted te winter and

spring when soil nioistite was highest, Tis therefore

suirpeisig thatthe surkiwe activity of G. dareraliy peaked in

summer at Engelbrook Reserve when Weather was at its

hottest and driest. However, Linwson!! found Go hireralts

Throughout (he yearin the surface lavers of the sail (0-5 cn

deep) ina Eucolyius Woodland near Cape Jervis, SA, She

argued that, because of the predominance of clitellite adults

‘Baker, GIL, Buckerfield, J.C., Grey-Gardner, R,,

Merry, R. & Doube, B.M. (1992) Soil Biol, Biochem, 24,

1389-14995.

‘Baker, GAUL, Barrett. VJ., Williams, P.M.L., Carter, PJ.

& Buckertield, J.C. (1993) “Distribution and abundance ol

Gurthworms in south-eastern Australia and their influence

on the burial of lime” pp. 345-348 fn Corey. §.A., Dall, Dud.

& Milne, W.M. (Eds) “Pest Control and Sustainable

Agriculture” (CSIRO, Melbourne).

‘Baker, GIL, Thumlert, T.A.. Meisel, L.S., Carter, Pu.

& Kilpin, G.P. (1996) Soil Biol. Biochem. In Press

“Baker, GLH. (1996) “The ccology, management and

benefits of earthworms in agricultural soils. with particular

reference to southern Australia Ja Edwards, CA, (Eu.)

“Earthworm Ecology’ (Soil and Water Conservation

Society of Amertea, Ankeny), In Press.

‘Wood, TG, (1974) J. Anim, Bent, 43, 87-106.

"Abbott, L (1985) Aust. J. Soil Kes, 23, 264-270.

"Abbott, E. (1985) (bid, 23, 271-290.

al this me. G. lateralis reproduced during. the hotter,

warmer months of the year in this woodland, She did not

find cocoons (at uny fine) to verily this conclusion, Tn

addition, Lawson could not find G. fareraliy ina nearby

pasture. Baker er af." did find small numbers of GF, faverdtis

in other pastures in the Mount Lofty Ranges. lit these

pastures, G fafereliy was present in the top LO ent of soil

from autumn to spring bul retreated lo greater depths in the

simmer inonths, Most worms were found in. patch within

one pasture near a clump of Lucalvprus wees and: taller

lows,

Why G. leferaliy is present. indeed most active, on the

soil surfuce in native woodlands during summer is not al all

clear. Apparently, the shelter provided by the above-ground

vegehition in woodlinds provides sufficient moisture ane

cool temperatures to enable such behaviown, But in open

pastures, Ue seems Likely that the hick of similar vegetation

would prevent this summer surface activiry and henee

reduce the abundance of G) fafendlis. (itis lo survive in

pastures at all through summer. G. keeralis must retreat

from surface layers to greater depths where conditions wre

cooler and moister as do the more abundant. introdueve

lumibrierds 6,

‘Van Praagh, B. (1992) Soil Biol. Biochem, 24, 1363.

1367,

‘Baker, G.H., Barrett, V.J., Grey-Gardner, R. &

Buckerfield, J.C. (1993) Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust. 117. 47

53.

“Lawson, L.M, (1993) “The Distribution and Abundance

of Native and Introduced Barthworms in an Area of Pasture

und Native Vegetation near Cape Jervis, South Australia”

PhD Thesis, Flinders University of South Australia.

"Abbott, E(1994) Aust. J. Soil Res, 32. 117-126.

Baker, G.H. (1986) Trans. RK. Soe. S. Aust. 110, 43-48,

Baker, GH. (198%) Aust. Ent. Maw. 15, 127-139.

Mhee, RYE. (1985) “Eurthworms, Their Ecology ancl

Relationships with Soils and Land Use" (Academic Press,

Sydney).

“Bouche, MB, (1972) “Lombriciens de France. Eeologic

et Systematique” (INRA, Paris).

"Baker, G.H,, Grey-Gardner, R. & Buckertfield, J.C,

(1992) Aust. J, Ecol 17, 177-188.

G.H, BAKER, Division of Entomology, CSIRO PMB 2 Glen Osmond $.Aust. 5064.

GASTRO-INTESTINAL PARASITES OF FERAL CATS

IN THE NORTHERN TERRITORY

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

Summary

The feral cat, Felis catus, is well established as a predator in Australia and feeds on

insects, fish, amphibians, birds, reptiles and native and introduced mammals’. Several

surveys of the gastro-intestinal parasites of feral cats have been carried out in south-

eastern Australia”**”, the species and prevalence of the parasites encountered varying

between states, depending on available food sources and climate. In this study we

present information on the gastro-intestinal parasites recovered from feral cats

collected from the Northern Territory, a region from which only limited data currently

exist.

Trevmactiony af de Bayal Ancien of S Anse (900), E2004, EPS bo:

BRIRF COMMUNICATION

STRO-INTESTINAL PARASITES OF FERAL CATS

IN THE NORTHERN TERRITORY.

The feral cat. Felir cettiy. ie well established asa predinton

in Austiilia and Tees on insects, fish, ampbibiins, birds,

reptiles qnd onutive und infrodieed miaamals! Several

suVeVvs OF The wastro-intestinal parasites of feral cabs hive

been eairried out in southeastern Australie, the species

dnd prevalence of the parasites encountered varying

beoween stutes, depending on available food sourees and

climale. WWothis stiely we present information on the eststra-

intestinal parasites recovered fram feral cats collected (on

the Northern Verritory. a region from which only tnmteal

ibiln euerenitly GN esL.

Stall from the Parks and Wildlife Commissien of the

Northern Territory Gapped and/or shot (88 feral ests tor

this stody between 1991 and 1993, Twenty-two cts

orivinited Cron Witarrka (Rings Canyon) Nutinasil Park

souhewestal Awe Splines (24° 20 and 25° 20'S. 130° 30!

(192° 45' Ey. 25 from an area norih of the MacDonnell

Ranges team Glen Helen Gorge to Yarnbah und Alcoote

Stultons (22) 30% 23° a5 8, 133" ale 134 S57 Rs

neue Mount Davidson ad the Taoamt Desert Wildlife

Saneruury, north-west of Alice Springs (20° 20 to 205 95°

8, O25 to 1312 53° RB), 8 7a the Davenport Ranges fram

Murray Downs Station vit Barrow Creek (20° 50" to 21°

OOS, (34 108 to ade 28! ba ST from Lake Nish

(Alpurrvlolan) (20° 20% to 21° 105S, 137° 30% Tas" 10!

(on the Barkly Tablelands. (6 from the sorthen Burkly

‘Tablelands (17° 50) ta (O° 45'S, 134 00 to £978 OO) and

10 from Marrakai fo Katherine (12) 35" to b4) 3058. bal”

Jt FAP? 20) south-east a Ditewin,

Vheestumaehs of the cats were opened so (bat undigested

contents could be identified and then the entire gastto-

intestinal tracts wer preserved in LO%e lormalin or 70%

ethanol. Phe preserved material was transported 19 Adelaide

Trpce 1. Prevedence ef itestaral helainth pomeastites: found

mm 18S feral eats from the Northern Territory,

Parisive Preyalenee (% ) Ahundance

(mean)

Acanthocephuta

Oneicoly pamaosiome — 63-4 fb 9oy | aun

Nematoda

Abbreviata tastaspiowla Aa 1 46 (121

Aneviestome canmuunt 05 3

Aim vlestomet tabaeforme J 2.8 b= teh

Cyarliospirurca das vuriiliy 44 1. 1A)

Physaloptery praepurialis 4.4 1-51 (So

Toxocura eati 0 4-15 (9)

Cestoda

Spiramnetra erinacvd lg 1-25 (m1

THenia utente fnrnis 47 U

1-747)

where pirisites were remoyed and counted usin

dissecting microscope and biter ater they had been cleéured

in fietophonal. identified employing a corpo

imwroscupe. When present rectal samples were excunined

for protozou using ventritigal (oration i sutured MgsQ,

soliton

Many of the leliiaths found (bible 1) faye been

reporled previously in surveys ol feral cats fron New South

Wales, Vietorii and “Tasmania (Anevlastame lihaelvrme.

Cyuthespione dasyirudis, Teyecere can. Sprremeira

erinaees, Taenia taerieeformis) although tere bre

sionifivant differences in previkenee between stiles. The

principal difference henween this survey and previous ones

is the very low prevalence of 7 ocefh in the Northern

Territory. Only 40% of the eats examined Nid ne parisnes.

Acanthocephilan parasites aecurrimg in feral cal

populations elsewhere have been referred lo ae Queieala

ap 2 Ph Selmide’ identified the species as Onereele

pamaayion. Both the dings. Canis fanifaris dinge, anal

fora) cataet as delinitive toss, with hurval sluges cceurring

under the skin of a variety Of pusserme birds! Oncteeder

pormitestom) Was tie most commonly detested purasrte a

this study and was ise present it hirge nunabers tn many oF

the eats. Although worms were Mound with their prabosees

deeply enbedied into the intestinal maeos. the ussociated

pabmlogival reaelivns were liniled toca inllammtory

infillrale around (he proboscis, detected wher Histilog teat

sections Were euiinged. "THis punisite wees nar reeavercd

from (9 eats inthe area south of Darwin but was presentain

animals [rool aril ares af The Northern Territory, The

large Numbers al QO. pomettastond Hound: i cats suggests

that birds constitute significant dentof their diet although

a dack of dakioon abundance of (his parunite if puratenic

hosts prevents more detuiled conclasions from being deawn

Pliyselapera pracputialis wid Mibreviaiee haistespicite

have heen reported from feral cats and dows from che

Northern Territory’ ola single occasion, The evidence bere

conlirms that 2 prepitieiy ist rekitively common parisite

of feral cats in eential Australin, Abbreviand hastaspieule ys

normally a parasite Ob weirania Faards* hut, apparently, will

develop alse in the stomach af cats Ryan founb a

“Plivsalunerd sp. present in cats in New South Wiles but

al Wal fine dismissed ef as ain ineidentil parasite Te my

have heen vA. famespeudy bur the lack of deposited

specimens mikes thimnpossible (o confirm this hypathesis,

Anevlostanid tubdeforme is generally considered te be

the common Teokwarn of domestic curs bur records to

dite sugeest (hat it po uncemmon in feral cats except hn

thease collected in the yvieiity ol Sydney?. AL dabuetorme

Was Widely distributed in the Northern Termlory, occurring

nioxt Wequently im cats fron the Kings Canyan area. the

MacDonnell Ranges und Murtay Downs Station, Infections

vonststed of small qumbers of worms (rin nubber =

3h).A single cat was found infected with AL ean. a

parasite more commonly found in canids in Northern

Australia! this cat harboured only Hive adult worms.

An immature specimen ol Cratlostamu spinige runt wats

76 M.G. O'CALLAGHAN

found in the stomach oF a cat collected in Kings Canyon, G,

spinigerum has been found sporadically in feral eats in

Australia’ ? but appears to be uncommon,

The identity of Teenia taeniaeformiy was confirmed by

counting and measuring the large and small rostellar hooks

from U3 cestode scoleces und comparing the data with those

provided by Verster!. Spiromerra erinacei was detected in

all Of the cats Collected in the area Lo the south of Darwin

but in only cizht cats (rom the other areas of the Northern

Territory. This may be due fo the faet that the first

intermediate host of this parasite is a fresh-waler vrustacean

of the genus Cyclops! and the pools of fresh water

necessary for its transmission are less Frequent in arid areas.

Parasites sueh as Dipylidinm caninun, Uneinaria

venocephala and Cyvlicespirara felineus. present in other

surveys, Were nol found,

Facea! cauminutions revealed two species of coceidia,

baspora felix in O60 of 146 cats and 7 rived in 6.90%.

Both are common parasites of cats and ean cause disease in

younger animals, The majorily of the cats examined were

adults and this could explain the Jow prevalenee of

coccidiin infections (including the absence of Tavepsleene

gondii) io this and other surveys’,

Additional nematodes. Lehimonenia canenin, Rictularia

carstaient and Wararisirongylas clenott were rarely found

im their presence was presumubly the result af the

ingestion of native manimals und reptiles which are the

normal hosts of these parasites. Similarly. the imestion of

birds would explain the presence of female nematodes o

Aprocta Sp. in the stomachs of (Vo cats, Other parasites

ones, BR. (1983) “Feral Cat? po 489 Jn Strahan, R. (Ed)

Complete Book of Australian Mammals” (Angus &

Robertson, Australia).

‘Ryan, G. E. (1976) Aust Vet, J. $2, 224-227,

‘Coman, B. J. (1972) fhid. 48, 133-136.

'Gvegory, G.G. & Munday, B. L. (1976) Ibid. 82, 317-320.

“Coman, B. J., Jones, E. H. & Driesen, M.A. (1981) bad,

57, 324-327.

‘Schmidt, G. D. (1983) J. Parasitol. 69(2), 397-399,

‘Barton, M. A. & McEwan, D. R. (1993) Aust, Vel. J,

7(7). 270.

collected from intestinal contents and faeces but obviously

related to the ingestion of rodent hosts were Denieder sp,

und Pyorergarés sp. Xenopsvila vexabtis, aw flea found

commonly on Ratty villosivyvimuy was found in the

stomach of cats from the Lake Nash area and the mite.

Laelups hapalati, a parasite of Notaries spp. wits found in

cals from the Tanami Desert area. Another accidental

parasite recovered was Sypacia obvelatia an oxyuricd

Parasitic me the cuecum) of rodents.

The information presented here identifies a greater

Variety of parasites occurring in feral cats in the Northern

Territory than previous studies have found, It identities ?

praepatialis a a Common parasite and demonstrates that

ills are Frequently infected with A. hesrespicnds. Te alsa

confirnis Hat the feral cat preys on mative mimmials, birds

and reptiles, This is particularly so in the ease of birds. with

the large muimbers of GQ. ponafosioni suggesting frequent

predation.

This work was begun by Murray Barton, when cniployed

atthe Arid Zone Research Institute, Alice Springs und was

conducted on material collected by the stall of the

Conservation Commission of the Northern Territory, Alice

Springs, We wish to thank Mr Barton and all of the

individual officers who kindly collected and preserved the

viscent of the cats and David Gibson for his help with the

HINSC rip,

Representative specimens of all of the helminths

collected have been depesited with the Australian

Heminthalogical Collection, South Australian Museum,

Registration numbers AIC 40181 to 30231

‘Jones, H. 1. (1983) Aust. J. Zool. 31, 285-248,

“Prescott, C. Wy. (1984) University Of Sydney,

Postgraduate Foundation in Veterinary Science, Review Nao,

24. Parasitic Diseases of the Cacin Aust.

"Verster, A, (1969) Onderstepoort J. Vet. Res. 3601), 3-58.

'Dunsmore, J. D. & Shaw, S. E. (1990) University of

Sydney, Postgraduate Foundation in Veterinary Science,

Review No. 31. Clinical Parasitology of Dogs.

“Beveridge, 1., Presidente, P. J. A. & Arundel, J. H,

(1978) Aust. Vet. J. 54, 46.

M. G. O'CALLAGHAN, Primury Industries (South Australia), GPO Box 167) Adelaide S, Aust. S001 and [.

BEVERIDGE, The University of Melbourne, Veterinary Clinical Centre Princes Highway Werribee Vic. 3030,

PREDATION OF EARTHWORMS BY THE LAND PLANARIAN,

AUSTRALOPLANA SANGUINEA (MOSELEY) VAR. ALBA

(DENDY) SENSU JONES, 1981 (TRICLADIDA: GEOPLANIDAE)

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

Summary

Earthworms can significantly reduce soil degradation and improve pasture and crop

production’. Land planarians (terrestrial flatworms) can, however, greatly reduce the

abundance of earthworms in agricultural fields. For example, a New Zealand

planarian, Artioposthia triangulata (Dendy), has been accidentally introduced into the

British Isles where it now feeds voraciously on local earthworm populations. The

implications for crop and pasture yields and the abundance of wildlife that feed on

earthworms in the British Isles, are of major concern’**. Another planarian,

Australoplana sanguinea (Moseley) var. alba (Dendy) sensu Jones, 1981, has also

been accidentally introduced to the British Isles, either from Australia or New

Zealand**°. Relatively little is known of its biology, in particular its feeding habits,

except that it will feed on “earthworms”.

Cramartions at tie Reval Seerary ofS. Awse 119964, EE,

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

77-178

PREDATION OF EARTHWORMS BY THLE LAND PLANARIAN, AUSTRALOPLANA

SANGUINEA (MOSELEY) VAR, ALBA (DENDY) SENSU JONES, 1981

(TRICLADIDA; GEOPLANIDAE)

Lathwoniits can significintly reduce sort daeradanon and

improve pasture qin crap peeduction! Land: plunarians

(ermestril Thtwornish cin, however, greally rediee (he

“Dondanee oF carthiworms in agricultiinal fells. For

example. a New Zealand pling. Ariepe iin

rrimenkie (enly bas been aecidentally muroduced into

(he British hlesowhere Th iow feeds Volaciousty Gn lien)

carthiwernt) populates: ‘The joplicaiions fer erep: anc

pasture vields sind (he abundance of waldtife hat feed on

eartinwarms om the British Isles, afG of major coment

Another phinurian. Adstralaplang sencuned (Moseley) var

adn) (Dendy) sense domes, 1984, bits also been aecidentally

Introdeed lo the Brtaly tshes, eiiier fon) Austtulia or New

Zoalind Relatively lwle is. known oP ats biology. on

pucticudal ity feeding: habits, excepe that i} will feed on

“gurthavorms

Austulaplaid species are widespread and. trequently

eneougtered fn taineigeditied habitat, on easter

Australia’’. Recently, A, sunwuined var athe has heen

found to be neither’, sai@uined nor A. cle but isin tae a

Wew genus tad spowes (bh. Winsor pers cami), Pats

jiawware Ss onty Kuews oecurrence i Australia is at

Kineswood, South Australia. although it probably oeeuny mn

diher trban sad disturbed habitats.

The dorsal surfiee of A. seria var, cll te mostly a

untarn pade Ohanige-hrowi colour with a deeper brawn

peach anterior psits ventral surface is white, A, deeneaiedt

vir, dba aves Commonly found by one af us (MT) in

moist habitats, such as under bricks. rocks and pieces al

wood und. sometimes. id the top LO em of seit ina subi ban

pardeo in Kingswood, Ufed on garden earthworms when

offered them fy plustic jars, but Hot OW Other imvertebriles

such as Snails. sligs. millipedes, shaters Or eurwigs.

This paper documents five earthwornt species upon

which A, Sanguine var afb wall feed tinder laboratory

Conditions and provides Some dats on dts reproduction and

early development The wark forms part of a broader study

aimed al improved ymunaeement al earthworis as a

resource in AduTfecastern Australia,

Purstly, ais adult Wy savauined va, alba lapprax. 6-8 ont

Jonw) Were collected from the Kingswood garden in

October 1904. These plavurians were plteed ia pans tn

(bree opaque, Closed plastic coplainers (wan 9 era; Acialit

(Oocm) and maintained ut t°C. The bolum af eich

contitiner was covered with 1.5 em of givden sol which

was Kepl anoist hy sprying cewulaly with water, Pive

exohie curthworm species, Aperrectudeu calfeinose

(Savianyh ay arsed (Savigny), A, mreapecetdes (Duges) und

A. lane (Ue) (Lurmbricidges dnd Microscalen dibius

(Pletcher) LAcaothoilrifidae) were offered to the planuriuns

us food, These garlhworm spevies, apiel fhony A. hinge

which is Widespread mm and was ohmined from northern

‘Tasmania, are commonly found in gardens and aerica}iural

Nields iy South Australia and Victoria "! Two ineividiials of

ub particular cavihwarm species. Were miroduved vate each

COntioter LEN thie Chabwornps. ie CArrhworn Sper ies

at a time, Procdition was assessed over a period of Ff ob

Banhworrn species Were changed in the containers when

predation aueuned, All species of earthworm were killed

and eaten by A. saagined yar alba, The phanarians gto alt

Or prot oh aa carthwort), AW parts of the body Were

Auiehedl wantely head, kil and midsection. [iy some eae.

where oTly the [ail was euler. (he earworm sorvived. tn

contrast, carmbworns diwovs die when partilly eaion hy A,

Hreingldane.

Seeondly, seven adil a, sage var adhe, Tron Ue

sume Kingswood carded, were placed 1) separate plastic

combines. us desevibed tbove. Two adult Apateeernidia

vifemose were added to vayh container, The nurabers of

missing oF purtilly cater carthworns were recwded

approximately every 2) oh lor 3a 0) Burthworms were

replived [complete or pactial predation bud oeeurred, Two

planiriaos dived during the osperimefy, horh a} iay 28. On

average, GarthwWorms Were altacked aiee evry 5S dpe

phivanan tranpe | - 12 dy. This ts stnilar ia the tate at

which A. miata iliwked another carlhwor species,

Piyenia fetid Savieny) (14 alicks per plandriin por week

weer.

Muring the first experiment. the sty phunundns deposited

(ive cee capsules between them. In the second experiment,

the sever plananans deposited [7 eve capsules (4-0, 1.

2 3 and 3 wichh. The capsules avere spherical to oval oa

shape ald purged tom 3 - 4 mm in diameter They were

miurgerered i colour und were deposited either oy the soil

surface or afew mor below it bul were not athiched to the

sou) surtuee hy slime ws Has been roted hv Terrace &

Baker’ for Crenaplima coeclea (Moseley). ‘The vey

capsules were tainnioed at 13°C unopaque, closed. pkistic

comtuiners (jam, Fem hewht Seni) foe up. te 144d.

Foartven of the capsules hatched, These suecessfil capsules

were deposited berween 3) Oviober and 13 December 1994

and all hatched during February (995. Mean hatehiig finite

wus 87d trange 71 - 101 d). Forty one jayenile plinurians

were rented from The capsules. | - 5 from each capsule

(mean = 4). Upon emergence, these juveniles were pale

yellow in colour with a reddish untecior hp. The main bady

volour darkened to either ¢ grey or pale orange = brown over

a3. 11d period. The juvenile planurians were provided

wilh juvenile A, culigiresa as food (ad fib) and began

feeding on them after dn venue of 10d (range 3-22 cd).

Right of (he javenile planarians reached wut sive three

months after emergence, These eight indiyaiduals were then

prouped ia One conkuoner, and, afer a further month,

produced three egg capsales heiween then

Introduced lumbricid: earthworms are generally mich

Hore ablindany thin native speeics in Urban dnd agricultural

sells in southern “Australi!!! Native earthworms sre

presumed (oO be nore abundant iy undisturbed habitats,

where invasion by intradgeed species is believed to he

lioredh) Whether or not . aineuirea var afb) preys

178

upon native earthworm species or significantly influences

the abundance of cither introduced or native species in

disturbed or undisturbed sites in the field has yet to be

determined. However, given the numbers of earthworms

eaten in the laboratory experiments ( | worm / planarian / 5

‘Lee, K. BE, (1985) “Earthworms. Their Ecology and

Relationships with Soils and Land Use” (Academic Press,

Sydney).

*Blackshaw, R. P. & Stewart, V. 1. (1992) Agric. Zool.

Rey. 5, 201-219.

‘Blackshaw, R. P. (1995) Acta Zool. Fennica 196, 107-110.

‘Boag, B., Yeates, G. W., Johns, P. M., Neilson, R.,

Palmer, L. F. & Legg, R. K. (1995) /bid. 196, 212-214.

‘Jones, H. D. (1981) J. Nat. Hist. 15, 837-843.

’Anderson, R. (1986) Ir, Nat. J, 22, 141-146.

’Winsor, L. (1977) Proc. R. Soc, Vic. 89, 137-146.

‘Winsor, L. (1979) Vic. Nat. 96, 155-161.

"Baker, G, H. (1996) The ecology, management and benefits of

d), the influence of A. sanguinea on earthworm abundance

could be significant.

We thank Don Terrace for help with the collection of the

planarians and Leigh Winsor for assistance with

identifications.

earthworms in agricultural soils, with particular reference to

southern Australia /1 Edwards, C.A. (Ed.). “Earthworm Ecology”

(Soil and Water Conservation Society, Ankeny). In Press.

Baker, G. H., Thumlert, T, A., Meisel, L. S., Carter, P. J.

& Kilpin, G. P. (1996) Soil Biol. Biochem. In Press,

''Terrace, 'T. E. & Baker, G. H. (1994) J. Aust. Ent. Soc.

33, 371-372.

"Wood, T, G, (1974) J, Anim, Ecol. 43, 87-106.

Abbott, F. (1985) Aust. J. Soil Res. 23, 263-270.

"Lawson, L. M. (1993) “The distribution and abundance

of native and introduced earthworms in an area of pasture

and native vegetation near Cape Jervis, South Australia”

PhD Thesis, Flinders University of South Australia, Unpub.

T. E. TERRACE, Division of Soils and G. H. BAKER, Division of Entomology, CSIRO PMB 2 Glen Osmond

5. Aust. 5064.

MASS FROG MORTALITY AT TWO LOCALITIES

IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

Summary

In recent years much attention has been given to the alarming decline in amphibian

populations worldwide. Australia is no exception to this with severe reductions in

population size recorded for several species'*”. Suggested reasons for apparent

declines vary widely, with habitat alteration and fragmentation, acid rain, introduction

of exotic animals, toxicants, increased UV and pathogens being implicated in several

instances**®. It is possible that such factors also act in concert”. For example, habitat

alteration may sufficiently stress the frogs so that their immune systems become

compromised, making them more susceptible to infection’. It has also been suggested

that such declines may only be a small part of a naturally occurring cycle of

population flux’.

Fromnonias of te Row dando ah ay Mie (199, 12004 179,

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

MASS FROG MORTALITY AT TWO LOCALITIES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

I) decen years WUch avention bas been piven to the

alarmmg declitie TH amphibiin papulitions werkwrle,

Austialis ty no exeeprion ti this wilh severe redichons in

population Size recended (or sever species! 7. Sueeested

reasdns for iipparent declines vary widely. with habit

allerunin aod) fragmentation. uci rain ytroduetion of

exote aunts, losieants, laereased: (Vo and) pathogeris

hele implicated in severabinstinees! "Tis possible tat

stivh factors alsa yeh in convene. For example. babar

alteration may sufficiently stress (he lroas se: (ht (hele

TWintuhe systems bevonie compramised, making them more

susceptible (a infeetion®. Th Has alo heen sugested: pit

suich declines may only be a sryall pat of a qmatraeily

Hecurine evel of PopHhAtlone TUK

Ty the field the Observation @P severil tla Pros

simutiineousty ts inusial as they degrade quickly alter

Jeu. Henee the presence of MUI ple carcasses Tso Si of

mass Wordilily Wea Short dine frame for frags this world

probably te less Than tire days). There have heen recent

reporls ob such a phegomenun frome several eegtors

Tnehiding Switverlund. Hawaii England! and Australia,

Here wi report Hass Mog minutes at two loculires in

South: Australia

Vhe first tnendent took pluce on 20 Muy 1992. Rain ut

Nuriootpa. South Australia (larrude 34° 29° 5. fongitude

(AOU EP) Filled yo dam ong vinevard loa depih of

approximately OS it Numerous burrowing frogs

(Neola lio picts) emerged sink vn the following dey,

nrimy were Lound dead at the edges of (he dard One ob as

(Mi TS) vasited the site on 4 May L992 cind recovered 32

dead specimens. AL were at the edge OF ple water whieh

had sready receded (a depth of O,3 em, Some fad Tae

Spawi but other dead, gravid Wndividials were lneated, The

Spawn Tid dried vulaind if could net be deterinine Lt te

ova hud been ferrlised,

Nhe scomilineoiis mtite OF the death of the fags

indicited the presenee ef a pollutant. According to the

laudewners the only chemical used ap rhe site was spol

opriving of the herbiode Rotiidoep Cienulietired by

Monaiinta andl eonsiating at etypltosite and a dispersaney to

conol tiistles, Spraying hud heen undertaken

approx nomely Uiree (onthe previously Gin Pebruary Tua)

This pemod should hive been adequate for the deerdauen

ail the herbicide,

Tyler Mya, (1994) Alyten #450.

“Richards, S.., WeDonald, KK. R. & Alford, RL AY |) 905)

Poortte Conservation Biology B.GO-77,

Vial, be L, & Saylon be (9S) The situs of amphibyia

pepultionss a compilation antl analysis Workii

document LIUICM/SSC Dectiting Arplibiin Tsk Fores.

Worl) Comservation) Craton.

"Wyman, Reb. (1990), Conservattiin Biology 4. 450.357

Perspectives WS Supyph 4. 14-17

‘Laurance, Wo 71, MeDonald. KOR. & Speare, K,

Conservation Biglogy, ty Press.

The second sie of mass moriulity was ait Parahind Pt

Springs, 27 kin northeast of Arkardohe Homestead ye tie

northem Flinders Ranges (OM 199606 on Yudnirmutini

6737-1. 150000 Lopogmaplie hap) This is a georherinally

heated body of water through whieh radon gis bubbles,

Walter emerges ar GO® Coanth bats a padiowetivily, of

approximmeely JOO pCu/l After sulfivient taiilall Tesh

willer cin alse he found upstream al the hot spring. On ¥

December 1994 nine deal frogs were discovered by C.W,

Tovttine atthe hot source al the spring anh by. herr state.

were considered to hitve heen dead for fess than two diy.

Seven tineliuding one juveniles avere the spotted wrtss (nog,

Linnodynasies dagnemensy. anid We ole Iwo were

representatives of the red tree frog, Litetia enbelli. Their

adVineed state ou deeay preeluded) 3 meanimelul

myestigulten by pathologists,

Despite extensive searches, me line Lined estes

laymanionsss were discovered al the site. whereas Gitepla

ribella was beard calling but not seen, In cooler parts of the

sapling deawstreay. Were were both larval aid acti

frowets (Crimea riperiol and ne dead frogs were loud

These phservations were made the day after rhe fest

oceusin What fain had fallen tor one maath,

Mass mortilines were again recorded on & May l96 a

the same she, Rleven dem, eparie were found both sl the

hot setiree Gnd opstrGa re ob TL A isalafed: pools of coaler

water (24) CO. Vhese ineloded both adetty and juveniles.

Several living durval, juvenile and adult Co riperre and L,

fasnmuiensts were also observed af the sie on this dite.

Qucasionil sightings of deuwd frogs floating in the hot pauls

have been made repulwdy over the hist 20 yaurs CD, Sprige

pers somo)

The presence of such a large noniber of dead frogs is

Sligpestive al a palllagenico cuuse. Phis occurrence canna

be altribuced readily tooany dorm of anthropogenic

ince ferenee. ind While high water femperunire may have

vontibuted tothe mass corhility. pes dilikely to have been

the single cause of so many deaths within such ashore fine.

AlLhouth Tavestization lite amphibian pathogens ts siihin

its anfaney they have heen previously linked with) trop

inertilities both in Australi’ and abrevstel!

Simon Stemborner, Advi Bradford. Steven Walker und

Rebeecou Short are thanked fur then assistance mnie Oelel.

'Pechmann, J. U. K., Seott, Do E.. Semlitseh. KR. D.,

Caldwell, . P. Vili Ly. & Whitfield Gibbons, J. (1991)

Science 253. 892-995,

‘Wroglog (7492) Newsletter of the TECN/SSC Tusk Foree

oy Deeliing Amphibians, June 1992 (2)

"Green, DAB, (1904) Report produced for the Disease ind

Pathology Warking Group. Declining Aniphibian

Populations Tasidforce.

Drury, S. E. N, Gough, KR. iE. & Cunningham, A. A.

(1995) Veterinary Roconl (47, 72-73,

‘Cullen, B, R.. Owens, L, & Whittington, Rf. (1995)

Diseases of Aquithe Organisms 24, §3-42,

MICHAEL LOPYLER and CRAIG RO WILLIAMS, Department of Zoology, University of Adelude 8. Aust

S05,